Maven/vendor/modernc.org/sqlite/lib/sqlite_g_000000000001feab.go

// Code generated by modernc.org/undup from the per-target sqlite_*.go files; DO NOT EDIT.

//go:build (darwin && amd64) || (darwin && arm64) || (freebsd && amd64) || (freebsd && arm64) || (linux && amd64) || (linux && arm64) || (linux && loong64) || (linux && ppc64le) || (linux && riscv64) || (linux && s390x) || (netbsd && amd64) || (openbsd && amd64) || (openbsd && arm64)

package sqlite3

import (
	"unsafe"

	"modernc.org/libc"
)

type Tldiv_t = struct {
	Fquot int64
	Frem  int64
}

type Ttm = struct {
	Ftm_sec    int32
	Ftm_min    int32
	Ftm_hour   int32
	Ftm_mday   int32
	Ftm_mon    int32
	Ftm_year   int32
	Ftm_wday   int32
	Ftm_yday   int32
	Ftm_isdst  int32
	Ftm_gmtoff int64
	Ftm_zone   uintptr
}

type Tu_long = uint64

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_backup_step(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, nPage int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var bCloseTrans, destMode, ii, nDestTruncate, nSrcPage, pgszDest, pgszSrc, ratio, rc, v2 int32
	var iEnd, iOff, iSize Ti64
	var iPg, iSrcPg, iSrcPg1 TPgno
	var pDest, pDestPager, pFile, pSrcPager, zData, v1 uintptr
	var v3 bool
	var v6 int64
	var _ /* nDstPage at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* pPg at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pSrcPg at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pSrcPg at bp+24 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bCloseTrans, destMode, iEnd, iOff, iPg, iSize, iSrcPg, iSrcPg1, ii, nDestTruncate, nSrcPage, pDest, pDestPager, pFile, pSrcPager, pgszDest, pgszSrc, ratio, rc, zData, v1, v2, v3, v6
	destMode = 0 /* Destination journal mode */
	pgszSrc = 0  /* Source page size */
	pgszDest = 0 /* Destination page size */
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrcDb)).Fmutex)
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc)
	if (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb)).Fmutex)
	}
	rc = (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc
	if !(_isFatalError(tls, rc) != 0) {
		pSrcPager = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc) /* Source pager */
		pDest = uintptr(0)                                                               /* Dest btree */
		pDestPager = uintptr(0)                                                          /* Iterator variable */
		nSrcPage = -int32(1)                                                             /* Size of source db in pages */
		bCloseTrans = 0                                                                  /* True if src db requires unlocking */
		/* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
		 ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
		 */
		if (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc)).FpBt)).FinTransaction) == int32(TRANS_WRITE) {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
		} else {
			rc = SQLITE_OK
		}
		/* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
		 ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
		 ** before this function exits.
		 */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_TXN_NONE == _sqlite3BtreeTxnState(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc) {
			rc = _sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc, 0, uintptr(0))
			bCloseTrans = int32(1)
		}
		/* Locate the destination btree and pager. */
		v1 = (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest
		pDest = v1
		if v1 == uintptr(0) {
			pDest = _findBtree(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzDestDb)
		}
		if pDest == uintptr(0) {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
		} else {
			pDestPager = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, pDest)
		}
		/* If the destination database has not yet been locked (i.e. if this
		 ** is the first call to backup_step() for the current backup operation),
		 ** try to set its page size to the same as the source database. This
		 ** is especially important on ZipVFS systems, as in that case it is
		 ** not possible to create a database file that uses one page size by
		 ** writing to it with another.  */
		if (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbDestLocked == 0 && rc == SQLITE_OK && _setDestPgsz(tls, pDest, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc) == int32(SQLITE_NOMEM) {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		/* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
		if v3 = SQLITE_OK == rc && (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbDestLocked == 0; v3 {
			v2 = _sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(tls, pDest, int32(2), p+24)
			rc = v2
		}
		if v3 && SQLITE_OK == v2 {
			(*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbDestLocked = int32(1)
			(*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest = pDest
		}
		/* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
		 ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			pgszSrc = _sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc)
			pgszDest = _sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest)
			destMode = _sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(tls, _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest))
			if (destMode == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) || _sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(tls, pDestPager) != 0) && pgszSrc != pgszDest {
				rc = int32(SQLITE_READONLY)
			}
		}
		/* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
		 ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
		 */
		nSrcPage = libc.Int32FromUint32(_sqlite3BtreeLastPage(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc))
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !((nPage < 0 || ii < nPage) && (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiNext <= libc.Uint32FromInt32(nSrcPage) && !(rc != 0)) {
				break
			}
			iSrcPg = (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiNext                                                                                                                                                /* Source page number */
			if iSrcPg != libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc)).FpBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) { /* Source page object */
				rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, pSrcPager, iSrcPg, bp, int32(PAGER_GET_READONLY))
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					rc = _backupOnePage(tls, p, iSrcPg, _sqlite3PagerGetData(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))), 0)
					_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
				}
			}
			(*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiNext = (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiNext + 1
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			(*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnPagecount = libc.Uint32FromInt32(nSrcPage)
			(*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRemaining = libc.Uint32FromInt32(nSrcPage+int32(1)) - (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiNext
			if (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiNext > libc.Uint32FromInt32(nSrcPage) {
				rc = int32(SQLITE_DONE)
			} else {
				if !((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisAttached != 0) {
					_attachBackupObject(tls, p)
				}
			}
		}
		/* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
		 ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
		 ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
		 ** same schema version.
		 */
		if rc == int32(SQLITE_DONE) {
			if nSrcPage == 0 {
				rc = _sqlite3BtreeNewDb(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest)
				nSrcPage = int32(1)
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK || rc == int32(SQLITE_DONE) {
				rc = _sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest, int32(1), (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDestSchema+uint32(1))
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				if (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb != 0 {
					_sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb)
				}
				if destMode == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) {
					rc = _sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest, int32(2))
				}
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				/* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
				 ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
				 ** size may be different to the source page size.
				 **
				 ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
				 ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
				 ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
				 ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
				 ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
				 ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
				 ** by the file truncation.
				 */
				if pgszSrc < pgszDest {
					ratio = pgszDest / pgszSrc
					nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage + ratio - int32(1)) / ratio
					if nDestTruncate == libc.Int32FromUint32(libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest)).FpBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)) {
						nDestTruncate = nDestTruncate - 1
					}
				} else {
					nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc / pgszDest)
				}
				if pgszSrc < pgszDest {
					/* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
					 ** two extra things may need to happen:
					 **
					 **   * The destination may need to be truncated, and
					 **
					 **   * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
					 **     pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
					 **     copied into the destination database.
					 */
					iSize = int64(pgszSrc) * int64(nSrcPage)
					pFile = _sqlite3PagerFile(tls, pDestPager)
					/* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original
					 ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
					 ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
					 ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
					 ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the
					 ** journal file.  */
					_sqlite3PagerPagecount(tls, pDestPager, bp+8)
					iPg = libc.Uint32FromInt32(nDestTruncate)
					for {
						if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && iPg <= libc.Uint32FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))) {
							break
						}
						if iPg != libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest)).FpBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) {
							rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, pDestPager, iPg, bp+16, 0)
							if rc == SQLITE_OK {
								rc = _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))
								_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))
							}
						}
						goto _5
					_5:
						;
						iPg = iPg + 1
					}
					if rc == SQLITE_OK {
						rc = _sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(tls, pDestPager, uintptr(0), int32(1))
					}
					/* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
					if int64(_sqlite3PendingByte+pgszDest) < iSize {
						v6 = int64(_sqlite3PendingByte + pgszDest)
					} else {
						v6 = iSize
					}
					iEnd = v6
					iOff = int64(_sqlite3PendingByte + pgszSrc)
					for {
						if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && iOff < iEnd) {
							break
						}
						**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uintptr(0)
						iSrcPg1 = libc.Uint32FromInt64(iOff/int64(pgszSrc) + libc.Int64FromInt32(1))
						rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, pSrcPager, iSrcPg1, bp+24, 0)
						if rc == SQLITE_OK {
							zData = _sqlite3PagerGetData(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))
							rc = _sqlite3OsWrite(tls, pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff)
						}
						_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))
						goto _7
					_7:
						;
						iOff = iOff + int64(pgszSrc)
					}
					if rc == SQLITE_OK {
						rc = _backupTruncateFile(tls, pFile, iSize)
					}
					/* Sync the database file to disk. */
					if rc == SQLITE_OK {
						rc = _sqlite3PagerSync(tls, pDestPager, uintptr(0))
					}
				} else {
					_sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(tls, pDestPager, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nDestTruncate))
					rc = _sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(tls, pDestPager, uintptr(0), 0)
				}
				/* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
				if v3 = SQLITE_OK == rc; v3 {
					v2 = _sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDest, 0)
					rc = v2
				}
				if v3 && SQLITE_OK == v2 {
					rc = int32(SQLITE_DONE)
				}
			}
		}
		/* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
		 ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
		 ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
		 ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
		 */
		if bCloseTrans != 0 {
			_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc, uintptr(0))
			_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc, 0)
		}
		if rc == libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_IOERR)|libc.Int32FromInt32(12)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		(*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = rc
	}
	if (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDestDb)).Fmutex)
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, (*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrcDb)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

func Xsqlite3_bind_double(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32, rValue float64) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = p, rc
	p = pStmt
	rc = _vdbeUnbind(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(i-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		/* tag-20240917-01 */
		_sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaVar+uintptr(i-int32(1))*56, rValue)
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	}
	return rc
}

func Xsqlite3_bind_int64(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32, iValue Tsqlite_int64) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = p, rc
	p = pStmt
	rc = _vdbeUnbind(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(i-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		/* tag-20240917-01 */
		_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaVar+uintptr(i-int32(1))*56, iValue)
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	}
	return rc
}

func Xsqlite3_bind_pointer(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32, pPtr uintptr, zPTtype uintptr, __ccgo_fp_xDestructor uintptr) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = p, rc
	p = pStmt
	rc = _vdbeUnbind(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(i-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		/* tag-20240917-01 */
		_sqlite3VdbeMemSetPointer(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaVar+uintptr(i-int32(1))*56, pPtr, zPTtype, __ccgo_fp_xDestructor)
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	} else {
		if __ccgo_fp_xDestructor != 0 {
			(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{__ccgo_fp_xDestructor})))(tls, pPtr)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

func Xsqlite3_bind_zeroblob(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32, n int32) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = p, rc
	p = pStmt
	rc = _vdbeUnbind(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(i-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		/* tag-20240917-01 */
		_sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaVar+uintptr(i-int32(1))*56, n)
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	}
	return rc
}

func Xsqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32, n Tsqlite3_uint64) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = p, rc
	p = pStmt
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	if n > libc.Uint64FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb + 136))) {
		rc = int32(SQLITE_TOOBIG)
	} else {
		rc = Xsqlite3_bind_zeroblob(tls, pStmt, i, libc.Int32FromUint64(n))
	}
	rc = _sqlite3ApiExit(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, rc)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Cancel a prior call to sqlite3_auto_extension.  Remove xInit from the
//	** set of routines that is invoked for each new database connection, if it
//	** is currently on the list.  If xInit is not on the list, then this
//	** routine is a no-op.
//	**
//	** Return 1 if xInit was found on the list and removed.  Return 0 if xInit
//	** was not on the list.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(tls *libc.TLS, __ccgo_fp_xInit uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, n int32
	var mutex uintptr
	_, _, _ = i, mutex, n
	mutex = _sqlite3MutexAlloc(tls, int32(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN))
	n = 0
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, mutex)
	i = libc.Int32FromUint32(_sqlite3Autoext.FnExt) - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i >= 0) {
			break
		}
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(_sqlite3Autoext.FaExt + uintptr(i)*8)) == __ccgo_fp_xInit {
			_sqlite3Autoext.FnExt = _sqlite3Autoext.FnExt - 1
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(_sqlite3Autoext.FaExt + uintptr(i)*8)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(_sqlite3Autoext.FaExt + uintptr(_sqlite3Autoext.FnExt)*8))
			n = n + 1
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, mutex)
	return n
}

func Xsqlite3_column_value(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32) (r uintptr) {
	var pOut, v1 uintptr
	_, _ = pOut, v1
	pOut = _columnMem(tls, pStmt, i)
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Static) != 0 {
		v1 = pOut + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Static))
		v1 = pOut + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Ephem))
	}
	_columnMallocFailure(tls, pStmt)
	return pOut
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_db_config(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, op int32, va uintptr) (r int32) {
	var ap Tva_list
	var cnt, nIn, onoff, rc, sz int32
	var i uint32
	var oldFlags Tu64
	var pBuf, pOut, pRes uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = ap, cnt, i, nIn, oldFlags, onoff, pBuf, pOut, pRes, rc, sz
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	ap = va
	switch op {
	case int32(SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME):
		/* IMP: R-06824-28531 */
		/* IMP: R-36257-52125 */
		(**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb))).FzDbSName = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		rc = SQLITE_OK
	case int32(SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE):
		pBuf = libc.VaUintptr(&ap) /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
		sz = libc.VaInt32(&ap)     /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
		cnt = libc.VaInt32(&ap)    /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
		rc = _setupLookaside(tls, db, pBuf, sz, cnt)
	case int32(SQLITE_DBCONFIG_FP_DIGITS):
		nIn = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		pOut = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		if nIn > int32(3) && nIn < int32(24) {
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnFpDigit = libc.Uint8FromInt32(nIn)
		}
		if pOut != 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pOut)) = libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnFpDigit)
		}
		rc = SQLITE_OK
	default:
		rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR) /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
		i = uint32(0)
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(336)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(16)))) {
				break
			}
			if _aFlagOp[i].Fop == op {
				onoff = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
				pRes = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
				oldFlags = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags
				if onoff > 0 {
					**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db + 48)) |= _aFlagOp[i].Fmask
				} else {
					if onoff == 0 {
						**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db + 48)) &= ^_aFlagOp[i].Fmask
					}
				}
				if oldFlags != (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags {
					_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(tls, db, 0)
				}
				if pRes != 0 {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRes)) = libc.BoolInt32((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&_aFlagOp[i].Fmask != uint64(0))
				}
				rc = SQLITE_OK
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		break
	}
	_ = ap
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Query status information for a single database connection
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_db_status64(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, op int32, pCurrent uintptr, pHighwtr uintptr, resetFlag int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var i, i1, i2, nByte, rc int32
	var p, p1, pBt, pPager, pPager1, pPager2, pSchema, pVdbe uintptr
	var totalUsed Tsqlite3_int64
	var _ /* H at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* nByte at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* nByte at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* nRet at bp+16 */ Tu64
	var _ /* nRet at bp+24 */ Tu64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, i1, i2, nByte, p, p1, pBt, pPager, pPager1, pPager2, pSchema, pVdbe, rc, totalUsed
	rc = SQLITE_OK /* Return code */
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	switch op {
	case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED:
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = int64(_sqlite3LookasideUsed(tls, db, bp))
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwtr)) = int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		if resetFlag != 0 {
			p = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpFree
			if p != 0 {
				for (*TLookasideSlot)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext != 0 {
					p = (*TLookasideSlot)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
				}
				(*TLookasideSlot)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpInit
				(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpInit = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpFree
				(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpFree = uintptr(0)
			}
			p = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallFree
			if p != 0 {
				for (*TLookasideSlot)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext != 0 {
					p = (*TLookasideSlot)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
				}
				(*TLookasideSlot)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallInit
				(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallInit = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallFree
				(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallFree = uintptr(0)
			}
		}
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE):
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL):
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = 0
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwtr)) = libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(db + 440 + 16 + uintptr(op-int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT))*4)))
		if resetFlag != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(db + 440 + 16 + uintptr(op-int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT))*4)) = uint32(0)
		}
		break
		/*
		 ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
		 ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection.  The
		 ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED):
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED):
		totalUsed = 0
		_sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(tls, db)
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
				break
			}
			pBt = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i)*32))).FpBt
			if pBt != 0 {
				pPager = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, pBt)
				nByte = _sqlite3PagerMemUsed(tls, pPager)
				if op == int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED) {
					nByte = nByte / _sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(tls, pBt)
				}
				totalUsed = totalUsed + int64(nByte)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		_sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(tls, db)
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = totalUsed
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwtr)) = 0
		break
		/*
		 ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
		 ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
		 ** databases.  *pHighwtr is set to zero.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED): /* Used to iterate through schemas */
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = 0 /* Used to accumulate return value */
		_sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(tls, db)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed = bp + 4
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpStart
		i1 = 0
		for {
			if !(i1 < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
				break
			}
			pSchema = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i1)*32))).FpSchema
			if pSchema != uintptr(0) {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = libc.Int32FromUint32(uint32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))) + libc.Uint32FromInt32((*(*func(*libc.TLS, int32) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fm.FxRoundup})))(tls, int32(40)))*((*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FtblHash.Fcount+(*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FtrigHash.Fcount+(*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FidxHash.Fcount+(*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FfkeyHash.Fcount))
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))) + Xsqlite3_msize(tls, (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FtblHash.Fht))
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))) + Xsqlite3_msize(tls, (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FtrigHash.Fht))
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))) + Xsqlite3_msize(tls, (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FidxHash.Fht))
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))) + Xsqlite3_msize(tls, (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FfkeyHash.Fht))
				p1 = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema + 56)).Ffirst
				for {
					if !(p1 != 0) {
						break
					}
					_sqlite3DeleteTrigger(tls, db, (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fdata)
					goto _3
				_3:
					;
					p1 = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fnext
				}
				p1 = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema + 8)).Ffirst
				for {
					if !(p1 != 0) {
						break
					}
					_sqlite3DeleteTable(tls, db, (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fdata)
					goto _4
				_4:
					;
					p1 = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fnext
				}
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i1 = i1 + 1
		}
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpTrueEnd
		_sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(tls, db)
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwtr)) = 0
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)))
		break
		/*
		 ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
		 ** to store all prepared statements.
		 ** *pHighwtr is set to zero.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED): /* Used to iterate through VMs */
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = 0 /* Used to accumulate return value */
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed = bp + 8
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpStart
		pVdbe = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpVdbe
		for {
			if !(pVdbe != 0) {
				break
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeDelete(tls, pVdbe)
			goto _5
		_5:
			;
			pVdbe = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVdbe)).FpVNext
		}
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpTrueEnd
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed = uintptr(0)
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwtr)) = 0 /* IMP: R-64479-57858 */
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
		break
		/*
		 ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
		 ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwtr is always set
		 ** to zero.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL):
		op = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE) + libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS):
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE):
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = uint64(0)
		i2 = 0
		for {
			if !(i2 < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
				break
			}
			if (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i2)*32))).FpBt != 0 {
				pPager1 = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i2)*32))).FpBt)
				_sqlite3PagerCacheStat(tls, pPager1, op, resetFlag, bp+16)
			}
			goto _6
		_6:
			;
			i2 = i2 + 1
		}
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwtr)) = 0 /* IMP: R-42420-56072 */
		/* IMP: R-54100-20147 */
		/* IMP: R-29431-39229 */
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = libc.Int64FromUint64(**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))
		break
		/* Set *pCurrent to the number of bytes that the db database connection
		 ** has spilled to the filesystem in temporary files that could have been
		 ** stored in memory, had sufficient memory been available.
		 ** The *pHighwater is always set to zero.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_TEMPBUF_SPILL):
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uint64(0)
		if (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + 1*32))).FpBt != 0 {
			pPager2 = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + 1*32))).FpBt)
			_sqlite3PagerCacheStat(tls, pPager2, int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE), resetFlag, bp+24)
			**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) * libc.Uint64FromInt32(_sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(tls, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + 1*32))).FpBt))
		}
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) + (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnSpill
		if resetFlag != 0 {
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnSpill = uint64(0)
		}
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwtr)) = 0
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = libc.Int64FromUint64(**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))
		break
		/* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign
		 ** key constraints.  Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints
		 ** have been satisfied.  The *pHighwtr is always set to zero.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS):
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwtr)) = 0 /* IMP: R-11967-56545 */
		**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = libc.BoolInt64((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDeferredImmCons > 0 || (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDeferredCons > 0)
	default:
		rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
//	** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_enable_load_extension(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, onoff int32) (r int32) {
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	if onoff != 0 {
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db + 48)) |= libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_LoadExtension) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_LoadExtFunc))
	} else {
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db + 48)) &= ^libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_LoadExtension) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_LoadExtFunc))
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve
//	** a field of the row currently being updated or inserted.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_preupdate_new(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, iIdx int32, ppValue uintptr) (r int32) {
	var iStore, rc, v1 int32
	var p, pData, pMem, pUnpack uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iStore, p, pData, pMem, pUnpack, rc, v1
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	iStore = 0
	p = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpPreUpdate
	if !(p != 0) || (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop == int32(SQLITE_DELETE) {
		rc = _sqlite3MisuseError(tls, int32(96071))
		goto preupdate_new_out
	}
	if (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpPk != 0 && (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop != int32(SQLITE_UPDATE) {
		iStore = _sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(tls, (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpPk, iIdx)
	} else {
		if iIdx >= int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab)).FnCol) {
			return _sqlite3MisuseError(tls, int32(96077))
		} else {
			iStore = int32(_sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls, (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab, int16(iIdx)))
		}
	}
	if iStore >= int32((*TVdbeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr)).FnField) || iStore < 0 {
		rc = int32(SQLITE_RANGE)
		goto preupdate_new_out
	}
	if (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop == int32(SQLITE_INSERT) {
		/* For an INSERT, memory cell p->iNewReg contains the serialized record
		 ** that is being inserted. Deserialize it. */
		pUnpack = (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNewUnpacked
		if !(pUnpack != 0) {
			pData = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fv)).FaMem + uintptr((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiNewReg)*56
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
				v1 = _sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(tls, pData)
			} else {
				v1 = 0
			}
			rc = v1
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				goto preupdate_new_out
			}
			pUnpack = _vdbeUnpackRecord(tls, (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpKeyinfo, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fn, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fz)
			if !(pUnpack != 0) {
				rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				goto preupdate_new_out
			}
			(*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNewUnpacked = pUnpack
		}
		pMem = (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pUnpack)).FaMem + uintptr(iStore)*56
		if iIdx == int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab)).FiPKey) {
			_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem, (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiKey2)
		} else {
			if iStore >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pUnpack)).FnField) {
				pMem = _columnNullValue(tls)
			}
		}
	} else {
		/* For an UPDATE, memory cell (p->iNewReg+1+iStore) contains the required
		 ** value. Make a copy of the cell contents and return a pointer to it.
		 ** It is not safe to return a pointer to the memory cell itself as the
		 ** caller may modify the value text encoding.
		 */
		if !((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaNew != 0) {
			(*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaNew = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, db, uint64(uint64(56)*libc.Uint64FromInt16((*TVdbeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr)).FnField)))
			if !((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaNew != 0) {
				rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				goto preupdate_new_out
			}
		}
		pMem = (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaNew + uintptr(iStore)*56
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) == 0 {
			if iIdx == int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab)).FiPKey) {
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem, (*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiKey2)
			} else {
				rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(tls, pMem, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fv)).FaMem+uintptr((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiNewReg+int32(1)+iStore)*56)
				if rc != SQLITE_OK {
					goto preupdate_new_out
				}
			}
		}
	}
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppValue)) = pMem
	goto preupdate_new_out
preupdate_new_out:
	;
	_sqlite3Error(tls, db, rc)
	return _sqlite3ApiExit(tls, db, rc)
}

/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/
/*
** 2009 November 25
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
**
** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */

func Xsqlite3_result_zeroblob64(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, n Tu64) (r int32) {
	var pOut uintptr
	_ = pOut
	pOut = (*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut
	if n > libc.Uint64FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fdb + 136))) {
		Xsqlite3_result_error_toobig(tls, pCtx)
		return int32(SQLITE_TOOBIG)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(tls, (*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut, libc.Int32FromUint64(n))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently
//	** being read by handle db.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_snapshot_get(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, zDb uintptr, ppSnapshot uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iDb, rc int32
	var pBt, pPager uintptr
	var _ /* dummy at bp+0 */ Ti64
	_, _, _, _ = iDb, pBt, pPager, rc
	rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit) == 0 {
		iDb = _sqlite3FindDbName(tls, db, zDb)
		if iDb == 0 || iDb > int32(1) {
			pBt = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpBt
			if int32(SQLITE_TXN_WRITE) != _sqlite3BtreeTxnState(tls, pBt) {
				pPager = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, pBt)
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
				_sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(tls, pPager, bp)
				rc = _sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(tls, pBt, 0, uintptr(0))
				_sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(tls, pPager, uintptr(0))
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					rc = _sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(tls, _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, pBt), ppSnapshot)
				}
			}
		}
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot identified by pSnapshot.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_snapshot_open(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, zDb uintptr, pSnapshot uintptr) (r int32) {
	var bUnlock, iDb, rc int32
	var pBt, pPager uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = bUnlock, iDb, pBt, pPager, rc
	rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit) == 0 {
		iDb = _sqlite3FindDbName(tls, db, zDb)
		if iDb == 0 || iDb > int32(1) {
			pBt = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpBt
			if _sqlite3BtreeTxnState(tls, pBt) != int32(SQLITE_TXN_WRITE) {
				pPager = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, pBt)
				bUnlock = 0
				if _sqlite3BtreeTxnState(tls, pBt) != SQLITE_TXN_NONE {
					if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeActive == 0 {
						rc = _sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(tls, pPager, pSnapshot)
						if rc == SQLITE_OK {
							bUnlock = int32(1)
							rc = _sqlite3BtreeCommit(tls, pBt)
						}
					}
				} else {
					rc = SQLITE_OK
				}
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					rc = _sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(tls, pPager, pSnapshot)
				}
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					rc = _sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(tls, pBt, 0, uintptr(0))
					_sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(tls, pPager, uintptr(0))
				}
				if bUnlock != 0 {
					_sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(tls, pPager)
				}
			}
		}
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Query status information.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_status64(tls *libc.TLS, op int32, pCurrent uintptr, pHighwater uintptr, resetFlag int32) (r int32) {
	var pMutex, v1 uintptr
	_, _ = pMutex, v1
	if op < 0 || op >= libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(80)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)) {
		return _sqlite3MisuseError(tls, int32(25154))
	}
	if _statMutex[op] != 0 {
		v1 = _sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(tls)
	} else {
		v1 = _sqlite3MallocMutex(tls)
	}
	pMutex = v1
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, pMutex)
	**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pCurrent)) = **(**Tsqlite3StatValueType)(__ccgo_up(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_sqlite3Stat)) + uintptr(op)*8))
	**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(pHighwater)) = **(**Tsqlite3StatValueType)(__ccgo_up(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_sqlite3Stat)) + 80 + uintptr(op)*8))
	if resetFlag != 0 {
		**(**Tsqlite3StatValueType)(__ccgo_up(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_sqlite3Stat)) + 80 + uintptr(op)*8)) = **(**Tsqlite3StatValueType)(__ccgo_up(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_sqlite3Stat)) + uintptr(op)*8))
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, pMutex)
	_ = pMutex /* Prevent warning when SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 */
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the explain mode for a statement.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_stmt_explain(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, eMode int32) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	var v uintptr
	_, _ = rc, v
	v = pStmt
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(v + 200))&0xc>>2)) == eMode {
		rc = SQLITE_OK
	} else {
		if eMode < 0 || eMode > int32(2) {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FprepFlags)&int32(SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL) == 0 {
				rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FeVdbeState) != int32(VDBE_READY_STATE) {
					rc = int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
				} else {
					if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnMem >= int32(10) && (eMode != int32(2) || int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(v + 200))&0x100>>8)) != 0) {
						/* No reprepare necessary */
						libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(v+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(eMode), 2, 0xc)
						rc = SQLITE_OK
					} else {
						libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(v+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(eMode), 2, 0xc)
						rc = _sqlite3Reprepare(tls, v)
						libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(v+200, libc.BoolUint32(eMode == libc.Int32FromInt32(2)), 8, 0x100)
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(v + 200))&0xc>>2)) != 0 {
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnResColumn = libc.Uint16FromInt32(int32(12) - int32(4)*int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(v + 200))&0xc>>2)))
	} else {
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnResColumn = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnResAlloc
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_stmt_status(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, op int32, resetFlag int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, pVdbe uintptr
	var _ /* v at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_, _ = db, pVdbe
	pVdbe = pStmt
	if op == int32(SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED) {
		db = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVdbe)).Fdb
		Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed = bp
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpStart
		_sqlite3VdbeDelete(tls, pVdbe)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpTrueEnd
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	} else {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pVdbe + 212 + uintptr(op)*4))
		if resetFlag != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pVdbe + 212 + uintptr(op)*4)) = uint32(0)
		}
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_str_reset(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FprintfFlags)&int32(SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED) != 0 {
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, (*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzText)
		v1 = p + 29
		*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED))
	}
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc = uint32(0)
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChar = uint32(0)
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzText = uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Interface to the testing logic.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_test_control(tls *libc.TLS, op int32, va uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aProg, db, db1, db2, db3, db4, db5, db6, db7, pCtx, pI1, pI2, pN, pR, pU64, pn, ptr, xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd, z uintptr
	var ap Tva_list
	var b, iDb, opTrace, rc, sz, x, x1, x2, y, v1 int32
	var newVal uint32
	var rIn float64
	var rLogEst TLogEst
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aProg, ap, b, db, db1, db2, db3, db4, db5, db6, db7, iDb, newVal, opTrace, pCtx, pI1, pI2, pN, pR, pU64, pn, ptr, rIn, rLogEst, rc, sz, x, x1, x2, xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd, y, z, v1, v2
	rc = 0
	ap = va
	switch op {
	/*
	 ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
	 */
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE):
		_sqlite3PrngSaveState(tls)
		break
		/*
		 ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
		 ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
		 ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE):
		_sqlite3PrngRestoreState(tls)
		break
		/*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED, int x, sqlite3 *db);
		 **
		 ** Control the seed for the pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) that
		 ** is built into SQLite.  Cases:
		 **
		 **    x!=0 && db!=0       Seed the PRNG to the current value of the
		 **                        schema cookie in the main database for db, or
		 **                        x if the schema cookie is zero.  This case
		 **                        is convenient to use with database fuzzers
		 **                        as it allows the fuzzer some control over the
		 **                        the PRNG seed.
		 **
		 **    x!=0 && db==0       Seed the PRNG to the value of x.
		 **
		 **    x==0 && db==0       Revert to default behavior of using the
		 **                        xRandomness method on the primary VFS.
		 **
		 ** This test-control also resets the PRNG so that the new seed will
		 ** be used for the next call to sqlite3_randomness().
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED):
		x = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		db = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		if v2 = db != 0; v2 {
			v1 = (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb))).FpSchema)).Fschema_cookie
			y = v1
		}
		if v2 && v1 != 0 {
			x = y
		}
		_sqlite3Config.FiPrngSeed = libc.Uint32FromInt32(x)
		Xsqlite3_randomness(tls, 0, uintptr(0))
		break
		/*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FK_NO_ACTION, sqlite3 *db, int b);
		 **
		 ** If b is true, then activate the SQLITE_FkNoAction setting.  If b is
		 ** false then clear that setting.  If the SQLITE_FkNoAction setting is
		 ** enabled, all foreign key ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions behave as if
		 ** they were NO ACTION, regardless of how they are defined.
		 **
		 ** NB:  One must usually run "PRAGMA writable_schema=RESET" after
		 ** using this test-control, before it will take full effect.  failing
		 ** to reset the schema can result in some unexpected behavior.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FK_NO_ACTION):
		db1 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		b = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		if b != 0 {
			**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db1 + 48)) |= libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x00008)) << libc.Int32FromInt32(32)
		} else {
			**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db1 + 48)) &= ^(libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x00008)) << libc.Int32FromInt32(32))
		}
		break
		/*
		 **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
		 **
		 ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
		 ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
		 ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
		 ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST):
		sz = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		aProg = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		rc = _sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(tls, sz, aProg)
		break
		/*
		 **  sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback)
		 **
		 ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called,
		 ** if xCallback is not NULL.
		 **
		 ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0)
		 ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return
		 ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from
		 ** sqlite3_test_control().
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL):
		_sqlite3Config.FxTestCallback = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		rc = _sqlite3FaultSim(tls, 0)
		break
		/*
		 **  sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
		 **
		 ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
		 ** are benign.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS):
		xBenignBegin = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		xBenignEnd = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		_sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(tls, xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd)
		break
		/*
		 **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
		 **
		 ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
		 ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
		 ** as it existing before this routine was called.
		 **
		 ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
		 ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
		 ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
		 ** deleterious behavior.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE):
		rc = _sqlite3PendingByte
		newVal = libc.VaUint32(&ap)
		if newVal != 0 {
			_sqlite3PendingByte = libc.Int32FromUint32(newVal)
		}
		break
		/*
		 **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
		 **
		 ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
		 ** assert() was enabled at compile-time.  If X is true and assert()
		 ** is enabled, then the return value is true.  If X is true and
		 ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero.  If X is
		 ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
		 ** process aborts.  If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
		 ** return value is zero.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT):
		x1 = 0
		rc = x1
		break
		/*
		 **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
		 **
		 ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
		 ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
		 **
		 ** The return value is ALWAYS(X) if X is true, or 0 if X is false.
		 **
		 ** The recommended test is X==2.  If the return value is 2, that means
		 ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
		 ** default setting.  If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
		 ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
		 ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
		 ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
		 ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
		 ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
		 **
		 ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
		 **
		 **    if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
		 **      // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
		 **    }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
		 **      // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
		 **    }else{
		 **      // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1.  NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
		 **    }
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS):
		x2 = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		if x2 != 0 {
			v1 = x2
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		rc = v1
		break
		/*
		 **   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER);
		 **
		 ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which
		 ** SQLite is running:
		 **
		 **       1     big-endian,    determined at run-time
		 **      10     little-endian, determined at run-time
		 **  432101     big-endian,    determined at compile-time
		 **  123410     little-endian, determined at compile-time
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER):
		rc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_BYTEORDER)*libc.Int32FromInt32(100) + libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN)*libc.Int32FromInt32(10) + libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_BIGENDIAN)
		break
		/*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
		 **
		 ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes.  The
		 ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled.  For normal
		 ** operation N should be 0.  The idea is that a test program (like the
		 ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
		 ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
		 ** is obtained in every case.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS):
		db2 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db2)).FdbOptFlags = libc.VaUint32(&ap)
		break
		/*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_GETOPT, sqlite3 *db, int *N)
		 **
		 ** Write the current optimization settings into *N.  A zero bit means that
		 ** the optimization is on, and a 1 bit means that the optimization is off.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_GETOPT):
		db3 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		pN = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pN)) = libc.Int32FromUint32((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db3)).FdbOptFlags)
		break
		/*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, onoff, xAlt);
		 **
		 ** If parameter onoff is 1, subsequent calls to localtime() fail.
		 ** If 2, then invoke xAlt() instead of localtime().  If 0, normal
		 ** processing.
		 **
		 ** xAlt arguments are void pointers, but they really want to be:
		 **
		 **    int xAlt(const time_t*, struct tm*);
		 **
		 ** xAlt should write results in to struct tm object of its 2nd argument
		 ** and return zero on success, or return non-zero on failure.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT):
		_sqlite3Config.FbLocaltimeFault = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		if _sqlite3Config.FbLocaltimeFault == int32(2) {
			_sqlite3Config.FxAltLocaltime = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		} else {
			_sqlite3Config.FxAltLocaltime = uintptr(0)
		}
		break
		/*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS, sqlite3*);
		 **
		 ** Toggle the ability to use internal functions on or off for
		 ** the database connection given in the argument.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS):
		db4 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(db4 + 44)) ^= uint32(DBFLAG_InternalFunc)
		break
		/*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int);
		 **
		 ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well-
		 ** formed and never corrupt.  This flag is clear by default, indicating that
		 ** database files might have arbitrary corruption.  Setting the flag during
		 ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated
		 ** that demonstrate invariants on well-formed database files.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT):
		_sqlite3Config.FneverCorrupt = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		break
		/*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS, int);
		 **
		 ** Set or clear a flag that causes SQLite to verify that type, name,
		 ** and tbl_name fields of the sqlite_schema table.  This is normally
		 ** on, but it is sometimes useful to turn it off for testing.
		 **
		 ** 2020-07-22:  Disabling EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS also disables the
		 ** verification of rootpage numbers when parsing the schema.  This
		 ** is useful to make it easier to reach strange internal error states
		 ** during testing.  The EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS setting is always enabled
		 ** in production.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS):
		_sqlite3Config.FbExtraSchemaChecks = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.VaInt32(&ap))
		break
		/* Set the threshold at which OP_Once counters reset back to zero.
		 ** By default this is 0x7ffffffe (over 2 billion), but that value is
		 ** too big to test in a reasonable amount of time, so this control is
		 ** provided to set a small and easily reachable reset value.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD):
		_sqlite3Config.FiOnceResetThreshold = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		break
		/*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr);
		 **
		 ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context
		 ** pointer ptr.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE):
		break
		/*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP, db, nMax); */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP):
		db5 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db5)).FnMaxSorterMmap = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		break
		/*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT);
		 **
		 ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if
		 ** not.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT):
		if libc.AtomicLoadPInt32(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_sqlite3Config))+340) == 0 {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
		}
		break
		/*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, db, dbName, mode, tnum);
		 **
		 ** This test control is used to create imposter tables.  "db" is a pointer
		 ** to the database connection.  dbName is the database name (ex: "main" or
		 ** "temp") which will receive the imposter.  "mode" turns imposter mode on
		 ** or off.  mode==0 means imposter mode is off.  mode==1 means imposter mode
		 ** is on.  mode==2 means imposter mode is on but results in an imposter
		 ** table that is read-only unless writable_schema is on.  "tnum" is the
		 ** root page of the b-tree to which the imposter table should connect.
		 **
		 ** Enable imposter mode only when the schema has already been parsed.  Then
		 ** run a single CREATE TABLE statement to construct the imposter table in
		 ** the parsed schema.  Then turn imposter mode back off again.
		 **
		 ** If onOff==0 and tnum>0 then reset the schema for all databases, causing
		 ** the schema to be reparsed the next time it is needed.  This has the
		 ** effect of erasing all imposter tables.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER):
		db6 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db6)).Fmutex)
		iDb = _sqlite3FindDbName(tls, db6, libc.VaUintptr(&ap))
		if iDb >= 0 {
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db6)).Finit1.FiDb = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iDb)
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db6)).Finit1.Fbusy = uint8(libc.AssignBitFieldPtr8Uint32(db6+192+8, libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.VaInt32(&ap)), 2, 1, 0x6))
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db6)).Finit1.FnewTnum = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.VaInt32(&ap))
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db6)).Finit1.Fbusy) == 0 && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db6)).Finit1.FnewTnum > uint32(0) {
				_sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(tls, db6)
			}
		}
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db6)).Fmutex)
		break
		/*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL, sqlite3_context*);
		 **
		 ** This test-control causes the most recent sqlite3_result_int64() value
		 ** to be interpreted as a MEM_IntReal instead of as an MEM_Int.  Normally,
		 ** MEM_IntReal values only arise during an INSERT operation of integer
		 ** values into a REAL column, so they can be challenging to test.  This
		 ** test-control enables us to write an intreal() SQL function that can
		 ** inject an intreal() value at arbitrary places in an SQL statement,
		 ** for testing purposes.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL):
		pCtx = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		_sqlite3ResultIntReal(tls, pCtx)
		break
		/*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT,
		 **    sqlite3 *db,    // Database connection
		 **    u64 *pnSeek     // Write seek count here
		 **  );
		 **
		 ** This test-control queries the seek-counter on the "main" database
		 ** file.  The seek-counter is written into *pnSeek and is then reset.
		 ** The seek-count is only available if compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT):
		db7 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		pn = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(pn)) = uint64(0)
		_ = db7 /* Silence harmless unused variable warning */
		break
		/*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_TRACEFLAGS, op, ptr)
		 **
		 **  "ptr" is a pointer to a u32.
		 **
		 **   op==0       Store the current sqlite3TreeTrace in *ptr
		 **   op==1       Set sqlite3TreeTrace to the value *ptr
		 **   op==2       Store the current sqlite3WhereTrace in *ptr
		 **   op==3       Set sqlite3WhereTrace to the value *ptr
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_TRACEFLAGS):
		opTrace = libc.VaInt32(&ap)
		ptr = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		switch opTrace {
		case 0:
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(ptr)) = _sqlite3TreeTrace
		case int32(1):
			_sqlite3TreeTrace = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(ptr))
		case int32(2):
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(ptr)) = _sqlite3WhereTrace
		case int32(3):
			_sqlite3WhereTrace = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(ptr))
			break
		}
		break
		/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOGEST,
		 **      double fIn,     // Input value
		 **      int *pLogEst,   // sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(fIn)
		 **      u64 *pInt,      // sqlite3LogEstToInt(*pLogEst)
		 **      int *pLogEst2   // sqlite3LogEst(*pInt)
		 ** );
		 **
		 ** Test access for the LogEst conversion routines.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOGEST):
		rIn = libc.VaFloat64(&ap)
		rLogEst = _sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(tls, rIn)
		pI1 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		pU64 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		pI2 = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pI1)) = int32(rLogEst)
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(pU64)) = _sqlite3LogEstToInt(tls, rLogEst)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pI2)) = int32(_sqlite3LogEst(tls, **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(pU64))))
		break
		/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ATOF, const char *z, double *p);
		 **
		 ** Test access to the sqlite3AtoF() routine.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ATOF):
		z = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		pR = libc.VaUintptr(&ap)
		rc = _sqlite3AtoF(tls, z, pR)
		break
		/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_JSON_SELFCHECK, &onOff);
		 **
		 ** Activate or deactivate validation of JSONB that is generated from
		 ** text.  Off by default, as the validation is slow.  Validation is
		 ** only available if compiled using SQLITE_DEBUG.
		 **
		 ** If onOff is initially 1, then turn it on.  If onOff is initially
		 ** off, turn it off.  If onOff is initially -1, then change onOff
		 ** to be the current setting.
		 */
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_JSON_SELFCHECK):
		break
	}
	_ = ap
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
//	** is returned.
//	**
//	** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
//	** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
//	** SQL statement.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_trace(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, __ccgo_fp_xTrace uintptr, pArg uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pOld uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = pOld, v1
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	pOld = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpTraceArg
	if __ccgo_fp_xTrace != 0 {
		v1 = int32(SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmTrace = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(db + 248)) = __ccgo_fp_xTrace
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpTraceArg = pArg
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return pOld
}

// C documentation
//
//	/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
//	** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
//	** structure.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_value_blob(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var p, v2 uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _, _ = p, v1, v2
	p = pVal
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
			v1 = _sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(tls, p)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		if v1 != SQLITE_OK {
			return uintptr(0)
		}
		v2 = p + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob))
		if (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn != 0 {
			v2 = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fz
		} else {
			v2 = uintptr(0)
		}
		return v2
	} else {
		return Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, pVal)
	}
	return r
}

func Xsqlite3_value_pointer(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr, zPType uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = pVal
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Subtype)) == libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Null)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Subtype) && zPType != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeSubtype) == int32('p') && libc.Xstrcmp(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)), zPType) == 0 {
		return (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fz
	} else {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	return r
}

const _LP64 = 1

const __LONG_MAX__ = 9223372036854775807

const __LONG_WIDTH__ = 64

const __LP64__ = 1

const __SIZEOF_LONG__ = 8

func _addOp4IntSlow(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, op int32, p1 int32, p2 int32, p3 int32, p4 int32) (r int32) {
	var addr int32
	var pOp uintptr
	_, _ = addr, pOp
	addr = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, p, op, p1, p2, p3)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).FmallocFailed) == 0 {
		pOp = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp + uintptr(addr)*24
		(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4type = int8(-libc.Int32FromInt32(3))
		(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4.Fi = p4
	}
	return addr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The pOrderBy->a[].u.x.iOrderByCol values might be incorrect because
//	** columns might have been rearranged in the result set.  This routine
//	** fixes them up.
//	**
//	** pEList is the new result set.  The pEList->a[].u.x.iOrderByCol values
//	** contain the *old* locations of each expression.  This is a temporary
//	** use of u.x.iOrderByCol, not its intended use.  The caller must reset
//	** u.x.iOrderByCol back to zero for all entries in pEList before the
//	** caller returns.
//	**
//	** This routine changes pOrderBy->a[].u.x.iOrderByCol values from
//	** pEList->a[N].u.x.iOrderByCol into N+1.  (The "+1" is because of the 1-based
//	** indexing used by iOrderByCol.)  Or if no match, iOrderByCol is set to zero.
//	*/
func _adjustOrderByCol(tls *libc.TLS, pOrderBy uintptr, pEList uintptr) {
	var i, j, t int32
	_, _, _ = i, j, t
	if pOrderBy == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		t = libc.Int32FromUint16(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32 + 24)))
		if t == 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		j = 0
		for {
			if !(j < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList)).FnExpr) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList + 8 + uintptr(j)*32 + 24))) == t {
				*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32 + 24)) = libc.Uint16FromInt32(j + int32(1))
				break
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			j = j + 1
		}
		if j >= (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList)).FnExpr {
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32 + 24)) = uint16(0)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is a Walker expression node callback.
//	**
//	** For Expr nodes that contain pAggInfo pointers, make sure the AggInfo
//	** object that is referenced does not refer directly to the Expr.  If
//	** it does, make a copy.  This is done because the pExpr argument is
//	** subject to change.
//	**
//	** The copy is scheduled for deletion using the sqlite3ExprDeferredDelete()
//	** which builds on the sqlite3ParserAddCleanup() mechanism.
//	*/
func _agginfoPersistExprCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db, pAggInfo, pParse uintptr
	var iAgg int32
	_, _, _, _ = db, iAgg, pAggInfo, pParse
	if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_TokenOnly)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Reduced)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpAggInfo != uintptr(0) {
		pAggInfo = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpAggInfo
		iAgg = int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiAgg)
		pParse = (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse
		db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_AGG_FUNCTION) {
			if iAgg < (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnColumn && (**(**TAggInfo_col)(__ccgo_up((*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaCol + uintptr(iAgg)*32))).FpCExpr == pExpr {
				pExpr = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pExpr, 0)
				if pExpr != 0 && !(_sqlite3ExprDeferredDelete(tls, pParse, pExpr) != 0) {
					(**(**TAggInfo_col)(__ccgo_up((*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaCol + uintptr(iAgg)*32))).FpCExpr = pExpr
				}
			}
		} else {
			if iAgg < (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnFunc && (**(**TAggInfo_func)(__ccgo_up((*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaFunc + uintptr(iAgg)*32))).FpFExpr == pExpr {
				pExpr = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pExpr, 0)
				if pExpr != 0 && !(_sqlite3ExprDeferredDelete(tls, pParse, pExpr) != 0) {
					(**(**TAggInfo_func)(__ccgo_up((*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaFunc + uintptr(iAgg)*32))).FpFExpr = pExpr
				}
			}
		}
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walker callback for aggregateConvertIndexedExprRefToColumn().
//	*/
func _aggregateIdxEprRefToColCallback(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pAggInfo, pCol uintptr
	_, _ = pAggInfo, pCol
	_ = pWalker
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpAggInfo == uintptr(0) {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_FUNCTION) {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_IF_NULL_ROW) {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	pAggInfo = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpAggInfo
	if int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiAgg) >= (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnColumn {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	pCol = (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaCol + uintptr((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiAgg)*32
	(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop = uint8(TK_AGG_COLUMN)
	(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable = (*TAggInfo_col)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiTable
	(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn = int16((*TAggInfo_col)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiColumn)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) &= ^libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Skip) | libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Collate) | libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Unlikely))
	return int32(WRC_Prune)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
//	** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
//	** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
//	** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
//	**
//	** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
//	** allocation.  This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
//	** all the space together, however.  This routine will avoid using
//	** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
//	** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
//	** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
//	*/
func _allocateSpace(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, nByte int32, pIdx uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var data, pSpace, pTmp uintptr
	var g2, gap, hdr, top, v1 int32
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = data, g2, gap, hdr, pSpace, pTmp, top, v1
	hdr = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FhdrOffset) /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
	data = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData                         /* First byte of cell content area */
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK                                   /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
	/* Minimum cell size is 4 */
	gap = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FcellOffset) + int32(2)*libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell)
	/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29356-02391 If the database uses a 65536-byte page size
	 ** and the reserved space is zero (the usual value for reserved space)
	 ** then the cell content offset of an empty page wants to be 65536.
	 ** However, that integer is too large to be stored in a 2-byte unsigned
	 ** integer, so a value of 0 is used in its place. */
	pTmp = data + uintptr(hdr+int32(5))
	top = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pTmp)))<<int32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pTmp + 1)))
	if gap > top {
		if top == 0 && (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt)).FusableSize == uint32(65536) {
			top = int32(65536)
		} else {
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75075))
		}
	} else {
		if top > libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt)).FusableSize) {
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75078))
		}
	}
	/* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer,
	 ** and if the freelist is not empty, then search the
	 ** freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the request.
	 */
	if (**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(hdr+int32(2)))) != 0 || **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(hdr+int32(1)))) != 0) && gap+int32(2) <= top {
		pSpace = _pageFindSlot(tls, pPage, nByte, bp)
		if pSpace != 0 {
			v1 = int32(int64(pSpace) - int64(data))
			g2 = v1
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIdx)) = v1
			if g2 <= gap {
				return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75095))
			} else {
				return SQLITE_OK
			}
		} else {
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			}
		}
	}
	/* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot.  Check
	 ** to see if defragmentation is necessary.
	 */
	if gap+int32(2)+nByte > top {
		if int32(4) < (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnFree-(int32(2)+nByte) {
			v1 = int32(4)
		} else {
			v1 = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnFree - (int32(2) + nByte)
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _defragmentPage(tls, pPage, v1)
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
			return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		}
		top = (libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(hdr+int32(5)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)|libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(hdr+int32(5)) + 1)))-int32(1))&int32(0xffff) + int32(1)
	}
	/* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
	 ** and the cell content area.  The btreeComputeFreeSpace() call has already
	 ** validated the freelist.  Given that the freelist is valid, there
	 ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
	 ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
	 */
	top = top - nByte
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(hdr+int32(5)))) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(top >> libc.Int32FromInt32(8))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(hdr+int32(5)) + 1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(top)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIdx)) = top
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
//	** sqlite_stat1 table.
//	**
//	**     argv[0] = name of the table
//	**     argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
//	**     argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
//	**
//	** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
//	** the table.
//	*/
func _analysisLoader(tls *libc.TLS, pData uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr, NotUsed uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(160)
	defer tls.Free(160)
	var aiRowEst, pIndex, pInfo, pTable, z uintptr
	var nCol int32
	var _ /* fakeIdx at bp+0 */ TIndex
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = aiRowEst, nCol, pIndex, pInfo, pTable, z
	pInfo = pData
	_ = NotUsed
	_ = argc
	if argv == uintptr(0) || **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)) == uintptr(0) || **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8)) == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	pTable = _sqlite3FindTable(tls, (*TanalysisInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).Fdb, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)), (*TanalysisInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FzDatabase)
	if pTable == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)) == uintptr(0) {
		pIndex = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		if Xsqlite3_stricmp(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8))) == 0 {
			pIndex = _sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(tls, pTable)
		} else {
			pIndex = _sqlite3FindIndex(tls, (*TanalysisInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).Fdb, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)), (*TanalysisInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FzDatabase)
		}
	}
	z = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8))
	if pIndex != 0 {
		aiRowEst = uintptr(0)
		nCol = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FnKeyCol) + int32(1)
		/* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate
		 ** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber
		 ** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array.  */
		if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiRowEst == uintptr(0) {
			(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiRowEst = _sqlite3MallocZero(tls, uint64(uint64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol)))
			if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiRowEst == uintptr(0) {
				_sqlite3OomFault(tls, (*TanalysisInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).Fdb)
			}
		}
		aiRowEst = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiRowEst
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pIndex+100, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 2, 0x4)
		_decodeIntArray(tls, z, nCol, aiRowEst, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiRowLogEst, pIndex)
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pIndex+100, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 7, 0x80)
		if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FpPartIdxWhere == uintptr(0) {
			(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FnRowLogEst = **(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiRowLogEst))
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pTable + 48)) |= uint32(TF_HasStat1)
		}
	} else {
		(**(**TIndex)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FszIdxRow = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FszTabRow
		_decodeIntArray(tls, z, int32(1), uintptr(0), pTable+58, bp)
		(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FszTabRow = (**(**TIndex)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FszIdxRow
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pTable + 48)) |= uint32(TF_HasStat1)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Analyze the arguments to aggregate functions.  Create new pAggInfo->aCol[]
//	** entries for columns that are arguments to aggregate functions but which
//	** are not otherwise used.
//	**
//	** The aCol[] entries in AggInfo prior to nAccumulator are columns that
//	** are referenced outside of aggregate functions.  These might be columns
//	** that are part of the GROUP by clause, for example.  Other database engines
//	** would throw an error if there is a column reference that is not in the
//	** GROUP BY clause and that is not part of an aggregate function argument.
//	** But SQLite allows this.
//	**
//	** The aCol[] entries beginning with the aCol[nAccumulator] and following
//	** are column references that are used exclusively as arguments to
//	** aggregate functions.  This routine is responsible for computing
//	** (or recomputing) those aCol[] entries.
//	*/
func _analyzeAggFuncArgs(tls *libc.TLS, pAggInfo uintptr, pNC uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pExpr uintptr
	_, _ = i, pExpr
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pNC + 40)) |= int32(NC_InAggFunc)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnFunc) {
			break
		}
		pExpr = (**(**TAggInfo_func)(__ccgo_up((*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaFunc + uintptr(i)*32))).FpFExpr
		_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(tls, pNC, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft != 0 {
			_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(tls, pNC, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft + 32)))
		}
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
			_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(tls, pNC, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64)))).FpFilter)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pNC + 40)) &= ^libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_InAggFunc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
//	** which is in database iDb.  Return the register number for the register
//	** that holds the maximum rowid.  Return zero if pTab is not an AUTOINCREMENT
//	** table.  (Also return zero when doing a VACUUM since we do not want to
//	** update the AUTOINCREMENT counters during a VACUUM.)
//	**
//	** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
//	** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
//	** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
//	** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
//	** AutoincInfo structure is used.
//	**
//	** Four consecutive registers are allocated:
//	**
//	**   (1)  The name of the pTab table.
//	**   (2)  The maximum ROWID of pTab.
//	**   (3)  The rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
//	**   (4)  The original value of the max ROWID in pTab, or NULL if none
//	**
//	** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
//	** insert routine needs to know about.
//	*/
func _autoIncBegin(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iDb int32, pTab uintptr) (r int32) {
	var memId, v2 int32
	var pInfo, pSeqTab, pToplevel, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = memId, pInfo, pSeqTab, pToplevel, v1, v2
	memId = 0 /* Register holding maximum rowid */
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_Autoincrement) != uint32(0) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FmDbFlags&uint32(DBFLAG_Vacuum) == uint32(0) {
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel != 0 {
			v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel
		} else {
			v1 = pParse
		}
		pToplevel = v1
		pSeqTab = (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpSchema)).FpSeqTab
		/* Verify that the sqlite_sequence table exists and is an ordinary
		 ** rowid table with exactly two columns.
		 ** Ticket d8dc2b3a58cd5dc2918a1d4acb 2018-05-23 */
		if pSeqTab == uintptr(0) || !((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeqTab)).FtabFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(TF_WithoutRowid) == libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeqTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) || int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeqTab)).FnCol) != int32(2) {
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr + 1
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CORRUPT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(2)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
			return 0
		}
		pInfo = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FpAinc
		for pInfo != 0 && (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FpTab != pTab {
			pInfo = (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FpNext
		}
		if pInfo == uintptr(0) {
			pInfo = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, uint64(24))
			_sqlite3ParserAddCleanup(tls, pToplevel, __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3DbFree), pInfo)
			if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
				return 0
			}
			(*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FpNext = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FpAinc
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FpAinc = pInfo
			(*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FpTab = pTab
			(*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FiDb = iDb
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FnMem = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FnMem + 1 /* Register to hold name of table */
			v1 = pToplevel + 60
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) + 1
			v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))
			(*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FregCtr = v2 /* Max rowid register */
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pToplevel + 60)) += int32(2)  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence + orig max val */
		}
		memId = (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FregCtr
	}
	return memId
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
//	** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
//	** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
//	** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
//	** routine just before the "exit" code.
//	*/
func _autoIncrementEnd(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) {
	var aOp, db, p, pDb, v uintptr
	var iRec, memId int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aOp, db, iRec, memId, p, pDb, v
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	p = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpAinc
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		pDb = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr((*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDb)*32
		memId = (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FregCtr
		iRec = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Le), memId+int32(2), _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)+int32(7), memId)
		_sqlite3OpenTable(tls, pParse, 0, (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDb, (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((*TDb)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpSchema)).FpSeqTab, int32(OP_OpenWrite))
		aOp = _sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(tls, v, libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(20)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_autoIncEnd)), _iLn2)
		if aOp == uintptr(0) {
			break
		}
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp))).Fp1 = memId + int32(1)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 1*24))).Fp2 = memId + int32(1)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 2*24))).Fp1 = memId - int32(1)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 2*24))).Fp3 = iRec
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 3*24))).Fp2 = iRec
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 3*24))).Fp3 = memId + int32(1)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 3*24))).Fp5 = uint16(OPFLAG_APPEND)
		_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, iRec)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
//	** is committed for an auto-vacuum database.
//	*/
func _autoVacuumCommit(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db, pBt, pPager uintptr
	var iDb, rc int32
	var iFree, nFin, nFree, nOrig, nVac TPgno
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, iDb, iFree, nFin, nFree, nOrig, nVac, pBt, pPager, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	pPager = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager
	_invalidateAllOverflowCache(tls, pBt)
	if !((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FincrVacuum != 0) { /* Database size before freeing */
		nOrig = _btreePagecount(tls, pBt)
		if _ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, nOrig) == nOrig || nOrig == libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) {
			/* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
			 ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
			 ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
			 */
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(77456))
		}
		nFree = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FaData+36)
		db = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxAutovacPages != 0 {
			iDb = 0
			for {
				if !(iDb < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
					break
				}
				if (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpBt == p {
					break
				}
				goto _1
			_1:
				;
				iDb = iDb + 1
			}
			nVac = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, Tu32, Tu32, Tu32) uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxAutovacPages})))(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpAutovacPagesArg, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FzDbSName, nOrig, nFree, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize)
			if nVac > nFree {
				nVac = nFree
			}
			if nVac == uint32(0) {
				return SQLITE_OK
			}
		} else {
			nVac = nFree
		}
		nFin = _finalDbSize(tls, pBt, nOrig, nVac)
		if nFin > nOrig {
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(77483))
		}
		if nFin < nOrig {
			rc = _saveAllCursors(tls, pBt, uint32(0), uintptr(0))
		}
		iFree = nOrig
		for {
			if !(iFree > nFin && rc == SQLITE_OK) {
				break
			}
			rc = _incrVacuumStep(tls, pBt, nFin, iFree, libc.BoolInt32(nVac == nFree))
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			iFree = iFree - 1
		}
		if (rc == int32(SQLITE_DONE) || rc == SQLITE_OK) && nFree > uint32(0) {
			rc = _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FpDbPage)
			if nVac == nFree {
				_sqlite3Put4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FaData+32, uint32(0))
				_sqlite3Put4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FaData+36, uint32(0))
			}
			_sqlite3Put4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FaData+28, nFin)
			(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbDoTruncate = uint8(1)
			(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnPage = nFin
		}
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			_sqlite3PagerRollback(tls, pPager)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
//	** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
//	** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
//	** routine. Balancing routines are:
//	**
//	**   balance_quick()
//	**   balance_deeper()
//	**   balance_nonroot()
//	*/
func _balance(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iIdx, iPage, rc, v1, v2 int32
	var pFree, pPage, pParent, pSpace uintptr
	var v3 bool
	var _ /* aBalanceQuickSpace at bp+0 */ [13]Tu8
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iIdx, iPage, pFree, pPage, pParent, pSpace, rc, v1, v2, v3
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pFree = uintptr(0)
	for cond := true; cond; cond = rc == SQLITE_OK {
		pPage = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage
		if (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnFree < 0 && _btreeComputeFreeSpace(tls, pPage) != 0 {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnOverflow) == 0 && (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnFree*int32(3) <= libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt)).FusableSize)*int32(2) {
			/* No rebalance required as long as:
			 **   (1) There are no overflow cells
			 **   (2) The amount of free space on the page is less than 2/3rds of
			 **       the total usable space on the page. */
			break
		} else {
			v1 = int32((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage)
			iPage = v1
			if v1 == 0 {
				if v3 = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnOverflow != 0; v3 {
					v2 = _anotherValidCursor(tls, pCur)
					rc = v2
				}
				if v3 && v2 == SQLITE_OK {
					/* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
					 ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
					 ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
					 ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
					 */
					rc = _balance_deeper(tls, pPage, pCur+144+1*8)
					if rc == SQLITE_OK {
						(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage = int8(1)
						(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix = uint16(0)
						**(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88)) = uint16(0)
						**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144)) = pPage
						(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144 + 1*8))
					}
				} else {
					break
				}
			} else {
				if _sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDbPage) > int32(1) {
					/* The page being written is not a root page, and there is currently
					 ** more than one reference to it. This only happens if the page is one
					 ** of its own ancestor pages. Corruption. */
					rc = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(82400))
				} else {
					pParent = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144 + uintptr(iPage-int32(1))*8))
					iIdx = libc.Int32FromUint16(**(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88 + uintptr(iPage-int32(1))*2)))
					rc = _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FpDbPage)
					if rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FnFree < 0 {
						rc = _btreeComputeFreeSpace(tls, pParent)
					}
					if rc == SQLITE_OK {
						if (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FintKeyLeaf != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnOverflow) == int32(1) && libc.Int32FromUint16(**(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(pPage + 28))) == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell) && (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).Fpgno != uint32(1) && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FnCell) == iIdx {
							/* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
							 ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
							 ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
							 ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent
							 ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
							 ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
							 ** buffer.
							 **
							 ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
							 ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
							 ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
							 ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
							 */
							rc = _balance_quick(tls, pParent, pPage, bp)
						} else {
							/* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
							 ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
							 ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
							 ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
							 ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
							 **
							 ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
							 ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
							 ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
							 ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
							 ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
							 ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
							 ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
							 ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
							 ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
							 ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
							 */
							pSpace = _sqlite3PageMalloc(tls, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt)).FpageSize))
							rc = _balance_nonroot(tls, pParent, iIdx, pSpace, libc.BoolInt32(iPage == int32(1)), libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fhints)&int32(BTREE_BULKLOAD))
							if pFree != 0 {
								/* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
								 ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
								 ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
								 ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
								_sqlite3PageFree(tls, pFree)
							}
							/* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
							 ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
							 ** comes first. */
							pFree = pSpace
						}
					}
					(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnOverflow = uint8(0)
					/* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
					_releasePage(tls, pPage)
					(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage - 1
					(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144 + uintptr((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage)*8))
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if pFree != 0 {
		_sqlite3PageFree(tls, pFree)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
//	** available.
//	*/
func _binCollFunc(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, nKey1 int32, pKey1 uintptr, nKey2 int32, pKey2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	var n, rc, v1 int32
	_, _, _ = n, rc, v1
	_ = NotUsed
	if nKey1 < nKey2 {
		v1 = nKey1
	} else {
		v1 = nKey2
	}
	n = v1
	/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-65033-28449 The built-in BINARY collation compares
	 ** strings byte by byte using the memcmp() function from the standard C
	 ** library. */
	rc = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, pKey1, pKey2, libc.Uint64FromInt32(n))
	if rc == 0 {
		rc = nKey1 - nKey2
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Bind a text or BLOB value.
//	*/
func _bindText(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32, zData uintptr, nData Ti64, __ccgo_fp_xDel uintptr, encoding Tu8) (r int32) {
	var p, pVar, v1 uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _, _ = p, pVar, rc, v1
	p = pStmt
	rc = _vdbeUnbind(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(i-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		/* tag-20240917-01 */
		if zData != uintptr(0) {
			pVar = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaVar + uintptr(i-int32(1))*56
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(encoding) == int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
				rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemSetText(tls, pVar, zData, nData, __ccgo_fp_xDel)
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(encoding) == int32(SQLITE_UTF8_ZT) {
					/* It is usually consider improper to assert() on an input.
					 ** However, the following assert() is checking for inputs
					 ** that are documented to result in undefined behavior. */
					rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemSetText(tls, pVar, zData, nData, __ccgo_fp_xDel)
					v1 = pVar + 20
					*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term))
				} else {
					rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(tls, pVar, zData, nData, encoding, __ccgo_fp_xDel)
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(encoding) == 0 {
						(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pVar)).Fenc = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fenc
					}
				}
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK && libc.Int32FromUint8(encoding) != 0 {
				rc = _sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(tls, pVar, libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fenc))
			}
			if rc != 0 {
				_sqlite3Error(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, rc)
				rc = _sqlite3ApiExit(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, rc)
			}
		}
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	} else {
		if __ccgo_fp_xDel != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0) && __ccgo_fp_xDel != uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) {
			(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{__ccgo_fp_xDel})))(tls, zData)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
//	** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
//	** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
//	** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
//	** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
//	** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
//	** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
//	**
//	** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
//	** changes to the database.  None of the following routines
//	** will work unless a transaction is started first:
//	**
//	**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
//	**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
//	**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
//	**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
//	**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
//	**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
//	**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
//	**
//	** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
//	** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
//	** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
//	** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is
//	** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
//	**
//	** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
//	** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
//	** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
//	** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
//	** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
//	** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
//	** proceed.
//	*/
func _btreeBeginTrans(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, wrflag int32, pSchemaVersion uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pBlock, pBt, pIter, pPage1, pPager, v1 uintptr
	var rc, v5 int32
	var v6 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = pBlock, pBt, pIter, pPage1, pPager, rc, v1, v5, v6
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	pPager = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	/* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
	 ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
	 ** is requested, this is a no-op.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == int32(TRANS_WRITE) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == int32(TRANS_READ) && !(wrflag != 0) {
		goto trans_begun
	}
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_ResetDatabase) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(tls, pPager)) == 0 {
		v1 = pBt + 40
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_READ_ONLY))
	}
	/* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbtsFlags)&int32(BTS_READ_ONLY) != 0 && wrflag != 0 {
		rc = int32(SQLITE_READONLY)
		goto trans_begun
	}
	pBlock = uintptr(0)
	/* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
	 ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
	 ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
	 */
	if wrflag != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction) == int32(TRANS_WRITE) || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbtsFlags)&int32(BTS_PENDING) != 0 {
		pBlock = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpWriter)).Fdb
	} else {
		if wrflag > int32(1) {
			pIter = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpLock
			for {
				if !(pIter != 0) {
					break
				}
				if (*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpBtree != p {
					pBlock = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpBtree)).Fdb
					break
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				pIter = (*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpNext
			}
		}
	}
	if pBlock != 0 {
		_sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(tls, (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, pBlock)
		rc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_LOCKED) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
		goto trans_begun
	}
	/* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
	 ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
	 ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
	rc = _querySharedCacheTableLock(tls, p, uint32(SCHEMA_ROOT), uint8(READ_LOCK))
	if SQLITE_OK != rc {
		goto trans_begun
	}
	v1 = pBt + 40
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY))
	if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnPage == uint32(0) {
		v1 = pBt + 40
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY))
	}
	for cond := true; cond; cond = rc&int32(0xFF) == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction) == TRANS_NONE && _btreeInvokeBusyHandler(tls, pBt) != 0 {
		/* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
		 ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
		 ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
		 ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
		 ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
		 ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
		 */
		for {
			if v6 = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1 == uintptr(0); v6 {
				v5 = _lockBtree(tls, pBt)
				rc = v5
			}
			if !(v6 && SQLITE_OK == v5) {
				break
			}
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && wrflag != 0 {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbtsFlags)&int32(BTS_READ_ONLY) != 0 {
				rc = int32(SQLITE_READONLY)
			} else {
				rc = _sqlite3PagerBegin(tls, pPager, libc.BoolInt32(wrflag > int32(1)), _sqlite3TempInMemory(tls, (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb))
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					rc = _newDatabase(tls, pBt)
				} else {
					if rc == libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_BUSY)|libc.Int32FromInt32(2)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction) == TRANS_NONE {
						/* if there was no transaction opened when this function was
						 ** called and SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT is returned, change the error
						 ** code to SQLITE_BUSY. */
						rc = int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
					}
				}
			}
		}
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			_ = SQLITE_OK
			_unlockBtreeIfUnused(tls, pBt)
		}
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == TRANS_NONE {
			(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnTransaction = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnTransaction + 1
			if (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fsharable != 0 {
				(*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Flock.FeLock = uint8(READ_LOCK)
				(*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Flock.FpNext = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpLock
				(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpLock = p + 48
			}
		}
		if wrflag != 0 {
			v5 = int32(TRANS_WRITE)
		} else {
			v5 = int32(TRANS_READ)
		}
		(*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v5)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) > libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction) {
			(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans
		}
		if wrflag != 0 {
			pPage1 = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1
			(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpWriter = p
			v1 = pBt + 40
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_EXCLUSIVE))
			if wrflag > int32(1) {
				v1 = pBt + 40
				*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_EXCLUSIVE))
			}
			/* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
			 ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
			 ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely
			 ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
			 ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
			 */
			if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnPage != _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage1)).FaData+28) {
				rc = _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage1)).FpDbPage)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					_sqlite3Put4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage1)).FaData+28, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnPage)
				}
			}
		}
	}
	goto trans_begun
trans_begun:
	;
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		if pSchemaVersion != 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pSchemaVersion)) = libc.Int32FromUint32(_sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FaData+40))
		}
		if wrflag != 0 {
			/* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
			 ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
			 ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
			 */
			rc = _sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(tls, pPager, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).FnSavepoint)
		}
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
//	** number for the root page of the new table.
//	**
//	** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
//	** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
//	** flags might not work:
//	**
//	**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
//	**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
//	*/
func _btreeCreateTable(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, piTable uintptr, createTabFlags int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var pBt uintptr
	var ptfFlags int32
	var _ /* eType at bp+32 */ Tu8
	var _ /* iPtrPage at bp+36 */ TPgno
	var _ /* pPageMove at bp+24 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pRoot at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pgnoMove at bp+16 */ TPgno
	var _ /* pgnoRoot at bp+8 */ TPgno
	var _ /* rc at bp+12 */ int32
	_, _ = pBt, ptfFlags
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt                 /* Page-type flags for the root page of new table */
	if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FautoVacuum != 0 { /* The page to move to. */
		/* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
		 ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
		 ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
		 ** held by open cursors.
		 */
		_invalidateAllOverflowCache(tls, pBt)
		/* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
		 ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
		 ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
		 */
		_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(tls, p, int32(BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE), bp+8)
		if **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) > _btreePagecount(tls, pBt) {
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(83314))
		}
		**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) + 1
		/* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
		 ** PENDING_BYTE page.
		 */
		for **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) == _ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))) || **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) == libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) {
			**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) + 1
		}
		/* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
		 ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
		 ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
		 */
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _allocateBtreePage(tls, pBt, bp+24, bp+16, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), uint8(BTALLOC_EXACT))
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != SQLITE_OK {
			return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
		}
		if **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) != **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) {
			/* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
			 ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
			 ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
			 ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
			 ** is already journaled.
			 */
			**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) = uint8(0)
			**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36)) = uint32(0)
			/* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in
			 ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference
			 ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot.  */
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _saveAllCursors(tls, pBt, uint32(0), uintptr(0))
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
			}
			/* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), bp, 0)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _ptrmapGet(tls, pBt, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), bp+32, bp+36)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32))) == int32(PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE) || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32))) == int32(PTRMAP_FREEPAGE) {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(83362))
			}
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != SQLITE_OK {
				_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _relocatePage(tls, pBt, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)), **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36)), **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)), 0)
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			/* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), bp, 0)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FpDbPage)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != SQLITE_OK {
				_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
			}
		} else {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24))
		}
		/* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
		_ptrmapPut(tls, pBt, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), uint8(PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE), uint32(0), bp+12)
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != 0 {
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
		}
		/* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
		 ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
		 ** freelist count.  Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
		 */
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(tls, p, int32(4), **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != 0 {
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
		}
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _allocateBtreePage(tls, pBt, bp, bp+8, uint32(1), uint8(0))
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != 0 {
			return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
		}
	}
	if createTabFlags&int32(BTREE_INTKEY) != 0 {
		ptfFlags = libc.Int32FromInt32(PTF_INTKEY) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PTF_LEAFDATA) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PTF_LEAF)
	} else {
		ptfFlags = libc.Int32FromInt32(PTF_ZERODATA) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PTF_LEAF)
	}
	_zeroPage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), ptfFlags)
	_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FpDbPage)
	**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(piTable)) = **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
//	** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
//	** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
//	**
//	** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
//	** cursors on the table.
//	**
//	** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
//	** root page in the database file, then the last root page
//	** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
//	** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
//	** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
//	** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
//	** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the
//	** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
//	** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
//	** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
//	** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
//	*/
func _btreeDropTable(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iTable TPgno, piMoved uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var pBt uintptr
	var _ /* maxRootPgno at bp+16 */ TPgno
	var _ /* pMove at bp+24 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pPage at bp+8 */ uintptr
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_ = pBt
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uintptr(0)
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	if iTable > _btreePagecount(tls, pBt) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(83563))
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _sqlite3BtreeClearTable(tls, p, libc.Int32FromUint32(iTable), uintptr(0))
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, iTable, bp+8, 0)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
		return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piMoved)) = 0
	if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FautoVacuum != 0 {
		_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(tls, p, int32(BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE), bp+16)
		if iTable == **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) {
			/* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
			 ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
			 */
			_freePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), bp)
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			}
		} else {
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)), bp+24, 0)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _relocatePage(tls, pBt, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)), uint8(PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE), uint32(0), iTable, 0)
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			}
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uintptr(0)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)), bp+24, 0)
			_freePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)), bp)
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piMoved)) = libc.Int32FromUint32(**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))
		}
		/* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
		 ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
		 ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
		 ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
		 */
		**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) - 1
		for **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) == libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) || _ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))) == **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) {
			**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) - 1
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(tls, p, int32(4), **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))
	} else {
		_freePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), bp)
		_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.
//	** Return value:
//	**
//	**    SQLITE_OK        success
//	**    SQLITE_DONE      cursor is already pointing at the last element
//	**    otherwise        some kind of error occurred
//	**
//	** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext().  That routine is optimized
//	** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
//	** to the next cell on the current page.  The (slower) btreeNext() helper
//	** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or
//	** to restore the cursor.
//	**
//	** If bit 0x01 of the F argument in sqlite3BtreeNext(C,F) is 1, then the
//	** cursor corresponds to an SQL index and this routine could have been
//	** skipped if the SQL index had been a unique index.  The F argument
//	** is a hint to the implement.  SQLite btree implementation does not use
//	** this hint, but COMDB2 does.
//	*/
func _btreeNext(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var idx, rc, v1 int32
	var pPage, v3 uintptr
	var v2 Tu16
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = idx, pPage, rc, v1, v2, v3
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) != CURSOR_VALID {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) >= int32(CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) {
			v1 = _btreeRestoreCursorPosition(tls, pCur)
		} else {
			v1 = SQLITE_OK
		}
		rc = v1
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			return rc
		}
		if int32(CURSOR_INVALID) == libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) {
			return int32(SQLITE_DONE)
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == int32(CURSOR_SKIPNEXT) {
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_VALID)
			if (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FskipNext > 0 {
				return SQLITE_OK
			}
		}
	}
	pPage = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage
	v3 = pCur + 86
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
	v2 = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
	idx = libc.Int32FromUint16(v2)
	if _sqlite3FaultSim(tls, int32(412)) != 0 {
		(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FisInit = uint8(0)
	}
	if !((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FisInit != 0) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(79581))
	}
	if idx >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell) {
		if !((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fleaf != 0) {
			rc = _moveToChild(tls, pCur, _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData+uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FhdrOffset)+int32(8))))
			if rc != 0 {
				return rc
			}
			return _moveToLeftmost(tls, pCur)
		}
		for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix) >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell) {
			if int32((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage) == 0 {
				(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_INVALID)
				return int32(SQLITE_DONE)
			}
			_moveToParent(tls, pCur)
			pPage = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage
		}
		if (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FintKey != 0 {
			return _sqlite3BtreeNext(tls, pCur, 0)
		} else {
			return SQLITE_OK
		}
	}
	if (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fleaf != 0 {
		return SQLITE_OK
	} else {
		return _moveToLeftmost(tls, pCur)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is common tail processing for btreeParseCellPtr() and
//	** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() for the case when the cell does not fit entirely
//	** on a single B-tree page.  Make necessary adjustments to the CellInfo
//	** structure.
//	*/
func _btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr, pInfo uintptr) {
	var maxLocal, minLocal, surplus int32
	_, _, _ = maxLocal, minLocal, surplus /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
	minLocal = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FminLocal)
	maxLocal = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal)
	surplus = libc.Int32FromUint32(libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal) + ((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnPayload-libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal))%((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt)).FusableSize-uint32(4)))
	if surplus <= maxLocal {
		(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnLocal = libc.Uint16FromInt32(surplus)
	} else {
		(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnLocal = libc.Uint16FromInt32(minLocal)
	}
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt64(t__predefined_ptrdiff_t((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FpPayload+uintptr((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnLocal))-int64(pCell))) + int32(4))
}

func _btreeParseCellPtr(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr, pInfo uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var nPayload Tu64
	var pEnd, pIter, v1 uintptr
	var x, v2 Tu8
	var _ /* iKey at bp+0 */ Tu64
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = nPayload, pEnd, pIter, x, v1, v2 /* Extracted Key value */
	pIter = pCell
	/* The next block of code is equivalent to:
	 **
	 **     pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nPayload);
	 **
	 ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call.
	 */
	nPayload = uint64(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter)))
	if nPayload >= uint64(0x80) {
		pEnd = pIter + 8
		nPayload = nPayload & uint64(0x7f)
		for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter))) >= int32(0x80) && pIter < pEnd {
			pIter = pIter + 1
			v1 = pIter
			nPayload = nPayload<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) | libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7f))
		}
		nPayload = nPayload & uint64(0xffffffff)
	}
	pIter = pIter + 1
	/* The next block of code is equivalent to:
	 **
	 **     pIter += getVarint(pIter, (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
	 **
	 ** The code is inlined and the loop is unrolled for performance.
	 ** This routine is a high-runner.
	 */
	**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint64(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter)))
	if **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= uint64(0x80) {
		pIter = pIter + 1
		v1 = pIter
		v2 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))
		x = v2
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) ^ uint64(v2)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) >= int32(0x80) {
			pIter = pIter + 1
			v1 = pIter
			v2 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))
			x = v2
			**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) ^ uint64(v2)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) >= int32(0x80) {
				pIter = pIter + 1
				v1 = pIter
				v2 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))
				x = v2
				**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) ^ uint64(0x10204000) ^ uint64(v2)
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) >= int32(0x80) {
					pIter = pIter + 1
					v1 = pIter
					v2 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))
					x = v2
					**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) ^ uint64(0x4000) ^ uint64(v2)
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) >= int32(0x80) {
						pIter = pIter + 1
						v1 = pIter
						v2 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))
						x = v2
						**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) ^ uint64(0x4000) ^ uint64(v2)
						if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) >= int32(0x80) {
							pIter = pIter + 1
							v1 = pIter
							v2 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))
							x = v2
							**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) ^ uint64(0x4000) ^ uint64(v2)
							if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) >= int32(0x80) {
								pIter = pIter + 1
								v1 = pIter
								v2 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))
								x = v2
								**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) ^ uint64(0x4000) ^ uint64(v2)
								if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) >= int32(0x80) {
									pIter = pIter + 1
									v1 = pIter
									**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) ^ uint64(0x8000) ^ uint64(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))
								}
							}
						}
					}
				}
			} else {
				**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) ^ uint64(0x204000)
			}
		} else {
			**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) ^ uint64(0x4000)
		}
	}
	pIter = pIter + 1
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnKey = **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnPayload = uint32(nPayload)
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FpPayload = pIter
	if nPayload <= uint64((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal) {
		/* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
		 ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
		 */
		(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(uint16(nPayload)) + libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt64(int64(pIter)-int64(pCell))))
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize) < int32(4) {
			(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize = uint16(4)
		}
		(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnLocal = uint16(nPayload)
	} else {
		_btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(tls, pPage, pCell, pInfo)
	}
}

func _btreeParseCellPtrIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr, pInfo uintptr) {
	var nPayload Tu32
	var pEnd, pIter, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = nPayload, pEnd, pIter, v1 /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
	pIter = pCell + uintptr((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FchildPtrSize)
	nPayload = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter)))
	if nPayload >= uint32(0x80) {
		pEnd = pIter + 8
		nPayload = nPayload & uint32(0x7f)
		for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter))) >= int32(0x80) && pIter < pEnd {
			pIter = pIter + 1
			v1 = pIter
			nPayload = nPayload<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7f))
		}
	}
	pIter = pIter + 1
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnKey = libc.Int64FromUint32(nPayload)
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnPayload = nPayload
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FpPayload = pIter
	if nPayload <= uint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal) {
		/* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
		 ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
		 */
		(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(uint16(nPayload)) + libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt64(int64(pIter)-int64(pCell))))
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize) < int32(4) {
			(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize = uint16(4)
		}
		(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnLocal = uint16(nPayload)
	} else {
		_btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(tls, pPage, pCell, pInfo)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xCellSize
//	** method.
//	**
//	** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
//	** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
//	** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
//	** the space used by the cell pointer.
//	**
//	** cellSizePtrNoPayload()    =>   table internal nodes
//	** cellSizePtrTableLeaf()    =>   table leaf nodes
//	** cellSizePtr()             =>   index internal nodes
//	** cellSizeIdxLeaf()         =>   index leaf nodes
//	*/
func _cellSizePtr(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr) (r Tu16) {
	var minLocal int32
	var nSize Tu32
	var pEnd, pIter, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = minLocal, nSize, pEnd, pIter, v1
	pIter = pCell + uintptr(4) /* Size value to return */
	nSize = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter)))
	if nSize >= uint32(0x80) {
		pEnd = pIter + 8
		nSize = nSize & uint32(0x7f)
		for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter))) >= int32(0x80) && pIter < pEnd {
			pIter = pIter + 1
			v1 = pIter
			nSize = nSize<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7f))
		}
	}
	pIter = pIter + 1
	if nSize <= uint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal) {
		nSize = nSize + libc.Uint32FromInt64(int64(pIter)-int64(pCell))
	} else {
		minLocal = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FminLocal)
		nSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal) + (nSize-libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal))%((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt)).FusableSize-uint32(4))
		if nSize > uint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal) {
			nSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal)
		}
		nSize = nSize + libc.Uint32FromInt32(int32(4)+libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt64(int64(pIter)-int64(pCell))))
	}
	return uint16(nSize)
}

func _cellSizePtrIdxLeaf(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr) (r Tu16) {
	var minLocal int32
	var nSize Tu32
	var pEnd, pIter, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = minLocal, nSize, pEnd, pIter, v1
	pIter = pCell /* Size value to return */
	nSize = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter)))
	if nSize >= uint32(0x80) {
		pEnd = pIter + 8
		nSize = nSize & uint32(0x7f)
		for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter))) >= int32(0x80) && pIter < pEnd {
			pIter = pIter + 1
			v1 = pIter
			nSize = nSize<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7f))
		}
	}
	pIter = pIter + 1
	if nSize <= uint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal) {
		nSize = nSize + libc.Uint32FromInt64(int64(pIter)-int64(pCell))
		if nSize < uint32(4) {
			nSize = uint32(4)
		}
	} else {
		minLocal = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FminLocal)
		nSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal) + (nSize-libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal))%((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt)).FusableSize-uint32(4))
		if nSize > uint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal) {
			nSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal)
		}
		nSize = nSize + libc.Uint32FromInt32(int32(4)+libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt64(int64(pIter)-int64(pCell))))
	}
	return uint16(nSize)
}

func _cellSizePtrNoPayload(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr) (r Tu16) {
	var pEnd, pIter, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _ = pEnd, pIter, v1
	pIter = pCell + uintptr(4) /* End mark for a varint */
	_ = pPage
	pEnd = pIter + uintptr(9)
	for {
		v1 = pIter
		pIter = pIter + 1
		if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&int32(0x80) != 0 && pIter < pEnd) {
			break
		}
	}
	return libc.Uint16FromInt64(int64(pIter) - int64(pCell))
}

func _cellSizePtrTableLeaf(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr) (r Tu16) {
	var minLocal int32
	var nSize Tu32
	var pEnd, pIter, v1, v11, v13, v2, v3, v5, v7, v9 uintptr
	var v10, v12, v14, v16, v4, v6, v8 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = minLocal, nSize, pEnd, pIter, v1, v10, v11, v12, v13, v14, v16, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9
	pIter = pCell /* Size value to return */
	nSize = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter)))
	if nSize >= uint32(0x80) {
		pEnd = pIter + 8
		nSize = nSize & uint32(0x7f)
		for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pIter))) >= int32(0x80) && pIter < pEnd {
			pIter = pIter + 1
			v1 = pIter
			nSize = nSize<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7f))
		}
	}
	pIter = pIter + 1
	/* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
	 ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
	 ** past the end of the key value. */
	v1 = pIter
	pIter = pIter + 1
	if v4 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&int32(0x80) != 0; v4 {
		v2 = pIter
		pIter = pIter + 1
	}
	if v6 = v4 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2)))&int32(0x80) != 0; v6 {
		v3 = pIter
		pIter = pIter + 1
	}
	if v8 = v6 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v3)))&int32(0x80) != 0; v8 {
		v5 = pIter
		pIter = pIter + 1
	}
	if v10 = v8 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v5)))&int32(0x80) != 0; v10 {
		v7 = pIter
		pIter = pIter + 1
	}
	if v12 = v10 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v7)))&int32(0x80) != 0; v12 {
		v9 = pIter
		pIter = pIter + 1
	}
	if v14 = v12 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v9)))&int32(0x80) != 0; v14 {
		v11 = pIter
		pIter = pIter + 1
	}
	if v16 = v14 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v11)))&int32(0x80) != 0; v16 {
		v13 = pIter
		pIter = pIter + 1
	}
	if v16 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v13)))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
		pIter = pIter + 1
	}
	if nSize <= uint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal) {
		nSize = nSize + libc.Uint32FromInt64(int64(pIter)-int64(pCell))
		if nSize < uint32(4) {
			nSize = uint32(4)
		}
	} else {
		minLocal = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FminLocal)
		nSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal) + (nSize-libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal))%((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt)).FusableSize-uint32(4))
		if nSize > uint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal) {
			nSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(minLocal)
		}
		nSize = nSize + libc.Uint32FromInt32(int32(4)+libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt64(int64(pIter)-int64(pCell))))
	}
	return uint16(nSize)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is
//	** an integer.  It constructs a string where each character of the string
//	** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument.
//	*/
func _charFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var c uint32
	var i int32
	var x Tsqlite3_int64
	var z, zOut, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = c, i, x, z, zOut, v1
	v1 = Xsqlite3_malloc64(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(argc*int32(4)+int32(1)))
	z = v1
	zOut = v1
	if z == uintptr(0) {
		Xsqlite3_result_error_nomem(tls, context)
		return
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < argc) {
			break
		}
		x = Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + uintptr(i)*8)))
		if x < 0 || x > int64(0x10ffff) {
			x = int64(0xfffd)
		}
		c = libc.Uint32FromInt64(x & libc.Int64FromInt32(0x1fffff))
		if c < uint32(0x00080) {
			v1 = zOut
			zOut = zOut + 1
			**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0xFF))
		} else {
			if c < uint32(0x00800) {
				v1 = zOut
				zOut = zOut + 1
				**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xC0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x1F))))
				v1 = zOut
				zOut = zOut + 1
				**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
			} else {
				if c < uint32(0x10000) {
					v1 = zOut
					zOut = zOut + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xE0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(12)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x0F))))
					v1 = zOut
					zOut = zOut + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
					v1 = zOut
					zOut = zOut + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
				} else {
					v1 = zOut
					zOut = zOut + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xF0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(18)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x07))))
					v1 = zOut
					zOut = zOut + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(12)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
					v1 = zOut
					zOut = zOut + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
					v1 = zOut
					zOut = zOut + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
				}
			}
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zOut)) = uint8(0)
	Xsqlite3_result_text64(tls, context, z, libc.Uint64FromInt64(int64(zOut)-int64(z)), __ccgo_fp(Xsqlite3_free), uint8(SQLITE_UTF8_ZT))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* This is the Walker callback from sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn().
//	*  Set bit 0x01 of pWalker->eCode if pWalker->eCode to 0 and if this
//	** expression node references any of the
//	** columns that are being modified by an UPDATE statement.
//	*/
func _checkConstraintExprNode(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) {
		if int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) >= 0 {
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40)) + uintptr((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn)*4)) >= 0 {
				v1 = pWalker + 36
				*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN))
			}
		} else {
			v1 = pWalker + 36
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(CKCNSTRNT_ROWID))
		}
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Free the overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
//	*/
func _clearCellOverflow(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr, pInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var nOvfl, rc, v1 int32
	var ovflPageSize Tu32
	var ovflPgno TPgno
	var pBt, v2 uintptr
	var v3 bool
	var _ /* iNext at bp+0 */ TPgno
	var _ /* pOvfl at bp+8 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = nOvfl, ovflPageSize, ovflPgno, pBt, rc, v1, v2, v3
	if pCell+uintptr((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize) > (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaDataEnd {
		/* Cell extends past end of page */
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(80222))
	}
	ovflPgno = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, pCell+uintptr((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize)-uintptr(4))
	pBt = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt
	ovflPageSize = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FusableSize - uint32(4)
	nOvfl = libc.Int32FromUint32(((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnPayload - uint32((*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnLocal) + ovflPageSize - uint32(1)) / ovflPageSize)
	for {
		v1 = nOvfl
		nOvfl = nOvfl - 1
		if !(v1 != 0) {
			break
		}
		**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0)
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uintptr(0)
		if ovflPgno < uint32(2) || ovflPgno > _btreePagecount(tls, pBt) {
			/* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
			 ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
			 ** file the database must be corrupt. */
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(80239))
		}
		if nOvfl != 0 {
			rc = _getOverflowPage(tls, pBt, ovflPgno, bp+8, bp)
			if rc != 0 {
				return rc
			}
		}
		if v3 = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != 0; !v3 {
			v2 = _btreePageLookup(tls, pBt, ovflPgno)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = v2
		}
		if (v3 || v2 != uintptr(0)) && _sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))).FpDbPage) != int32(1) {
			/* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
			 ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
			 ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
			 ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
			 ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
			 ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
			 ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
			 ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
			 ** can be problematic.
			 */
			rc = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(80259))
		} else {
			rc = _freePage2(tls, pBt, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), ovflPgno)
		}
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != 0 {
			_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))).FpDbPage)
		}
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc
		}
		ovflPgno = **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

/* Call xParseCell to compute the size of a cell.  If the cell contains
** overflow, then invoke cellClearOverflow to clear out that overflow.
** Store the result code (SQLITE_OK or some error code) in rc.
**
** Implemented as macro to force inlining for performance.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains
//	** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This
//	** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the
//	** rowid stored in register iRowid.
//	**
//	** Normally, this is just:
//	**
//	**   OP_DeferredSeek $iCur $iRowid
//	**
//	** Which causes a seek on $iCur to the row with rowid $iRowid.
//	**
//	** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and
//	** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then additional information
//	** is added that might allow OP_Column to omit the seek and instead do its
//	** lookup on the index, thus avoiding an expensive seek operation.  To
//	** enable this optimization, the P3 of OP_DeferredSeek is set to iIdxCur
//	** and P4 is set to an array of integers containing one entry for each column
//	** in the table.  For each table column, if the column is the i'th
//	** column of the index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1).
//	** If the column does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set
//	** to 0.  The OP_Column opcode can check this array to see if the column it
//	** wants is in the index and if it is, it will substitute the index cursor
//	** and column number and continue with those new values, rather than seeking
//	** the table cursor.
//	*/
func _codeDeferredSeek(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr, pIdx uintptr, iCur int32, iIdxCur int32) {
	var ai, pParse, pTab, v, v1 uintptr
	var i, x1, x2 int32
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = ai, i, pParse, pTab, v, x1, x2, v1, v2
	pParse = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpParse /* Parse context */
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe           /* Vdbe to generate code within */
	libc.SetBitFieldPtr8Uint32(pWInfo+68, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 0, 0x1)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_DeferredSeek), iIdxCur, 0, iCur)
	if v2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FwctrlFlags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_RIGHT_JOIN)) != 0; v2 {
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel != 0 {
			v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel
		} else {
			v1 = pParse
		}
	}
	if v2 && (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)).FwriteMask == uint32(0) {
		pTab = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpTable
		ai = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, uint64(uint64(4)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1))))
		if ai != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(ai)) = libc.Uint32FromInt16((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)-int32(1)) {
					break
				}
				x1 = int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2)))
				x2 = int32(_sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls, pTab, int16(x1)))
				if x1 >= 0 {
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(ai + uintptr(x2+int32(1))*4)) = libc.Uint32FromInt32(i + int32(1))
				}
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(tls, v, -int32(1), ai, -int32(15))
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code for a single X IN (....) term of the WHERE clause.
//	**
//	** This is a special-case of codeEqualityTerm() that works for IN operators
//	** only.  It is broken out into a subroutine because this case is
//	** uncommon and by splitting it off into a subroutine, the common case
//	** runs faster.
//	**
//	** The current value for the constraint is left in  register iTarget.
//	** This routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
//	*/
func _codeINTerm(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTerm uintptr, pLevel uintptr, iEq int32, bRev int32, iTarget int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var aiMap, db, pIn, pLoop, pX, pXMod, v uintptr
	var eType, i, iCol, iMap, iOut, nEq, v3, v5 int32
	var _ /* iTab at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aiMap, db, eType, i, iCol, iMap, iOut, nEq, pIn, pLoop, pX, pXMod, v, v3, v5
	pX = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr
	eType = int32(IN_INDEX_NOOP)
	pLoop = (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FpWLoop
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	nEq = 0
	aiMap = uintptr(0)
	if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE) == uint32(0) && (*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpIndex != uintptr(0) && **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpIndex)).FaSortOrder + uintptr(iEq))) != 0 {
		bRev = libc.BoolInt32(!(bRev != 0))
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < iEq) {
			break
		}
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)) != 0 && (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)))).FpExpr == pX {
			_disableTerm(tls, pLevel, pTerm)
			return
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	i = iEq
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnLTerm)) {
			break
		}
		if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)))).FpExpr == pX {
			nEq = nEq + 1
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(EP_xIsSelect) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) || (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX + 32)))).FpEList)).FnExpr == int32(1) {
		eType = _sqlite3FindInIndex(tls, pParse, pX, uint32(IN_INDEX_LOOP), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), bp)
	} else {
		db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
		pXMod = _removeUnindexableInClauseTerms(tls, pParse, iEq, pLoop, pX)
		if !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0) {
			aiMap = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, db, uint64(uint64(4)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nEq)))
			eType = _sqlite3FindInIndex(tls, pParse, pXMod, uint32(IN_INDEX_LOOP), uintptr(0), aiMap, bp)
		}
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pXMod)
	}
	if eType == int32(IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC) {
		bRev = libc.BoolInt32(!(bRev != 0))
	}
	if bRev != 0 {
		v3 = int32(OP_Last)
	} else {
		v3 = int32(OP_Rewind)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, v3, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), 0)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_IN_ABLE)
	if (*(*struct {
		FnIn     int32
		FaInLoop uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel + 80))).FnIn == 0 {
		(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FaddrNxt = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
	}
	if iEq > 0 && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN) == uint32(0) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT)
	}
	i = (*(*struct {
		FnIn     int32
		FaInLoop uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel + 80))).FnIn
	(*(*struct {
		FnIn     int32
		FaInLoop uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel + 80))).FnIn += nEq
	(*(*struct {
		FnIn     int32
		FaInLoop uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel + 80))).FaInLoop = _sqlite3WhereRealloc(tls, (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpWC)).FpWInfo, (*(*struct {
		FnIn     int32
		FaInLoop uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel + 80))).FaInLoop, uint64(uint64(20)*libc.Uint64FromInt32((*(*struct {
		FnIn     int32
		FaInLoop uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel + 80))).FnIn)))
	pIn = (*(*struct {
		FnIn     int32
		FaInLoop uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel + 80))).FaInLoop
	if pIn != 0 {
		iMap = 0 /* Index in aiMap[] */
		pIn = pIn + uintptr(i)*20
		i = iEq
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnLTerm)) {
				break
			}
			if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)))).FpExpr == pX {
				iOut = iTarget + i - iEq
				if eType == int32(IN_INDEX_ROWID) {
					(*TInLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FaddrInTop = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iOut)
				} else {
					if aiMap != 0 {
						v5 = iMap
						iMap = iMap + 1
						v3 = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiMap + uintptr(v5)*4))
					} else {
						v3 = 0
					}
					iCol = v3
					(*TInLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FaddrInTop = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iCol, iOut)
				}
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_IsNull), iOut)
				if i == iEq {
					(*TInLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FiCur = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
					if bRev != 0 {
						v3 = int32(OP_Prev)
					} else {
						v3 = int32(OP_Next)
					}
					(*TInLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FeEndLoopOp = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v3)
					if iEq > 0 {
						(*TInLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FiBase = iTarget - i
						(*TInLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FnPrefix = i
					} else {
						(*TInLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FnPrefix = 0
					}
				} else {
					(*TInLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FeEndLoopOp = uint8(OP_Noop)
				}
				pIn += 20
			}
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if iEq > 0 && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)) == uint32(0) {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_SeekHit), (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FiIdxCur, 0, iEq)
		}
	} else {
		(*(*struct {
			FnIn     int32
			FaInLoop uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel + 80))).FnIn = 0
	}
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, aiMap)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
//	** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
//	*/
func _codeTableLocks(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) {
	var i, p1 int32
	var p, pVdbe uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, p, p1, pVdbe
	pVdbe = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTableLock) {
			break
		}
		p = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaTableLock + uintptr(i)*24
		p1 = (*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDb
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, pVdbe, int32(OP_TableLock), p1, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTab), libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisWriteLock), (*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzLockName, -int32(1))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no
** 1 bits.  This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero()
** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if any column of pIndex uses the zColl collation
//	*/
func _collationMatch(tls *libc.TLS, zColl uintptr, pIndex uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var z uintptr
	_, _ = i, z
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FnColumn)) {
			break
		}
		z = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FazColl + uintptr(i)*8))
		if 0 == _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, z, zColl) {
			return int32(1)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if column iCol of table pTab seem like it might be a
//	** good column to use as part of a query-time index.
//	**
//	** Current algorithm (subject to improvement!):
//	**
//	**   1.   If iCol is already the left-most column of some other index,
//	**        then return false.
//	**
//	**   2.   If iCol is part of an existing index that has an aiRowLogEst of
//	**        more than 20, then return false.
//	**
//	**   3.   If no disqualifying conditions above are found, return true.
//	**
//	** 2025-01-03: I experimented with a new rule that returns false if the
//	** the datatype of the column is "BOOLEAN". This did not improve
//	** performance on any queries at hand, but it did burn CPU cycles, so the
//	** idea was not committed.
//	*/
func _columnIsGoodIndexCandidate(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, iCol int32) (r int32) {
	var j int32
	var pIdx uintptr
	_, _ = j, pIdx
	pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
	for {
		if !(pIdx != uintptr(0)) {
			break
		}
		j = 0
		for {
			if !(j < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)) {
				break
			}
			if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2))) == iCol {
				if j == 0 {
					return 0
				}
				if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x80>>7)) != 0 && int32(**(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiRowLogEst + uintptr(j+int32(1))*2))) > int32(20) {
					return 0
				}
				break
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			j = j + 1
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
	}
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
//	** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
//	** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
//	** of NULL.
//	*/
func _columnMem(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32) (r uintptr) {
	var pOut, pVm uintptr
	_, _ = pOut, pVm
	pVm = pStmt
	if pVm == uintptr(0) {
		return _columnNullValue(tls)
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVm)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVm)).FpResultRow != uintptr(0) && i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVm)).FnResColumn) && i >= 0 {
		pOut = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVm)).FpResultRow + uintptr(i)*56
	} else {
		_sqlite3Error(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVm)).Fdb, int32(SQLITE_RANGE))
		pOut = _columnNullValue(tls)
	}
	return pOut
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
//	** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
//	**
//	** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
//	** name is returned.  Here are the names:
//	**
//	**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
//	**    1      The datatype name for the column
//	**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
//	**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
//	**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
//	**
//	** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
//	** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
//	*/
func _columnName(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, N int32, useUtf16 int32, useType int32) (r uintptr) {
	var db, p, ret uintptr
	var i, n, v1 int32
	var prior_mallocFailed Tu8
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, n, p, prior_mallocFailed, ret, v1
	if N < 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	ret = uintptr(0)
	p = pStmt
	db = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0xc>>2)) != 0 {
		if useType > 0 {
			goto columnName_end
		}
		if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0xc>>2)) == int32(1) {
			v1 = int32(8)
		} else {
			v1 = int32(4)
		}
		n = v1
		if N >= n {
			goto columnName_end
		}
		if useUtf16 != 0 {
			i = libc.Int32FromUint8(_iExplainColNames16[N+int32(8)*int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0xc>>2))-int32(8)])
			ret = uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_azExplainColNames16data)) + uintptr(i)*2
		} else {
			ret = _azExplainColNames8[N+int32(8)*int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0xc>>2))-int32(8)]
		}
		goto columnName_end
	}
	n = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnResColumn)
	if N < n {
		prior_mallocFailed = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed
		N = N + useType*n
		if useUtf16 != 0 {
			ret = Xsqlite3_value_text16(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName+uintptr(N)*56)
		} else {
			ret = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName+uintptr(N)*56)
		}
		/* A malloc may have failed inside of the _text() call. If this
		 ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
		 */
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed) > libc.Int32FromUint8(prior_mallocFailed) {
			_sqlite3OomClear(tls, db)
			ret = uintptr(0)
		}
	}
	goto columnName_end
columnName_end:
	;
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return ret
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
//	** pLimit expressions.  pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight hold the expressions
//	** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
//	** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset
//	** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute
//	** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then
//	** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
//	**
//	** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
//	** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight.  iLimit
//	** and iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero)
//	** prior to calling this routine.
//	**
//	** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value
//	** of the OFFSET.  The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT.  Register
//	** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET.
//	**
//	** Only if pLimit->pLeft!=0 do the limit registers get
//	** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
//	** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
//	** SELECT statements.
//	*/
func _computeLimitRegisters(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr, iBreak int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iLimit, iOffset, v1, v2 int32
	var pLimit, v, v3 uintptr
	var _ /* n at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iLimit, iOffset, pLimit, v, v1, v2, v3
	v = uintptr(0)
	iLimit = 0
	pLimit = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLimit
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiLimit != 0 {
		return
	}
	/*
	 ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
	 ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be.
	 ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
	 ** no rows.
	 */
	if pLimit != 0 {
		v3 = pParse + 60
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
		v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
		v1 = v2
		iLimit = v1
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiLimit = v1
		v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
		if _sqlite3ExprIsInteger(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLimit)).FpLeft, bp, pParse) != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Integer), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iLimit)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, iBreak)
			} else {
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= 0 && int32((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSelectRow) > int32(_sqlite3LogEst(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))))) {
					(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSelectRow = _sqlite3LogEst(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))))
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 4)) |= uint32(SF_FixedLimit)
				}
			}
		} else {
			_sqlite3ExprCode(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLimit)).FpLeft, iLimit)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_MustBeInt), iLimit)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_IfNot), iLimit, iBreak)
		}
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLimit)).FpRight != 0 {
			v3 = pParse + 60
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
			v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
			v1 = v2
			iOffset = v1
			(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOffset = v1
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnMem = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnMem + 1 /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
			_sqlite3ExprCode(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLimit)).FpRight, iOffset)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_MustBeInt), iOffset)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_OffsetLimit), iLimit, iOffset+int32(1), iOffset)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute the maximum number of paths in the solver algorithm, for
//	** queries that have three or more terms in the FROM clause.  Queries with
//	** two or fewer FROM clause terms are handled by the caller.
//	**
//	** Query planning is NP-hard.  We must limit the number of paths at
//	** each step of the solver search algorithm to avoid exponential behavior.
//	**
//	** The value returned is a tuning parameter.  Currently the value is:
//	**
//	**     18    for star queries
//	**     12    otherwise
//	**
//	** For the purposes of this heuristic, a star-query is defined as a query
//	** with a central "fact" table that is joined against multiple
//	** "dimension" tables, subject to the following constraints:
//	**
//	**   (aa)  Only a five-way or larger join is considered for this
//	**         optimization.  If there are fewer than four terms in the FROM
//	**         clause, this heuristic does not apply.
//	**
//	**   (bb)  The join between the fact table and the dimension tables must
//	**         be an INNER join.  CROSS and OUTER JOINs do not qualify.
//	**
//	**   (cc)  A table must have 3 or more dimension tables in order to be
//	**         considered a fact table. (Was 4 prior to 2026-02-10.)
//	**
//	**   (dd)  A table that is a self-join cannot be a dimension table.
//	**         Dimension tables are joined against fact tables.
//	**
//	** SIDE EFFECT:  (and really the whole point of this subroutine)
//	**
//	** If pWInfo describes a star-query, then the cost for SCANs of dimension
//	** WhereLoops is increased to be slightly larger than the cost of a SCAN
//	** in the fact table.  Only SCAN costs are increased.  SEARCH costs are
//	** unchanged. This heuristic helps keep fact tables in outer loops. Without
//	** this heuristic, paths with fact tables in outer loops tend to get pruned
//	** by the mxChoice limit on the number of paths, resulting in poor query
//	** plans.  See the starschema1.test test module for examples of queries
//	** that need this heuristic to find good query plans.
//	**
//	** This heuristic can be completely disabled, so that no query is
//	** considered a star-query, using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATION to
//	** disable the SQLITE_StarQuery optimization.  In the CLI, the command
//	** to do that is:  ".testctrl opt -starquery".
//	**
//	** HISTORICAL NOTES:
//	**
//	** This optimization was first added on 2024-05-09 by check-in 38db9b5c83d.
//	** The original optimization reduced the cost and output size estimate for
//	** fact tables to help them move to outer loops.  But months later (as people
//	** started upgrading) performance regression reports started caming in,
//	** including:
//	**
//	**    forum post b18ef983e68d06d1 (2024-12-21)
//	**    forum post 0025389d0860af82 (2025-01-14)
//	**    forum post d87570a145599033 (2025-01-17)
//	**
//	** To address these, the criteria for a star-query was tightened to exclude
//	** cases where the fact and dimensions are separated by an outer join, and
//	** the affect of star-schema detection was changed to increase the rRun cost
//	** on just full table scans of dimension tables, rather than reducing costs
//	** in the all access methods of the fact table.
//	*/
func _computeMxChoice(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aFromTabs, pFactTab, pStart, pWLoop uintptr
	var iFromIdx, nDep, nLoop, v5 int32
	var m, mSeen, mSelfJoin TBitmask
	var mxRun TLogEst
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aFromTabs, iFromIdx, m, mSeen, mSelfJoin, mxRun, nDep, nLoop, pFactTab, pStart, pWLoop, v5
	nLoop = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnLevel)                                                                                                                                                                                                                        /* For looping over WhereLoops */
	if nLoop >= int32(4) && !(int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo + 68))&0x10>>4)) != 0) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpParse)).Fdb)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_StarQuery)) == uint32(0) { /* Bitmask for candidate fact-table */
		mSelfJoin = uint64(0)                                                   /* Where to start searching for dimension-tables */
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr8Uint32(pWInfo+68, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 4, 0x10) /* Only do this computation once */
		/* Look for fact tables with three or more dimensions where the
		 ** dimension tables are not separately from the fact tables by an outer
		 ** or cross join.  Adjust cost weights if found.
		 */
		aFromTabs = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList + 8
		pStart = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpLoops
		iFromIdx = 0
		m = libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)
		for {
			if !(iFromIdx < nLoop) {
				break
			}
			nDep = 0          /* Maximum SCAN cost of a fact table */
			mSeen = uint64(0) /* The candidate fact table */
			pFactTab = aFromTabs + uintptr(iFromIdx)*80
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pFactTab)).Ffg.Fjointype)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_OUTER)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_CROSS)) != 0 {
				/* If the candidate fact-table is the right table of an outer join
				 ** restrict the search for dimension-tables to be tables to the right
				 ** of the fact-table.  Constraint (bb) */
				if iFromIdx+int32(3) > nLoop {
					break /* ^-- Impossible to reach nDep>=2 - Constraint (cc) */
				}
				for pStart != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pStart)).FiTab) <= iFromIdx {
					pStart = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pStart)).FpNextLoop
				}
			}
			pWLoop = pStart
			for {
				if !(pWLoop != 0) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TSrcItem)(__ccgo_up(aFromTabs + uintptr((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FiTab)*80))).Ffg.Fjointype)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_OUTER)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_CROSS)) != 0 {
					break /* Constraint (bb) */
				}
				if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).Fprereq&m != uint64(0) && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FmaskSelf&mSeen == uint64(0) && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FmaskSelf&mSelfJoin == uint64(0) {
					if (**(**TSrcItem)(__ccgo_up(aFromTabs + uintptr((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FiTab)*80))).FpSTab == (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pFactTab)).FpSTab {
						mSelfJoin = mSelfJoin | m
					} else {
						nDep = nDep + 1
						mSeen = mSeen | (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FmaskSelf
					}
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				pWLoop = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FpNextLoop
			}
			if nDep <= int32(2) {
				goto _1 /* Constraint (cc) */
			}
			/* If we reach this point, it means that pFactTab is a fact table
			 ** with four or more dimensions connected by inner joins.  Proceed
			 ** to make cost adjustments. */
			libc.SetBitFieldPtr8Uint32(pWInfo+68, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 5, 0x20)
			/* Compute the maximum cost of any WhereLoop for the
			 ** fact table plus one epsilon */
			mxRun = int16(-libc.Int32FromInt32(32768))
			pWLoop = pStart
			for {
				if !(pWLoop != 0) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FiTab) < iFromIdx {
					goto _3
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FiTab) > iFromIdx {
					break
				}
				if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FrRun) > int32(mxRun) {
					mxRun = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FrRun
				}
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				pWLoop = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FpNextLoop
			}
			if int32(mxRun) < int32(LOGEST_MAX) {
				mxRun = mxRun + 1
			}
			/* Increase the cost of table scans for dimension tables to be
			 ** slightly more than the maximum cost of the fact table */
			pWLoop = pStart
			for {
				if !(pWLoop != 0) {
					break
				}
				if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FmaskSelf&mSeen == uint64(0) {
					goto _4
				}
				if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FnLTerm != 0 {
					goto _4
				}
				if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FrRun) < int32(mxRun) {
					(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FrRun = mxRun
				}
				goto _4
			_4:
				;
				pWLoop = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pWLoop)).FpNextLoop
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			iFromIdx = iFromIdx + 1
			m = m << uint64(1)
		}
	}
	if int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo + 68))&0x20>>5)) != 0 {
		v5 = int32(18)
	} else {
		v5 = int32(12)
	}
	return v5
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** We know that pSrc is an operand of an outer join.  Return true if
//	** pTerm is a constraint that is compatible with that join.
//	**
//	** pTerm must be EP_OuterON if pSrc is the right operand of an
//	** outer join.  pTerm can be either EP_OuterON or EP_InnerON if pSrc
//	** is the left operand of a RIGHT join.
//	**
//	** See https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/206d99a16dd9212f
//	** for an example of a WHERE clause constraints that may not be used on
//	** the right table of a RIGHT JOIN because the constraint implies a
//	** not-NULL condition on the left table of the RIGHT JOIN.
//	*/
func _constraintCompatibleWithOuterJoin(tls *libc.TLS, pTerm uintptr, pSrc uintptr) (r int32) {
	/* By caller */
	if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) || *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr + 52)) != (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FiCursor {
		return 0
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).Ffg.Fjointype)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LEFT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_RIGHT)) != 0 && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON)) != uint32(0) {
		return 0
	}
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3Malloc(). If the
//	** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
//	** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
//	** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
//	** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
//	*/
func _contextMalloc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, nByte Ti64) (r uintptr) {
	var db, z uintptr
	_, _ = db, z
	db = Xsqlite3_context_db_handle(tls, context)
	if nByte > int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(db + 136))) {
		Xsqlite3_result_error_toobig(tls, context)
		z = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		z = _sqlite3Malloc(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nByte))
		if !(z != 0) {
			Xsqlite3_result_error_nomem(tls, context)
		}
	}
	return z
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that
//	** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause.  The job of this routine is to convert both
//	** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they
//	** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
//	** Changes include:
//	**
//	**     (1)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
//	**     (2)  Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY
//	**          into BTREE_BLOBKEY.
//	**     (3)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_schema table entry
//	**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now
//	**          identified by the sqlite_schema table entry of the table itself.
//	**     (4)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
//	**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
//	**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
//	**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
//	**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nAllField and are not used for
//	**          sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks.
//	**     (6)  Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE
//	**          indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns.
//	**
//	** For virtual tables, only (1) is performed.
//	*/
func _convertToWithoutRowidTable(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, pIdx, pList, pPk, v, zColl, v12 uintptr
	var i, j, n, nExtra, nPk, v3 int32
	var v5 Tu16
	var _ /* ipkToken at bp+0 */ TToken
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, j, n, nExtra, nPk, pIdx, pList, pPk, v, zColl, v12, v3, v5
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	/* Mark every PRIMARY KEY column as NOT NULL (except for imposter tables)
	 */
	if !(int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(db + 192 + 8))&0x6>>1)) != 0) {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_PRIMKEY) != 0 && int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(i)*16 + 8))&0xf>>0)) == OE_None {
				libc.SetBitFieldPtr8Uint32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol+uintptr(i)*16+8, libc.Uint32FromInt32(OE_Abort), 0, 0xf)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pTab + 48)) |= uint32(TF_HasNotNull)
	}
	/* Convert the P3 operand of the OP_CreateBtree opcode from BTREE_INTKEY
	 ** into BTREE_BLOBKEY.
	 */
	if (*(*struct {
		FaddrCrTab      int32
		FregRowid       int32
		FregRoot        int32
		FconstraintName TToken
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 256))).FaddrCrTab != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(tls, v, (*(*struct {
			FaddrCrTab      int32
			FregRowid       int32
			FregRoot        int32
			FconstraintName TToken
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 256))).FaddrCrTab, int32(BTREE_BLOBKEY))
	}
	/* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index.  Or, if this table was originally
	 ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index.
	 */
	if int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiPKey) >= 0 {
		_sqlite3TokenInit(tls, bp, (**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiPKey)*16))).FzCnName)
		pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), _sqlite3ExprAlloc(tls, db, int32(TK_ID), bp, 0))
		if pList == uintptr(0) {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pTab + 48)) &= libc.Uint32FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(TF_WithoutRowid))
			return
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
			_sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8))).FpExpr, pTab+52)
		}
		(*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8))).Ffg.FsortFlags = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FiPkSortOrder
		(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiPKey = int16(-int32(1))
		_sqlite3CreateIndex(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), pList, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FkeyConf), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), 0, 0, uint8(SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY))
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pTab + 48)) &= libc.Uint32FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(TF_WithoutRowid))
			return
		}
		pPk = _sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(tls, pTab)
	} else {
		pPk = _sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(tls, pTab)
		/*
		 ** Remove all redundant columns from the PRIMARY KEY.  For example, change
		 ** "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,a,b,c,b,c,d)" into just "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c,d)".  Later
		 ** code assumes the PRIMARY KEY contains no repeated columns.
		 */
		v3 = libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
		j = v3
		i = v3
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FnKeyCol)) {
				break
			}
			if _isDupColumn(tls, pPk, j, pPk, i) != 0 {
				(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FnColumn = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FnColumn - 1
			} else {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FazColl + uintptr(j)*8)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FazColl + uintptr(i)*8))
				**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaSortOrder + uintptr(j))) = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaSortOrder + uintptr(i)))
				v3 = j
				j = j + 1
				**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaiColumn + uintptr(v3)*2)) = **(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FnKeyCol = libc.Uint16FromInt32(j)
	}
	libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pPk+100, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 5, 0x20)
	if !(int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(db + 192 + 8))&0x6>>1)) != 0) {
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pPk+100, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 3, 0x8)
	}
	v5 = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FnKeyCol
	(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FnColumn = v5
	nPk = libc.Int32FromUint16(v5)
	/* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_schema
	 ** table entry. This is only required if currently generating VDBE
	 ** code for a CREATE TABLE (not when parsing one as part of reading
	 ** a database schema).  */
	if v != 0 && (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).Ftnum > uint32(0) {
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(tls, v, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).Ftnum), uint8(OP_Goto))
	}
	/* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
	(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).Ftnum = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Ftnum
	/* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting
	 ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY.
	 */
	pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
	for {
		if !(pIdx != 0) {
			break
		}
		if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x3>>0)) == int32(SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) {
			goto _6
		}
		v3 = libc.Int32FromInt32(0)
		n = v3
		i = v3
		for {
			if !(i < nPk) {
				break
			}
			if !(_isDupColumn(tls, pIdx, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol), pPk, i) != 0) {
				n = n + 1
			}
			goto _7
		_7:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if n == 0 {
			/* This index is a superset of the primary key */
			(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol
			goto _6
		}
		if _resizeIndexObject(tls, pParse, pIdx, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)+n) != 0 {
			return
		}
		i = 0
		j = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)
		for {
			if !(i < nPk) {
				break
			}
			if !(_isDupColumn(tls, pIdx, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol), pPk, i) != 0) {
				**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2)) = **(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FazColl + uintptr(j)*8)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FazColl + uintptr(i)*8))
				if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaSortOrder + uintptr(i))) != 0 {
					/* See ticket https://sqlite.org/src/info/bba7b69f9849b5bf */
					libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pIdx+100, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 9, 0x200)
				}
				j = j + 1
			}
			goto _9
		_9:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		goto _6
	_6:
		;
		pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
	}
	/* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index
	 */
	nExtra = 0
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)) {
			break
		}
		if !(_hasColumn(tls, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaiColumn, nPk, i) != 0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) == 0 {
			nExtra = nExtra + 1
		}
		goto _10
	_10:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if _resizeIndexObject(tls, pParse, pPk, nPk+nExtra) != 0 {
		return
	}
	i = 0
	j = nPk
	for {
		if !(i < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)) {
			break
		}
		if !(_hasColumn(tls, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaiColumn, j, i) != 0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) == 0 {
			zColl = _sqlite3ColumnColl(tls, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol+uintptr(i)*16)
			**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2)) = int16(i)
			if zColl != 0 {
				v12 = zColl
			} else {
				v12 = uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_sqlite3StrBINARY))
			}
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FazColl + uintptr(j)*8)) = v12
			j = j + 1
		}
		goto _11
	_11:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	_recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(tls, pPk)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true (non-zero) if pCur is current pointing to the last
//	** page of a table.
//	*/
func _cursorOnLastPage(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var pPage uintptr
	_, _ = i, pPage
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < int32((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage)) {
			break
		}
		pPage = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144 + uintptr(i)*8))
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(**(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88 + uintptr(i)*2))) < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell) {
			return 0
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return int32(1)
}

func _dbpageColumn(tls *libc.TLS, pCursor uintptr, ctx uintptr, i int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, pCsr uintptr
	var rc int32
	var _ /* pDbPage at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _ = db, pCsr, rc
	pCsr = pCursor
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	switch i {
	case 0: /* pgno */
		Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, libc.Int64FromUint32((*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fpgno))
	case int32(1): /* data */
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
		if (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fpgno == libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte/(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FszPage+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) {
			/* The pending byte page. Assume it is zeroed out. Attempting to
			 ** request this page from the page is an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. */
			Xsqlite3_result_zeroblob(tls, ctx, (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FszPage)
		} else {
			rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpPager, (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fpgno, bp, 0)
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				Xsqlite3_result_blob(tls, ctx, _sqlite3PagerGetData(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))), (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FszPage, uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
			}
			_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		}
	default: /* schema */
		db = Xsqlite3_context_db_handle(tls, ctx)
		Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, ctx, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr((*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiDb)*32))).FzDbSName, -int32(1), libc.UintptrFromInt32(0))
		break
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** idxNum:
//	**
//	**     0     schema=main, full table scan
//	**     1     schema=main, pgno=?1
//	**     2     schema=?1, full table scan
//	**     3     schema=?1, pgno=?2
//	**
//	** idxStr is not used
//	*/
func _dbpageFilter(tls *libc.TLS, pCursor uintptr, idxNum int32, idxStr uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db, pBt, pCsr, pTab, zSchema uintptr
	var iPg Ti64
	var rc int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, iPg, pBt, pCsr, pTab, rc, zSchema
	pCsr = pCursor
	pTab = (*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCursor)).FpVtab
	db = (*TDbpageTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Fdb
	_ = idxStr
	_ = argc
	/* Default setting is no rows of result */
	(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fpgno = uint32(1)
	(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FmxPgno = uint32(0)
	if idxNum&int32(2) != 0 {
		zSchema = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
		(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiDb = _sqlite3FindDbName(tls, db, zSchema)
		if (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiDb < 0 {
			return SQLITE_OK
		}
	} else {
		(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiDb = 0
	}
	pBt = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr((*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiDb)*32))).FpBt
	if pBt == uintptr(0) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpPager = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, pBt)
	(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FszPage = _sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(tls, pBt)
	(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FmxPgno = _sqlite3BtreeLastPage(tls, pBt)
	if idxNum&int32(1) != 0 {
		iPg = Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + uintptr(idxNum>>int32(1))*8)))
		if iPg < int64(1) || iPg > libc.Int64FromUint32((*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FmxPgno) {
			(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fpgno = uint32(1)
			(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FmxPgno = uint32(0)
		} else {
			(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fpgno = libc.Uint32FromInt64(iPg)
			(*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FmxPgno = (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fpgno
		}
	} else {
	}
	if (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpPage1 != 0 {
		_sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(tls, (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpPage1)
	}
	rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, (*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpPager, uint32(1), pCsr+24, 0)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
//	** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
//	**
//	** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
//	** the table data structure from the hash table.  But it does destroy
//	** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
//	** the table.
//	**
//	** The db parameter is optional.  It is needed if the Table object
//	** contains lookaside memory.  (Table objects in the schema do not use
//	** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.)  Or the
//	** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
//	** used by the Table object.
//	*/
func _deleteTable(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pTable uintptr) {
	var pIndex, pNext, zName uintptr
	_, _, _ = pIndex, pNext, zName
	/* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
	pIndex = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FpIndex
	for {
		if !(pIndex != 0) {
			break
		}
		pNext = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FpNext
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed == uintptr(0) && !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FeTabType) == libc.Int32FromInt32(TABTYP_VTAB)) {
			zName = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FzName
			_sqlite3HashInsert(tls, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FpSchema+32, zName, uintptr(0))
		}
		_sqlite3FreeIndex(tls, db, pIndex)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pIndex = pNext
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FeTabType) == TABTYP_NORM {
		_sqlite3FkDelete(tls, db, pTable)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
			_sqlite3VtabClear(tls, db, pTable)
		} else {
			_sqlite3SelectDelete(tls, db, (*(*struct {
				FpSelect uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).Fu))).FpSelect)
		}
	}
	/* Delete the Table structure itself.
	 */
	_sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(tls, db, pTable)
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FzName)
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FzColAff)
	_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FpCheck)
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, pTable)
	/* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
//	** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
//	** or USING clause of that join.
//	**
//	** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
//	**
//	**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
//	**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
//	**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
//	**
//	** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
//	** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
//	** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
//	**
//	** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
//	** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
//	** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
//	** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
//	** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
//	** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
//	** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
//	**
//	** If all the children of a term are disabled, then that term is also
//	** automatically disabled.  In this way, terms get disabled if derived
//	** virtual terms are tested first.  For example:
//	**
//	**      x GLOB 'abc*' AND x>='abc' AND x<'acd'
//	**      \___________/     \______/     \_____/
//	**         parent          child1       child2
//	**
//	** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause.  The child1
//	** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization.  If both of
//	** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be
//	** skipped.
//	**
//	** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED.  But if the parent
//	** term was originally TERM_LIKE, then the parent gets TERM_LIKECOND instead.
//	** The TERM_LIKECOND marking indicates that the term should be coded inside
//	** a conditional such that is only evaluated on the second pass of a
//	** LIKE-optimization loop, when scanning BLOBs instead of strings.
//	*/
func _disableTerm(tls *libc.TLS, pLevel uintptr, pTerm uintptr) {
	var nLoop int32
	var v1 uintptr
	_, _ = nLoop, v1
	nLoop = 0
	for libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_CODED) == 0 && ((*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FiLeftJoin == 0 || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != uint32(0)) && (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FnotReady&(*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FprereqAll == uint64(0) {
		if nLoop != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_LIKE) != 0 {
			v1 = pTerm + 18
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_LIKECOND))
		} else {
			v1 = pTerm + 18
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_CODED))
		}
		if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FiParent < 0 {
			break
		}
		pTerm = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpWC)).Fa + uintptr((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FiParent)*56
		(*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FnChild = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FnChild - 1
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FnChild) != 0 {
			break
		}
		nLoop = nLoop + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if a subquery contains result-set columns that are
//	** never used.  If it does, change the value of those result-set columns
//	** to NULL so that they do not cause unnecessary work to compute.
//	**
//	** Return the number of column that were changed to NULL.
//	*/
func _disableUnusedSubqueryResultColumns(tls *libc.TLS, pItem uintptr) (r int32) {
	var colUsed, m TBitmask
	var iCol Tu16
	var j, nChng, nCol, v3 int32
	var pList, pSub, pTab, pX, pY uintptr
	var v5 uint64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = colUsed, iCol, j, m, nChng, nCol, pList, pSub, pTab, pX, pY, v3, v5 /* Column number */
	nChng = 0                                                                                                   /* Columns that may not be NULLed out */
	if int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24 + 4))&0x10>>4) != 0 || int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24 + 4))&0x200>>9) != 0 {
		return 0
	}
	pTab = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab
	pSub = (*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 72)))).FpSelect
	pX = pSub
	for {
		if !(pX != 0) {
			break
		}
		if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FselFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_Distinct)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_Aggregate)) != uint32(0) {
			return 0
		}
		if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FpPrior != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fop) != int32(TK_ALL) {
			/* This optimization does not work for compound subqueries that
			 ** use UNION, INTERSECT, or EXCEPT.  Only UNION ALL is allowed. */
			return 0
		}
		if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FpWin != 0 {
			/* This optimization does not work for subqueries that use window
			 ** functions. */
			return 0
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pX = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FpPrior
	}
	colUsed = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FcolUsed
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).FpOrderBy != 0 {
		pList = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).FpOrderBy
		j = 0
		for {
			if !(j < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr) {
				break
			}
			iCol = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(j)*32 + 24))
			if libc.Int32FromUint16(iCol) > 0 {
				iCol = iCol - 1
				if libc.Int32FromUint16(iCol) >= libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) {
					v3 = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) - libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
				} else {
					v3 = libc.Int32FromUint16(iCol)
				}
				colUsed = colUsed | libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<v3
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			j = j + 1
		}
	}
	nCol = int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)
	j = 0
	for {
		if !(j < nCol) {
			break
		}
		if j < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8))-libc.Int32FromInt32(1) {
			v5 = libc.Uint64FromInt32(1) << j
		} else {
			v5 = libc.Uint64FromInt32(1) << (libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) - libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
		}
		m = v5
		if m&colUsed != uint64(0) {
			goto _4
		}
		pX = pSub
		for {
			if !(pX != 0) {
				break
			}
			pY = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FpEList + 8 + uintptr(j)*32))).FpExpr
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).Fop) == int32(TK_NULL) {
				goto _6
			}
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).Fop = uint8(TK_NULL)
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pY + 4)) &= ^libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Skip) | libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Unlikely))
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pX + 4)) |= uint32(SF_PushDown)
			nChng = nChng + 1
			goto _6
		_6:
			;
			pX = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FpPrior
		}
		goto _4
	_4:
		;
		j = j + 1
	}
	return nChng
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection
//	** db. This is called when db is being closed.
//	*/
func _disconnectAllVtab(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var p, pMod, pSchema, pTab uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, p, pMod, pSchema, pTab
	_sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(tls, db)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
			break
		}
		pSchema = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i)*32))).FpSchema
		if pSchema != 0 {
			p = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema + 8)).Ffirst
			for {
				if !(p != 0) {
					break
				}
				pTab = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdata
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
					_sqlite3VtabDisconnect(tls, db, pTab)
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				p = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fnext
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	p = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(db + 576)).Ffirst
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		pMod = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdata
		if (*TModule)(unsafe.Pointer(pMod)).FpEpoTab != 0 {
			_sqlite3VtabDisconnect(tls, db, (*TModule)(unsafe.Pointer(pMod)).FpEpoTab)
		}
		goto _3
	_3:
		;
		p = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fnext
	}
	_sqlite3VtabUnlockList(tls, db)
	_sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(tls, db)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy
//	** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
//	** string is defined.)
//	*/
func _dupedExprNodeSize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, flags int32) (r int32) {
	var nByte int32
	_ = nByte
	nByte = _dupedExprStructSize(tls, p, flags) & int32(0xfff)
	if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IntValue)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) && *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8)) != 0 {
		nByte = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(nByte) + (libc.Xstrlen(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8)))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(0x3fffffff) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)))
	}
	return (nByte + int32(7)) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
//	** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree.  They differ in
//	** how much of the tree is measured.
//	**
//	**     dupedExprStructSize()     Size of only the Expr structure
//	**     dupedExprNodeSize()       Size of Expr + space for token
//	**     dupedExprSize()           Expr + token + subtree components
//	**
//	***************************************************************************
//	**
//	** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:
//	** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and
//	** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
//	** The return values is always one of:
//	**
//	**      EXPR_FULLSIZE
//	**      EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE   | EP_Reduced
//	**      EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
//	**
//	** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
//	** of this routine with 0xfff.  The flags can be found by masking the
//	** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
//	**
//	** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
//	** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
//	** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
//	** later parts of the Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
//	** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
//	** make an EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
//	** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
//	** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
//	** to enforce this constraint.
//	*/
func _dupedExprStructSize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, flags int32) (r int32) {
	var nSize int32
	_ = nSize
	/* Only one flag value allowed */
	if 0 == flags || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_FullSize)) != uint32(0) {
		nSize = int32(72)
	} else {
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft != 0 || *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)) != 0 {
			nSize = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+44) | libc.Uint64FromInt32(EP_Reduced))
		} else {
			nSize = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+16) | libc.Uint64FromInt32(EP_TokenOnly))
		}
	}
	return nSize
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Estimate the average size of a row for an index.
//	*/
func _estimateIndexWidth(tls *libc.TLS, pIdx uintptr) {
	var aCol uintptr
	var i, v2 int32
	var wIndex uint32
	var x Ti16
	_, _, _, _, _ = aCol, i, wIndex, x, v2
	wIndex = uint32(0)
	aCol = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpTable)).FaCol
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)) {
			break
		}
		x = **(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))
		if int32(x) < 0 {
			v2 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v2 = libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up(aCol + uintptr(x)*16))).FszEst)
		}
		wIndex = wIndex + libc.Uint32FromInt32(v2)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FszIdxRow = _sqlite3LogEst(tls, uint64(wIndex*uint32(4)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Evaluate an expression (either a vector or a scalar expression) and store
//	** the result in contiguous temporary registers.  Return the index of
//	** the first register used to store the result.
//	**
//	** If the returned result register is a temporary scalar, then also write
//	** that register number into *piFreeable.  If the returned result register
//	** is not a temporary or if the expression is a vector set *piFreeable
//	** to 0.
//	*/
func _exprCodeVector(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr, piFreeable uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, iResult, nResult int32
	_, _, _ = i, iResult, nResult
	nResult = _sqlite3ExprVectorSize(tls, p)
	if nResult == int32(1) {
		iResult = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, p, piFreeable)
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piFreeable)) = 0
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_SELECT) {
			iResult = _sqlite3CodeSubselect(tls, pParse, p)
		} else {
			iResult = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnMem + int32(1)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pParse + 60)) += nResult
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < nResult) {
					break
				}
				_sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)) + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, i+iResult)
				goto _1
			_1:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
		}
	}
	return iResult
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* This walker callback will compute the union of colFlags flags for all
//	** referenced columns in a CHECK constraint or generated column expression.
//	*/
func _exprColumnFlagUnion(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) >= 0 {
		v1 = pWalker + 36
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40)))).FaCol + uintptr((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn)*16))).FcolFlags))
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if there are references to columns in table
//	** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index
//	** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx.
//	*/
func _exprIdxCover(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable == (*TIdxCover)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40)))).FiCur && _sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(tls, (*TIdxCover)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40)))).FpIdx, int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn)) < 0 {
		(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(1)
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return non-zero if Expr p can only be true if pNN is not NULL.
//	**
//	** Or if seenNot is true, return non-zero if Expr p can only be
//	** non-NULL if pNN is not NULL
//	*/
func _exprImpliesNotNull(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr, pNN uintptr, iTab int32, seenNot int32) (r int32) {
	var pList uintptr
	_ = pList
	if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, p, pNN, iTab) == 0 {
		return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNN)).Fop) != int32(TK_NULL))
	}
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) {
	case int32(TK_IN):
		if seenNot != 0 && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_xIsSelect)) != uint32(0) {
			return 0
		}
		return _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, pNN, iTab, int32(1))
	case int32(TK_BETWEEN):
		pList = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32))
		if seenNot != 0 {
			return 0
		}
		if _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8))).FpExpr, pNN, iTab, int32(1)) != 0 || _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + 1*32))).FpExpr, pNN, iTab, int32(1)) != 0 {
			return int32(1)
		}
		return _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, pNN, iTab, int32(1))
	case int32(TK_EQ):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_NE):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_LT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_LE):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_GT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_GE):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_PLUS):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_MINUS):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_BITOR):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_LSHIFT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_RSHIFT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_CONCAT):
		seenNot = int32(1)
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_STAR):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_REM):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_BITAND):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_SLASH):
		if _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight, pNN, iTab, seenNot) != 0 {
			return int32(1)
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_SPAN):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_COLLATE):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_UPLUS):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_UMINUS):
		return _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, pNN, iTab, seenNot)
	case int32(TK_TRUTH):
		if seenNot != 0 {
			return 0
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop2) != int32(TK_IS) {
			return 0
		}
		return _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, pNN, iTab, int32(1))
	case int32(TK_BITNOT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_NOT):
		return _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, pNN, iTab, int32(1))
	}
	return 0
}

func _exprIsConst(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr, initFlag int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var _ /* w at bp+0 */ TWalker
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FeCode = libc.Uint16FromInt32(initFlag)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse = pParse
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxExprCallback = __ccgo_fp(_exprNodeIsConstant)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback = __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3SelectWalkFail)
	_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, bp, p)
	return libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FeCode)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pIdx is an index containing expressions.  Check it see if any of the
//	** expressions in the index match the pExpr expression.
//	*/
func _exprIsCoveredByIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr, pIdx uintptr, iTabCur int32) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)) {
			break
		}
		if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) == -int32(2) && _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, uintptr(0), pExpr, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaColExpr + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, iTabCur) == 0 {
			return int32(1)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append a copy of each expression in expression-list pAppend to
//	** expression list pList. Return a pointer to the result list.
//	*/
func _exprListAppendList(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pList uintptr, pAppend uintptr, bIntToNull int32) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, pDup, pSub uintptr
	var i, nInit, v1 int32
	var _ /* iDummy at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, nInit, pDup, pSub, v1
	if pAppend != 0 {
		if pList != 0 {
			v1 = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		nInit = v1
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pAppend)).FnExpr) {
				break
			}
			db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
			pDup = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pAppend + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, 0)
			if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
				_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pDup)
				break
			}
			if bIntToNull != 0 {
				pSub = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, pDup)
				if _sqlite3ExprIsInteger(tls, pSub, bp, uintptr(0)) != 0 {
					(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).Fop = uint8(TK_NULL)
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSub + 4)) &= libc.Uint32FromInt32(^(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IntValue) | libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsTrue) | libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsFalse)))
					*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub + 8)) = uintptr(0)
				}
			}
			pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pList, pDup)
			if pList != 0 {
				(*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(nInit+i)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pAppend + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	return pList
}

func _exprMightBeIndexed(tls *libc.TLS, pFrom uintptr, aiCurCol uintptr, pExpr uintptr, op int32) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var pIdx uintptr
	_, _ = i, pIdx
	/* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a
	 ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing
	 ** on the first element of the vector.  */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_VECTOR) && (op >= int32(TK_GT) && op <= int32(TK_GE)) {
		pExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)) + 8))).FpExpr
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCurCol)) = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCurCol + 1*4)) = int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn)
		return int32(1)
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pFrom)).FnSrc) {
			break
		}
		pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pFrom + 8 + uintptr(i)*80))).FpSTab)).FpIndex
		for {
			if !(pIdx != 0) {
				break
			}
			if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaColExpr != 0 {
				return _exprMightBeIndexed2(tls, pFrom, aiCurCol, pExpr, i)
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Expression pExpr is one operand of a comparison operator that might
//	** be useful for indexing.  This routine checks to see if pExpr appears
//	** in any index.  Return TRUE (1) if pExpr is an indexed term and return
//	** FALSE (0) if not.  If TRUE is returned, also set aiCurCol[0] to the cursor
//	** number of the table that is indexed and aiCurCol[1] to the column number
//	** of the column that is indexed, or XN_EXPR (-2) if an expression is being
//	** indexed.
//	**
//	** If pExpr is a TK_COLUMN column reference, then this routine always returns
//	** true even if that particular column is not indexed, because the column
//	** might be added to an automatic index later.
//	*/
func _exprMightBeIndexed2(tls *libc.TLS, pFrom uintptr, aiCurCol uintptr, pExpr uintptr, j int32) (r int32) {
	var i, iCur, v1 int32
	var pIdx uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, iCur, pIdx, v1
	for {
		iCur = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pFrom + 8 + uintptr(j)*80))).FiCursor
		pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pFrom + 8 + uintptr(j)*80))).FpSTab)).FpIndex
		for {
			if !(pIdx != 0) {
				break
			}
			if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaColExpr == uintptr(0) {
				goto _3
			}
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)) {
					break
				}
				if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) != -int32(2) {
					goto _4
				}
				if _sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(tls, pExpr, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaColExpr + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, iCur) == 0 && !(_sqlite3ExprIsConstant(tls, uintptr(0), (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaColExpr + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr) != 0) {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCurCol)) = iCur
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCurCol + 1*4)) = -int32(2)
					return int32(1)
				}
				goto _4
			_4:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		j = j + 1
		v1 = j
		if !(v1 < (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pFrom)).FnSrc) {
			break
		}
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Expression Node callback for sqlite3ExprCanReturnSubtype().  If
//	** pExpr is able to return a subtype, set pWalker->eCode and abort
//	** the search.  If pExpr can never return a subtype, prune search.
//	**
//	** The only expressions that can return a subtype are:
//	**
//	**    1.  A function
//	**    2.  The no-op "+" operator
//	**    3.  A CASE...END expression
//	**    4.  A CAST() expression
//	**    5.  A "expr COLLATE colseq" expression.
//	**
//	** For any other kind of expression, prune the search.
//	**
//	** For case 1, the expression can yield a subtype if the function has
//	** the SQLITE_RESULT_SUBTYPE property.  Functions can also return
//	** a subtype (via sqlite3_result_value()) if any of the arguments can
//	** return a subtype.
//	**
//	** In all cases 1 through 5, the expression might also return a subtype
//	** if any operand can return a subtype.
//	*/
func _exprNodeCanReturnSubtype(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db, pDef uintptr
	var n, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _ = db, n, pDef, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_CASE) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_UPLUS) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLLATE) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_CAST) {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_FUNCTION) {
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	}
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse)).Fdb
	if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)) != 0 {
		v1 = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))).FnExpr
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	n = v1
	pDef = _sqlite3FindFunction(tls, db, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 8)), n, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fenc, uint8(0))
	if pDef == uintptr(0) || (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer(pDef)).FfuncFlags&uint32(SQLITE_RESULT_SUBTYPE) != uint32(0) {
		(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(1)
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to
//	** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant.  The
//	** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking
//	** for.
//	**
//	** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
//	**
//	**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()                  pWalker->eCode==1
//	**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()           pWalker->eCode==2
//	**     sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant()             pWalker->eCode==3
//	**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()        pWalker->eCode==4 or 5
//	**
//	** In all cases, the callbacks set Walker.eCode=0 and abort if the expression
//	** is found to not be a constant.
//	**
//	** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating DEFAULT
//	** expressions in a CREATE TABLE statement.  The Walker.eCode value is 5
//	** when parsing an existing schema out of the sqlite_schema table and 4
//	** when processing a new CREATE TABLE statement.  A bound parameter raises
//	** an error for new statements, but is silently converted
//	** to NULL for existing schemas.  This allows sqlite_schema tables that
//	** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions
//	** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a
//	** malformed schema error.
//	*/
func _exprNodeIsConstant(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	/* If pWalker->eCode is 2 then any term of the expression that comes from
	 ** the ON or USING clauses of an outer join disqualifies the expression
	 ** from being considered constant. */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) == int32(2) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != uint32(0) {
		(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(0)
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) {
	/* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
	 ** and either pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 or the function has the
	 ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONST flag. */
	case int32(TK_FUNCTION):
		if (libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) >= int32(4) || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_ConstFunc)) != uint32(0)) && !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) == int32(5) {
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_FromDDL))
			}
			return WRC_Continue
		} else {
			if (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse != 0 {
				return _exprNodeIsConstantFunction(tls, pWalker, pExpr)
			} else {
				(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(0)
				return int32(WRC_Abort)
			}
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_ID):
		/* Convert "true" or "false" in a DEFAULT clause into the
		 ** appropriate TK_TRUEFALSE operator */
		if _sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(tls, pExpr) != 0 {
			return int32(WRC_Prune)
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_COLUMN):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_AGG_FUNCTION):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN):
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_FixedCol)) != uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) != int32(2) {
			return WRC_Continue
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) == int32(3) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable == *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).Fu)) {
			return WRC_Continue
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_IF_NULL_ROW):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_REGISTER):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_DOT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_RAISE):
		(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(0)
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	case int32(TK_VARIABLE):
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) == int32(5) {
			/* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE
			 ** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out
			 ** of the sqlite_schema table */
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop = uint8(TK_NULL)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) == int32(4) {
				/* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from
				 ** sqlite3_prepare() causes an error */
				(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(0)
				return int32(WRC_Abort)
			}
		}
		fallthrough
	default:
		/* sqlite3SelectWalkFail() disallows */
		/* sqlite3SelectWalkFail() disallows */
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pExpr is a TK_FUNCTION node.  Try to determine whether or not the
//	** function is a constant function.  A function is constant if all of
//	** the following are true:
//	**
//	**    (1)  It is a scalar function (not an aggregate or window function)
//	**    (2)  It has either the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG
//	**         property.
//	**    (3)  All of its arguments are constants
//	**
//	** This routine sets pWalker->eCode to 0 if pExpr is not a constant.
//	** It makes no changes to pWalker->eCode if pExpr is constant.  In
//	** every case, it returns WRC_Abort.
//	**
//	** Called as a service subroutine from exprNodeIsConstant().
//	*/
func _exprNodeIsConstantFunction(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db, pDef, pList, v1 uintptr
	var n int32
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = db, n, pDef, pList, v1, v2 /* The database */
	if v2 = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_TokenOnly)) != uint32(0); !v2 {
		v1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32))
		pList = v1
	}
	if v2 || v1 == uintptr(0) {
		n = 0
	} else {
		n = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr
		_sqlite3WalkExprList(tls, pWalker, pList)
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) == 0 {
			return int32(WRC_Abort)
		}
	}
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse)).Fdb
	pDef = _sqlite3FindFunction(tls, db, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 8)), n, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fenc, uint8(0))
	if pDef == uintptr(0) || (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer(pDef)).FxFinalize != uintptr(0) || (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer(pDef)).FfuncFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG)) == uint32(0) || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
		(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(0)
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	return int32(WRC_Prune)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Callback for estLikePatternLength().
//	**
//	** If this node is a string literal that is longer pWalker->sz, then set
//	** pWalker->sz to the byte length of that string literal.
//	**
//	** pWalker->eCode indicates how to count characters:
//	**
//	**    eCode==0     Count as a GLOB pattern
//	**    eCode==1     Count as a LIKE pattern
//	*/
func _exprNodePatternLengthEst(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var c, c1, c2, c3, v1 Tu8
	var sz int32
	var z, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = c, c1, c2, c3, sz, z, v1, v2
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_STRING) {
		sz = 0                                     /* Pattern size in bytes */
		z = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 8)) /* Wildcards */
		if (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode != 0 {
			c1 = uint8('%')
			c2 = uint8('_')
			c3 = uint8(0)
		} else {
			c1 = uint8('*')
			c2 = uint8('?')
			c3 = uint8('[')
		}
		for {
			v2 = z
			z = z + 1
			v1 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2))
			c = v1
			if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(v1) != 0) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(c) == libc.Int32FromUint8(c3) {
				if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(z)) != 0 {
					z = z + 1
				}
				for **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(z)) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(z))) != int32(']') {
					z = z + 1
				}
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(c) != libc.Int32FromUint8(c1) && libc.Int32FromUint8(c) != libc.Int32FromUint8(c2) {
					sz = sz + 1
				}
			}
		}
		if sz > *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).Fu)) {
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).Fu)) = sz
		}
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* This is the Walker EXPR callback for sqlite3ReferencesSrcList().
//	**
//	** Set the 0x01 bit of pWalker->eCode if there is a reference to any
//	** of the tables shown in RefSrcList.pRef.
//	**
//	** Set the 0x02 bit of pWalker->eCode if there is a reference to a
//	** table is in neither RefSrcList.pRef nor RefSrcList.aiExclude.
//	*/
func _exprRefToSrcList(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, nSrc, v1 int32
	var p, pSrc, v3 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, nSrc, p, pSrc, v1, v3
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) {
		p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40))
		pSrc = (*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRef
		if pSrc != 0 {
			v1 = (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		nSrc = v1
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nSrc) {
				break
			}
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable == (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80))).FiCursor {
				v3 = pWalker + 36
				*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
				return WRC_Continue
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(int64(i) < (*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExclude && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaiExclude + uintptr(i)*4)) != (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable) {
				break
			}
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if int64(i) >= (*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExclude {
			v3 = pWalker + 36
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(2))
		}
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an
//	** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or
//	** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
//	** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other
//	** referenced Expr plus one.
//	**
//	** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags,
//	** if appropriate.
//	*/
func _exprSetHeight(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var v1 int32
	var _ /* nHeight at bp+0 */ int32
	_ = v1
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft != 0 {
		v1 = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft)).FnHeight
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = v1
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight != 0 && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight)).FnHeight > **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight)).FnHeight
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) != uint32(0) {
		_heightOfSelect(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)), bp)
	} else {
		if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)) != 0 {
			_heightOfExprList(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)), bp)
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Collate)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_HasFunc)) & _sqlite3ExprListFlags(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)))
		}
	}
	(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnHeight = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure
//	** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
//	** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
//	*/
func _exprStructSize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_TokenOnly)) != uint32(0) {
		return libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0) + 16))
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Reduced)) != uint32(0) {
		return libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0) + 44))
	}
	return int32(72)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Argument pVector points to a vector expression - either a TK_VECTOR
//	** or TK_SELECT that returns more than one column. This function returns
//	** the register number of a register that contains the value of
//	** element iField of the vector.
//	**
//	** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have
//	** already been generated using the exprCodeSubselect() routine. In this
//	** case parameter regSelect should be the first in an array of registers
//	** containing the results of the sub-select.
//	**
//	** If pVector is of type TK_VECTOR, then code for the requested field
//	** is generated. In this case (*pRegFree) may be set to the number of
//	** a temporary register to be freed by the caller before returning.
//	**
//	** Before returning, output parameter (*ppExpr) is set to point to the
//	** Expr object corresponding to element iElem of the vector.
//	*/
func _exprVectorRegister(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pVector uintptr, iField int32, regSelect int32, ppExpr uintptr, pRegFree uintptr) (r int32) {
	var op Tu8
	_ = op
	op = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector)).Fop
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(op) == int32(TK_REGISTER) {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppExpr)) = _sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(tls, pVector, iField)
		return (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector)).FiTable + iField
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(op) == int32(TK_SELECT) {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppExpr)) = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector + 32)))).FpEList + 8 + uintptr(iField)*32))).FpExpr
		return regSelect + iField
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(op) == int32(TK_VECTOR) {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppExpr)) = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector + 32)) + 8 + uintptr(iField)*32))).FpExpr
		return _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppExpr)), pRegFree)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Create a new expression term for the column specified by pMatch and
//	** iColumn.  Append this new expression term to the FULL JOIN Match set
//	** in *ppList.  Create a new *ppList if this is the first term in the
//	** set.
//	*/
func _extendFJMatch(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, ppList uintptr, pMatch uintptr, iColumn Ti16) {
	var pNew uintptr
	_ = pNew
	pNew = _sqlite3ExprAlloc(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, int32(TK_COLUMN), uintptr(0), 0)
	if pNew != 0 {
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiTable = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMatch)).FiCursor
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiColumn = iColumn
		*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 64)) = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMatch)).FpSTab
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_CanBeNull))
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppList)) = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppList)), pNew)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
//	** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
//	** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
//	** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
//	** key/data is written into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value
//	** returned will not be a valid pointer.
//	**
//	** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
//	** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
//	** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
//	** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
//	** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
//	** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
//	**
//	** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
//	** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
//	** any btree routine is called.
//	*/
func _fetchPayload(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pAmt uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var amt, v1 int32
	_, _ = amt, v1
	amt = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnLocal)
	if amt > int32(int64((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).FaDataEnd)-int64((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload)) {
		/* There is too little space on the page for the expected amount
		 ** of local content. Database must be corrupt. */
		if 0 > int32(int64((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).FaDataEnd)-int64((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload)) {
			v1 = 0
		} else {
			v1 = int32(int64((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).FaDataEnd) - int64((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload))
		}
		amt = v1
	}
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pAmt)) = libc.Uint32FromInt32(amt)
	return (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute a bloom filter hash using pOp->p4.i registers from aMem[] beginning
//	** with pOp->p3.  Return the hash.
//	*/
func _filterHash(tls *libc.TLS, aMem uintptr, pOp uintptr) (r Tu64) {
	var h Tu64
	var i, mx int32
	var p uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = h, i, mx, p
	h = uint64(0)
	i = (*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3
	mx = i + (*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4.Fi
	for {
		if !(i < mx) {
			break
		}
		p = aMem + uintptr(i)*56
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
			h = h + libc.Uint64FromInt64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(p)))
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Real) != 0 {
				h = h + libc.Uint64FromInt64(_sqlite3VdbeIntValue(tls, p))
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)) != 0 {
					/* All strings have the same hash and all blobs have the same hash,
					 ** though, at least, those hashes are different from each other and
					 ** from NULL. */
					h = h + libc.Uint64FromInt32(int32(4093)+libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)))
				}
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return h
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called right after An OP_Filter has been generated and
//	** before the corresponding index search has been performed.  This routine
//	** checks to see if there are additional Bloom filters in inner loops that
//	** can be checked prior to doing the index lookup.  If there are available
//	** inner-loop Bloom filters, then evaluate those filters now, before the
//	** index lookup.  The idea is that a Bloom filter check is way faster than
//	** an index lookup, and the Bloom filter might return false, meaning that
//	** the index lookup can be skipped.
//	**
//	** We know that an inner loop uses a Bloom filter because it has the
//	** WhereLevel.regFilter set.  If an inner-loop Bloom filter is checked,
//	** then clear the WhereLevel.regFilter value to prevent the Bloom filter
//	** from being checked a second time when the inner loop is evaluated.
//	*/
func _filterPullDown(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pWInfo uintptr, iLevel int32, addrNxt int32, notReady TBitmask) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var nEq Tu16
	var pLevel, pLoop, pTerm uintptr
	var r1, regRowid, saved_addrBrk, v1 int32
	var _ /* zStartAff at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = nEq, pLevel, pLoop, pTerm, r1, regRowid, saved_addrBrk, v1
	for {
		iLevel = iLevel + 1
		v1 = iLevel
		if !(v1 < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnLevel)) {
			break
		}
		pLevel = pWInfo + 856 + uintptr(iLevel)*112
		pLoop = (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FpWLoop
		if (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FregFilter == 0 {
			continue
		}
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FpWLoop)).FnSkip != 0 {
			continue
		}
		/*         ,--- Because sqlite3ConstructBloomFilter() has will not have set
		 **  vvvvv--'    pLevel->regFilter if this were true. */
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).Fprereq&notReady != 0 {
			continue
		}
		saved_addrBrk = (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FaddrBrk
		(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FaddrBrk = addrNxt
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_IPK) != 0 {
			pTerm = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm))
			regRowid = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
			regRowid = _codeEqualityTerm(tls, pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, 0, regRowid)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, int32(OP_MustBeInt), regRowid, addrNxt)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, int32(OP_Filter), (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FregFilter, addrNxt, regRowid, int32(1))
		} else {
			nEq = (*(*struct {
				FnEq          Tu16
				FnBtm         Tu16
				FnTop         Tu16
				FnDistinctCol Tu16
				FpIndex       uintptr
				FpOrderBy     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq
			r1 = _codeAllEqualityTerms(tls, pParse, pLevel, 0, 0, bp)
			_codeApplyAffinity(tls, pParse, r1, libc.Int32FromUint16(nEq), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			_sqlite3DbFree(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, int32(OP_Filter), (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FregFilter, addrNxt, r1, libc.Int32FromUint16(nEq))
		}
		(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FregFilter = 0
		(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FaddrBrk = saved_addrBrk
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
//	** in the AggInfo structure.
//	*/
func _finalizeAggFunctions(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pAggInfo uintptr) {
	var i, iBaseCol, iTop, j, nArg, nKey, regAgg, regSubtype, v4 int32
	var pF, pList, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iBaseCol, iTop, j, nArg, nKey, pF, pList, regAgg, regSubtype, v, v4
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	i = 0
	pF = (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaFunc
	for {
		if !(i < (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnFunc) {
			break
		}
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
			return
		}
		pList = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFExpr + 32))
		if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab >= 0 { /* Loop counter */
			nArg = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr
			regAgg = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, nArg)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBPayload) == 0 {
				nKey = 0
			} else {
				nKey = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFExpr)).FpLeft + 32)))).FnExpr
				if !((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBUnique != 0) {
					nKey = nKey + 1
				}
			}
			iTop = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Rewind), (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab)
			j = nArg - int32(1)
			for {
				if !(j >= 0) {
					break
				}
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab, nKey+j, regAgg+j)
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				j = j - 1
			}
			if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbUseSubtype != 0 {
				regSubtype = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
				iBaseCol = nKey + nArg + libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBPayload) == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBUnique) == 0)
				j = nArg - int32(1)
				for {
					if !(j >= 0) {
						break
					}
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab, iBaseCol+j, regSubtype)
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_SetSubtype), regSubtype, regAgg+j)
					goto _3
				_3:
					;
					j = j - 1
				}
				_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, regSubtype)
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_AggStep), 0, regAgg, (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FiFirstReg+(*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnColumn+i)
			_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFunc, -int32(8))
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, libc.Uint16FromInt32(nArg))
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Next), (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab, iTop+int32(1))
			_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, iTop)
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regAgg, nArg)
		}
		if pList != 0 {
			v4 = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr
		} else {
			v4 = 0
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_AggFinal), (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FiFirstReg+(*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnColumn+i, v4)
		_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFunc, -int32(8))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pF += 32
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Scan all previously generated bytecode looking for an OP_BeginSubrtn
//	** that is compatible with pExpr.  If found, add the y.sub values
//	** to pExpr and return true.  If not found, return false.
//	*/
func _findCompatibleInRhsSubrtn(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, pNewSig uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pEnd, pOp, pSig, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = pEnd, pOp, pSig, v
	if pNewSig == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FmSubrtnSig)&(int32(1)<<((*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewSig)).FselId&int32(7))) == 0 {
		return 0
	}
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	pOp = _sqlite3VdbeGetOp(tls, v, int32(1))
	pEnd = _sqlite3VdbeGetLastOp(tls, v)
	for {
		if !(pOp < pEnd) {
			break
		}
		if int32((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4type) != -int32(18) {
			goto _1
		}
		pSig = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp + 16))
		if !((*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pSig)).FbComplete != 0) {
			goto _1
		}
		if (*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewSig)).FselId != (*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pSig)).FselId {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Xstrcmp(tls, (*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewSig)).FzAff, (*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pSig)).FzAff) != 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		(*(*struct {
			FiAddr     int32
			FregReturn int32
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64))).FiAddr = (*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pSig)).FiAddr
		(*(*struct {
			FiAddr     int32
			FregReturn int32
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64))).FregReturn = (*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pSig)).FregReturn
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable = (*TSubrtnSig)(unsafe.Pointer(pSig)).FiTable
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subrtn))
		return int32(1)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pOp += 24
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function searches pList for an entry that matches the iCol-th column
//	** of index pIdx.
//	**
//	** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
//	** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
//	*/
func _findIndexCol(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pList uintptr, iBase int32, pIdx uintptr, iCol int32) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var p, pColl, zColl uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, p, pColl, zColl
	zColl = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FazColl + uintptr(iCol)*8))
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		p = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr)
		if p != uintptr(0) && (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN)) && int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn) == int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(iCol)*2))) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTable == iBase {
			pColl = _sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr)
			if 0 == _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, (*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl)).FzName, zColl) {
				return i
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return -int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
//	** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
//	** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
//	** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
//	** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
//	** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
//	** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero.
//	**
//	** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the
//	** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified.
//	*/
func _fkParentIsModified(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, p uintptr, aChange uintptr, bChngRowid int32) (r int32) {
	var i, iKey int32
	var pCol, zKey uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, iKey, pCol, zKey
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol) {
			break
		}
		zKey = (*(*TsColMap)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64 + uintptr(i)*16))).FzCol
		iKey = 0
		for {
			if !(iKey < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)) {
				break
			}
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aChange + uintptr(iKey)*4)) >= 0 || iKey == int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiPKey) && bChngRowid != 0 {
				pCol = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(iKey)*16
				if zKey != 0 {
					if 0 == _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, (*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FzCnName, zKey) {
						return int32(1)
					}
				} else {
					if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_PRIMKEY) != 0 {
						return int32(1)
					}
				}
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			iKey = iKey + 1
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return TRUE (non-zero) if the i-th entry in the pTabList SrcList can
//	** be implemented as a co-routine.  The i-th entry is guaranteed to be
//	** a subquery.
//	**
//	** The subquery is implemented as a co-routine if all of the following are
//	** true:
//	**
//	**    (1)  The subquery will likely be implemented in the outer loop of
//	**         the query.  This will be the case if any one of the following
//	**         conditions hold:
//	**         (a)  The subquery is the only term in the FROM clause
//	**         (b)  The subquery is the left-most term and a CROSS JOIN or similar
//	**              requires it to be the outer loop
//	**         (c)  All of the following are true:
//	**                (i) The subquery is the left-most subquery in the FROM clause
//	**               (ii) There is nothing that would prevent the subquery from
//	**                    being used as the outer loop if the sqlite3WhereBegin()
//	**                    routine nominates it to that position.
//	**              (iii) The query is not a UPDATE ... FROM
//	**    (2)  The subquery is not a CTE that should be materialized because
//	**         (a) the AS MATERIALIZED keyword is used, or
//	**         (b) the CTE is used multiple times and does not have the
//	**             NOT MATERIALIZED keyword
//	**    (3)  The subquery is not part of a left operand for a RIGHT JOIN
//	**    (4)  The SQLITE_Coroutine optimization disable flag is not set
//	**    (5)  The subquery is not self-joined
//	*/
func _fromClauseTermCanBeCoroutine(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTabList uintptr, i int32, selFlags int32) (r int32) {
	var pCteUse, pItem uintptr
	_, _ = pCteUse, pItem
	pItem = pTabList + 8 + uintptr(i)*80
	if int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24 + 4))&0x200>>9) != 0 {
		pCteUse = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 56))
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TCteUse)(unsafe.Pointer(pCteUse)).FeM10d) == M10d_Yes {
			return 0
		} /* (2a) */
		if (*TCteUse)(unsafe.Pointer(pCteUse)).FnUse >= int32(2) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TCteUse)(unsafe.Pointer(pCteUse)).FeM10d) != int32(M10d_No) {
			return 0
		} /* (2b) */
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabList + 8))).Ffg.Fjointype)&int32(JT_LTORJ) != 0 {
		return 0
	} /* (3)  */
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_Coroutines)) != uint32(0) {
		return 0
	} /* (4)  */
	if _isSelfJoinView(tls, pTabList, pItem, i+int32(1), (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabList)).FnSrc) != uintptr(0) {
		return 0 /* (5) */
	}
	if i == 0 {
		if (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabList)).FnSrc == int32(1) {
			return int32(1)
		} /* (1a) */
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabList + 8 + 1*80))).Ffg.Fjointype)&int32(JT_CROSS) != 0 {
			return int32(1)
		} /* (1b) */
		if selFlags&int32(SF_UpdateFrom) != 0 {
			return 0
		} /* (1c-iii) */
		return int32(1)
	}
	if selFlags&int32(SF_UpdateFrom) != 0 {
		return 0
	} /* (1c-iii) */
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).Ffg.Fjointype)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_OUTER)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_CROSS)) != 0 {
			return 0
		} /* (1c-ii) */
		if i == 0 {
			break
		}
		i = i - 1
		pItem -= 80
		if int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24 + 4))&0x4>>2) != 0 {
			return 0
		} /* (1c-i) */
	}
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The xColumnLocale() API.
//	*/
func _fts5ApiColumnLocale(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, iCol int32, pzLocale uintptr, pnLocale uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var pConfig, pCsr uintptr
	var rc int32
	var _ /* nDummy at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* zDummy at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _ = pConfig, pCsr, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pCsr = pCtx
	pConfig = (*TFts5Table)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fbase.FpVtab)).FpConfig
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pzLocale)) = uintptr(0)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnLocale)) = 0
	if iCol < 0 || iCol >= (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol {
		rc = int32(SQLITE_RANGE)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FabUnindexed + uintptr(iCol)))) == 0 && 0 == _fts5IsContentless(tls, (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fbase.FpVtab, int32(1)) && (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FbLocale != 0 {
			rc = _fts5SeekCursor(tls, pCsr, 0)
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = 0
				rc = _fts5TextFromStmt(tls, pConfig, (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpStmt, iCol, bp, bp+8)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pzLocale)) = (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).Ft.FpLocale
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnLocale)) = (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).Ft.FnLocale
				}
				_sqlite3Fts5ClearLocale(tls, pConfig)
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

func _fts5ApiColumnSize(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, iCol int32, pnToken uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i, i1, i2, rc int32
	var iRowid Ti64
	var pConfig, pCsr, pTab uintptr
	var _ /* n at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* z at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, i1, i2, iRowid, pConfig, pCsr, pTab, rc
	pCsr = pCtx
	pTab = (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fbase.FpVtab
	pConfig = (*TFts5FullTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Fp.FpConfig
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fcsrflags&int32(FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE) != 0 {
		if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FbColumnsize != 0 {
			iRowid = _fts5CursorRowid(tls, pCsr)
			rc = _sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(tls, (*TFts5FullTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpStorage, iRowid, (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaColumnSize)
		} else {
			if !((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FzContent != 0) || (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FeContent == int32(FTS5_CONTENT_UNINDEXED) {
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol) {
						break
					}
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FabUnindexed + uintptr(i)))) == 0 {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaColumnSize + uintptr(i)*4)) = -int32(1)
					}
					goto _1
				_1:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
			} else {
				rc = _fts5SeekCursor(tls, pCsr, 0)
				i1 = 0
				for {
					if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && i1 < (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol) {
						break
					}
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FabUnindexed + uintptr(i1)))) == 0 {
						**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = 0
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaColumnSize + uintptr(i1)*4)) = 0
						rc = _fts5TextFromStmt(tls, pConfig, (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpStmt, i1, bp, bp+8)
						if rc == SQLITE_OK {
							rc = _sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(tls, pConfig, int32(FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaColumnSize+uintptr(i1)*4, __ccgo_fp(_fts5ColumnSizeCb))
						}
						_sqlite3Fts5ClearLocale(tls, pConfig)
					}
					goto _2
				_2:
					;
					i1 = i1 + 1
				}
			}
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 80)) &= ^libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE)
	}
	if iCol < 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnToken)) = 0
		i2 = 0
		for {
			if !(i2 < (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol) {
				break
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnToken)) += **(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaColumnSize + uintptr(i2)*4))
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i2 = i2 + 1
		}
	} else {
		if iCol < (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnToken)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaColumnSize + uintptr(iCol)*4))
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnToken)) = 0
			rc = int32(SQLITE_RANGE)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

func _fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, iPhrase int32, pIter uintptr, piCol uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i1, rc, v1 int32
	var pConfig, pCsr, pSorter, v2 uintptr
	var _ /* n at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* n at bp+4 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i1, pConfig, pCsr, pSorter, rc, v1, v2
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pCsr = pCtx
	pConfig = (*TFts5Table)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fbase.FpVtab)).FpConfig
	if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FeDetail == int32(FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS) {
		pSorter = (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpSorter
		if pSorter != 0 {
			if iPhrase == 0 {
				v1 = 0
			} else {
				v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter + 28 + uintptr(iPhrase-int32(1))*4))
			}
			i1 = v1
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter + 28 + uintptr(iPhrase)*4)) - i1
			(*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa = (*TFts5Sorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FaPoslist + uintptr(i1)
		} else {
			rc = _sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(tls, (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpExpr, iPhrase, pIter, bp)
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			if (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa != 0 {
				v2 = (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			} else {
				v2 = uintptr(0)
			}
			(*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fb = v2
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piCol)) = 0
			_fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn(tls, pCtx, pIter, piCol)
		}
	} else {
		rc = _fts5CsrPoslist(tls, pCsr, iPhrase, pIter, bp+4)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			if (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa != 0 {
				v2 = (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)))
			} else {
				v2 = uintptr(0)
			}
			(*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fb = v2
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) <= 0 {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piCol)) = -int32(1)
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa))) == int32(0x01) {
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pIter)) += uintptr(int32(1) + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa+1, piCol))
				} else {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piCol)) = 0
				}
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

func _fts5AppendRowid(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iDelta Tu64, pUnused uintptr, pBuf uintptr) {
	_ = pUnused
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pBuf, libc.Int64FromUint64(iDelta))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compare the contents of the two buffers using memcmp(). If one buffer
//	** is a prefix of the other, it is considered the lesser.
//	**
//	** Return -ve if pLeft is smaller than pRight, 0 if they are equal or
//	** +ve if pRight is smaller than pLeft. In other words:
//	**
//	**     res = *pLeft - *pRight
//	*/
func _fts5BufferCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pLeft uintptr, pRight uintptr) (r int32) {
	var nCmp, res, v1 int32
	_, _, _ = nCmp, res, v1
	if (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fn < (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fn {
		v1 = (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fn
	} else {
		v1 = (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fn
	}
	nCmp = v1
	if nCmp <= 0 {
		v1 = 0
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fp, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fp, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCmp))
	}
	res = v1
	if res == 0 {
		v1 = (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fn - (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fn
	} else {
		v1 = res
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Ensure that the Fts5Cursor.nInstCount and aInst[] variables are populated
//	** correctly for the current view. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an
//	** SQLite error code otherwise.
//	*/
func _fts5CacheInstArray(tls *libc.TLS, pCsr uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var aInst, aIter uintptr
	var i, iBest, nCol, nInst, nIter, nNewSize, v3 int32
	var nByte Tsqlite3_int64
	var _ /* a at bp+8 */ uintptr
	var _ /* n at bp+16 */ int32
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aInst, aIter, i, iBest, nByte, nCol, nInst, nIter, nNewSize, v3
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK /* Number of iterators/phrases */
	nCol = (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Table)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fbase.FpVtab)).FpConfig)).FnCol
	nIter = _sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(tls, (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpExpr)
	if (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaInstIter == uintptr(0) {
		nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(32) * libc.Uint64FromInt32(nIter))
		(*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaInstIter = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, bp, nByte)
	}
	aIter = (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaInstIter
	if aIter != 0 {
		nInst = 0
		/* Initialize all iterators */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nIter && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK) {
				break
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _fts5CsrPoslist(tls, pCsr, i, bp+8, bp+16)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK {
				_sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)), aIter+uintptr(i)*32)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK {
			for int32(1) != 0 {
				iBest = -int32(1)
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < nIter) {
						break
					}
					if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TFts5PoslistReader)(__ccgo_up(aIter + uintptr(i)*32))).FbEof) == 0 && (iBest < 0 || (**(**TFts5PoslistReader)(__ccgo_up(aIter + uintptr(i)*32))).FiPos < (**(**TFts5PoslistReader)(__ccgo_up(aIter + uintptr(iBest)*32))).FiPos) {
						iBest = i
					}
					goto _2
				_2:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
				if iBest < 0 {
					break
				}
				nInst = nInst + 1
				if nInst >= (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnInstAlloc {
					if (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnInstAlloc != 0 {
						v3 = (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnInstAlloc * int32(2)
					} else {
						v3 = int32(32)
					}
					nNewSize = v3
					aInst = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaInst, uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(nNewSize)*uint64(4)*uint64(3)))
					if aInst != 0 {
						(*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaInst = aInst
						(*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnInstAlloc = nNewSize
					} else {
						nInst = nInst - 1
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
						break
					}
				}
				aInst = (*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FaInst + uintptr(int32(3)*(nInst-int32(1)))*4
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aInst)) = iBest
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aInst + 1*4)) = int32((**(**TFts5PoslistReader)(__ccgo_up(aIter + uintptr(iBest)*32))).FiPos >> libc.Int32FromInt32(32) & libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7FFFFFFF))
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aInst + 2*4)) = int32((**(**TFts5PoslistReader)(__ccgo_up(aIter + uintptr(iBest)*32))).FiPos & libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7FFFFFFF))
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aInst + 1*4)) >= nCol {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CORRUPT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
					break
				}
				_sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(tls, aIter+uintptr(iBest)*32)
			}
		}
		(*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnInstCount = nInst
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 80)) &= ^libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

func _fts5ConfigSetEnum(tls *libc.TLS, aEnum uintptr, zEnum uintptr, peVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, iVal, nEnum, v2 int32
	_, _, _, _ = i, iVal, nEnum, v2
	nEnum = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Xstrlen(tls, zEnum))
	iVal = -int32(1)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !((**(**TFts5Enum)(__ccgo_up(aEnum + uintptr(i)*16))).FzName != 0) {
			break
		}
		if Xsqlite3_strnicmp(tls, (**(**TFts5Enum)(__ccgo_up(aEnum + uintptr(i)*16))).FzName, zEnum, nEnum) == 0 {
			if iVal >= 0 {
				return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
			}
			iVal = (**(**TFts5Enum)(__ccgo_up(aEnum + uintptr(i)*16))).FeVal
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(peVal)) = iVal
	if iVal < 0 {
		v2 = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	} else {
		v2 = SQLITE_OK
	}
	return v2
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the
//	** doclist-index page is reached, return non-zero.
//	*/
func _fts5DlidxLvlNext(tls *libc.TLS, pLvl uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iOff int32
	var pData, v2 uintptr
	var _ /* iVal at bp+0 */ Tu64
	_, _, _ = iOff, pData, v2
	pData = (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FpData
	if (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff == 0 {
		(*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff = int32(1)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pLvl + 8)) += _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp+1, pLvl+20)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pLvl + 8)) += libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff), pLvl+24))
		(*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiFirstOff = (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff
	} else {
		iOff = (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff
		for {
			if !(iOff < (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fnn) {
				break
			}
			if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp + uintptr(iOff))) != 0 {
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			iOff = iOff + 1
		}
		if iOff < (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fnn {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pLvl + 20)) += iOff - (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff + int32(1)
			iOff = iOff + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), bp))
			v2 = pLvl + 24
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Ti64(uint64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) + **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			(*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff = iOff
		} else {
			(*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FbEof = int32(1)
		}
	}
	return (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FbEof
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move the iterator passed as the only argument to the previous entry.
//	*/
func _fts5DlidxLvlPrev(tls *libc.TLS, pLvl uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var a, v1 uintptr
	var iOff, ii, nZero int32
	var _ /* delta at bp+0 */ Tu64
	_, _, _, _, _ = a, iOff, ii, nZero, v1
	iOff = (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff
	if iOff <= (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiFirstOff {
		(*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FbEof = int32(1)
	} else {
		a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FpData)).Fp
		(*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff = 0
		_fts5DlidxLvlNext(tls, pLvl)
		for int32(1) != 0 {
			nZero = 0
			ii = (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff
			**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint64(0)
			for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(ii)))) == 0 {
				nZero = nZero + 1
				ii = ii + 1
			}
			ii = ii + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, a+uintptr(ii), bp))
			if ii >= iOff {
				break
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pLvl + 20)) += nZero + int32(1)
			v1 = pLvl + 24
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Ti64(uint64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) + **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			(*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FiOff = ii
		}
	}
	return (*TFts5DlidxLvl)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FbEof
}

func _fts5ExprAssignXNext(tls *libc.TLS, pNode uintptr) {
	var pNear uintptr
	_ = pNear
	switch (*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FeType {
	case int32(FTS5_STRING):
		pNear = (*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FpNear
		if (*TFts5ExprNearset)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear)).FnPhrase == int32(1) && (*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear + 24)))).FnTerm == int32(1) && (*(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear + 24)) + 32))).FpSynonym == uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear + 24)) + 32))).FbFirst) == 0 {
			(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FeType = int32(FTS5_TERM)
			(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FxNext = __ccgo_fp(_fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM)
		} else {
			(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FxNext = __ccgo_fp(_fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING)
		}
	case int32(FTS5_OR):
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FxNext = __ccgo_fp(_fts5ExprNodeNext_OR)
	case int32(FTS5_AND):
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FxNext = __ccgo_fp(_fts5ExprNodeNext_AND)
	default:
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FxNext = __ccgo_fp(_fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT)
		break
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize all term iterators in the pNear object. If any term is found
//	** to match no documents at all, return immediately without initializing any
//	** further iterators.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
//	** SQLITE_OK. It is not considered an error if some term matches zero
//	** documents.
//	*/
func _fts5ExprNearInitAll(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr, pNode uintptr) (r int32) {
	var bHit, i, j, rc, v4, v5 int32
	var p, pNear, pPhrase, pTerm uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bHit, i, j, p, pNear, pPhrase, pTerm, rc, v4, v5
	pNear = (*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FpNear
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TFts5ExprNearset)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear)).FnPhrase) {
			break
		}
		pPhrase = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear + 24 + uintptr(i)*8))
		if (*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase)).FnTerm == 0 {
			(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbEof = int32(1)
			return SQLITE_OK
		} else {
			j = 0
			for {
				if !(j < (*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase)).FnTerm) {
					break
				}
				pTerm = pPhrase + 32 + uintptr(j)*40
				bHit = 0
				p = pTerm
				for {
					if !(p != 0) {
						break
					}
					if (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter != 0 {
						_sqlite3Fts5IterClose(tls, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)
						(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter = uintptr(0)
					}
					if (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FbPrefix != 0 {
						v4 = int32(FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX)
					} else {
						v4 = 0
					}
					if (*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FbDesc != 0 {
						v5 = int32(FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC)
					} else {
						v5 = 0
					}
					rc = _sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(tls, (*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpIndex, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTerm, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnQueryTerm, v4|v5, (*TFts5ExprNearset)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear)).FpColset, p+24)
					if rc != SQLITE_OK {
						return rc
					}
					if 0 == libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)).FbEof) {
						bHit = int32(1)
					}
					goto _3
				_3:
					;
					p = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSynonym
				}
				if bHit == 0 {
					(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbEof = int32(1)
					return SQLITE_OK
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				j = j + 1
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbEof = 0
	return SQLITE_OK
}

func _fts5ExprNearTest(tls *libc.TLS, pRc uintptr, pExpr uintptr, pNode uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i int32
	var pIter, pIter1, pNear, pPhrase, pPhrase1, pTerm uintptr
	var _ /* bMatch at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, pIter, pIter1, pNear, pPhrase, pPhrase1, pTerm
	pNear = (*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FpNear
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc))
	if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpConfig)).FeDetail != FTS5_DETAIL_FULL {
		pPhrase = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear + 24))
		(*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase)).Fposlist.Fn = 0
		pTerm = pPhrase + 32
		for {
			if !(pTerm != 0) {
				break
			}
			pIter = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpIter
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbEof) == 0 {
				if (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiRowid == (*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FiRowid && (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnData > 0 {
					(*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase)).Fposlist.Fn = int32(1)
				}
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pTerm = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpSynonym
		}
		return (*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase)).Fposlist.Fn
	} else {
		/* Check that each phrase in the nearset matches the current row.
		 ** Populate the pPhrase->poslist buffers at the same time. If any
		 ** phrase is not a match, break out of the loop early.  */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK && i < (*TFts5ExprNearset)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear)).FnPhrase) {
				break
			}
			pPhrase1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear + 24 + uintptr(i)*8))
			if (*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase1)).FnTerm > int32(1) || (*(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase1 + 32))).FpSynonym != 0 || (*TFts5ExprNearset)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear)).FpColset != 0 || (*(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase1 + 32))).FbFirst != 0 {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = 0
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch(tls, pNode, pPhrase1, bp+4)
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) == 0 {
					break
				}
			} else {
				pIter1 = (*(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase1 + 32))).FpIter
				_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, bp, pPhrase1+8, (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter1)).FnData, (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter1)).FpData)
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		if i == (*TFts5ExprNearset)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear)).FnPhrase && (i == int32(1) || _fts5ExprNearIsMatch(tls, pRc, pNear) != 0) {
			return int32(1)
		}
		return 0
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Advance the first term iterator in the first phrase of pNear. Set output
//	** variable *pbEof to true if it reaches EOF or if an error occurs.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
//	** occurs.
//	*/
func _fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr, pNode uintptr, bFromValid int32, iFrom Ti64) (r int32) {
	var bEof, rc int32
	var iRowid, ii Ti64
	var p, pIter, pTerm uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bEof, iRowid, ii, p, pIter, pTerm, rc
	pTerm = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FpNear + 24)) + 32
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbNomatch = 0
	if (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpSynonym != 0 {
		bEof = int32(1)
		/* Find the firstest rowid any synonym points to. */
		iRowid = _fts5ExprSynonymRowid(tls, pTerm, (*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FbDesc, uintptr(0))
		/* Advance each iterator that currently points to iRowid. Or, if iFrom
		 ** is valid - each iterator that points to a rowid before iFrom.  */
		p = pTerm
		for {
			if !(p != 0) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)).FbEof) == 0 {
				ii = (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)).FiRowid
				if ii == iRowid || bFromValid != 0 && ii != iFrom && libc.BoolInt32(ii > iFrom) == (*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FbDesc {
					if bFromValid != 0 {
						rc = _sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(tls, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter, iFrom)
					} else {
						rc = _sqlite3Fts5IterNext(tls, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)
					}
					if rc != SQLITE_OK {
						break
					}
					if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)).FbEof) == 0 {
						bEof = 0
					}
				} else {
					bEof = 0
				}
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			p = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSynonym
		}
		/* Set the EOF flag if either all synonym iterators are at EOF or an
		 ** error has occurred.  */
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbEof = libc.BoolInt32(rc != 0 || bEof != 0)
	} else {
		pIter = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpIter
		if bFromValid != 0 {
			rc = _sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(tls, pIter, iFrom)
		} else {
			rc = _sqlite3Fts5IterNext(tls, pIter)
		}
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbEof = libc.BoolInt32(rc != 0 || (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbEof != 0)
	}
	if (*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbEof == 0 {
		rc = _fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING(tls, pExpr, pNode)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** xNext() method for a node of type FTS5_TERM.
//	*/
func _fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr, pNode uintptr, bFromValid int32, iFrom Ti64) (r int32) {
	var pIter uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pIter, rc
	pIter = (*(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FpNear + 24)) + 32))).FpIter
	if bFromValid != 0 {
		rc = _sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(tls, pIter, iFrom)
	} else {
		rc = _sqlite3Fts5IterNext(tls, pIter)
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbEof) == 0 {
		rc = _fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM(tls, pExpr, pNode)
	} else {
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbEof = int32(1)
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FbNomatch = 0
	}
	return rc
}

func _fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, tflags int32, pToken uintptr, nToken int32, iUnused1 int32, iUnused2 int32) (r int32) {
	var i, iCol, iTokOff, nQuery, rc int32
	var iRowid Ti64
	var p, pExpr, pT uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iCol, iRowid, iTokOff, nQuery, p, pExpr, pT, rc
	p = pCtx
	pExpr = (*TFts5ExprCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpExpr
	nQuery = nToken
	iRowid = (*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRoot)).FiRowid
	_ = iUnused1
	_ = iUnused2
	if nQuery > int32(FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE) {
		nQuery = int32(FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE)
	}
	if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpConfig)).FbTokendata != 0 {
		nQuery = _fts5QueryTerm(tls, pToken, nQuery)
	}
	if tflags&int32(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) == 0 {
		(*TFts5ExprCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOff = (*TFts5ExprCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOff + 1
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FnPhrase) {
			break
		}
		if (**(**TFts5PoslistPopulator)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5ExprCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPopulator + uintptr(i)*16))).FbOk == 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		pT = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FapExprPhrase + uintptr(i)*8)) + 32
		for {
			if !(pT != 0) {
				break
			}
			if ((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnQueryTerm == nQuery || (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnQueryTerm < nQuery && (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FbPrefix != 0) && libc.Xmemcmp(tls, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FpTerm, pToken, libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnQueryTerm)) == 0 {
				rc = _sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FapExprPhrase + uintptr(i)*8))+8, (*TFts5ExprCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPopulator+uintptr(i)*16, (*TFts5ExprCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOff)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK && ((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Expr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpConfig)).FbTokendata != 0 || (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FbPrefix != 0) {
					iCol = int32((*TFts5ExprCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOff >> int32(32))
					iTokOff = int32((*TFts5ExprCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOff & int64(0x7FFFFFFF))
					rc = _sqlite3Fts5IndexIterWriteTokendata(tls, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FpIter, pToken, nToken, iRowid, iCol, iTokOff)
				}
				if rc != 0 {
					return rc
				}
				break
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			pT = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FpSynonym
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Arguments pLeft and pRight point to linked-lists of hash-entry objects,
//	** each sorted in key order. This function merges the two lists into a
//	** single list and returns a pointer to its first element.
//	*/
func _fts5HashEntryMerge(tls *libc.TLS, pLeft uintptr, pRight uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var cmp, nMin, v1 int32
	var p1, p2, ppOut, zKey1, zKey2 uintptr
	var _ /* pRet at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = cmp, nMin, p1, p2, ppOut, zKey1, zKey2, v1
	p1 = pLeft
	p2 = pRight
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	ppOut = bp
	for p1 != 0 || p2 != 0 {
		if p1 == uintptr(0) {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppOut)) = p2
			p2 = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			if p2 == uintptr(0) {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppOut)) = p1
				p1 = uintptr(0)
			} else {
				zKey1 = p1 + 1*48
				zKey2 = p2 + 1*48
				if (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FnKey < (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FnKey {
					v1 = (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FnKey
				} else {
					v1 = (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FnKey
				}
				nMin = v1
				cmp = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, zKey1, zKey2, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nMin))
				if cmp == 0 {
					cmp = (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FnKey - (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FnKey
				}
				if cmp > 0 {
					/* p2 is smaller */
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppOut)) = p2
					ppOut = p2 + 8
					p2 = (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FpScanNext
				} else {
					/* p1 is smaller */
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppOut)) = p1
					ppOut = p1 + 8
					p1 = (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FpScanNext
				}
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppOut)) = uintptr(0)
			}
		}
	}
	return **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If this is not a contentless_delete=1 table, or if the 'deletemerge'
//	** configuration option is set to 0, then this function always returns -1.
//	** Otherwise, it searches the structure object passed as the second argument
//	** for a level suitable for merging due to having a large number of
//	** tombstones in the tombstone hash. If one is found, its index is returned.
//	** Otherwise, if there is no suitable level, -1.
//	*/
func _fts5IndexFindDeleteMerge(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pStruct uintptr) (r int32) {
	var iRet, iSeg, ii, nBest, nPercent int32
	var nEntry, nTomb Ti64
	var pConfig, pLvl uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iRet, iSeg, ii, nBest, nEntry, nPercent, nTomb, pConfig, pLvl
	pConfig = (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig
	iRet = -int32(1)
	if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FbContentlessDelete != 0 && (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnDeleteMerge > 0 {
		nBest = 0
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnLevel) {
				break
			}
			pLvl = pStruct + 32 + uintptr(ii)*16
			nEntry = 0
			nTomb = 0
			iSeg = 0
			for {
				if !(iSeg < (*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FnSeg) {
					break
				}
				nEntry = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(nEntry) + (**(**TFts5StructureSegment)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FaSeg + uintptr(iSeg)*56))).FnEntry)
				nTomb = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(nTomb) + (**(**TFts5StructureSegment)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FaSeg + uintptr(iSeg)*56))).FnEntryTombstone)
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				iSeg = iSeg + 1
			}
			if nEntry > 0 {
				nPercent = int32(nTomb * int64(100) / nEntry)
				if nPercent >= (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnDeleteMerge && nPercent > nBest {
					iRet = ii
					nBest = nPercent
				}
			}
			/* If pLvl is already the input level to an ongoing merge, look no
			 ** further for a merge candidate. The caller should be allowed to
			 ** continue merging from pLvl first.  */
			if (*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FnMerge != 0 {
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
	}
	return iRet
}

func _fts5IndexOptimizeStruct(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pStruct uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var i, iLvl, iSeg, iSegOut, nMerge, nSeg, nThis, v2 int32
	var nByte Tsqlite3_int64
	var pLvl, pNew uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iLvl, iSeg, iSegOut, nByte, nMerge, nSeg, nThis, pLvl, pNew, v2
	pNew = uintptr(0)
	nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+32) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(16))
	nSeg = (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnSegment
	/* Figure out if this structure requires optimization. A structure does
	 ** not require optimization if either:
	 **
	 **  1. it consists of fewer than two segments, or
	 **  2. all segments are on the same level, or
	 **  3. all segments except one are currently inputs to a merge operation.
	 **
	 ** In the first case, if there are no tombstone hash pages, return NULL. In
	 ** the second, increment the ref-count on *pStruct and return a copy of the
	 ** pointer to it.
	 */
	if nSeg == 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnLevel) {
			break
		}
		nThis = (*(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct + 32 + uintptr(i)*16))).FnSeg
		nMerge = (*(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct + 32 + uintptr(i)*16))).FnMerge
		if nThis > 0 && (nThis == nSeg || nThis == nSeg-int32(1) && nMerge == nThis) {
			if nSeg == int32(1) && nThis == int32(1) && (**(**TFts5StructureSegment)(__ccgo_up((*(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct + 32 + uintptr(i)*16))).FaSeg))).FnPgTombstone == 0 {
				return uintptr(0)
			}
			_fts5StructureRef(tls, pStruct)
			return pStruct
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(nByte) + libc.Uint64FromInt64(int64((*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnLevel)+libc.Int64FromInt32(1))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(16))
	pNew = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, p+60, nByte)
	if pNew != 0 {
		nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(nSeg) * uint64(56))
		if (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnLevel+int32(1) < int32(FTS5_MAX_LEVEL) {
			v2 = (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnLevel + int32(1)
		} else {
			v2 = int32(FTS5_MAX_LEVEL)
		}
		(*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLevel = v2
		(*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnRef = int32(1)
		(*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnWriteCounter = (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnWriteCounter
		(*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOriginCntr = (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnOriginCntr
		pLvl = pNew + 32 + uintptr((*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLevel-int32(1))*16
		(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FaSeg = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, p+60, nByte)
		if (*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FaSeg != 0 {
			iSegOut = 0
			/* Iterate through all segments, from oldest to newest. Add them to
			 ** the new Fts5Level object so that pLvl->aSeg[0] is the oldest
			 ** segment in the data structure.  */
			iLvl = (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnLevel - int32(1)
			for {
				if !(iLvl >= 0) {
					break
				}
				iSeg = 0
				for {
					if !(iSeg < (*(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct + 32 + uintptr(iLvl)*16))).FnSeg) {
						break
					}
					**(**TFts5StructureSegment)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FaSeg + uintptr(iSegOut)*56)) = **(**TFts5StructureSegment)(__ccgo_up((*(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct + 32 + uintptr(iLvl)*16))).FaSeg + uintptr(iSeg)*56))
					iSegOut = iSegOut + 1
					goto _4
				_4:
					;
					iSeg = iSeg + 1
				}
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				iLvl = iLvl - 1
			}
			v2 = nSeg
			(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLvl)).FnSeg = v2
			(*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSegment = v2
		} else {
			Xsqlite3_free(tls, pNew)
			pNew = uintptr(0)
		}
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add a tombstone for rowid iRowid to segment pSeg.
//	*/
func _fts5IndexTombstoneAdd(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pSeg uintptr, iRowid Tu64) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iPg, ii, szKey, v1, v2 int32
	var iTombstoneRowid Ti64
	var pPg uintptr
	var _ /* apHash at bp+8 */ uintptr
	var _ /* nHash at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iPg, iTombstoneRowid, ii, pPg, szKey, v1, v2
	pPg = uintptr(0)
	iPg = -int32(1)
	szKey = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uintptr(0)
	(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnContentlessDelete = (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnContentlessDelete + 1
	if (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPgTombstone > 0 {
		iPg = libc.Int32FromUint64(iRowid % libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPgTombstone))
		pPg = _fts5DataRead(tls, p, int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiSegid+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64(iPg))
		if pPg == uintptr(0) {
			return
		}
		if 0 == _fts5IndexTombstoneAddToPage(tls, pPg, 0, (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPgTombstone, iRowid) {
			_fts5DataWrite(tls, p, int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiSegid+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64(iPg), (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fnn)
			_fts5DataRelease(tls, pPg)
			return
		}
	}
	/* Have to rebuild the hash table. First figure out the key-size (4 or 8). */
	if pPg != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp))) == int32(4) {
			v2 = int32(4)
		} else {
			v2 = int32(8)
		}
		v1 = v2
	} else {
		v1 = int32(4)
	}
	szKey = v1
	if iRowid > uint64(0xFFFFFFFF) {
		szKey = int32(8)
	}
	/* Rebuild the hash table */
	_fts5IndexTombstoneRebuild(tls, p, pSeg, pPg, iPg, szKey, bp, bp+8)
	/* If all has succeeded, write the new rowid into one of the new hash
	 ** table pages, then write them all out to disk. */
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		ii = 0
		_fts5IndexTombstoneAddToPage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) + uintptr(iRowid%libc.Uint64FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))))*8)), int32(1), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iRowid)
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))) {
				break
			}
			iTombstoneRowid = int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiSegid+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B)) + int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)) + int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B) + int64(ii)
			_fts5DataWrite(tls, p, iTombstoneRowid, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) + uintptr(ii)*8)))).Fp, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) + uintptr(ii)*8)))).Fnn)
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		(*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPgTombstone = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		_fts5StructureWrite(tls, p, (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpStruct)
	}
	_fts5DataRelease(tls, pPg)
	_fts5IndexFreeArray(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is called to rebuild the hash table belonging to segment pSeg.
//	** If parameter pData1 is not NULL, then one page of the existing hash table
//	** has already been loaded - pData1, which is page iPg1. The key-size for
//	** the new hash table is szKey (4 or 8).
//	**
//	** If successful, the new hash table is not written to disk. Instead,
//	** output parameter (*pnOut) is set to the number of pages in the new
//	** hash table, and (*papOut) to point to an array of buffers containing
//	** the new page data.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, an error code is left in the Fts5Index object and
//	** both output parameters set to 0 before returning.
//	*/
func _fts5IndexTombstoneRebuild(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pSeg uintptr, pData1 uintptr, iPg1 int32, szKey int32, pnOut uintptr, papOut uintptr) {
	var MINSLOT, nSlotPerPage, res, v1 int32
	var apOut, pNew uintptr
	var ii, nOut, nSlot, szPage Ti64
	var nElem Tu32
	var v2 int64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = MINSLOT, apOut, ii, nElem, nOut, nSlot, nSlotPerPage, pNew, res, szPage, v1, v2
	MINSLOT = int32(32)
	if MINSLOT > ((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).Fpgsz-int32(8))/szKey {
		v1 = MINSLOT
	} else {
		v1 = ((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).Fpgsz - int32(8)) / szKey
	}
	nSlotPerPage = v1
	nSlot = 0 /* Number of slots in each output page */
	nOut = 0
	/* Figure out how many output pages (nOut) and how many slots per
	 ** page (nSlot).  There are three possibilities:
	 **
	 **   1. The hash table does not yet exist. In this case the new hash
	 **      table will consist of a single page with MINSLOT slots.
	 **
	 **   2. The hash table exists but is currently a single page. In this
	 **      case an attempt is made to grow the page to accommodate the new
	 **      entry. The page is allowed to grow up to nSlotPerPage (see above)
	 **      slots.
	 **
	 **   3. The hash table already consists of more than one page, or of
	 **      a single page already so large that it cannot be grown. In this
	 **      case the new hash consists of (nPg*2+1) pages of nSlotPerPage
	 **      slots each, where nPg is the current number of pages in the
	 **      hash table.
	 */
	if (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPgTombstone == 0 {
		/* Case 1. */
		nOut = int64(1)
		nSlot = int64(MINSLOT)
	} else {
		if (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPgTombstone == int32(1) {
			/* Case 2. */
			nElem = _fts5GetU32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData1)).Fp+4)
			if nElem > libc.Uint32FromInt32(nSlotPerPage)/uint32(4) {
				nOut = 0
			} else {
				nOut = int64(1)
				if libc.Int64FromUint32(nElem)*int64(4) > int64(MINSLOT) {
					v2 = libc.Int64FromUint32(nElem) * int64(4)
				} else {
					v2 = int64(MINSLOT)
				}
				nSlot = v2
			}
		}
	}
	if nOut == 0 {
		/* Case 3. */
		nOut = int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPgTombstone)*libc.Int64FromInt32(2) + libc.Int64FromInt32(1)
		nSlot = int64(nSlotPerPage)
	}
	/* Allocate the required array and output pages */
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		res = 0
		ii = 0
		szPage = 0
		apOut = uintptr(0)
		/* Allocate space for the new hash table */
		apOut = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, p+60, libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(nOut)))
		szPage = int64(8) + nSlot*int64(szKey)
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < nOut) {
				break
			}
			pNew = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, p+60, libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(16)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(szPage)))
			if pNew != 0 {
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fnn = int32(szPage)
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fp = pNew + 1*16
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apOut + uintptr(ii)*8)) = pNew
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		/* Rebuild the hash table. */
		if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
			res = _fts5IndexTombstoneRehash(tls, p, pSeg, pData1, iPg1, szKey, int32(nOut), apOut)
		}
		if res == 0 {
			if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != 0 {
				_fts5IndexFreeArray(tls, apOut, int32(nOut))
				apOut = uintptr(0)
				nOut = 0
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnOut)) = int32(nOut)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(papOut)) = apOut
			break
		}
		/* If control flows to here, it was not possible to rebuild the hash
		 ** table. Free all buffers and then try again with more pages. */
		_fts5IndexFreeArray(tls, apOut, int32(nOut))
		nSlot = int64(nSlotPerPage)
		nOut = nOut*int64(2) + int64(1)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function attempts to build a new hash containing all the keys
//	** currently in the tombstone hash table for segment pSeg. The new
//	** hash will be stored in the nOut buffers passed in array apOut[].
//	** All pages of the new hash use key-size szKey (4 or 8).
//	**
//	** Return 0 if the hash is successfully rebuilt into the nOut pages.
//	** Or non-zero if it is not (because one page became overfull). In this
//	** case the caller should retry with a larger nOut parameter.
//	**
//	** Parameter pData1 is page iPg1 of the hash table being rebuilt.
//	*/
func _fts5IndexTombstoneRehash(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pSeg uintptr, pData1 uintptr, iPg1 int32, szKey int32, nOut int32, apOut uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aSlot, aSlot1, pData, pFree, pPg, v3 uintptr
	var iIn, ii, nSlotIn, res, szKeyIn, v4 int32
	var iVal Tu64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aSlot, aSlot1, iIn, iVal, ii, nSlotIn, pData, pFree, pPg, res, szKeyIn, v3, v4
	res = 0
	/* Initialize the headers of all the output pages */
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(ii < nOut) {
			break
		}
		**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apOut + uintptr(ii)*8)))).Fp)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(szKey)
		_fts5PutU32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apOut + uintptr(ii)*8)))).Fp+4, uint32(0))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
	/* Loop through the current pages of the hash table. */
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(res == 0 && ii < (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPgTombstone) {
			break
		}
		pData = uintptr(0) /* Page ii of the current hash table */
		pFree = uintptr(0) /* Free this at the end of the loop */
		if iPg1 == ii {
			pData = pData1
		} else {
			v3 = _fts5DataRead(tls, p, int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiSegid+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64(ii))
			pData = v3
			pFree = v3
		}
		if pData != 0 {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp))) == int32(4) {
				v4 = int32(4)
			} else {
				v4 = int32(8)
			}
			szKeyIn = v4
			nSlotIn = ((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fnn - int32(8)) / szKeyIn
			iIn = 0
			for {
				if !(iIn < nSlotIn) {
					break
				}
				iVal = uint64(0)
				/* Read the value from slot iIn of the input page into iVal. */
				if szKeyIn == int32(4) {
					aSlot = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp + 8
					if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(aSlot + uintptr(iIn)*4)) != 0 {
						iVal = uint64(_fts5GetU32(tls, aSlot+uintptr(iIn)*4))
					}
				} else {
					aSlot1 = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp + 8
					if **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(aSlot1 + uintptr(iIn)*8)) != 0 {
						iVal = _fts5GetU64(tls, aSlot1+uintptr(iIn)*8)
					}
				}
				/* If iVal is not 0 at this point, insert it into the new hash table */
				if iVal != 0 {
					pPg = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apOut + uintptr(iVal%libc.Uint64FromInt32(nOut))*8))
					res = _fts5IndexTombstoneAddToPage(tls, pPg, 0, nOut, iVal)
					if res != 0 {
						break
					}
				}
				goto _5
			_5:
				;
				iIn = iIn + 1
			}
			/* If this is page 0 of the old hash, copy the rowid-0-flag from the
			 ** old hash to the new.  */
			if ii == 0 {
				**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apOut)))).Fp + 1)) = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp + 1))
			}
		}
		_fts5DataRelease(tls, pFree)
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
	return res
}

func _fts5IntegrityCheckPgidx(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iRowid Ti64, pLeaf uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var iOff, iTermOff Ti64
	var ii, res int32
	var _ /* buf1 at bp+0 */ TFts5Buffer
	var _ /* buf2 at bp+16 */ TFts5Buffer
	var _ /* nByte at bp+36 */ int32
	var _ /* nByte at bp+44 */ int32
	var _ /* nIncr at bp+32 */ int32
	var _ /* nKeep at bp+40 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = iOff, iTermOff, ii, res
	iTermOff = 0
	**(**TFts5Buffer)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = TFts5Buffer{}
	**(**TFts5Buffer)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = TFts5Buffer{}
	ii = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf
	for ii < (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fnn && (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		ii = ii + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(ii), bp+32)
		iTermOff = iTermOff + int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)))
		iOff = iTermOff
		if iOff >= int64((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf) {
			_fts5IndexCorruptRowid(tls, p, iRowid)
		} else {
			if iTermOff == int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32))) {
				iOff = iOff + int64(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), bp+36))
				if iOff+int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36))) > int64((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf) {
					_fts5IndexCorruptRowid(tls, p, iRowid)
				} else {
					_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, p+60, bp, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36)), (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff))
				}
			} else {
				iOff = iOff + int64(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), bp+40))
				iOff = iOff + int64(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), bp+44))
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)) > (**(**TFts5Buffer)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Fn || iOff+int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 44))) > int64((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf) {
					_fts5IndexCorruptRowid(tls, p, iRowid)
				} else {
					(**(**TFts5Buffer)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Fn = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40))
					_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, bp, libc.Uint32FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 44))), (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff))
				}
				if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
					res = _fts5BufferCompare(tls, bp, bp+16)
					if res <= 0 {
						_fts5IndexCorruptRowid(tls, p, iRowid)
					}
				}
			}
		}
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, p+60, bp+16, (**(**TFts5Buffer)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Fn, (**(**TFts5Buffer)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Fp)
	}
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(tls, bp)
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(tls, bp+16)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pToken points to a buffer of size nToken bytes containing a search
//	** term, including the index number at the start, used on a tokendata=1
//	** table. This function returns true if the term in buffer pBuf matches
//	** token pToken/nToken.
//	*/
func _fts5IsTokendataPrefix(tls *libc.TLS, pBuf uintptr, pToken uintptr, nToken int32) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn >= nToken && 0 == libc.Xmemcmp(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp, pToken, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nToken)) && ((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn == nToken || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp + uintptr(nToken)))) == 0x00))
}

func _fts5IterSetOutputCb(tls *libc.TLS, pRc uintptr, pIter uintptr) {
	var pConfig uintptr
	_ = pConfig
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) == SQLITE_OK {
		pConfig = (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex)).FpConfig
		if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FeDetail == int32(FTS5_DETAIL_NONE) {
			(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FxSetOutputs = __ccgo_fp(_fts5IterSetOutputs_None)
		} else {
			if (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpColset == uintptr(0) {
				(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FxSetOutputs = __ccgo_fp(_fts5IterSetOutputs_Nocolset)
			} else {
				if (*TFts5Colset)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpColset)).FnCol == 0 {
					(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FxSetOutputs = __ccgo_fp(_fts5IterSetOutputs_ZeroColset)
				} else {
					if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FeDetail == FTS5_DETAIL_FULL {
						(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FxSetOutputs = __ccgo_fp(_fts5IterSetOutputs_Full)
					} else {
						if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol <= int32(100) {
							(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FxSetOutputs = __ccgo_fp(_fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100)
							_sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(tls, pRc, pIter+40, libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol))
						} else {
							(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FxSetOutputs = __ccgo_fp(_fts5IterSetOutputs_Col)
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The iterator passed as the only argument must be a tokendata=1 iterator
//	** (pIter->pTokenDataIter!=0). This function sets the iterator output
//	** variables (pIter->base.*) according to the contents of the current
//	** row.
//	*/
func _fts5IterSetOutputsTokendata(tls *libc.TLS, pIter uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var aNew, p, p1, pReader, pT uintptr
	var eDetail, iMin, ii, nByte, nHit, nReader, v3 int32
	var iMinPos, iRowid, nNew Ti64
	var _ /* iPrev at bp+0 */ Ti64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aNew, eDetail, iMin, iMinPos, iRowid, ii, nByte, nHit, nNew, nReader, p, p1, pReader, pT, v3
	nHit = 0
	iRowid = int64(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) - (libc.Int64FromUint32(0xffffffff) | libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7fffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32))
	iMin = 0
	pT = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpTokenDataIter
	(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FnData = 0
	(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FpData = uintptr(0)
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(int64(ii) < (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnIter) {
			break
		}
		p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pT + 72 + uintptr(ii)*8))
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FbEof) == 0 {
			if nHit == 0 || (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FiRowid < iRowid {
				iRowid = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FiRowid
				nHit = int32(1)
				(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FpData = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FpData
				(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FnData = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FnData
				iMin = ii
			} else {
				if (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FiRowid == iRowid {
					nHit = nHit + 1
				}
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
	if nHit == 0 {
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FbEof = uint8(1)
	} else {
		eDetail = (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex)).FpConfig)).FeDetail
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FbEof = uint8(0)
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FiRowid = iRowid
		if nHit == int32(1) && eDetail == FTS5_DETAIL_FULL {
			_fts5TokendataIterAppendMap(tls, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex, pT, iMin, 0, iRowid, int64(-int32(1)))
		} else {
			if nHit > int32(1) && eDetail != int32(FTS5_DETAIL_NONE) {
				nReader = 0
				nByte = 0
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
				/* Allocate array of iterators if they are not already allocated. */
				if (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistReader == uintptr(0) {
					(*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistReader = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex+60, libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnIter)*uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(32)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(4))))
					if (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistReader == uintptr(0) {
						return
					}
					(*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistToIter = (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistReader + uintptr((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnIter)*32
				}
				/* Populate an iterator for each poslist that will be merged */
				ii = 0
				for {
					if !(int64(ii) < (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnIter) {
						break
					}
					p1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pT + 72 + uintptr(ii)*8))
					if iRowid == (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FiRowid {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistToIter + uintptr(nReader)*4)) = ii
						v3 = nReader
						nReader = nReader + 1
						_sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(tls, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FpData, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FnData, (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistReader+uintptr(v3)*32)
						nByte = nByte + (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FnData
					}
					goto _2
				_2:
					;
					ii = ii + 1
				}
				/* Ensure the output buffer is large enough */
				if libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter+40)).Fn)+libc.Uint32FromInt32(nByte+nHit*libc.Int32FromInt32(10)) <= libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter+40)).FnSpace) {
					v3 = 0
				} else {
					v3 = _sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(tls, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex+60, pIter+40, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nByte+nHit*int32(10)+(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter+40)).Fn))
				}
				if v3 != 0 {
					return
				}
				/* Ensure the token-mapping is large enough */
				if eDetail == FTS5_DETAIL_FULL && (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMapAlloc < (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap+int64(nByte) {
					nNew = ((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMapAlloc + int64(nByte)) * int64(2)
					aNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nNew)*uint64(24))
					if aNew == uintptr(0) {
						(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
						return
					}
					(*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap = aNew
					(*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMapAlloc = nNew
				}
				(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fposlist.Fn = 0
				for int32(1) != 0 {
					iMinPos = libc.Int64FromUint32(0xffffffff) | libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7fffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)
					/* Find smallest position */
					iMin = 0
					ii = 0
					for {
						if !(ii < nReader) {
							break
						}
						pReader = (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistReader + uintptr(ii)*32
						if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5PoslistReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReader)).FbEof) == 0 {
							if (*TFts5PoslistReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReader)).FiPos < iMinPos {
								iMinPos = (*TFts5PoslistReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReader)).FiPos
								iMin = ii
							}
						}
						goto _5
					_5:
						;
						ii = ii + 1
					}
					/* If all readers were at EOF, break out of the loop. */
					if iMinPos == libc.Int64FromUint32(0xffffffff)|libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7fffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32) {
						break
					}
					_sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(tls, pIter+40, bp, iMinPos)
					_sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(tls, (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistReader+uintptr(iMin)*32)
					if eDetail == FTS5_DETAIL_FULL {
						(**(**TFts5TokenDataMap)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap + uintptr((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap)*24))).FiPos = iMinPos
						(**(**TFts5TokenDataMap)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap + uintptr((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap)*24))).FiIter = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaPoslistToIter + uintptr(iMin)*4))
						(**(**TFts5TokenDataMap)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap + uintptr((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap)*24))).FiRowid = iRowid
						(*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap = (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap + 1
					}
				}
				(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FpData = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fposlist.Fp
				(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FnData = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fposlist.Fn
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** xSetOutputs callback used when:
//	**
//	**   * detail=col,
//	**   * there is a column filter, and
//	**   * the table contains 100 or fewer columns.
//	**
//	** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as
//	** single-byte varints.
//	*/
func _fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(tls *libc.TLS, pIter uintptr, pSeg uintptr) {
	var a, aOut, aiCol, aiColEnd, pEnd, v1 uintptr
	var iPrev, iPrevOut int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = a, aOut, aiCol, aiColEnd, iPrev, iPrevOut, pEnd, v1
	if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiLeafOffset+int64((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPos) > int64((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf) || (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPos > (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex)).FpConfig)).FnCol {
		_fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(tls, pIter, pSeg)
	} else {
		a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpLeaf)).Fp + uintptr((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiLeafOffset)
		pEnd = a + uintptr((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnPos)
		iPrev = 0
		aiCol = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpColset + 4
		aiColEnd = aiCol + uintptr((*TFts5Colset)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpColset)).FnCol)*4
		aOut = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fposlist.Fp
		iPrevOut = 0
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FiRowid = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiRowid
		for a < pEnd {
			v1 = a
			a = a + 1
			iPrev = iPrev + (libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))) - int32(2))
			for **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol)) < iPrev {
				aiCol += 4
				if aiCol == aiColEnd {
					goto setoutputs_col_out
				}
			}
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol)) == iPrev {
				v1 = aOut
				aOut = aOut + 1
				**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iPrev - iPrevOut + libc.Int32FromInt32(2))
				iPrevOut = iPrev
			}
		}
		goto setoutputs_col_out
	setoutputs_col_out:
		;
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FpData = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fposlist.Fp
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FnData = int32(int64(aOut) - int64((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fposlist.Fp))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The iterator object passed as the second argument currently contains
//	** no valid values except for the Fts5SegIter.pLeaf member variable. This
//	** function searches the leaf page for a term matching (pTerm/nTerm).
//	**
//	** If the specified term is found on the page, then the iterator is left
//	** pointing to it. If argument bGe is zero and the term is not found,
//	** the iterator is left pointing at EOF.
//	**
//	** If bGe is non-zero and the specified term is not found, then the
//	** iterator is left pointing to the smallest term in the segment that
//	** is larger than the specified term, even if this term is not on the
//	** current page.
//	*/
func _fts5LeafSeek(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, bGe int32, pIter uintptr, pTerm uintptr, nTerm int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var a uintptr
	var bEndOfPage int32
	var i, iPgidx, n, nCmp, nMatch, v1 Tu32
	var v2 uint32
	var _ /* iOff at bp+0 */ Tu32
	var _ /* iTermOff at bp+12 */ Tu32
	var _ /* nExtra at bp+16 */ int32
	var _ /* nKeep at bp+4 */ Tu32
	var _ /* nNew at bp+8 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = a, bEndOfPage, i, iPgidx, n, nCmp, nMatch, v1, v2
	a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp
	n = libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn)
	nMatch = uint32(0)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = uint32(0)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uint32(0) /* Current offset in pgidx */
	bEndOfPage = 0
	iPgidx = libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf)
	iPgidx = iPgidx + libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(iPgidx), bp+12))
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
	if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) > n {
		_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
		return
	}
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		/* Figure out how many new bytes are in this term */
		v1 = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + 1
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(v1))))
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))&uint32(0x80) != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) - 1
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))), bp+8))
		}
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) < nMatch {
			goto search_failed
		}
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) > n {
			_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
			return
		}
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) == nMatch {
			if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) < libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTerm)-nMatch {
				v2 = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
			} else {
				v2 = libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTerm) - nMatch
			}
			nCmp = v2
			i = uint32(0)
			for {
				if !(i < nCmp) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+i)))) != libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pTerm + uintptr(nMatch+i)))) {
					break
				}
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			nMatch = nMatch + i
			if libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTerm) == nMatch {
				if i == **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) {
					goto search_success
				} else {
					goto search_failed
				}
			} else {
				if i < **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+i)))) > libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pTerm + uintptr(nMatch)))) {
					goto search_failed
				}
			}
		}
		if iPgidx >= n {
			bEndOfPage = int32(1)
			break
		}
		iPgidx = iPgidx + libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(iPgidx), bp+4))
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) + **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= n {
			_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
			return
		}
		/* Read the nKeep field of the next term. */
		v1 = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + 1
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(v1))))
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))&uint32(0x80) != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) - 1
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))), bp+4))
		}
	}
	goto search_failed
search_failed:
	;
	if bGe == 0 {
		_fts5DataRelease(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = uintptr(0)
		return
	} else {
		if bEndOfPage != 0 {
			for cond := true; cond; cond = int32(1) != 0 {
				_fts5SegIterNextPage(tls, p, pIter)
				if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) {
					return
				}
				a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp
				if libc.BoolInt32((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf >= (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn) == 0 {
					iPgidx = libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf)
					iPgidx = iPgidx + libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iPgidx), bp))
					if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < uint32(4) || libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))) >= int64((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf) {
						_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
						return
					} else {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = uint32(0)
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
						n = libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn)
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))), bp+8))
						break
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	goto search_success
search_success:
	;
	if libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))+libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))) > libc.Int64FromUint32(n) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) < uint32(1) {
		_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
		return
	}
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafOffset = int32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset)
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafPgno = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, p+60, pIter+96, libc.Int32FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))), pTerm)
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, pIter+96, **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), a+uintptr(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))))
	if iPgidx >= n {
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn + int32(1)
	} else {
		iPgidx = iPgidx + libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(iPgidx), bp+16))
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = libc.Int32FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))))
	}
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiPgidxOff = libc.Int32FromUint32(iPgidx)
	_fts5SegIterLoadRowid(tls, p, pIter)
	_fts5SegIterLoadNPos(tls, p, pIter)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Sub-iterator iChanged of iterator pIter has just been advanced. It still
//	** points to the same term though - just a different rowid. This function
//	** attempts to update the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] accordingly.
//	** If it does so successfully, 0 is returned. Otherwise 1.
//	**
//	** If non-zero is returned, the caller should call fts5MultiIterAdvanced()
//	** on the iterator instead. That function does the same as this one, except
//	** that it deals with more complicated cases as well.
//	*/
func _fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(tls *libc.TLS, pIter uintptr, iChanged int32, ppFirst uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var pNew, pOther, pRes uintptr
	var v1 int64
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, pNew, pOther, pRes, v1
	pNew = pIter + 104 + uintptr(iChanged)*128
	if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiRowid == (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiSwitchRowid || libc.BoolInt32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiRowid < (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiSwitchRowid) == (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbRev {
		pOther = pIter + 104 + uintptr(iChanged^int32(0x0001))*128
		if (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbRev != 0 {
			v1 = int64(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) - (libc.Int64FromUint32(0xffffffff) | libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7fffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32))
		} else {
			v1 = libc.Int64FromUint32(0xffffffff) | libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7fffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)
		}
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiSwitchRowid = v1
		i = ((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnSeg + iChanged) / int32(2)
		for {
			if !(int32(1) != 0) {
				break
			}
			pRes = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + uintptr(i)*4
			if (*TFts5CResult)(unsafe.Pointer(pRes)).FbTermEq != 0 {
				if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiRowid == (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FiRowid {
					return int32(1)
				} else {
					if libc.BoolInt32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FiRowid > (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiRowid) == (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbRev {
						(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiSwitchRowid = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FiRowid
						pNew = pOther
					} else {
						if libc.BoolInt32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FiRowid > (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiSwitchRowid) == (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbRev {
							(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiSwitchRowid = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FiRowid
						}
					}
				}
			}
			(*TFts5CResult)(unsafe.Pointer(pRes)).FiFirst = libc.Uint16FromInt64((int64(pNew) - t__predefined_ptrdiff_t(pIter+104)) / 128)
			if i == int32(1) {
				break
			}
			pOther = pIter + 104 + uintptr((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + uintptr(i^int32(0x0001))*4))).FiFirst)*128
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i / int32(2)
		}
	}
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppFirst)) = pNew
	return 0
}

func _fts5MultiIterAlloc(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, nSeg int32) (r uintptr) {
	var nSlot Ti64
	var pNew uintptr
	_, _ = nSlot, pNew /* Power of two >= nSeg */
	nSlot = int64(2)
	for {
		if !(nSlot < int64(nSeg)) {
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		nSlot = nSlot * int64(2)
	}
	pNew = _fts5IdxMalloc(tls, p, libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+104)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(nSlot)*uint64(128)+uint64(4)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(nSlot)))
	if pNew != 0 {
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSeg = int32(nSlot)
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaFirst = pNew + 104 + uintptr(nSlot)*128
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpIndex = p
		(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FxSetOutputs = __ccgo_fp(_fts5IterSetOutputs_Noop)
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Do the comparison necessary to populate pIter->aFirst[iOut].
//	**
//	** If the returned value is non-zero, then it is the index of an entry
//	** in the pIter->aSeg[] array that is (a) not at EOF, and (b) pointing
//	** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority,
//	** segment-iterator in the pSeg->aSeg[] array.
//	*/
func _fts5MultiIterDoCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pIter uintptr, iOut int32) (r int32) {
	var i1, i2, iRes, res, v1 int32
	var p1, p2, pRes uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i1, i2, iRes, p1, p2, pRes, res, v1 /* Right-hand Fts5SegIter */
	pRes = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + uintptr(iOut)*4
	if iOut >= (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnSeg/int32(2) {
		i1 = (iOut - (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnSeg/int32(2)) * int32(2)
		i2 = i1 + int32(1)
	} else {
		i1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + uintptr(iOut*int32(2))*4))).FiFirst)
		i2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + uintptr(iOut*int32(2)+int32(1))*4))).FiFirst)
	}
	p1 = pIter + 104 + uintptr(i1)*128
	p2 = pIter + 104 + uintptr(i2)*128
	(*TFts5CResult)(unsafe.Pointer(pRes)).FbTermEq = uint8(0)
	if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) { /* If p1 is at EOF */
		iRes = i2
	} else {
		if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) { /* If p2 is at EOF */
			iRes = i1
		} else {
			res = _fts5BufferCompare(tls, p1+96, p2+96)
			if res == 0 {
				(*TFts5CResult)(unsafe.Pointer(pRes)).FbTermEq = uint8(1)
				if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FiRowid == (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FiRowid {
					return i2
				}
				if libc.BoolInt32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FiRowid > (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FiRowid) == (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbRev {
					v1 = -int32(1)
				} else {
					v1 = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
				}
				res = v1
			}
			if res < 0 {
				iRes = i1
			} else {
				iRes = i2
			}
		}
	}
	(*TFts5CResult)(unsafe.Pointer(pRes)).FiFirst = libc.Uint16FromInt32(iRes)
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** All the component segment-iterators of pIter have been set up. This
//	** functions finishes setup for iterator pIter itself.
//	*/
func _fts5MultiIterFinishSetup(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr) {
	var iEq, iIter, v2 int32
	var pSeg, pSeg1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = iEq, iIter, pSeg, pSeg1, v2
	iIter = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnSeg - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(iIter > 0) {
			break
		}
		v2 = _fts5MultiIterDoCompare(tls, pIter, iIter)
		iEq = v2
		if v2 != 0 {
			pSeg = pIter + 104 + uintptr(iEq)*128
			if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
				(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FxNext})))(tls, p, pSeg, uintptr(0))
			}
			_fts5MultiIterAdvanced(tls, p, pIter, iEq, iIter)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iIter = iIter - 1
	}
	_fts5MultiIterSetEof(tls, pIter)
	if (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbSkipEmpty != 0 && _fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(tls, p, pIter) != 0 || _fts5MultiIterIsDeleted(tls, pIter) != 0 {
		_fts5MultiIterNext(tls, p, pIter, 0, 0)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FbEof) == 0 {
			pSeg1 = pIter + 104 + uintptr((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + 1*4))).FiFirst)*128
			(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FxSetOutputs})))(tls, pIter, pSeg1)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the iterator passed as the only argument points
//	** to an segment entry for which there is a tombstone. Return false
//	** if there is no tombstone or if the iterator is already at EOF.
//	*/
func _fts5MultiIterIsDeleted(tls *libc.TLS, pIter uintptr) (r int32) {
	var iFirst, iPg int32
	var pArray, pSeg uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = iFirst, iPg, pArray, pSeg
	iFirst = libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + 1*4))).FiFirst)
	pSeg = pIter + 104 + uintptr(iFirst)*128
	pArray = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpTombArray
	if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpLeaf != 0 && pArray != 0 {
		/* Figure out which page the rowid might be present on. */
		iPg = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiRowid) % libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TFts5TombstoneArray)(unsafe.Pointer(pArray)).FnTombstone))
		/* If tombstone hash page iPg has not yet been loaded from the
		 ** database, load it now. */
		if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pArray + 8 + uintptr(iPg)*8)) == uintptr(0) {
			*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pArray + 8 + uintptr(iPg)*8)) = _fts5DataRead(tls, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex, int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpSeg)).FiSegid+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64(iPg))
			if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pArray + 8 + uintptr(iPg)*8)) == uintptr(0) {
				return 0
			}
		}
		return _fts5IndexTombstoneQuery(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pArray + 8 + uintptr(iPg)*8)), (*TFts5TombstoneArray)(unsafe.Pointer(pArray)).FnTombstone, libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiRowid))
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Create an Fts5Iter that iterates through the doclist provided
//	** as the second argument.
//	*/
func _fts5MultiIterNew2(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pData uintptr, bDesc int32, ppOut uintptr) {
	var pIter, pNew uintptr
	_, _ = pIter, pNew
	pNew = _fts5MultiIterAlloc(tls, p, int32(2))
	if pNew != 0 {
		pIter = pNew + 104 + 1*128
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fflags = int32(FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM)
		if (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).FszLeaf > 0 {
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = pData
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = libc.Int64FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fp, pIter+112))
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pData)).Fnn
			(**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaFirst + 1*4))).FiFirst = uint16(1)
			if bDesc != 0 {
				(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FbRev = int32(1)
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIter + 8)) |= int32(FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE)
				_fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(tls, p, pIter)
			} else {
				_fts5SegIterLoadNPos(tls, p, pIter)
			}
			pData = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fbase.FbEof = uint8(1)
		}
		_fts5SegIterSetNext(tls, p, pIter)
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppOut)) = pNew
	}
	_fts5DataRelease(tls, pData)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move the iterator to the next entry.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not
//	** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at
//	** EOF when this function is called.
//	*/
func _fts5MultiIterNext(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr, bFrom int32, iFrom Ti64) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var bUseFrom, iFirst int32
	var _ /* bNewTerm at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* pSeg at bp+8 */ uintptr
	_, _ = bUseFrom, iFirst
	bUseFrom = bFrom
	for (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		iFirst = libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + 1*4))).FiFirst)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = pIter + 104 + uintptr(iFirst)*128
		if bUseFrom != 0 && (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))).FpDlidx != 0 {
			_fts5SegIterNextFrom(tls, p, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), iFrom)
		} else {
			(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))).FxNext})))(tls, p, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), bp)
		}
		if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) || **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 || _fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(tls, pIter, iFirst, bp+8) != 0 {
			_fts5MultiIterAdvanced(tls, p, pIter, iFirst, int32(1))
			_fts5MultiIterSetEof(tls, pIter)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = pIter + 104 + uintptr((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + 1*4))).FiFirst)*128
			if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) {
				return
			}
		}
		if (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbSkipEmpty) == 0 || (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))).FnPos != 0) && 0 == _fts5MultiIterIsDeleted(tls, pIter) {
			(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FxSetOutputs})))(tls, pIter, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
			return
		}
		bUseFrom = 0
	}
}

func _fts5MultiIterNext2(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr, pbNewTerm uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iFirst int32
	var _ /* bNewTerm at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* pSeg at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_ = iFirst
	if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbNewTerm)) = 0
		for cond := true; cond; cond = (_fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(tls, p, pIter) != 0 || _fts5MultiIterIsDeleted(tls, pIter) != 0) && (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
			iFirst = libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + 1*4))).FiFirst)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = pIter + 104 + uintptr(iFirst)*128
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = 0
			(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FxNext})))(tls, p, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), bp+8)
			if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) || **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != 0 || _fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(tls, pIter, iFirst, bp) != 0 {
				_fts5MultiIterAdvanced(tls, p, pIter, iFirst, int32(1))
				_fts5MultiIterSetEof(tls, pIter)
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbNewTerm)) = int32(1)
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The second argument passed to this function may be NULL, or it may be
//	** an existing Fts5Colset object. This function returns a pointer to
//	** a new colset object containing the contents of (p) with new value column
//	** number iCol appended.
//	**
//	** If an OOM error occurs, store an error code in pParse and return NULL.
//	** The old colset object (if any) is not freed in this case.
//	*/
func _fts5ParseColset(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr, iCol int32) (r uintptr) {
	var aiCol, pNew uintptr
	var i, j, nCol, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = aiCol, i, j, nCol, pNew, v1
	if p != 0 {
		v1 = (*TFts5Colset)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	nCol = v1 /* New colset object to return */
	pNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, p, uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32((nCol+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)+libc.Int32FromInt32(2))/libc.Int32FromInt32(2))))
	if pNew == uintptr(0) {
		(*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	} else {
		aiCol = pNew + 4
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nCol) {
				break
			}
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(i)*4)) == iCol {
				return pNew
			}
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(i)*4)) > iCol {
				break
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		j = nCol
		for {
			if !(j > i) {
				break
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(j)*4)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(j-int32(1))*4))
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			j = j - 1
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(i)*4)) = iCol
		(*TFts5Colset)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnCol = nCol + int32(1)
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is used when parsing LIKE or GLOB patterns against
//	** trigram indexes that specify either detail=column or detail=none.
//	** It converts a phrase:
//	**
//	**     abc + def + ghi
//	**
//	** into an AND tree:
//	**
//	**     abc AND def AND ghi
//	*/
func _fts5ParsePhraseToAnd(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pNear uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var ii, nByte, nTerm, v2 int32
	var p, pPhrase, pRet, pTo, v3 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = ii, nByte, nTerm, p, pPhrase, pRet, pTo, v2, v3
	nTerm = (*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear + 24)))).FnTerm
	nByte = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+48) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(nTerm+libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8))
	pRet = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, pParse+16, int64(nByte))
	if pRet != 0 {
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FeType = int32(FTS5_AND)
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FnChild = nTerm
		(*TFts5ExprNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FiHeight = int32(1)
		_fts5ExprAssignXNext(tls, pRet)
		(*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnPhrase = (*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnPhrase - 1
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < nTerm) {
				break
			}
			pPhrase = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, pParse+16, libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+32)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(40)))
			if pPhrase != 0 {
				if _parseGrowPhraseArray(tls, pParse) != 0 {
					_fts5ExprPhraseFree(tls, pPhrase)
				} else {
					p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNear + 24)) + 32 + uintptr(ii)*40
					pTo = pPhrase + 32
					v3 = pParse + 20
					v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
					*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FapPhrase + uintptr(v2)*8)) = pPhrase
					(*TFts5ExprPhrase)(unsafe.Pointer(pPhrase)).FnTerm = int32(1)
					(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTo)).FpTerm = _sqlite3Fts5Strndup(tls, pParse+16, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTerm, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFullTerm)
					(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTo)).FnQueryTerm = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnQueryTerm
					(*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTo)).FnFullTerm = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFullTerm
					*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet + 48 + uintptr(ii)*8)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(tls, pParse, int32(FTS5_STRING), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), _sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), pPhrase))
				}
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		if (*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc != 0 {
			_sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(tls, pRet)
			pRet = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			_sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(tls, pNear)
		}
	}
	return pRet
}

func _fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback(tls *libc.TLS, pUnused uintptr, pContext uintptr, pChunk uintptr, nChunk int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i int32
	var pCtx uintptr
	var _ /* iVal at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _ = i, pCtx
	pCtx = pContext
	_ = pUnused
	if nChunk > 0 {
		i = 0
		for i < nChunk {
			i = i + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, pChunk+uintptr(i), bp)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + ((*TPoslistOffsetsCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FiRead - int32(2))
			(*TPoslistOffsetsCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FiRead = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			if _fts5IndexColsetTest(tls, (*TPoslistOffsetsCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpColset, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))) != 0 {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TPoslistOffsetsCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpBuf + 8)) += _sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPoslistOffsetsCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpBuf)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPoslistOffsetsCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpBuf)).Fn), libc.Uint64FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+libc.Int32FromInt32(2)-(*TPoslistOffsetsCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FiWrite))
				(*TPoslistOffsetsCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FiWrite = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a tombstone hash page array object (pIter->pTombArray) for
//	** the iterator passed as the second argument. If an OOM error occurs,
//	** leave an error in the Fts5Index object.
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterAllocTombstone(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr) {
	var nByte, nTomb Ti64
	var pNew uintptr
	_, _, _ = nByte, nTomb, pNew
	nTomb = int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpSeg)).FnPgTombstone)
	if nTomb > 0 {
		nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+8) + libc.Uint64FromInt64(nTomb+libc.Int64FromInt32(1))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8))
		pNew = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, p+60, nByte)
		if pNew != 0 {
			(*TFts5TombstoneArray)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnTombstone = int32(nTomb)
			(*TFts5TombstoneArray)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnRef = int32(1)
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpTombArray = pNew
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move the seg-iter so that it points to the first rowid on page iLeafPgno.
//	** It is an error if leaf iLeafPgno does not exist. Unless the db is
//	** a 'secure-delete' db, if it contains no rowids then this is also an error.
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterGotoPage(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr, iLeafPgno int32) {
	var a uintptr
	var iOff, n int32
	_, _, _ = a, iOff, n
	if iLeafPgno > (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpSeg)).FpgnoLast {
		_fts5IndexCorruptIdx(tls, p)
	} else {
		_fts5DataRelease(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpNextLeaf)
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpNextLeaf = uintptr(0)
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno = iLeafPgno - int32(1)
		for (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
			_fts5SegIterNextPage(tls, p, pIter)
			if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) {
				break
			}
			iOff = libc.Int32FromUint16(_fts5GetU16(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp))
			if iOff > 0 {
				a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp
				n = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf
				if iOff < int32(4) || iOff >= n {
					_fts5IndexCorruptIdx(tls, p)
				} else {
					iOff = iOff + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, a+uintptr(iOff), pIter+112))
					(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(iOff)
					_fts5SegIterLoadNPos(tls, p, pIter)
				}
				break
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within the
//	** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the
//	** iterator is set to EOF.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
//	** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterHashInit(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pTerm uintptr, nTerm int32, flags int32, pIter uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var v1 int32
	var _ /* n at bp+16 */ int32
	var _ /* nList at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* pLeaf at bp+24 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pList at bp+32 */ uintptr
	var _ /* z at bp+8 */ uintptr
	_ = v1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uintptr(0)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = 0
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uintptr(0)
	if pTerm == uintptr(0) || flags&int32(FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN) != 0 {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) = uintptr(0)
		(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = _sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit(tls, (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHash, pTerm, nTerm)
		_sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(tls, (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHash, bp+8, bp+16, bp+32, bp)
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) != 0 {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = _fts5IdxMalloc(tls, p, int64(16))
			if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) != 0 {
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))).Fp = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32))
			}
		}
		/* The call to sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit() causes the hash table to
		 ** fill the size field of all existing position lists. This means they
		 ** can no longer be appended to. Since the only scenario in which they
		 ** can be appended to is if the previous operation on this table was
		 ** a DELETE, by clearing the Fts5Index.bDelete flag we can avoid this
		 ** possibility altogether.  */
		(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbDelete = 0
	} else {
		(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = _sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(tls, (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHash, int32(16), pTerm, nTerm, bp+24, bp)
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) != 0 {
			(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))).Fp = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) + 1*16
		}
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = pTerm
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = nTerm
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIter + 8)) |= int32(FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM)
	}
	if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) != 0 {
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, p+60, pIter+96, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
		v1 = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))).FszLeaf = v1
		(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))).Fnn = v1
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24))
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = libc.Int64FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))).Fp, pIter+112))
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))).Fnn
		if flags&int32(FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC) != 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIter + 8)) |= int32(FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE)
			_fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(tls, p, pIter)
		} else {
			_fts5SegIterLoadNPos(tls, p, pIter)
		}
	}
	_fts5SegIterSetNext(tls, p, pIter)
}

func _fts5SegIterLoadRowid(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr) {
	var a uintptr
	var iOff Ti64
	_, _ = a, iOff
	a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp /* Buffer to read data from */
	iOff = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset
	for iOff >= int64((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf) {
		_fts5SegIterNextPage(tls, p, pIter)
		if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) {
			if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
				_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
			}
			return
		}
		iOff = int64(4)
		a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp
	}
	iOff = iOff + libc.Int64FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, a+uintptr(iOff), pIter+112))
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = iOff
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the
//	** "nSuffix" field of a term. Function parameter nKeep contains the value
//	** of the "nPrefix" field (if there was one - it is passed 0 if this is
//	** the first term in the segment).
//	**
//	** This function populates:
//	**
//	**   Fts5SegIter.term
//	**   Fts5SegIter.rowid
//	**
//	** accordingly and leaves (Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset) set to the content of
//	** the first position list. The position list belonging to document
//	** (Fts5SegIter.iRowid).
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterLoadTerm(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr, nKeep int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var a uintptr
	var iOff Ti64
	var _ /* nExtra at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* nNew at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _ = a, iOff
	a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp /* Buffer to read data from */
	iOff = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset                         /* Bytes of new data */
	iOff = iOff + int64(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(iOff), bp))
	if iOff+int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))) > int64((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf) || nKeep > (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fterm.Fn || **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 {
		_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
		return
	}
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fterm.Fn = nKeep
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, pIter+96, libc.Uint32FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))), a+uintptr(iOff))
	iOff = iOff + int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafOffset = int32(iOff)
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafPgno = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = iOff
	if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiPgidxOff >= (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn {
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn + int32(1)
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIter + 64)) += _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiPgidxOff), bp+4)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIter + 68)) += **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
	}
	_fts5SegIterLoadRowid(tls, p, pIter)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It
//	** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has
//	** already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterNext(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr, pbNewTerm uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var a, pLeaf, v1 uintptr
	var bNewTerm, n, v2 int32
	var v3 Ti64
	var _ /* iDelta at bp+8 */ Tu64
	var _ /* iOff at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* nKeep at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* nList at bp+36 */ int32
	var _ /* nSz at bp+40 */ int32
	var _ /* nTerm at bp+32 */ int32
	var _ /* pList at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* zTerm at bp+24 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = a, bNewTerm, n, pLeaf, v1, v2, v3
	pLeaf = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf
	bNewTerm = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = 0
	/* Search for the end of the position list within the current page. */
	a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp
	n = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset + int64((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnPos))
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < n {
		/* The next entry is on the current page. */
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist {
			bNewTerm = int32(1)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != _fts5LeafFirstTermOff(tls, pLeaf) {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))), bp+4)
			}
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, a+uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))), bp+8))
			v1 = pIter + 112
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Ti64(uint64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) + **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
		}
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	} else {
		if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpSeg == uintptr(0) {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = uintptr(0)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uintptr(0)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) = 0
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36)) = 0
			if 0 == (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fflags&int32(FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM) {
				_sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(tls, (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHash)
				_sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(tls, (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHash, bp+24, bp+32, bp+16, bp+36)
			}
			if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) == uintptr(0) {
				_fts5DataRelease(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = uintptr(0)
			} else {
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36))
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36))
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36)) + int32(1)
				_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, p+60, pIter+96, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = libc.Int64FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)), pIter+112))
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbNewTerm)) = int32(1)
			}
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
			/* Next entry is not on the current page */
			for **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 {
				_fts5SegIterNextPage(tls, p, pIter)
				pLeaf = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf
				if pLeaf == uintptr(0) {
					break
				}
				v2 = libc.Int32FromUint16(_fts5GetU16(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp))
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = v2
				if v2 != 0 && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))), pIter+112))
					(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
					if (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fnn > (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf {
						(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiPgidxOff = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf), pIter+68)
					}
				} else {
					if (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fnn > (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf {
						(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiPgidxOff = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf), bp)
						(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
						(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
						bNewTerm = int32(1)
					}
				}
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) > (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf {
					_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
					return
				}
			}
		}
	}
	/* Check if the iterator is now at EOF. If so, return early. */
	if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf != 0 {
		if bNewTerm != 0 {
			if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fflags&int32(FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM) != 0 {
				_fts5DataRelease(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = uintptr(0)
			} else {
				_fts5SegIterLoadTerm(tls, p, pIter, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)))
				_fts5SegIterLoadNPos(tls, p, pIter)
				if pbNewTerm != 0 {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbNewTerm)) = int32(1)
				}
			}
		} else {
			v1 = pIter + 32
			v3 = *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) + 1
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)) = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp + uintptr(v3))))
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset - 1
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pIter + 32)) += int64(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset), bp+40))
			}
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbDel = libc.Uint8FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)) & libc.Int32FromInt32(0x0001))
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnPos = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)) >> int32(1)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry.
//	**
//	** This version of fts5SegIterNext() is only used if detail=none and the
//	** iterator is not a reverse direction iterator.
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterNext_None(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr, pbNewTerm uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var iOff int32
	var v1 uintptr
	var _ /* iDelta at bp+0 */ Tu64
	var _ /* nKeep at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* nList at bp+36 */ int32
	var _ /* nTerm at bp+32 */ int32
	var _ /* pList at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* zTerm at bp+24 */ uintptr
	_, _ = iOff, v1
	iOff = int32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset)
	/* Next entry is on the next page */
	for (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpSeg != 0 && iOff >= (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf {
		_fts5SegIterNextPage(tls, p, pIter)
		if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != 0 || (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf == uintptr(0) {
			return
		}
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiRowid = 0
		iOff = int32(4)
	}
	if iOff < (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist {
		iOff = iOff + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), bp))
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(iOff)
		v1 = pIter + 112
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Ti64(uint64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) + **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	} else {
		if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fflags&int32(FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM) == 0 {
			if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpSeg != 0 {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = 0
				if iOff != _fts5LeafFirstTermOff(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf) {
					iOff = iOff + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), bp+8)
				}
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(iOff)
				_fts5SegIterLoadTerm(tls, p, pIter, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
			} else {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = uintptr(0)
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uintptr(0)
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) = 0
				_sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(tls, (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHash)
				_sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(tls, (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHash, bp+24, bp+32, bp+16, bp+36)
				if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) == uintptr(0) {
					goto next_none_eof
				}
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36))
				(*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36))
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 36))
				_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, p+60, pIter+96, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)))
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = libc.Int64FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)), pIter+112))
			}
			if pbNewTerm != 0 {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbNewTerm)) = int32(1)
			}
		} else {
			goto next_none_eof
		}
	}
	_fts5SegIterLoadNPos(tls, p, pIter)
	return
	goto next_none_eof
next_none_eof:
	;
	_fts5DataRelease(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid in a doclist. This
//	** function sets the iterator up so that iterates in reverse order through
//	** the doclist.
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterReverse(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr) {
	var bTermless, iEnd, iOff, iPoslist, iRowid, iSegid, pgno, pgnoLast, v1 int32
	var iAbs Ti64
	var pDlidx, pLast, pLeaf, pNew, pSeg, tmp uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bTermless, iAbs, iEnd, iOff, iPoslist, iRowid, iSegid, pDlidx, pLast, pLeaf, pNew, pSeg, pgno, pgnoLast, tmp, v1
	pDlidx = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpDlidx
	pLast = uintptr(0)
	pgnoLast = 0
	if pDlidx != 0 && (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).FiVersion == int32(FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION) {
		iSegid = (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpSeg)).FiSegid
		pgnoLast = _fts5DlidxIterPgno(tls, pDlidx)
		pLast = _fts5LeafRead(tls, p, int64(iSegid)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64(pgnoLast))
	} else {
		pLeaf = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf
		if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafPgno == (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno {
			iPoslist = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafOffset
		} else {
			iPoslist = int32(4)
		}
		iEnd = iPoslist + int32(9)
		for {
			v1 = iPoslist
			iPoslist = iPoslist + 1
			if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp + uintptr(v1))))&int32(0x80) != 0 && iPoslist < iEnd) {
				break
			}
		}
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(iPoslist)
		/* If this condition is true then the largest rowid for the current
		 ** term may not be stored on the current page. So search forward to
		 ** see where said rowid really is.  */
		if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist >= (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf {
			pSeg = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpSeg
			/* The last rowid in the doclist may not be on the current page. Search
			 ** forward to find the page containing the last rowid.  */
			pgno = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno + int32(1)
			for {
				if !(!((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != 0) && pgno <= (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpgnoLast) {
					break
				}
				iAbs = int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiSegid)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B)) + int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)) + int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B) + int64(pgno)
				pNew = _fts5LeafRead(tls, p, iAbs)
				if pNew != 0 {
					iRowid = libc.Int32FromUint16(_fts5GetU16(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fp))
					bTermless = libc.BoolInt32((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FszLeaf >= (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fnn)
					if iRowid != 0 {
						tmp = pNew
						pNew = pLast
						pLast = tmp
						pgnoLast = pgno
					}
					_fts5DataRelease(tls, pNew)
					if bTermless == 0 {
						break
					}
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				pgno = pgno + 1
			}
		}
	}
	/* If pLast is NULL at this point, then the last rowid for this doclist
	 ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case
	 ** pIter->iLeafOffset is already set to point to the position-list size
	 ** field associated with the first relevant rowid on the page.
	 **
	 ** Or, if pLast is non-NULL, then it is the page that contains the last
	 ** rowid. In this case configure the iterator so that it points to the
	 ** first rowid on this page.
	 */
	if pLast != 0 {
		_fts5DataRelease(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = pLast
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno = pgnoLast
		if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
			iOff = libc.Int32FromUint16(_fts5GetU16(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLast)).Fp))
			if iOff > (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLast)).FszLeaf {
				_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
				return
			}
			iOff = iOff + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLast)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), pIter+112))
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(iOff)
			if (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLast)).FszLeaf >= (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLast)).Fnn {
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLast)).Fnn + int32(1)
			} else {
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = _fts5LeafFirstTermOff(tls, pLast)
			}
		}
	}
	_fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(tls, p, pIter)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is only ever called on iterators created by calls to
//	** Fts5IndexQuery() with the FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC flag set.
//	**
//	** The iterator is in an unusual state when this function is called: the
//	** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset variable is set to the offset of the start of
//	** the position-list size field for the first relevant rowid on the page.
//	** Fts5SegIter.rowid is set, but nPos and bDel are not.
//	**
//	** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last
//	** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the
//	** aRowidOffset[] and iRowidOffset variables. At this point the iterator
//	** is in its regular state - Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first
//	** byte of the position list content associated with said rowid.
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var a, aNew, v1 uintptr
	var eDetail, i, iRowidOffset, n, v2 int32
	var nNew Ti64
	var _ /* bDummy at bp+12 */ int32
	var _ /* iDelta at bp+0 */ Tu64
	var _ /* nPos at bp+8 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = a, aNew, eDetail, i, iRowidOffset, n, nNew, v1, v2
	eDetail = (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).FeDetail
	n = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf
	i = int32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset)
	a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp
	iRowidOffset = 0
	if n > (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist {
		n = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist
	}
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint64(0)
		if i >= n {
			break
		}
		if eDetail == int32(FTS5_DETAIL_NONE) {
			/* todo */
			if i < n && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(i)))) == 0 {
				i = i + 1
				if i < n && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(i)))) == 0 {
					i = i + 1
				}
			}
		} else {
			i = i + _fts5GetPoslistSize(tls, a+uintptr(i), bp+8, bp+12)
			i = i + **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
		}
		if i >= n {
			break
		}
		i = i + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, a+uintptr(i), bp))
		v1 = pIter + 112
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Ti64(uint64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) + **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		/* If necessary, grow the pIter->aRowidOffset[] array. */
		if iRowidOffset >= (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnRowidOffset {
			nNew = int64((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnRowidOffset + int32(8))
			aNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaRowidOffset, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nNew)*uint64(4))
			if aNew == uintptr(0) {
				(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				break
			}
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaRowidOffset = aNew
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnRowidOffset = int32(nNew)
		}
		v2 = iRowidOffset
		iRowidOffset = iRowidOffset + 1
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaRowidOffset + uintptr(v2)*4)) = int32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset)
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(i)
	}
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiRowidOffset = iRowidOffset
	_fts5SegIterLoadNPos(tls, p, pIter)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	**
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterReverseNewPage(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr) {
	var a, pNew uintptr
	var iRowidOff int32
	_, _, _ = a, iRowidOff, pNew
	_fts5DataRelease(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)
	(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = uintptr(0)
	for (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK && (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno > (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafPgno {
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno - 1
		pNew = _fts5LeafRead(tls, p, int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpSeg)).FiSegid)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno))
		if pNew != 0 {
			/* iTermLeafOffset may be equal to szLeaf if the term is the last
			 ** thing on the page - i.e. the first rowid is on the following page.
			 ** In this case leave pIter->pLeaf==0, this iterator is at EOF. */
			if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafPgno == (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafPgno {
				if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafOffset < (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FszLeaf {
					(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = pNew
					(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTermLeafOffset)
				}
			} else {
				iRowidOff = libc.Int32FromUint16(_fts5GetU16(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fp))
				if iRowidOff != 0 {
					if iRowidOff >= (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FszLeaf {
						_fts5IndexCorruptIter(tls, p, pIter)
					} else {
						(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf = pNew
						(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(iRowidOff)
					}
				}
			}
			if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf != 0 {
				a = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp + uintptr((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset)
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pIter + 32)) += libc.Int64FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, a, pIter+112))
				break
			} else {
				_fts5DataRelease(tls, pNew)
			}
		}
	}
	if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf != 0 {
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fnn + int32(1)
		_fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(tls, p, pIter)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add an entry to the Fts5SFinder.aFirst[] array. Grow the array if
//	** necessary. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an
//	** error occurs.
//	*/
func _fts5SentenceFinderAdd(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iAdd int32) (r int32) {
	var aNew, v3 uintptr
	var nNew, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _ = aNew, nNew, v1, v3
	if (*TFts5SFinder)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFirstAlloc == (*TFts5SFinder)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFirst {
		if (*TFts5SFinder)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFirstAlloc != 0 {
			v1 = (*TFts5SFinder)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFirstAlloc * int32(2)
		} else {
			v1 = int32(64)
		}
		nNew = v1
		aNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TFts5SFinder)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaFirst, uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(nNew)*uint64(4)))
		if aNew == uintptr(0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		(*TFts5SFinder)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaFirst = aNew
		(*TFts5SFinder)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFirstAlloc = nNew
	}
	v3 = p + 8
	v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5SFinder)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaFirst + uintptr(v1)*4)) = iAdd
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If a row with rowid iDel is present in the %_content table, add the
//	** delete-markers to the FTS index necessary to delete it. Do not actually
//	** remove the %_content row at this time though.
//	**
//	** If parameter bSaveRow is true, then Fts5Storage.pSavedRow is left
//	** pointing to a statement (FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP2) that may be used to access
//	** the original values of the row being deleted. This is used by UPDATE
//	** statements.
//	*/
func _fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iDel Ti64, apVal uintptr, bSaveRow int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(64)
	defer tls.Free(64)
	var iCol, rc, rc2 int32
	var pConfig, pFree, pVal, v2 uintptr
	var _ /* ctx at bp+8 */ TFts5InsertCtx
	var _ /* nLoc at bp+48 */ int32
	var _ /* nText at bp+32 */ int32
	var _ /* pLoc at bp+40 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pSeek at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pText at bp+24 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iCol, pConfig, pFree, pVal, rc, rc2, v2
	pConfig = (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0) /* SELECT to read row iDel from %_data */
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if apVal == uintptr(0) {
		if (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSavedRow != 0 && bSaveRow != 0 {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSavedRow
			(*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSavedRow = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			rc = _fts5StorageGetStmt(tls, p, int32(FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP)+bSaveRow, bp, uintptr(0))
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				return rc
			}
			Xsqlite3_bind_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), int32(1), iDel)
			if Xsqlite3_step(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))) != int32(SQLITE_ROW) {
				return Xsqlite3_reset(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			}
		}
	}
	(**(**TFts5InsertCtx)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).FpStorage = p
	(**(**TFts5InsertCtx)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).FiCol = -int32(1)
	iCol = int32(1)
	for {
		if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && iCol <= (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FabUnindexed + uintptr(iCol-int32(1))))) == 0 {
			pVal = uintptr(0)
			pFree = uintptr(0)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uintptr(0)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) = 0
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)) = uintptr(0)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 48)) = 0
			if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
				pVal = Xsqlite3_column_value(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iCol)
			} else {
				pVal = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apVal + uintptr(iCol-int32(1))*8))
			}
			if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FbLocale != 0 && _sqlite3Fts5IsLocaleValue(tls, pConfig, pVal) != 0 {
				rc = _sqlite3Fts5DecodeLocaleValue(tls, pVal, bp+24, bp+32, bp+40, bp+48)
			} else {
				if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, pVal) != int32(SQLITE_TEXT) {
					/* Make a copy of the value to work with. This is because the call
					 ** to sqlite3_value_text() below forces the type of the value to
					 ** SQLITE_TEXT, and we may need to use it again later. */
					v2 = Xsqlite3_value_dup(tls, pVal)
					pVal = v2
					pFree = v2
					if pVal == uintptr(0) {
						rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
					}
				}
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, pVal)
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) = Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, pVal)
					if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FbLocale != 0 && **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
						**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)) = Xsqlite3_column_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iCol+(*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol)
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 48)) = Xsqlite3_column_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iCol+(*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol)
					}
				}
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				_sqlite3Fts5SetLocale(tls, pConfig, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 48)))
				(**(**TFts5InsertCtx)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).FszCol = 0
				rc = _sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(tls, pConfig, int32(FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)), bp+8, __ccgo_fp(_fts5StorageInsertCallback))
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaTotalSize + uintptr(iCol-int32(1))*8)) -= int64((**(**TFts5InsertCtx)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).FszCol)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK && **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaTotalSize + uintptr(iCol-int32(1))*8)) < 0 {
					rc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CORRUPT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
				}
				_sqlite3Fts5ClearLocale(tls, pConfig)
			}
			Xsqlite3_value_free(tls, pFree)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iCol = iCol + 1
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnTotalRow < int64(1) {
		rc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CORRUPT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
	} else {
		(*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnTotalRow = (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnTotalRow - 1
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && bSaveRow != 0 {
		(*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSavedRow = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	} else {
		rc2 = Xsqlite3_reset(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = rc2
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append a mapping to the token-map belonging to object pT.
//	*/
func _fts5TokendataIterAppendMap(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pT uintptr, iIter int32, nByte int32, iRowid Ti64, iPos Ti64) {
	var aNew uintptr
	var nAlloc, nNew Ti64
	var v1 int64
	_, _, _, _ = aNew, nAlloc, nNew, v1
	if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		if (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap == (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMapAlloc {
			if (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMapAlloc != 0 {
				v1 = (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMapAlloc * int64(2)
			} else {
				v1 = int64(64)
			}
			nNew = v1
			nAlloc = libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(nNew) * uint64(24))
			aNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nAlloc))
			if aNew == uintptr(0) {
				(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				return
			}
			(*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap = aNew
			(*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMapAlloc = nNew
		}
		(**(**TFts5TokenDataMap)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap + uintptr((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap)*24))).FiRowid = iRowid
		(**(**TFts5TokenDataMap)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap + uintptr((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap)*24))).FiPos = iPos
		(**(**TFts5TokenDataMap)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap + uintptr((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap)*24))).FiIter = iIter
		(**(**TFts5TokenDataMap)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FaMap + uintptr((*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap)*24))).FnByte = nByte
		(*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap = (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnMap + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The iterator passed as the only argument must be a tokendata=1 iterator
//	** (pIter->pTokenDataIter!=0). This function advances the iterator. If
//	** argument bFrom is false, then the iterator is advanced to the next
//	** entry. Or, if bFrom is true, it is advanced to the first entry with
//	** a rowid of iFrom or greater.
//	*/
func _fts5TokendataIterNext(tls *libc.TLS, pIter uintptr, bFrom int32, iFrom Ti64) {
	var ii int32
	var p, pIndex, pT uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = ii, p, pIndex, pT
	pT = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpTokenDataIter
	pIndex = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(int64(ii) < (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnIter) {
			break
		}
		p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pT + 72 + uintptr(ii)*8))
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FbEof) == 0 && ((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FiRowid == (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FiRowid || bFrom != 0 && (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FiRowid < iFrom) {
			_fts5MultiIterNext(tls, pIndex, p, bFrom, iFrom)
			for bFrom != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FbEof) == 0 && (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FiRowid < iFrom && (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
				_fts5MultiIterNext(tls, pIndex, p, 0, 0)
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
	if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		_fts5IterSetOutputsTokendata(tls, pIter)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenizing with the tokenizer
//	** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token
//	** character (not a separator).
//	*/
func _fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iCode int32) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + 160 + uintptr(_sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(tls, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iCode)))))) ^ _fts5UnicodeIsException(tls, p, iCode)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Iterate through a range of entries in the FTS index, invoking the xVisit
//	** callback for each of them.
//	**
//	** Parameter pToken points to an nToken buffer containing an FTS index term
//	** (i.e. a document term with the preceding 1 byte index identifier -
//	** FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX or similar). If bPrefix is true, then the call visits
//	** all entries for terms that have pToken/nToken as a prefix. If bPrefix
//	** is false, then only entries with pToken/nToken as the entire key are
//	** visited.
//	**
//	** If the current table is a tokendata=1 table, then if bPrefix is true then
//	** each index term is treated separately. However, if bPrefix is false, then
//	** all index terms corresponding to pToken/nToken are collapsed into a single
//	** term before the callback is invoked.
//	**
//	** The callback invoked for each entry visited is specified by paramter xVisit.
//	** Each time it is invoked, it is passed a pointer to the Fts5Index object,
//	** a copy of the 7th paramter to this function (pCtx) and a pointer to the
//	** iterator that indicates the current entry. If the current entry is the
//	** first with a new term (i.e. different from that of the previous entry,
//	** including the very first term), then the final two parameters are passed
//	** a pointer to the term and its size in bytes, respectively. If the current
//	** entry is not the first associated with its term, these two parameters
//	** are passed 0.
//	**
//	** If parameter pColset is not NULL, then it is used to filter entries before
//	** the callback is invoked.
//	*/
func _fts5VisitEntries(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pColset uintptr, pToken uintptr, nToken int32, bPrefix int32, __ccgo_fp_xVisit uintptr, pCtx uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var flags, nNew, v1 int32
	var pNew, pSeg, pStruct uintptr
	var _ /* bNewTerm at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* p1 at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = flags, nNew, pNew, pSeg, pStruct, v1
	if bPrefix != 0 {
		v1 = int32(FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	flags = v1 | int32(FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY) | int32(FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT)
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0) /* Iterator used to gather data from index */
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = int32(1)
	pStruct = _fts5StructureRead(tls, p)
	_fts5MultiIterNew(tls, p, pStruct, flags, pColset, pToken, nToken, -int32(1), 0, bp)
	_fts5IterSetOutputCb(tls, p+60, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	for {
		if !(_fts5MultiIterEof(tls, p, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))) == 0) {
			break
		}
		pSeg = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + 104 + uintptr((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaFirst + 1*4))).FiFirst)*128
		nNew = 0
		pNew = uintptr(0)
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FxSetOutputs})))(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), pSeg)
		if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != 0 {
			break
		}
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != 0 {
			nNew = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).Fterm.Fn
			pNew = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).Fterm.Fp
			if nNew < nToken || libc.Xmemcmp(tls, pToken, pNew, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nToken)) != 0 {
				break
			}
		}
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{__ccgo_fp_xVisit})))(tls, p, pCtx, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), pNew, nNew)
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		_fts5MultiIterNext2(tls, p, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), bp+8)
	}
	_fts5MultiIterFree(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	_fts5StructureRelease(tls, pStruct)
	return (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc
}

/* Size in bytes of an Fts5TokenDataIter object holding up to N iterators */

func _fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(tls *libc.TLS, pCsr uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var bCmp, nCmp, v1 int32
	var zTerm uintptr
	var _ /* nTerm at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = bCmp, nCmp, zTerm, v1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK
	if (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpIter)).FbEof != 0 {
		(*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FbEof = int32(1)
	} else {
		zTerm = _sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(tls, (*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpIter, bp+4)
		if (*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnLeTerm >= 0 {
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) < (*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnLeTerm {
				v1 = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
			} else {
				v1 = (*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnLeTerm
			}
			nCmp = v1
			bCmp = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, (*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FzLeTerm, zTerm, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCmp))
			if bCmp < 0 || bCmp == 0 && (*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnLeTerm < **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) {
				(*TFts5VocabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FbEof = int32(1)
			}
		}
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, bp, pCsr+96, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), zTerm)
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

func _fts5WriteAppendPoslistData(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pWriter uintptr, aData uintptr, nData int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var a, pPage uintptr
	var n, nCopy, nReq int32
	var _ /* dummy at bp+0 */ Ti64
	_, _, _, _, _ = a, n, nCopy, nReq, pPage
	pPage = pWriter + 8
	a = aData
	n = nData
	for (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK && (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn+(*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgidx.Fn+n >= (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).Fpgsz {
		nReq = (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).Fpgsz - (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn - (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgidx.Fn
		nCopy = 0
		for nCopy < nReq {
			nCopy = nCopy + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, a+uintptr(nCopy), bp))
		}
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, pPage+8, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nCopy), a)
		a = a + uintptr(nCopy)
		n = n - nCopy
		_fts5WriteFlushLeaf(tls, p, pWriter)
	}
	if n > 0 {
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, pPage+8, libc.Uint32FromInt32(n), a)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output.
//	*/
func _fts5WriteAppendRowid(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pWriter uintptr, iRowid Ti64) {
	var pPage uintptr
	_ = pPage
	if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		pPage = pWriter + 8
		if (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn+(*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgidx.Fn >= (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).Fpgsz {
			_fts5WriteFlushLeaf(tls, p, pWriter)
		}
		/* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the
		 ** rowid-pointer in the page-header. Also append a value to the dlidx
		 ** buffer, in case a doclist-index is required.  */
		if (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstRowidInPage != 0 {
			_fts5PutU16(tls, (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fp, libc.Uint16FromInt32((*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn))
			_fts5WriteDlidxAppend(tls, p, pWriter, iRowid)
		}
		/* Write the rowid. */
		if (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstRowidInDoclist != 0 || (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstRowidInPage != 0 {
			_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pPage+8, iRowid)
		} else {
			_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pPage+8, libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(iRowid)))-libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FiPrevRowid)))
		}
		(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FiPrevRowid = iRowid
		(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstRowidInDoclist = uint8(0)
		(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstRowidInPage = uint8(0)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append term pTerm/nTerm to the segment being written by the writer passed
//	** as the second argument.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
//	** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
//	*/
func _fts5WriteAppendTerm(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pWriter uintptr, nTerm int32, pTerm uintptr) {
	var n, nMin, nPrefix, v1 int32
	var pPage, pPgidx uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = n, nMin, nPrefix, pPage, pPgidx, v1 /* Bytes of prefix compression for term */
	pPage = pWriter + 8
	pPgidx = pWriter + 8 + 24
	if (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fterm.Fn < nTerm {
		v1 = (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fterm.Fn
	} else {
		v1 = nTerm
	}
	nMin = v1
	/* If the current leaf page is full, flush it to disk. */
	if (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn+(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pPgidx)).Fn+nTerm+int32(2) >= (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).Fpgsz {
		if (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn > int32(4) {
			_fts5WriteFlushLeaf(tls, p, pWriter)
			if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != SQLITE_OK {
				return
			}
		}
		if !(libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage+8)).Fn)+libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTerm+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PADDING)) <= libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage+8)).FnSpace)) {
			_sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(tls, p+60, pPage+8, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTerm+int32(FTS5_DATA_PADDING)+(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage+8)).Fn))
		}
	}
	/* TODO1: Updating pgidx here. */
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pPgidx + 8)) += _sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pPgidx)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pPgidx)).Fn), libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn-(*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FiPrevPgidx))
	(*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FiPrevPgidx = (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn
	if (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstTermInPage != 0 {
		nPrefix = 0
		if (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno != int32(1) {
			/* This is the first term on a leaf that is not the leftmost leaf in
			 ** the segment b-tree. In this case it is necessary to add a term to
			 ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term
			 ** already written to the segment and (b) smaller than or equal to
			 ** this term. In other words, a prefix of (pTerm/nTerm) that is one
			 ** byte longer than the longest prefix (pTerm/nTerm) shares with the
			 ** previous term.
			 **
			 ** Usually, the previous term is available in pPage->term. The exception
			 ** is if this is the first term written in an incremental-merge step.
			 ** In this case the previous term is not available, so just write a
			 ** copy of (pTerm/nTerm) into the parent node. This is slightly
			 ** inefficient, but still correct.  */
			n = nTerm
			if (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fterm.Fn != 0 {
				n = int32(1) + _fts5PrefixCompress(tls, nMin, (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fterm.Fp, pTerm)
			}
			_fts5WriteBtreeTerm(tls, p, pWriter, n, pTerm)
			if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != SQLITE_OK {
				return
			}
			pPage = pWriter + 8
		}
	} else {
		nPrefix = _fts5PrefixCompress(tls, nMin, (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fterm.Fp, pTerm)
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pPage+8, int64(nPrefix))
	}
	/* Append the number of bytes of new data, then the term data itself
	 ** to the page. */
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pPage+8, int64(nTerm)-int64(nPrefix))
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, pPage+8, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTerm-nPrefix), pTerm+uintptr(nPrefix))
	/* Update the Fts5PageWriter.term field. */
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls, p+60, pPage+40, nTerm, pTerm)
	(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstTermInPage = uint8(0)
	(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstRowidInPage = uint8(0)
	(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstRowidInDoclist = uint8(1)
	(**(**TFts5DlidxWriter)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FaDlidx))).Fpgno = (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Rowid iRowid has just been appended to the current leaf page. It is the
//	** first on the page. This function appends an appropriate entry to the current
//	** doclist-index.
//	*/
func _fts5WriteDlidxAppend(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pWriter uintptr, iRowid Ti64) {
	var bDone, i, v2 int32
	var iFirst, iPgno, iVal Ti64
	var pDlidx uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bDone, i, iFirst, iPgno, iVal, pDlidx, v2
	bDone = 0
	i = 0
	for {
		if !((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK && bDone == 0) {
			break
		}
		pDlidx = (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FaDlidx + uintptr(i)*32
		if (*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fbuf.Fn >= (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).Fpgsz {
			/* The current doclist-index page is full. Write it to disk and push
			 ** a copy of iRowid (which will become the first rowid on the next
			 ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree
			 ** hierarchy. If the node being flushed is currently the root node,
			 ** also push its first rowid upwards. */
			**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fbuf.Fp)) = uint8(0x01) /* Not the root node */
			_fts5DataWrite(tls, p, int64((*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FiSegid)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(1))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(i)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64((*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fpgno), (*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fbuf.Fp, (*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fbuf.Fn)
			_fts5WriteDlidxGrow(tls, p, pWriter, i+int32(2))
			pDlidx = (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FaDlidx + uintptr(i)*32
			if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK && (**(**TFts5DlidxWriter)(__ccgo_up(pDlidx + 1*32))).Fbuf.Fn == 0 {
				iFirst = _fts5DlidxExtractFirstRowid(tls, pDlidx+16)
				/* This was the root node. Push its first rowid up to the new root. */
				(**(**TFts5DlidxWriter)(__ccgo_up(pDlidx + 1*32))).Fpgno = (*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fpgno
				_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pDlidx+1*32+16, 0)
				_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pDlidx+1*32+16, int64((*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fpgno))
				_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pDlidx+1*32+16, iFirst)
				(**(**TFts5DlidxWriter)(__ccgo_up(pDlidx + 1*32))).FbPrevValid = int32(1)
				(**(**TFts5DlidxWriter)(__ccgo_up(pDlidx + 1*32))).FiPrev = iFirst
			}
			_sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(tls, pDlidx+16)
			(*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).FbPrevValid = 0
			(*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fpgno = (*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).Fpgno + 1
		} else {
			bDone = int32(1)
		}
		if (*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).FbPrevValid != 0 {
			iVal = libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(iRowid) - libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).FiPrev))
		} else {
			if i == 0 {
				v2 = (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).Fwriter.Fpgno
			} else {
				v2 = (**(**TFts5DlidxWriter)(__ccgo_up(pDlidx + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*32))).Fpgno
			}
			iPgno = int64(v2)
			_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pDlidx+16, libc.BoolInt64(!(bDone != 0)))
			_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pDlidx+16, iPgno)
			iVal = iRowid
		}
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls, p+60, pDlidx+16, iVal)
		(*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).FbPrevValid = int32(1)
		(*TFts5DlidxWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pDlidx)).FiPrev = iRowid
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
}

func _fts5WriteFlushLeaf(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pWriter uintptr) {
	var iRowid Ti64
	var pPage uintptr
	_, _ = iRowid, pPage
	pPage = pWriter + 8
	/* Set the szLeaf header field. */
	_fts5PutU16(tls, (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fp+2, libc.Uint16FromInt32((*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn))
	if (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstTermInPage != 0 {
		/* No term was written to this page. */
		_fts5WriteBtreeNoTerm(tls, p, pWriter)
	} else {
		/* Append the pgidx to the page buffer. Set the szLeaf header field. */
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, pPage+8, libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgidx.Fn), (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgidx.Fp)
	}
	/* Write the page out to disk */
	iRowid = int64((*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FiSegid)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B)) + int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)) + int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B) + int64((*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno)
	_fts5DataWrite(tls, p, iRowid, (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fp, (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fbuf.Fn)
	/* Initialize the next page. */
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(tls, pPage+8)
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(tls, pPage+24)
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, pPage+8, uint32(4), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_zero)))
	(*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FiPrevPgidx = 0
	(*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno = (*TFts5PageWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno + 1
	/* Increase the leaves written counter */
	(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FnLeafWritten = (*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FnLeafWritten + 1
	/* The new leaf holds no terms or rowids */
	(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstTermInPage = uint8(1)
	(*TFts5SegWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(pWriter)).FbFirstRowidInPage = uint8(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter
//	** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint
//	** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN
//	** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER
//	** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an
//	** uppercase letter are undefined.
//	*/
func _fts5_remove_diacritic(tls *libc.TLS, c int32, bComplex int32) (r int32) {
	var aChar [126]uint8
	var aDia [126]uint16
	var iHi, iLo, iRes, iTest, v1 int32
	var key uint32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aChar, aDia, iHi, iLo, iRes, iTest, key, v1
	aDia = [126]uint16{
		1:   uint16(1797),
		2:   uint16(1848),
		3:   uint16(1859),
		4:   uint16(1891),
		5:   uint16(1928),
		6:   uint16(1940),
		7:   uint16(1995),
		8:   uint16(2024),
		9:   uint16(2040),
		10:  uint16(2060),
		11:  uint16(2110),
		12:  uint16(2168),
		13:  uint16(2206),
		14:  uint16(2264),
		15:  uint16(2286),
		16:  uint16(2344),
		17:  uint16(2383),
		18:  uint16(2472),
		19:  uint16(2488),
		20:  uint16(2516),
		21:  uint16(2596),
		22:  uint16(2668),
		23:  uint16(2732),
		24:  uint16(2782),
		25:  uint16(2842),
		26:  uint16(2894),
		27:  uint16(2954),
		28:  uint16(2984),
		29:  uint16(3000),
		30:  uint16(3028),
		31:  uint16(3336),
		32:  uint16(3456),
		33:  uint16(3696),
		34:  uint16(3712),
		35:  uint16(3728),
		36:  uint16(3744),
		37:  uint16(3766),
		38:  uint16(3832),
		39:  uint16(3896),
		40:  uint16(3912),
		41:  uint16(3928),
		42:  uint16(3944),
		43:  uint16(3968),
		44:  uint16(4008),
		45:  uint16(4040),
		46:  uint16(4056),
		47:  uint16(4106),
		48:  uint16(4138),
		49:  uint16(4170),
		50:  uint16(4202),
		51:  uint16(4234),
		52:  uint16(4266),
		53:  uint16(4296),
		54:  uint16(4312),
		55:  uint16(4344),
		56:  uint16(4408),
		57:  uint16(4424),
		58:  uint16(4442),
		59:  uint16(4472),
		60:  uint16(4488),
		61:  uint16(4504),
		62:  uint16(6148),
		63:  uint16(6198),
		64:  uint16(6264),
		65:  uint16(6280),
		66:  uint16(6360),
		67:  uint16(6429),
		68:  uint16(6505),
		69:  uint16(6529),
		70:  uint16(61448),
		71:  uint16(61468),
		72:  uint16(61512),
		73:  uint16(61534),
		74:  uint16(61592),
		75:  uint16(61610),
		76:  uint16(61642),
		77:  uint16(61672),
		78:  uint16(61688),
		79:  uint16(61704),
		80:  uint16(61726),
		81:  uint16(61784),
		82:  uint16(61800),
		83:  uint16(61816),
		84:  uint16(61836),
		85:  uint16(61880),
		86:  uint16(61896),
		87:  uint16(61914),
		88:  uint16(61948),
		89:  uint16(61998),
		90:  uint16(62062),
		91:  uint16(62122),
		92:  uint16(62154),
		93:  uint16(62184),
		94:  uint16(62200),
		95:  uint16(62218),
		96:  uint16(62252),
		97:  uint16(62302),
		98:  uint16(62364),
		99:  uint16(62410),
		100: uint16(62442),
		101: uint16(62478),
		102: uint16(62536),
		103: uint16(62554),
		104: uint16(62584),
		105: uint16(62604),
		106: uint16(62640),
		107: uint16(62648),
		108: uint16(62656),
		109: uint16(62664),
		110: uint16(62730),
		111: uint16(62766),
		112: uint16(62830),
		113: uint16(62890),
		114: uint16(62924),
		115: uint16(62974),
		116: uint16(63032),
		117: uint16(63050),
		118: uint16(63082),
		119: uint16(63118),
		120: uint16(63182),
		121: uint16(63242),
		122: uint16(63274),
		123: uint16(63310),
		124: uint16(63368),
		125: uint16(63390),
	}
	aChar = [126]uint8{
		1:   uint8('a'),
		2:   uint8('c'),
		3:   uint8('e'),
		4:   uint8('i'),
		5:   uint8('n'),
		6:   uint8('o'),
		7:   uint8('u'),
		8:   uint8('y'),
		9:   uint8('y'),
		10:  uint8('a'),
		11:  uint8('c'),
		12:  uint8('d'),
		13:  uint8('e'),
		14:  uint8('e'),
		15:  uint8('g'),
		16:  uint8('h'),
		17:  uint8('i'),
		18:  uint8('j'),
		19:  uint8('k'),
		20:  uint8('l'),
		21:  uint8('n'),
		22:  uint8('o'),
		23:  uint8('r'),
		24:  uint8('s'),
		25:  uint8('t'),
		26:  uint8('u'),
		27:  uint8('u'),
		28:  uint8('w'),
		29:  uint8('y'),
		30:  uint8('z'),
		31:  uint8('o'),
		32:  uint8('u'),
		33:  uint8('a'),
		34:  uint8('i'),
		35:  uint8('o'),
		36:  uint8('u'),
		37:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('u') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		38:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('a') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		39:  uint8('g'),
		40:  uint8('k'),
		41:  uint8('o'),
		42:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('o') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		43:  uint8('j'),
		44:  uint8('g'),
		45:  uint8('n'),
		46:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('a') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		47:  uint8('a'),
		48:  uint8('e'),
		49:  uint8('i'),
		50:  uint8('o'),
		51:  uint8('r'),
		52:  uint8('u'),
		53:  uint8('s'),
		54:  uint8('t'),
		55:  uint8('h'),
		56:  uint8('a'),
		57:  uint8('e'),
		58:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('o') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		59:  uint8('o'),
		60:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('o') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		61:  uint8('y'),
		70:  uint8('a'),
		71:  uint8('b'),
		72:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('c') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		73:  uint8('d'),
		74:  uint8('d'),
		75:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('e') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		76:  uint8('e'),
		77:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('e') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		78:  uint8('f'),
		79:  uint8('g'),
		80:  uint8('h'),
		81:  uint8('h'),
		82:  uint8('i'),
		83:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('i') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		84:  uint8('k'),
		85:  uint8('l'),
		86:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('l') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		87:  uint8('l'),
		88:  uint8('m'),
		89:  uint8('n'),
		90:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('o') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		91:  uint8('p'),
		92:  uint8('r'),
		93:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('r') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		94:  uint8('r'),
		95:  uint8('s'),
		96:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('s') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		97:  uint8('t'),
		98:  uint8('u'),
		99:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('u') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		100: uint8('v'),
		101: uint8('w'),
		102: uint8('w'),
		103: uint8('x'),
		104: uint8('y'),
		105: uint8('z'),
		106: uint8('h'),
		107: uint8('t'),
		108: uint8('w'),
		109: uint8('y'),
		110: uint8('a'),
		111: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('a') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		112: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('a') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		113: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('a') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		114: uint8('e'),
		115: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('e') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		116: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('e') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		117: uint8('i'),
		118: uint8('o'),
		119: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('o') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		120: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('o') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		121: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('o') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		122: uint8('u'),
		123: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('u') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		124: libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8('u') | libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80))),
		125: uint8('y'),
	}
	key = libc.Uint32FromInt32(c)<<int32(3) | uint32(0x00000007)
	iRes = 0
	iHi = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(252)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(2) - libc.Uint64FromInt32(1))
	iLo = 0
	for iHi >= iLo {
		iTest = (iHi + iLo) / int32(2)
		if key >= uint32(aDia[iTest]) {
			iRes = iTest
			iLo = iTest + int32(1)
		} else {
			iHi = iTest - int32(1)
		}
	}
	if bComplex == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(aChar[iRes])&int32(0x80) != 0 {
		return c
	}
	if c > libc.Int32FromUint16(aDia[iRes])>>int32(3)+libc.Int32FromUint16(aDia[iRes])&int32(0x07) {
		v1 = c
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(aChar[iRes]) & int32(0x7F)
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
//	** follow the reduce.
//	**
//	** The fts5yyLookahead and fts5yyLookaheadToken parameters provide reduce actions
//	** access to the lookahead token (if any).  The fts5yyLookahead will be fts5YYNOCODE
//	** if the lookahead token has already been consumed.  As this procedure is
//	** only called from one place, optimizing compilers will in-line it, which
//	** means that the extra parameters have no performance impact.
//	*/
func _fts5yy_reduce(tls *libc.TLS, fts5yypParser uintptr, fts5yyruleno uint32, fts5yyLookahead int32, fts5yyLookaheadToken TFts5Token) (r uint8) {
	var fts5yyact uint8
	var fts5yygoto, fts5yysize int32
	var fts5yylhsminor Tfts5YYMINORTYPE
	var fts5yymsp, pParse uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = fts5yyact, fts5yygoto, fts5yylhsminor, fts5yymsp, fts5yysize, pParse /* Amount to pop the stack */
	pParse = (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).FpParse
	_ = fts5yyLookahead
	_ = fts5yyLookaheadToken
	fts5yymsp = (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos
	switch fts5yyruleno {
	case uint32(0):
		goto _1
	case uint32(1):
		goto _2
	case uint32(2):
		goto _3
	case uint32(3):
		goto _4
	case uint32(4):
		goto _5
	case uint32(5):
		goto _6
	case uint32(6):
		goto _7
	case uint32(7):
		goto _8
	case uint32(8):
		goto _9
	case uint32(9):
		goto _10
	case uint32(10):
		goto _11
	case uint32(11):
		goto _12
	case uint32(13):
		goto _13
	case uint32(12):
		goto _14
	case uint32(14):
		goto _15
	case uint32(15):
		goto _16
	case uint32(16):
		goto _17
	case uint32(17):
		goto _18
	case uint32(18):
		goto _19
	case uint32(19):
		goto _20
	case uint32(20):
		goto _21
	case uint32(21):
		goto _22
	case uint32(22):
		goto _23
	case uint32(23):
		goto _24
	case uint32(24):
		goto _25
	case uint32(25):
		goto _26
	case uint32(26):
		goto _27
	case uint32(27):
		goto _28
	default:
		goto _29
	}
	goto _30
_1:
	; /* input ::= expr */
	_sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	goto _30
_2:
	; /* colset ::= MINUS LCP colsetlist RCP */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(3))*24 + 8)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)))
	goto _30
_3:
	; /* colset ::= LCP colsetlist RCP */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8))
	goto _30
_4:
	; /* colset ::= STRING */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), fts5yymsp+8)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_5:
	; /* colset ::= MINUS STRING */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), fts5yymsp+8)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)))
	goto _30
_6:
	; /* colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)), fts5yymsp+8)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_7:
	; /* colsetlist ::= STRING */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), fts5yymsp+8)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_8:
	; /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(tls, pParse, int32(FTS5_AND), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)), uintptr(0))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_9:
	; /* expr ::= expr OR expr */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(tls, pParse, int32(FTS5_OR), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)), uintptr(0))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_10:
	; /* expr ::= expr NOT expr */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(tls, pParse, int32(FTS5_NOT), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)), uintptr(0))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_11:
	; /* expr ::= colset COLON LP expr RP */
	_sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(4))*24 + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(4))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_12:
	; /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8))
	goto _30
_14:
	; /* expr ::= exprlist */
_13:
	;
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_15:
	; /* exprlist ::= exprlist cnearset */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_16:
	; /* cnearset ::= nearset */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(tls, pParse, int32(FTS5_STRING), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_17:
	; /* cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(tls, pParse, int32(FTS5_STRING), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	_sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_18:
	; /* nearset ::= phrase */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_19:
	; /* nearset ::= CARET phrase */
	_sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	goto _30
_20:
	; /* nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */
	_sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(tls, pParse, fts5yymsp+uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(4))*24+8)
	_sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8)), fts5yymsp+uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24+8)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(2))*24 + 8))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(4))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_21:
	; /* nearphrases ::= phrase */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_22:
	; /* nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_23:
	; /* neardist_opt ::= */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 1*24 + 8)) = uintptr(0)
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 1*24 + 8 + 8)) = 0
	goto _30
_24:
	; /* neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING */
	*(*TFts5Token)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)) = *(*TFts5Token)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8))
	goto _30
_25:
	; /* phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(3))*24 + 8)), fts5yymsp+uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24+8, *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(3))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_26:
	; /* phrase ::= STRING star_opt */
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor)) = _sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), fts5yymsp+uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24+8, *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24 + 8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&fts5yylhsminor))
	goto _30
_27:
	; /* star_opt ::= STAR */
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 8)) = int32(1)
	goto _30
_28:
	; /* star_opt ::= */
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp + 1*24 + 8)) = 0
	goto _30
_29:
	;
	goto _30
	/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/
_30:
	;
	fts5yygoto = libc.Int32FromUint8(_fts5yyRuleInfoLhs[fts5yyruleno])
	fts5yysize = int32(_fts5yyRuleInfoNRhs[fts5yyruleno])
	fts5yyact = _fts5yy_find_reduce_action(tls, (**(**Tfts5yyStackEntry)(__ccgo_up(fts5yymsp + uintptr(fts5yysize)*24))).Fstateno, libc.Uint8FromInt32(fts5yygoto))
	/* There are no SHIFTREDUCE actions on nonterminals because the table
	 ** generator has simplified them to pure REDUCE actions. */
	/* It is not possible for a REDUCE to be followed by an error */
	fts5yymsp = fts5yymsp + uintptr(fts5yysize+int32(1))*24
	(*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos = fts5yymsp
	(*Tfts5yyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp)).Fstateno = fts5yyact
	(*Tfts5yyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yymsp)).Fmajor = libc.Uint8FromInt32(fts5yygoto)
	return fts5yyact
}

/*
** The following code executes when the parse fails
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Perform a shift action.
//	*/
func _fts5yy_shift(tls *libc.TLS, fts5yypParser uintptr, fts5yyNewState uint8, fts5yyMajor uint8, fts5yyMinor TFts5Token) {
	var fts5yytos uintptr
	_ = fts5yytos
	(*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos += 24
	fts5yytos = (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos
	if fts5yytos > (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yystackEnd {
		if int32(1) != 0 {
			(*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos -= 24
			_fts5yyStackOverflow(tls, fts5yypParser)
			return
		}
		fts5yytos = (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(fts5yyNewState) > int32(fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT) {
		fts5yyNewState = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(fts5yyNewState) + (libc.Int32FromInt32(fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE) - libc.Int32FromInt32(fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE)))
	}
	(*Tfts5yyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yytos)).Fstateno = fts5yyNewState
	(*Tfts5yyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yytos)).Fmajor = fts5yyMajor
	*(*TFts5Token)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yytos + 8)) = fts5yyMinor
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The gatherSelectWindows() procedure and its helper routine
//	** gatherSelectWindowsCallback() are used to scan all the expressions
//	** an a newly duplicated SELECT statement and gather all of the Window
//	** objects found there, assembling them onto the linked list at Select->pWin.
//	*/
func _gatherSelectWindowsCallback(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pSelect, pWin uintptr
	_, _ = pSelect, pWin
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_FUNCTION) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
		pSelect = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40))
		pWin = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64))
		_sqlite3WindowLink(tls, pSelect, pWin)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** GEOPOLY virtual table module xColumn method.
//	*/
func _geopolyColumn(tls *libc.TLS, cur uintptr, ctx uintptr, i int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var p, pCsr, pNode, pRtree uintptr
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = p, pCsr, pNode, pRtree
	pRtree = (*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(cur)).FpVtab
	pCsr = cur
	p = _rtreeSearchPointFirst(tls, pCsr)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK
	pNode = _rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(tls, pCsr, bp)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	}
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if i == 0 && Xsqlite3_vtab_nochange(tls, ctx) != 0 {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if i <= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnAux) {
		if !((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FbAuxValid != 0) {
			if (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux == uintptr(0) {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = Xsqlite3_prepare_v3(tls, (*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).Fdb, (*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FzReadAuxSql, -int32(1), uint32(0), pCsr+56, uintptr(0))
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
					return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
				}
			}
			Xsqlite3_bind_int64(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux, int32(1), _nodeGetRowid(tls, pRtree, pNode, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCell)))
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = Xsqlite3_step(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == int32(SQLITE_ROW) {
				(*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FbAuxValid = uint8(1)
			} else {
				Xsqlite3_reset(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux)
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == int32(SQLITE_DONE) {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK
				}
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			}
		}
		Xsqlite3_result_value(tls, ctx, Xsqlite3_column_value(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux, i+int32(2)))
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
//	** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
//	** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
//	**
//	** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
//	** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
//	*/
func _getCellInfo(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnSize) == 0 {
		v1 = pCur + 1
		*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidNKey))
		_btreeParseCell(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix), pCur+48)
	} else {
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
//	** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
//	** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
//	** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
//	**
//	** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
//	** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
//	** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
//	**
//	** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
//	** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
//	** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
//	** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
//	** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
//	** *ppPage is set to zero.
//	*/
func _getOverflowPage(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr, ovfl TPgno, ppPage uintptr, pPgnoNext uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iGuess, next TPgno
	var rc, v1 int32
	var _ /* eType at bp+12 */ Tu8
	var _ /* pPage at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pgno at bp+8 */ TPgno
	_, _, _, _ = iGuess, next, rc, v1
	next = uint32(0)
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	/* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
	 ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
	 ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
	 ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
	 ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
	 */
	if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FautoVacuum != 0 {
		iGuess = ovfl + uint32(1)
		for _ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, iGuess) == iGuess || iGuess == libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) {
			iGuess = iGuess + 1
		}
		if iGuess <= _btreePagecount(tls, pBt) {
			rc = _ptrmapGet(tls, pBt, iGuess, bp+12, bp+8)
			if rc == SQLITE_OK && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))) == int32(PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2) && **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) == ovfl {
				next = iGuess
				rc = int32(SQLITE_DONE)
			}
		}
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		if ppPage == uintptr(0) {
			v1 = int32(PAGER_GET_READONLY)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		rc = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, ovfl, bp, v1)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			next = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaData)
		}
	}
	**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(pPgnoNext)) = next
	if ppPage != 0 {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPage)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	} else {
		_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	}
	if rc == int32(SQLITE_DONE) {
		v1 = SQLITE_OK
	} else {
		v1 = rc
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger
//	** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal
//	** to 1024/sizeof(Op).
//	**
//	** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
//	** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain
//	** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
//	** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
//	*/
func _growOpArray(tls *libc.TLS, v uintptr, nOp int32) (r int32) {
	var nNew Tsqlite3_int64
	var p, pNew uintptr
	var v1 int64
	var v2 int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = nNew, p, pNew, v1, v2
	p = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FpParse
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnOpAlloc != 0 {
		v1 = int64(2) * int64((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnOpAlloc)
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(1024) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(24))
	}
	/* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force
	 ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for
	 ** simulated OOM faults.  SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used
	 ** during testing only.  With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array
	 ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512.  Normal
	 ** operation (without SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) is to double the current
	 ** size of the op array or add 1KB of space, whichever is smaller. */
	nNew = v1
	_ = nOp
	/* Ensure that the size of a VDBE does not grow too large */
	if nNew > int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb + 136 + 5*4))) {
		_sqlite3OomFault(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	pNew = _sqlite3DbRealloc(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FaOp, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nNew)*uint64(24))
	if pNew != 0 {
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszOpAlloc = _sqlite3DbMallocSize(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, pNew)
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnOpAlloc = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszOpAlloc) / uint64(24))
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FaOp = pNew
	}
	if pNew != 0 {
		v2 = SQLITE_OK
	} else {
		v2 = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	return v2
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere().
//	**
//	** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return
//	** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes.
//	**
//	** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the
//	** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE
//	** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression
//	** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1".
//	*/
func _havingToWhereExprCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db, pNew, pS, pWhere uintptr
	var t TExpr
	_, _, _, _, _ = db, pNew, pS, pWhere, t
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_AND) {
		pS = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40))
		/* This routine is called before the HAVING clause of the current
		 ** SELECT is analyzed for aggregates. So if pExpr->pAggInfo is set
		 ** here, it indicates that the expression is a correlated reference to a
		 ** column from an outer aggregate query, or an aggregate function that
		 ** belongs to an outer query. Do not move the expression to the WHERE
		 ** clause in this obscure case, as doing so may corrupt the outer Select
		 ** statements AggInfo structure.  */
		if _sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(tls, (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse, pExpr, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pS)).FpGroupBy) != 0 && libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsFalse)) == uint32(EP_IsFalse)) == 0 && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpAggInfo == uintptr(0) {
			db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse)).Fdb
			pNew = _sqlite3ExprInt32(tls, db, int32(1))
			if pNew != 0 {
				pWhere = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pS)).FpWhere
				t = **(**TExpr)(__ccgo_up(pNew))
				**(**TExpr)(__ccgo_up(pNew)) = **(**TExpr)(__ccgo_up(pExpr))
				**(**TExpr)(__ccgo_up(pExpr)) = t
				pNew = _sqlite3ExprAnd(tls, (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse, pWhere, pNew)
				(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pS)).FpWhere = pNew
				(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(1)
			}
		}
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is the Expr node callback for sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow().
//	** If the expression node requires that the table at pWalker->iCur
//	** have one or more non-NULL column, then set pWalker->eCode to 1 and abort.
//	**
//	** pWalker->mWFlags is non-zero if this inquiry is being undertaking on
//	** behalf of a RIGHT JOIN (or FULL JOIN).  That makes a difference when
//	** evaluating terms in the ON clause of an inner join.
//	**
//	** This routine controls an optimization.  False positives (setting
//	** pWalker->eCode to 1 when it should not be) are deadly, but false-negatives
//	** (never setting pWalker->eCode) is a harmless missed optimization.
//	*/
func _impliesNotNullRow(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pLeft, pRight uintptr
	_, _ = pLeft, pRight
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != uint32(0) {
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON)) != uint32(0) && (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FmWFlags != 0 {
		/* If iCur is used in an inner-join ON clause to the left of a
		 ** RIGHT JOIN, that does *not* mean that the table must be non-null.
		 ** But it is difficult to check for that condition precisely.
		 ** To keep things simple, any use of iCur from any inner-join is
		 ** ignored while attempting to simplify a RIGHT JOIN. */
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	}
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) {
	case int32(TK_ISNOT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_ISNULL):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_NOTNULL):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_IS):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_VECTOR):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_FUNCTION):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_TRUTH):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_CASE):
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	case int32(TK_COLUMN):
		if *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).Fu)) == (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable {
			(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(1)
			return int32(WRC_Abort)
		}
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	case int32(TK_OR):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_AND):
		/* Both sides of an AND or OR must separately imply non-null-row.
		 ** Consider these cases:
		 **    1.  NOT (x AND y)
		 **    2.  x OR y
		 ** If only one of x or y is non-null-row, then the overall expression
		 ** can be true if the other arm is false (case 1) or true (case 2).
		 */
		_bothImplyNotNullRow(tls, pWalker, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	case int32(TK_IN):
		/* Beware of "x NOT IN ()" and "x NOT IN (SELECT 1 WHERE false)",
		 ** both of which can be true.  But apart from these cases, if
		 ** the left-hand side of the IN is NULL then the IN itself will be
		 ** NULL. */
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) == uint32(0) && (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))).FnExpr > 0 {
			_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, pWalker, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft)
		}
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	case int32(TK_BETWEEN):
		/* In "x NOT BETWEEN y AND z" either x must be non-null-row or else
		 ** both y and z must be non-null row */
		_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, pWalker, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft)
		_bothImplyNotNullRow(tls, pWalker, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)) + 8))).FpExpr, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)) + 8 + 1*32))).FpExpr)
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
		/* Virtual tables are allowed to use constraints like x=NULL.  So
		 ** a term of the form x=y does not prove that y is not null if x
		 ** is the column of a virtual table */
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_EQ):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_NE):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_LT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_LE):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_GT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_GE):
		pLeft = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
		pRight = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
		/* The y.pTab=0 assignment in wherecode.c always happens after the
		 ** impliesNotNullRow() test */
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft + 64)) != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft + 64)))).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight + 64)) != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight + 64)))).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
			return int32(WRC_Prune)
		}
		fallthrough
	default:
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
//	** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
//	** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
//	** outer query into an inner subquery.
//	**
//	** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine.  incrAggDepth(..)
//	** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker.
//	**
//	** See also the sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth() routine in window.c
//	*/
func _incrAggDepth(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_FUNCTION) {
		v1 = pExpr + 2
		*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) + *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).Fu)))
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
//	** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in
//	** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error
//	** occurs, return some other error code.
//	**
//	** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so
//	** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
//	**
//	** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
//	** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
//	**
//	** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the
//	** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE
//	** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit
//	** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
//	*/
func _incrVacuumStep(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr, nFin TPgno, iLastPg TPgno, bCommit int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var dbSize, iNear, nFreeList TPgno
	var eMode Tu8
	var rc int32
	var _ /* eType at bp+0 */ Tu8
	var _ /* iFreePg at bp+24 */ TPgno
	var _ /* iFreePg at bp+8 */ TPgno
	var _ /* iPtrPage at bp+4 */ TPgno
	var _ /* pFreePg at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pFreePg at bp+40 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pLastPg at bp+32 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = dbSize, eMode, iNear, nFreeList, rc
	if !(_ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, iLastPg) == iLastPg) && iLastPg != libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) {
		nFreeList = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FaData+36)
		if nFreeList == uint32(0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_DONE)
		}
		rc = _ptrmapGet(tls, pBt, iLastPg, bp, bp+4)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			return rc
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp))) == int32(PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE) {
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(77285))
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp))) == int32(PTRMAP_FREEPAGE) {
			if bCommit == 0 {
				rc = _allocateBtreePage(tls, pBt, bp+16, bp+8, iLastPg, uint8(BTALLOC_EXACT))
				if rc != SQLITE_OK {
					return rc
				}
				_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))
			}
		} else {
			eMode = uint8(BTALLOC_ANY) /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
			iNear = uint32(0)          /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */
			rc = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, iLastPg, bp+32, 0)
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				return rc
			}
			/* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
			 ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
			 **
			 ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep
			 ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
			 ** of the file is found.
			 */
			if bCommit == 0 {
				eMode = uint8(BTALLOC_LE)
				iNear = nFin
			}
			for cond := true; cond; cond = bCommit != 0 && **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) > nFin {
				dbSize = _btreePagecount(tls, pBt)
				rc = _allocateBtreePage(tls, pBt, bp+40, bp+24, iNear, eMode)
				if rc != SQLITE_OK {
					_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)))
					return rc
				}
				_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)))
				if **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) > dbSize {
					_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)))
					return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(77337))
				}
			}
			rc = _relocatePage(tls, pBt, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)), **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp)), **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)), bCommit)
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)))
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				return rc
			}
		}
	}
	if bCommit == 0 {
		for cond := true; cond; cond = iLastPg == libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) || _ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, iLastPg) == iLastPg {
			iLastPg = iLastPg - 1
		}
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbDoTruncate = uint8(1)
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnPage = iLastPg
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in
//	** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder.
//	**
//	** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or
//	** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that
//	** ORDER BY clause.
//	*/
func _indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(tls *libc.TLS, pBuilder uintptr, pIndex uintptr, iCursor int32) (r int32) {
	var aColExpr, pExpr, pOB, v1 uintptr
	var ii, jj int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = aColExpr, ii, jj, pExpr, pOB, v1
	if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex + 100))&0x4>>2)) != 0 {
		return 0
	}
	v1 = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpWInfo)).FpOrderBy
	pOB = v1
	if v1 == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(ii < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pOB)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		pExpr = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOB + 8 + uintptr(ii)*32))).FpExpr)
		if pExpr == uintptr(0) {
			goto _2
		}
		if (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN)) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable == iCursor {
			if int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) < 0 {
				return int32(1)
			}
			jj = 0
			for {
				if !(jj < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FnKeyCol)) {
					break
				}
				if int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) == int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiColumn + uintptr(jj)*2))) {
					return int32(1)
				}
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				jj = jj + 1
			}
		} else {
			v1 = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaColExpr
			aColExpr = v1
			if v1 != uintptr(0) {
				jj = 0
				for {
					if !(jj < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FnKeyCol)) {
						break
					}
					if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiColumn + uintptr(jj)*2))) != -int32(2) {
						goto _5
					}
					if _sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(tls, pExpr, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(aColExpr + 8 + uintptr(jj)*32))).FpExpr, iCursor) == 0 {
						return int32(1)
					}
					goto _5
				_5:
					;
					jj = jj + 1
				}
			}
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently
//	** stored in pIdx->aSample[].
//	*/
func _initAvgEq(tls *libc.TLS, pIdx uintptr) {
	var aSample, pFinal uintptr
	var avgEq, nRow, sumEq TtRowcnt
	var i, iCol, nCol, nSample int32
	var nDist100, nSum100 Ti64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aSample, avgEq, i, iCol, nCol, nDist100, nRow, nSample, nSum100, pFinal, sumEq
	if pIdx != 0 {
		aSample = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaSample
		pFinal = aSample + uintptr((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnSample-int32(1))*40
		nCol = int32(1)
		if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnSampleCol > int32(1) {
			/* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all
			 ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as
			 ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are
			 ** unique.  */
			nCol = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnSampleCol - int32(1)
			**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaAvgEq + uintptr(nCol)*8)) = uint64(1)
		}
		iCol = 0
		for {
			if !(iCol < nCol) {
				break
			}
			nSample = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnSample /* Used to iterate through samples */
			sumEq = uint64(0)                                  /* Sum of the nEq values */
			avgEq = uint64(0)                                  /* Number of rows in index */
			nSum100 = 0                                        /* Number of distinct values in index */
			if !((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiRowEst != 0) || iCol >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol) || **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiRowEst + uintptr(iCol+int32(1))*8)) == uint64(0) {
				nRow = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndexSample)(unsafe.Pointer(pFinal)).FanLt + uintptr(iCol)*8))
				nDist100 = libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(libc.Int64FromInt32(100)) * **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndexSample)(unsafe.Pointer(pFinal)).FanDLt + uintptr(iCol)*8)))
				nSample = nSample - 1
			} else {
				nRow = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiRowEst))
				nDist100 = libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(libc.Int64FromInt32(100)) * **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiRowEst)) / **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiRowEst + uintptr(iCol+int32(1))*8)))
			}
			(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnRowEst0 = nRow
			/* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
			 ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of
			 ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value
			 ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes).  */
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < nSample) {
					break
				}
				if i == (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnSample-int32(1) || **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(i)*40))).FanDLt + uintptr(iCol)*8)) != **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(i+int32(1))*40))).FanDLt + uintptr(iCol)*8)) {
					sumEq = sumEq + **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(i)*40))).FanEq + uintptr(iCol)*8))
					nSum100 = nSum100 + int64(100)
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			if nDist100 > nSum100 && sumEq < nRow {
				avgEq = libc.Uint64FromInt64(libc.Int64FromInt32(100)) * (nRow - sumEq) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(nDist100-nSum100)
			}
			if avgEq == uint64(0) {
				avgEq = uint64(1)
			}
			**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaAvgEq + uintptr(iCol)*8)) = avgEq
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			iCol = iCol + 1
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the instr() function.
//	**
//	** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle
//	** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1,
//	** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack.
//	**
//	** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than
//	** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle,
//	** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack.
//	*/
func _instrFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var N, isText, nHaystack, nNeedle, typeHaystack, typeNeedle int32
	var firstChar uint8
	var pC1, pC2, zHaystack, zNeedle uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = N, firstChar, isText, nHaystack, nNeedle, pC1, pC2, typeHaystack, typeNeedle, zHaystack, zNeedle
	N = int32(1)
	pC1 = uintptr(0)
	pC2 = uintptr(0)
	_ = argc
	typeHaystack = Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
	typeNeedle = Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
	if typeHaystack == int32(SQLITE_NULL) || typeNeedle == int32(SQLITE_NULL) {
		return
	}
	nHaystack = Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
	nNeedle = Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
	if nNeedle > 0 {
		if typeHaystack == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) && typeNeedle == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
			zHaystack = Xsqlite3_value_blob(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
			zNeedle = Xsqlite3_value_blob(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
			isText = 0
		} else {
			if typeHaystack != int32(SQLITE_BLOB) && typeNeedle != int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
				zHaystack = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
				zNeedle = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
				isText = int32(1)
			} else {
				pC1 = Xsqlite3_value_dup(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
				zHaystack = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, pC1)
				if zHaystack == uintptr(0) {
					goto endInstrOOM
				}
				nHaystack = Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, pC1)
				pC2 = Xsqlite3_value_dup(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
				zNeedle = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, pC2)
				if zNeedle == uintptr(0) {
					goto endInstrOOM
				}
				nNeedle = Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, pC2)
				isText = int32(1)
			}
		}
		if zNeedle == uintptr(0) || nHaystack != 0 && zHaystack == uintptr(0) {
			goto endInstrOOM
		}
		firstChar = **(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zNeedle))
		for nNeedle <= nHaystack && (libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zHaystack))) != libc.Int32FromUint8(firstChar) || libc.Xmemcmp(tls, zHaystack, zNeedle, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nNeedle)) != 0) {
			N = N + 1
			for cond := true; cond; cond = isText != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zHaystack)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
				nHaystack = nHaystack - 1
				zHaystack = zHaystack + 1
			}
		}
		if nNeedle > nHaystack {
			N = 0
		}
	}
	Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, N)
	goto endInstr
endInstr:
	;
	Xsqlite3_value_free(tls, pC1)
	Xsqlite3_value_free(tls, pC2)
	return
	goto endInstrOOM
endInstrOOM:
	;
	Xsqlite3_result_error_nomem(tls, context)
	goto endInstr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if the pExpr expression is a form that needs to be passed
//	** to the xBestIndex method of virtual tables.  Forms of interest include:
//	**
//	**          Expression                   Virtual Table Operator
//	**          -----------------------      ---------------------------------
//	**      1.  column MATCH expr            SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
//	**      2.  column GLOB expr             SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB
//	**      3.  column LIKE expr             SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE
//	**      4.  column REGEXP expr           SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP
//	**      5.  column != expr               SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE
//	**      6.  expr != column               SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE
//	**      7.  column IS NOT expr           SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT
//	**      8.  expr IS NOT column           SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT
//	**      9.  column IS NOT NULL           SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL
//	**
//	** In every case, "column" must be a column of a virtual table.  If there
//	** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the
//	** "expr" expression (even though in forms (6) and (8) the column is on the
//	** right and the expression is on the left).  Also set *peOp2 to the
//	** appropriate virtual table operator.  The return value is 1 or 2 if there
//	** is a match.  The usual return is 1, but if the RHS is also a column
//	** of virtual table in forms (5) or (7) then return 2.
//	**
//	** If the expression matches none of the patterns above, return 0.
//	*/
func _isAuxiliaryVtabOperator(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pExpr uintptr, peOp2 uintptr, ppLeft uintptr, ppRight uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i, res, v1 int32
	var pCol, pLeft, pList, pMod, pRight, pVtab, t uintptr
	var v2 bool
	var _ /* pNotUsed at bp+8 */ uintptr
	var _ /* xNotUsed at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, pCol, pLeft, pList, pMod, pRight, pVtab, res, t, v1, v2
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_FUNCTION) {
		pList = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32))
		if pList == uintptr(0) || (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr != int32(2) {
			return 0
		}
		/* Built-in operators MATCH, GLOB, LIKE, and REGEXP attach to a
		 ** virtual table on their second argument, which is the same as
		 ** the left-hand side operand in their in-fix form.
		 **
		 **       vtab_column MATCH expression
		 **       MATCH(expression,vtab_column)
		 */
		pCol = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + 1*32))).FpExpr
		if v2 = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol + 64)))).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB); v2 {
			v1 = _sqlite3ExprIsLikeOperator(tls, pExpr)
			i = v1
		}
		if v2 && v1 != 0 {
			**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(peOp2)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(i)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppRight)) = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8))).FpExpr
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppLeft)) = pCol
			return int32(1)
		}
		/* We can also match against the first column of overloaded
		 ** functions where xFindFunction returns a value of at least
		 ** SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION.
		 **
		 **      OVERLOADED(vtab_column,expression)
		 **
		 ** Historically, xFindFunction expected to see lower-case function
		 ** names.  But for this use case, xFindFunction is expected to deal
		 ** with function names in an arbitrary case.
		 */
		pCol = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8))).FpExpr
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol + 64)))).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
			pVtab = (*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer(_sqlite3GetVTable(tls, db, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol + 64))))).FpVtab
			pMod = (*Tsqlite3_vtab)(unsafe.Pointer(pVtab)).FpModule
			if (*Tsqlite3_module)(unsafe.Pointer(pMod)).FxFindFunction != uintptr(0) {
				i = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3_module)(unsafe.Pointer(pMod)).FxFindFunction})))(tls, pVtab, int32(2), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 8)), bp, bp+8)
				if i >= int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION) {
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(peOp2)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(i)
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppRight)) = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + 1*32))).FpExpr
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppLeft)) = pCol
					return int32(1)
				}
			}
		}
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) >= int32(TK_EQ) {
			/* Comparison operators are a common case.  Save a few comparisons for
			 ** that common case by terminating early. */
			return 0
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_NE) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_ISNOT) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_NOTNULL) {
				res = 0
				pLeft = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
				pRight = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft + 64)))).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
					res = res + 1
				}
				if pRight != 0 && (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight + 64)))).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB)) {
					res = res + 1
					t = pLeft
					pLeft = pRight
					pRight = t
				}
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppLeft)) = pLeft
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppRight)) = pRight
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_NE) {
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(peOp2)) = uint8(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE)
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_ISNOT) {
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(peOp2)) = uint8(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT)
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_NOTNULL) {
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(peOp2)) = uint8(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL)
				}
				return res
			}
		}
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pX is the RHS of an IN operator.  If pX is a SELECT statement
//	** that can be simplified to a direct table access, then return
//	** a pointer to the SELECT statement.  If pX is not a SELECT statement,
//	** or if the SELECT statement needs to be materialized into a transient
//	** table, then return NULL.
//	*/
func _isCandidateForInOpt(tls *libc.TLS, pX uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var p, pEList, pRes, pSrc, pTab uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, p, pEList, pRes, pSrc, pTab
	if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(EP_xIsSelect) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
		return uintptr(0)
	} /* Not a subquery */
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_VarSelect)) != uint32(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	} /* Correlated subq */
	p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX + 32))
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpPrior != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	} /* Not a compound SELECT */
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FselFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_Distinct)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_Aggregate)) != 0 {
		return uintptr(0) /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
	}
	/* Has no GROUP BY clause */
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLimit != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	} /* Has no LIMIT clause */
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWhere != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	} /* Has no WHERE clause */
	pSrc = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc
	if (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc != int32(1) {
		return uintptr(0)
	} /* Single term in FROM clause */
	if int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + 24 + 4))&0x4>>2) != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	} /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
	pTab = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8))).FpSTab
	/* FROM clause is not a view */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
		return uintptr(0)
	} /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
	pEList = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEList
	/* All SELECT results must be columns. */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		pRes = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRes)).Fop) != int32(TK_COLUMN) {
			return uintptr(0)
		}
		/* Not a correlated subquery */
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return p
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument
//	** is redundant.
//	**
//	** A DISTINCT list is redundant if any subset of the columns in the
//	** DISTINCT list are collectively unique and individually non-null.
//	*/
func _isDistinctRedundant(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTabList uintptr, pWC uintptr, pDistinct uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, iBase int32
	var p, pIdx, pTab uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, iBase, p, pIdx, pTab
	/* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
	 ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT
	 ** clause is redundant. */
	if (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabList)).FnSrc != int32(1) {
		return 0
	}
	iBase = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabList + 8))).FiCursor
	pTab = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabList + 8))).FpSTab
	/* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return
	 ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
	 ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
	 */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pDistinct)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		p = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pDistinct + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr)
		if p == uintptr(0) {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) != int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) != int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) {
			goto _1
		}
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTable == iBase && int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn) < 0 {
			return int32(1)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	/* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
	 ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
	 **
	 **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
	 **
	 **   2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct
	 **      list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X",
	 **      where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
	 **      comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
	 **
	 **   3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not
	 **      contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint.
	 */
	pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
	for {
		if !(pIdx != 0) {
			break
		}
		if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FonError) != libc.Int32FromInt32(OE_None)) {
			goto _2
		}
		if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpPartIdxWhere != 0 {
			goto _2
		}
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)) {
				break
			}
			if uintptr(0) == _sqlite3WhereFindTerm(tls, pWC, iBase, i, ^libc.Uint64FromInt32(0), uint32(WO_EQ), pIdx) {
				if _findIndexCol(tls, pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i) < 0 {
					break
				}
				if _indexColumnNotNull(tls, pIdx, i) == 0 {
					break
				}
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if i == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol) {
			/* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */
			return int32(1)
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the parser passed as the first argument is being
//	** used to code a trigger that is really a "SET NULL" action belonging
//	** to trigger pFKey.
//	*/
func _isSetNullAction(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pFKey uintptr) (r int32) {
	var p, pTop, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _ = p, pTop, v1
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel != 0 {
		v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel
	} else {
		v1 = pParse
	}
	pTop = v1
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pTop)).FpTriggerPrg != 0 {
		p = (*TTriggerPrg)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pTop)).FpTriggerPrg)).FpTrigger
		if p == **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 48)) && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 45))) == int32(OE_SetNull) || p == **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 48 + 1*8)) && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 45 + 1))) == int32(OE_SetNull) {
			return int32(1)
		}
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
//	** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This
//	** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
//	**
//	**   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
//	**
//	** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
//	** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
//	** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned.
//	**
//	** This routine checks to see if it is safe to use the count optimization.
//	** A correct answer is still obtained (though perhaps more slowly) if
//	** this routine returns NULL when it could have returned a table pointer.
//	** But returning the pointer when NULL should have been returned can
//	** result in incorrect answers and/or crashes.  So, when in doubt, return NULL.
//	*/
func _isSimpleCount(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pAggInfo uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pExpr, pTab uintptr
	_, _ = pExpr, pTab
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWhere != 0 || (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEList)).FnExpr != int32(1) || (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc)).FnSrc != int32(1) || int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc + 8 + 24 + 4))&0x4>>2) != 0 || (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnFunc != int32(1) || (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHaving != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	pTab = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc + 8))).FpSTab
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == libc.Int32FromInt32(TABTYP_NORM)) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	pExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEList + 8))).FpExpr
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_AGG_FUNCTION) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpAggInfo != pAggInfo {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TAggInfo_func)(__ccgo_up((*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaFunc))).FpFunc)).FfuncFlags&uint32(SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT) == uint32(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Distinct)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	return pTab
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Edit the payload size of the element at iRoot by the amount in
//	** pParse->delta.
//	*/
func _jsonAfterEditSizeAdjust(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iRoot Tu32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var nBlob Tu32
	var _ /* sz at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_ = nBlob
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0)
	nBlob = (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob
	(*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob = (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlobAlloc
	_jsonbPayloadSize(tls, pParse, iRoot, bp)
	(*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob = nBlob
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdelta)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pParse + 52)) += _jsonBlobChangePayloadSize(tls, pParse, iRoot, **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Expand pParse->aBlob and append one bytes.
//	*/
func _jsonBlobExpandAndAppendOneByte(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, c Tu8) {
	var v1 Tu32
	var v2 uintptr
	_, _ = v1, v2
	_jsonBlobExpand(tls, pParse, (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob+uint32(1))
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Foom) == 0 {
		v2 = pParse + 8
		v1 = *(*Tu32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
		*(*Tu32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Tu32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
		**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(v1))) = c
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Advance the cursor to the next element for json_tree() */
func _jsonEachNext(tls *libc.TLS, cur uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i, i1, iVal, n, n1 Tu32
	var levelChange, x Tu8
	var nNew Tu64
	var p, pNew, pParent, pParent1 uintptr
	var rc int32
	var _ /* sz at bp+0 */ Tu32
	var _ /* sz at bp+4 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, i1, iVal, levelChange, n, n1, nNew, p, pNew, pParent, pParent1, rc, x
	p = cur
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbRecursive != 0 {
		levelChange = uint8(0)
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0)
		i = libc.Uint32FromInt32(_jsonSkipLabel(tls, p))
		x = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FsParse.FaBlob + uintptr(i)))) & int32(0x0f))
		n = _jsonbPayloadSize(tls, p+192, i, bp)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) == int32(JSONB_OBJECT) || libc.Int32FromUint8(x) == int32(JSONB_ARRAY) {
			if (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent >= (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParentAlloc {
				nNew = uint64((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParentAlloc*uint32(2) + uint32(3))
				pNew = _sqlite3DbRealloc(tls, (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaParent, uint64(24)*nNew)
				if pNew == uintptr(0) {
					return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				}
				(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParentAlloc = uint32(nNew)
				(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaParent = pNew
			}
			levelChange = uint8(1)
			pParent = (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaParent + uintptr((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent)*24
			(*TJsonParent)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FiHead = (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fi
			(*TJsonParent)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FiValue = i
			(*TJsonParent)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FiEnd = i + n + **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			(*TJsonParent)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FiKey = int64(-int32(1))
			(*TJsonParent)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FnPath = uint32((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpath.FnUsed)
			if (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeType != 0 && (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent != 0 {
				_jsonAppendPathName(tls, p)
				if (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpath.FeErr != 0 {
					rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				}
			}
			(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent = (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent + 1
			(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fi = i + n
		} else {
			(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fi = i + n + **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		}
		for (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent > uint32(0) && (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fi >= (**(**TJsonParent)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaParent + uintptr((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent-uint32(1))*24))).FiEnd {
			(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent = (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent - 1
			(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpath.FnUsed = uint64((**(**TJsonParent)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaParent + uintptr((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent)*24))).FnPath)
			levelChange = uint8(1)
		}
		if levelChange != 0 {
			if (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent > uint32(0) {
				pParent1 = (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaParent + uintptr((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent-uint32(1))*24
				iVal = (*TJsonParent)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent1)).FiValue
				(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeType = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FsParse.FaBlob + uintptr(iVal)))) & int32(0x0f))
			} else {
				(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeType = uint8(0)
			}
		}
	} else {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = uint32(0)
		i1 = libc.Uint32FromInt32(_jsonSkipLabel(tls, p))
		n1 = _jsonbPayloadSize(tls, p+192, i1, bp+4)
		(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fi = i1 + n1 + **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeType) == int32(JSONB_ARRAY) && (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent != 0 {
		(**(**TJsonParent)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaParent + uintptr((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent-uint32(1))*24))).FiKey = (**(**TJsonParent)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaParent + uintptr((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnParent-uint32(1))*24))).FiKey + 1
	}
	(*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiRowid = (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiRowid + 1
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Append formatted text (not to exceed N bytes) to the JsonString.
//	*/
func _jsonPrintf(tls *libc.TLS, N int32, p uintptr, zFormat uintptr, va uintptr) {
	var ap Tva_list
	_ = ap
	if (*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnUsed+libc.Uint64FromInt32(N) >= (*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc && _jsonStringGrow(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(N)) != 0 {
		return
	}
	ap = va
	Xsqlite3_vsnprintf(tls, N, (*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzBuf+uintptr((*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnUsed), zFormat, ap)
	_ = ap
	**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(p + 24)) += libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Xstrlen(tls, (*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzBuf+uintptr((*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnUsed))))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Make the return value of a JSON function either the raw JSONB blob
//	** or make it JSON text, depending on whether the JSON_BLOB flag is
//	** set on the function.
//	*/
func _jsonReturnParse(tls *libc.TLS, ctx uintptr, p uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(144)
	defer tls.Free(144)
	var flgs int32
	var _ /* s at bp+0 */ TJsonString
	_ = flgs
	if (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Foom != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_result_error_nomem(tls, ctx)
		return
	}
	flgs = int32(int64(Xsqlite3_user_data(tls, ctx)))
	if flgs&int32(JSON_BLOB) != 0 {
		if (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlobAlloc > uint32(0) && !((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbReadOnly != 0) {
			Xsqlite3_result_blob(tls, ctx, (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBlob, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlob), __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3RowSetClear))
			(*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlobAlloc = uint32(0)
		} else {
			Xsqlite3_result_blob(tls, ctx, (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBlob, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlob), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
		}
	} else {
		_jsonStringInit(tls, bp, ctx)
		(*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdelta = 0
		_jsonTranslateBlobToText(tls, p, uint32(0), bp)
		_jsonReturnString(tls, bp, p, ctx)
		Xsqlite3_result_subtype(tls, ctx, uint32(JSON_SUBTYPE))
	}
}

/****************************************************************************
** SQL functions used for testing and debugging
****************************************************************************/

/****************************************************************************
** Scalar SQL function implementations
****************************************************************************/

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** json_set(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...)
//	**
//	** Set the value at PATH to VALUE.  Create the PATH if it does not already
//	** exist.  Overwrite existing values that do exist.
//	** If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error.
//	**
//	** json_insert(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...)
//	**
//	** Create PATH and initialize it to VALUE.  If PATH already exists, this
//	** routine is a no-op.  If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error.
//	*/
func _jsonSetFunc(tls *libc.TLS, ctx uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var eInsType, flags int32
	_, _ = eInsType, flags
	flags = int32(int64(Xsqlite3_user_data(tls, ctx)))
	eInsType = flags & int32(0xC) >> int32(2)
	if argc < int32(1) {
		return
	}
	if argc&int32(1) == 0 {
		_jsonWrongNumArgs(tls, ctx, _azInsType[eInsType])
		return
	}
	_jsonInsertIntoBlob(tls, ctx, argc, argv, libc.Int32FromUint8(_aEditType[eInsType]))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the cursor is currently pointing at the label of a object entry,
//	** then return the index of the value.  For all other cases, return the
//	** current pointer position, which is the value.
//	*/
func _jsonSkipLabel(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var n Tu32
	var _ /* sz at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_ = n
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeType) == int32(JSONB_OBJECT) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0)
		n = _jsonbPayloadSize(tls, p+192, (*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fi, bp)
		return libc.Int32FromUint32((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fi + n + **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	} else {
		return libc.Int32FromUint32((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fi)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the length() function
//	*/
func _lengthFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var c, v1 uint8
	var z, z0 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = c, z, z0, v1
	_ = argc
	switch Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))) {
	case int32(SQLITE_BLOB):
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_INTEGER):
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_FLOAT):
		Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))))
	case int32(SQLITE_TEXT):
		z = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
		if z == uintptr(0) {
			return
		}
		z0 = z
		for {
			v1 = **(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))
			c = v1
			if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(v1) != 0) {
				break
			}
			z = z + 1
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(c) >= int32(0xc0) {
				for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
					z = z + 1
					z0 = z0 + 1
				}
			}
		}
		Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, int32(int64(z)-int64(z0)))
	default:
		Xsqlite3_result_null(tls, context)
		break
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.
//	**
//	** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
//	** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
//	**
//	** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
//	** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
//	** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
//	*/
func _lockTable(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iDb int32, iTab TPgno, isWriteLock Tu8, zName uintptr) {
	var i, nBytes, v3 int32
	var p, pToplevel, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, nBytes, p, pToplevel, v1, v3
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel != 0 {
		v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel
	} else {
		v1 = pParse
	}
	pToplevel = v1
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FnTableLock) {
			break
		}
		p = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FaTableLock + uintptr(i)*24
		if (*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDb == iDb && (*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTab == iTab {
			(*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisWriteLock = libc.BoolUint8((*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisWriteLock != 0 || isWriteLock != 0)
			return
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	nBytes = libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(24) * libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FnTableLock+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FaTableLock = _sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).Fdb, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FaTableLock, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nBytes))
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FaTableLock != 0 {
		v1 = pToplevel + 140
		v3 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) + 1
		p = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FaTableLock + uintptr(v3)*24
		(*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDb = iDb
		(*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTab = iTab
		(*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisWriteLock = isWriteLock
		(*TTableLock)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzLockName = zName
	} else {
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FnTableLock = 0
		_sqlite3OomFault(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).Fdb)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
//	** page number of the child page to move to.
//	**
//	** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
//	** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
//	** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
//	** vice-versa).
//	*/
func _moveToChild(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, newPgno Tu32) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	var v1 uintptr
	var v2 Ti8
	_, _, _ = rc, v1, v2
	if int32((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage) >= libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH)-libc.Int32FromInt32(1) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(78687))
	}
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnSize = uint16(0)
	v1 = pCur + 1
	*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidNKey) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidOvfl)))
	**(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88 + uintptr((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage)*2)) = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144 + uintptr((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage)*8)) = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix = uint16(0)
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage + 1
	rc = _getAndInitPage(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt, newPgno, pCur+136, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FcurPagerFlags))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && (libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).FnCell) < int32(1) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).FintKey) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FcurIntKey)) {
		_releasePage(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)
		rc = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(78701))
	}
	if rc != 0 {
		v1 = pCur + 84
		*(*Ti8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = *(*Ti8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) - 1
		v2 = *(*Ti8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144 + uintptr(v2)*8))
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
//	**
//	** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
//	** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
//	** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
//	** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
//	**
//	** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
//	** CURSOR_INVALID and this routine returns SQLITE_EMPTY. Otherwise,
//	** the cursor is set to point to the first cell located on the root
//	** (or virtual root) page and the cursor state is set to CURSOR_VALID.
//	**
//	** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
//	** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
//	** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
//	** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
//	** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
//	** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
//	** b-tree).
//	*/
func _moveToRoot(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pRoot, v2 uintptr
	var rc int32
	var subpage TPgno
	var v1 Ti8
	_, _, _, _, _ = pRoot, rc, subpage, v1, v2
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if int32((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage) >= 0 {
		if (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage != 0 {
			_releasePageNotNull(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)
			for {
				v2 = pCur + 84
				*(*Ti8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Ti8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) - 1
				v1 = *(*Ti8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
				if !(v1 != 0) {
					break
				}
				_releasePageNotNull(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144 + uintptr((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage)*8)))
			}
			v2 = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144))
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage = v2
			pRoot = v2
			goto skip_init
		}
	} else {
		if (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpgnoRoot == uint32(0) {
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_INVALID)
			return int32(SQLITE_EMPTY)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) >= int32(CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == int32(CURSOR_FAULT) {
					return (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FskipNext
				}
				_sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(tls, pCur)
			}
			rc = _getAndInitPage(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpgnoRoot, pCur+136, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FcurPagerFlags))
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_INVALID)
				return rc
			}
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage = 0
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FcurIntKey = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).FintKey
		}
	}
	pRoot = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage
	/* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
	 ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
	 ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
	 ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
	 **
	 ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
	 ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
	 ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted
	 ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table
	 ** (or the freelist).  */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FisInit) == 0 || libc.BoolInt32((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpKeyInfo == uintptr(0)) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FintKey) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(78836))
	}
	goto skip_init
skip_init:
	;
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix = uint16(0)
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnSize = uint16(0)
	v2 = pCur + 1
	*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_AtLast) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidNKey) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidOvfl)))
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FnCell) > 0 {
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_VALID)
	} else {
		if !((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).Fleaf != 0) {
			if (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).Fpgno != uint32(1) {
				return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(78848))
			}
			subpage = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FaData+uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FhdrOffset)+int32(8)))
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_VALID)
			rc = _moveToChild(tls, pCur, subpage)
		} else {
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_INVALID)
			rc = int32(SQLITE_EMPTY)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT
//	** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo
//	** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY.
//	**
//	** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling
//	** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually
//	** freed.
//	*/
func _multiSelectByMergeKeyInfo(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr, nExtra int32) (r uintptr) {
	var db, pColl, pItem, pOrderBy, pRet, pTerm uintptr
	var i, nOrderBy, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, nOrderBy, pColl, pItem, pOrderBy, pRet, pTerm, v1
	pOrderBy = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpOrderBy
	if pOrderBy != uintptr(0) {
		v1 = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy)).FnExpr
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	nOrderBy = v1
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	pRet = _sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(tls, db, nOrderBy+nExtra, int32(1))
	if pRet != 0 {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nOrderBy) {
				break
			}
			pItem = pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32
			pTerm = (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpExpr
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).Fflags&uint32(EP_Collate) != 0 {
				pColl = _sqlite3ExprCollSeq(tls, pParse, pTerm)
			} else {
				pColl = _multiSelectCollSeq(tls, pParse, p, libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
					FiOrderByCol Tu16
					FiAlias      Tu16
				})(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24))).FiOrderByCol)-int32(1))
				if pColl == uintptr(0) {
					pColl = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpDfltColl
				}
				(*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr = _sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(tls, pParse, pTerm, (*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl)).FzName)
			}
			*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet + 32 + uintptr(i)*8)) = pColl
			**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FaSortFlags + uintptr(i))) = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	return pRet
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add node pNode to the node hash table.
//	*/
func _nodeHashInsert(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, pNode uintptr) {
	var iHash int32
	_ = iHash
	iHash = libc.Int32FromUint32(_nodeHash(tls, (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FiNode))
	(*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FpNext = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pRtree + 200 + uintptr(iHash)*8))
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pRtree + 200 + uintptr(iHash)*8)) = pNode
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** An index on expressions is being used in the inner loop of an
//	** aggregate query with a GROUP BY clause.  This routine attempts
//	** to adjust the AggInfo object to take advantage of index and to
//	** perhaps use the index as a covering index.
//	**
//	*/
func _optimizeAggregateUseOfIndexedExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pSelect uintptr, pAggInfo uintptr, pNC uintptr) {
	var j, k, mx int32
	_, _, _ = j, k, mx
	(*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnColumn = (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnAccumulator
	if (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnSortingColumn > uint32(0) {
		mx = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpGroupBy)).FnExpr - int32(1)
		j = 0
		for {
			if !(j < (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnColumn) {
				break
			}
			k = (**(**TAggInfo_col)(__ccgo_up((*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaCol + uintptr(j)*32))).FiSorterColumn
			if k > mx {
				mx = k
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			j = j + 1
		}
		(*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnSortingColumn = libc.Uint32FromInt32(mx + int32(1))
	}
	_analyzeAggFuncArgs(tls, pAggInfo, pNC)
	_ = pSelect
	_ = pParse
}

func _out2Prerelease(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pOp uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pOut uintptr
	_ = pOut
	pOut = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem + uintptr((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2)*56
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Agg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Dyn)) != 0 { /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
		return _out2PrereleaseWithClear(tls, pOut)
	} else {
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Int)
		return pOut
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The pCArray object contains pointers to b-tree cells and their sizes.
//	**
//	** This function adds the space associated with each cell in the array
//	** that is currently stored within the body of pPg to the pPg free-list.
//	** The cell-pointers and other fields of the page are not updated.
//	**
//	** This function returns the total number of cells added to the free-list.
//	*/
func _pageFreeArray(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr, iFirst int32, nCell int32, pCArray uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aAfter, aOfst [10]int32
	var aData, pCell, pEnd, pStart uintptr
	var i, iAfter, iEnd, iOfst, j, nFree, nRet, sz int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aAfter, aData, aOfst, i, iAfter, iEnd, iOfst, j, nFree, nRet, pCell, pEnd, pStart, sz
	aData = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FaData
	pEnd = aData + uintptr((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpBt)).FusableSize)
	pStart = aData + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FhdrOffset)+int32(8)+libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FchildPtrSize))
	nRet = 0
	iEnd = iFirst + nCell
	nFree = 0
	i = iFirst
	for {
		if !(i < iEnd) {
			break
		}
		pCell = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TCellArray)(unsafe.Pointer(pCArray)).FapCell + uintptr(i)*8))
		if uint64(pCell) >= uint64(pStart) && uint64(pCell) < uint64(pEnd) {
			/* No need to use cachedCellSize() here.  The sizes of all cells that
			 ** are to be freed have already been computing while deciding which
			 ** cells need freeing */
			sz = libc.Int32FromUint16(**(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up((*TCellArray)(unsafe.Pointer(pCArray)).FszCell + uintptr(i)*2)))
			iOfst = libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt64(int64(pCell) - int64(aData)))
			iAfter = iOfst + sz
			j = 0
			for {
				if !(j < nFree) {
					break
				}
				if aOfst[j] == iAfter {
					aOfst[j] = iOfst
					break
				} else {
					if aAfter[j] == iOfst {
						aAfter[j] = iAfter
						break
					}
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				j = j + 1
			}
			if j >= nFree {
				if nFree >= libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(40)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)) {
					j = 0
					for {
						if !(j < nFree) {
							break
						}
						_freeSpace(tls, pPg, aOfst[j], aAfter[j]-aOfst[j])
						goto _3
					_3:
						;
						j = j + 1
					}
					nFree = 0
				}
				aOfst[nFree] = iOfst
				aAfter[nFree] = iAfter
				if aData+uintptr(iAfter) > pEnd {
					return 0
				}
				nFree = nFree + 1
			}
			nRet = nRet + 1
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	j = 0
	for {
		if !(j < nFree) {
			break
		}
		_freeSpace(tls, pPg, aOfst[j], aAfter[j]-aOfst[j])
		goto _4
	_4:
		;
		j = j + 1
	}
	return nRet
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
//	** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
//	** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
//	** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
//	*/
func _pagerOpenWal(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	/* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
	 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
	 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
	 ** file, to make sure this is safe.
	 */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0 {
		rc = _pagerExclusiveLock(tls, pPager)
	}
	/* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
	 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
	 */
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		rc = _sqlite3WalOpen(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzWal, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode), (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalSizeLimit, pPager+296)
	}
	_pagerFixMaplimit(tls, pPager)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
//	** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
//	** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
//	** savepoint.
//	**
//	** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
//	** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
//	** performed in the order specified:
//	**
//	**   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
//	**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
//	**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
//	**     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
//	**
//	**   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
//	**     back starting from the journal header immediately following
//	**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
//	**
//	**   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
//	**     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
//	**     the journal file.
//	**
//	** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
//	** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
//	** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
//	** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
//	**
//	** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
//	** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
//	**
//	** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
//	** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
//	** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
//	** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
//	*/
func _pagerPlaybackSavepoint(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, pSavepoint uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iHdrOff, szJ Ti64
	var ii, ii1 Tu32
	var pDone uintptr
	var rc int32
	var v1 uint32
	var v2 int64
	var _ /* dummy at bp+4 */ Tu32
	var _ /* nJRec at bp+0 */ Tu32
	var _ /* offset at bp+8 */ Ti64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iHdrOff, ii, ii1, pDone, rc, szJ, v1, v2 /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
	rc = SQLITE_OK                                                    /* Return code */
	pDone = uintptr(0)                                                /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
	/* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
	if pSavepoint != 0 {
		pDone = _sqlite3BitvecCreate(tls, (*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pSavepoint)).FnOrig)
		if !(pDone != 0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
	}
	/* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
	 ** being reverted was opened.
	 */
	if pSavepoint != 0 {
		v1 = (*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pSavepoint)).FnOrig
	} else {
		v1 = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbOrigSize
	}
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize = v1
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FchangeCountDone = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile
	if !(pSavepoint != 0) && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != uintptr(0) {
		return _pagerRollbackWal(tls, pPager)
	}
	/* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
	 ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
	 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
	 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
	 */
	szJ = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff
	/* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
	 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
	 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
	 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
	 ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
	 ** are played back.
	 */
	if pSavepoint != 0 && !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)) {
		if (*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pSavepoint)).FiHdrOffset != 0 {
			v2 = (*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pSavepoint)).FiHdrOffset
		} else {
			v2 = szJ
		}
		iHdrOff = v2
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = (*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pSavepoint)).FiOffset
		for rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff < iHdrOff {
			rc = _pager_playback_one_page(tls, pPager, pPager+96, pDone, int32(1), int32(1))
		}
	} else {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = 0
	}
	/* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
	 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
	 ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
	 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
	 */
	for rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff < szJ { /* Loop counter */
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0)
		rc = _readJournalHdr(tls, pPager, 0, szJ, bp, bp+4)
		/*
		 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
		 ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
		 ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
		 */
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == uint32(0) && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalHdr+libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize) == (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = libc.Uint32FromInt64((szJ - (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff) / ((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize + libc.Int64FromInt32(8)))
		}
		ii = uint32(0)
		for {
			if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && ii < **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff < szJ) {
				break
			}
			rc = _pager_playback_one_page(tls, pPager, pPager+96, pDone, int32(1), int32(1))
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
	}
	/* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
	 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
	 ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
	 */
	if pSavepoint != 0 { /* Loop counter */
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pSavepoint)).FiSubRec) * (int64(4) + (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize)
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != uintptr(0) {
			rc = _sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal, pSavepoint+36)
		}
		ii1 = (*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pSavepoint)).FiSubRec
		for {
			if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && ii1 < (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSubRec) {
				break
			}
			rc = _pager_playback_one_page(tls, pPager, bp+8, pDone, 0, int32(1))
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			ii1 = ii1 + 1
		}
	}
	_sqlite3BitvecDestroy(tls, pDone)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = szJ
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
//	** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
//	** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
//	** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
//	** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
//	** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
//	** argument.
//	**
//	** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
//	** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
//	** journal file.
//	**
//	** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
//	** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
//	** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
//	** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
//	** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
//	*/
func _pagerStress(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pPg uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pPager uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pPager, rc
	pPager = p
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	/* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
	 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
	 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
	 ** pages belonging to the same sector.
	 **
	 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
	 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
	 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
	 **
	 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
	 ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
	 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
	 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
	 ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
	 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
	 */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode != 0 {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdoNotSpill != 0 && (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdoNotSpill)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SPILLFLAG_OFF)) != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) != 0) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pPager + 248 + 3*4)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pPager + 248 + 3*4)) + 1
	(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpDirty = uintptr(0)
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != uintptr(0) {
		/* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
		rc = _subjournalPageIfRequired(tls, pPg)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = _pagerWalFrames(tls, pPager, pPg, uint32(0), 0)
		}
	} else {
		/* Sync the journal file if required. */
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) == int32(PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) {
			rc = _syncJournal(tls, pPager, int32(1))
		}
		/* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = _pager_write_pagelist(tls, pPager, pPg)
		}
	}
	/* Mark the page as clean. */
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		_sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(tls, pPg)
	}
	return _pager_error(tls, pPager, rc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
//	** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
//	** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
//	** changed.
//	**
//	** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
//	** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
//	*/
func _pagerWalFrames(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, _pList uintptr, nTruncate TPgno, isCommit int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(bp)) = _pList
	var nList, rc int32
	var p, ppNext, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = nList, p, ppNext, rc, v2 /* For looping over pages */
	if isCommit != 0 {
		/* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
		 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
		 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
		 ** list here. */
		ppNext = bp
		nList = 0
		p = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		for {
			v2 = p
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppNext)) = v2
			if !(v2 != uintptr(0)) {
				break
			}
			if (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpgno <= nTruncate {
				ppNext = p + 32
				nList = nList + 1
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			p = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDirty
		}
	} else {
		nList = int32(1)
	}
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pPager + 248 + 2*4)) += libc.Uint32FromInt32(nList)
	if (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).Fpgno == uint32(1) {
		_pager_write_changecounter(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	}
	rc = _sqlite3WalFrames(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal, int32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), nTruncate, isCommit, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FwalSyncFlags))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpBackup != 0 {
		p = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		for {
			if !(p != 0) {
				break
			}
			_sqlite3BackupUpdate(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpBackup, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpgno, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpData)
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			p = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDirty
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
//	** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
//	** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
//	** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
//	** a write.
//	**
//	** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
//	** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
//	** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
//	*/
func _pagerWriteLargeSector(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var ii, nPage, needSync, rc int32
	var nPageCount, nPagePerSector, pg, pg1 TPgno
	var pPage1, pPager, v1 uintptr
	var _ /* pPage at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = ii, nPage, nPageCount, nPagePerSector, needSync, pPage1, pPager, pg, pg1, rc, v1
	rc = SQLITE_OK                                  /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
	nPage = 0                                       /* Loop counter */
	needSync = 0                                    /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
	pPager = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpPager /* The pager that owns pPg */
	nPagePerSector = libc.Uint32FromInt64(libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize) / (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize)
	/* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
	 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
	 ** this function.
	 */
	v1 = pPager + 25
	*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC))
	/* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
	 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
	 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
	 */
	pg1 = ((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno-uint32(1)) & ^(nPagePerSector-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)) + uint32(1)
	nPageCount = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize
	if (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno > nPageCount {
		nPage = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno - pg1 + uint32(1))
	} else {
		if pg1+nPagePerSector-uint32(1) > nPageCount {
			nPage = libc.Int32FromUint32(nPageCount + uint32(1) - pg1)
		} else {
			nPage = libc.Int32FromUint32(nPagePerSector)
		}
	}
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(ii < nPage && rc == SQLITE_OK) {
			break
		}
		pg = pg1 + libc.Uint32FromInt32(ii)
		if pg == (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno || !(_sqlite3BitvecTest(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal, pg) != 0) {
			if pg != (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FlckPgno {
				rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, pPager, pg, bp, 0)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					rc = _pager_write(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
					if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) != 0 {
						needSync = int32(1)
					}
					_sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
				}
			}
		} else {
			v1 = _sqlite3PagerLookup(tls, pPager, pg)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = v1
			if v1 != uintptr(0) {
				if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) != 0 {
					needSync = int32(1)
				}
				_sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			}
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
	/* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
	 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
	 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
	 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
	 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
	 */
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && needSync != 0 {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < nPage) {
				break
			}
			pPage1 = _sqlite3PagerLookup(tls, pPager, pg1+libc.Uint32FromInt32(ii))
			if pPage1 != 0 {
				v1 = pPage1 + 52
				*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
				_sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(tls, pPage1)
			}
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
	}
	v1 = pPager + 25
	*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
//	** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
//	** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
//	** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
//	** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
//	*/
func _pager_write(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pPager, v1 uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _ = pPager, rc, v1
	pPager = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpPager
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	/* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
	 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
	 ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
	 */
	/* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
	 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
	 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
	 **
	 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
	 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
	 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
	 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) == int32(PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED) {
		rc = _pager_open_journal(tls, pPager)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			return rc
		}
	}
	/* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
	_sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(tls, pPg)
	/* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
	 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
	 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
	 */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal != uintptr(0) && _sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno) == 0 {
		if (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno <= (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbOrigSize {
			rc = _pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(tls, pPg)
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				return rc
			}
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) != int32(PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD) {
				v1 = pPg + 52
				*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
			}
		}
	}
	/* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
	 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
	 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
	 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
	 */
	v1 = pPg + 52
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_WRITEABLE))
	/* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
	 ** then write the page into the statement journal.
	 */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSavepoint > 0 {
		rc = _subjournalPageIfRequired(tls, pPg)
	}
	/* Update the database size and return. */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize < (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno
	}
	return rc
}

func _parseGrowPhraseArray(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) (r int32) {
	var apNew uintptr
	var nByte Tsqlite3_int64
	_, _ = apNew, nByte
	if (*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnPhrase%int32(8) == 0 {
		nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(8) * libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnPhrase+libc.Int32FromInt32(8)))
		apNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FapPhrase, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nByte))
		if apNew == uintptr(0) {
			(*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		(*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FapPhrase = apNew
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
//	** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
//	** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
//	** back to sqlite3Malloc().
//	**
//	** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time.  Global variables
//	** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
//	*/
func _pcache1Alloc(tls *libc.TLS, nByte int32) (r uintptr) {
	var p uintptr
	var sz int32
	_, _ = p, sz
	p = uintptr(0)
	if nByte <= _pcache1_g.FszSlot {
		Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, _pcache1_g.Fmutex)
		p = _pcache1_g.FpFree
		if p != 0 {
			_pcache1_g.FpFree = (*TPgFreeslot)(unsafe.Pointer(_pcache1_g.FpFree)).FpNext
			_pcache1_g.FnFreeSlot = _pcache1_g.FnFreeSlot - 1
			libc.AtomicStoreNInt32(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_pcache1_g))+140, libc.BoolInt32(_pcache1_g.FnFreeSlot < _pcache1_g.FnReserve), libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))
			_sqlite3StatusHighwater(tls, int32(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE), nByte)
			_sqlite3StatusUp(tls, int32(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED), int32(1))
		}
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, _pcache1_g.Fmutex)
	}
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		/* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool.  Get
		 ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
		 */
		p = _sqlite3Malloc(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nByte))
		if p != 0 {
			sz = _sqlite3MallocSize(tls, p)
			Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, _pcache1_g.Fmutex)
			_sqlite3StatusHighwater(tls, int32(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE), nByte)
			_sqlite3StatusUp(tls, int32(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW), sz)
			Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, _pcache1_g.Fmutex)
		}
	}
	return p
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
//	*/
func _pcache1AllocPage(tls *libc.TLS, pCache uintptr, benignMalloc int32) (r uintptr) {
	var p, pPg uintptr
	_, _ = p, pPg
	p = uintptr(0)
	if (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpFree != 0 || (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnPage == uint32(0) && _pcache1InitBulk(tls, pCache) != 0 {
		p = (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpFree
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpFree = (*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		/* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
		 ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that
		 ** this mutex is not held. */
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpGroup)).Fmutex)
		if benignMalloc != 0 {
			_sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(tls)
		}
		pPg = _pcache1Alloc(tls, (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc)
		if benignMalloc != 0 {
			_sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(tls)
		}
		Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpGroup)).Fmutex)
		if pPg == uintptr(0) {
			return uintptr(0)
		}
		p = pPg + uintptr((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszPage)
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpage.FpBuf = pPg
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpage.FpExtra = p + uintptr((libc.Uint64FromInt64(56)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisBulkLocal = uint16(0)
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisAnchor = uint16(0)
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLruPrev = uintptr(0) /* Initializing this saves a valgrind error */
	}
	**(**uint32)(__ccgo_up((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpnPurgeable)) = **(**uint32)(__ccgo_up((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpnPurgeable)) + 1
	return p
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
//	**
//	** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
//	*/
func _pcache1Cachesize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, nMax int32) {
	var n Tu32
	var pCache, pGroup uintptr
	_, _, _ = n, pCache, pGroup
	pCache = p
	if (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FbPurgeable != 0 {
		pGroup = (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpGroup
		Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Fmutex)
		n = libc.Uint32FromInt32(nMax)
		if n > uint32(0x7fff0000)-(*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FnMaxPage+(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax {
			n = uint32(0x7fff0000) - (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FnMaxPage + (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax
		}
		**(**uint32)(__ccgo_up(pGroup + 8)) += n - (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax
		(*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FmxPinned = (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FnMaxPage + uint32(10) - (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FnMinPage
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax = n
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).Fn90pct = (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax * uint32(9) / uint32(10)
		_pcache1EnforceMaxPage(tls, pCache)
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Fmutex)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
//	**
//	** Allocate a new cache.
//	*/
func _pcache1Create(tls *libc.TLS, szPage int32, szExtra int32, bPurgeable int32) (r uintptr) {
	var pCache, pGroup, v1 uintptr
	var sz Ti64
	var v2 int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = pCache, pGroup, sz, v1, v2 /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
	sz = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(88) + uint64(80)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(_pcache1_g.FseparateCache))
	pCache = _sqlite3MallocZero(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt64(sz))
	if pCache != 0 {
		if _pcache1_g.FseparateCache != 0 {
			pGroup = pCache + 1*88
			(*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FmxPinned = uint32(10)
		} else {
			pGroup = uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_pcache1_g))
		}
		Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Fmutex)
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Flru.FisAnchor) == 0 {
			(*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Flru.FisAnchor = uint16(1)
			v1 = pGroup + 24
			(*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Flru.FpLruNext = v1
			(*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Flru.FpLruPrev = v1
		}
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpGroup = pGroup
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszPage = szPage
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszExtra = szExtra
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(szPage+szExtra) + (libc.Uint64FromInt64(56)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
		if bPurgeable != 0 {
			v2 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v2 = 0
		}
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FbPurgeable = v2
		_pcache1ResizeHash(tls, pCache)
		if bPurgeable != 0 {
			(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMin = uint32(10)
			**(**uint32)(__ccgo_up(pGroup + 12)) += (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMin
			(*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FmxPinned = (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FnMaxPage + uint32(10) - (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FnMinPage
			(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpnPurgeable = pGroup + 20
		} else {
			(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpnPurgeable = pCache + 48
		}
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Fmutex)
		if (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnHash == uint32(0) {
			_pcache1Destroy(tls, pCache)
			pCache = uintptr(0)
		}
	}
	return pCache
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described
//	** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure.
//	**
//	** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are
//	** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required
//	** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
//	*/
func _pcache1FetchStage2(tls *libc.TLS, pCache uintptr, iKey uint32, createFlag int32) (r uintptr) {
	var h, nPinned uint32
	var pGroup, pOther, pPage uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = h, nPinned, pGroup, pOther, pPage
	pGroup = (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpGroup
	pPage = uintptr(0)
	/* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
	nPinned = (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnPage - (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnRecyclable
	if createFlag == int32(1) && (nPinned >= (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FmxPinned || nPinned >= (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).Fn90pct || _pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(tls, pCache) != 0 && (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnRecyclable < nPinned) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnPage >= (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnHash {
		_pcache1ResizeHash(tls, pCache)
	}
	/* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
	if (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FbPurgeable != 0 && !((*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Flru.FpLruPrev)).FisAnchor != 0) && ((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnPage+uint32(1) >= (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax || _pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(tls, pCache) != 0) {
		pPage = (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Flru.FpLruPrev
		_pcache1RemoveFromHash(tls, pPage, 0)
		_pcache1PinPage(tls, pPage)
		pOther = (*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpCache
		if (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FszAlloc != (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc {
			_pcache1FreePage(tls, pPage)
			pPage = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			**(**uint32)(__ccgo_up(pGroup + 20)) -= libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FbPurgeable - (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FbPurgeable)
		}
	}
	/* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
	 ** attempt to allocate a new one.
	 */
	if !(pPage != 0) {
		pPage = _pcache1AllocPage(tls, pCache, libc.BoolInt32(createFlag == int32(1)))
	}
	if pPage != 0 {
		h = iKey % (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnHash
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnPage = (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnPage + 1
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FiKey = iKey
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpNext = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FapHash + uintptr(h)*8))
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpCache = pCache
		(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpLruNext = uintptr(0)
		/* pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
		 ** No need to clear pLruPrev since it is not accessed when pLruNext==0 */
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpage.FpExtra)) = uintptr(0)
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FapHash + uintptr(h)*8)) = pPage
		if iKey > (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FiMaxKey {
			(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FiMaxKey = iKey
		}
	}
	return pPage
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Try to initialize the pCache->pFree and pCache->pBulk fields.  Return
//	** true if pCache->pFree ends up containing one or more free pages.
//	*/
func _pcache1InitBulk(tls *libc.TLS, pCache uintptr) (r int32) {
	var nBulk, v2 int32
	var pX, zBulk, v1 uintptr
	var szBulk Ti64
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = nBulk, pX, szBulk, zBulk, v1, v2
	if _pcache1_g.FnInitPage == 0 {
		return 0
	}
	/* Do not bother with a bulk allocation if the cache size very small */
	if (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax < uint32(3) {
		return 0
	}
	_sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(tls)
	if _pcache1_g.FnInitPage > 0 {
		szBulk = int64((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc) * int64(_pcache1_g.FnInitPage)
	} else {
		szBulk = int64(-int32(1024)) * int64(_pcache1_g.FnInitPage)
	}
	if szBulk > int64((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc)*libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax) {
		szBulk = int64((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc) * libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnMax)
	}
	if szBulk >= int64((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc) {
		v1 = _sqlite3Malloc(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt64(szBulk))
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpBulk = v1
		zBulk = v1
		_sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(tls)
		if zBulk != 0 {
			nBulk = _sqlite3MallocSize(tls, zBulk) / (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc
			for {
				pX = zBulk + uintptr((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszPage)
				(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fpage.FpBuf = zBulk
				(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fpage.FpExtra = pX + uintptr((libc.Uint64FromInt64(56)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
				(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FisBulkLocal = uint16(1)
				(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FisAnchor = uint16(0)
				(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FpNext = (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpFree
				(*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FpLruPrev = uintptr(0) /* Initializing this saves a valgrind error */
				(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpFree = pX
				zBulk = zBulk + uintptr((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszAlloc)
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				nBulk = nBulk - 1
				v2 = nBulk
				if !(v2 != 0) {
					break
				}
			}
		}
	}
	return libc.BoolInt32((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpFree != uintptr(0))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Make sure the cell sizes at idx, idx+1, ..., idx+N-1 have been
//	** computed.
//	*/
func _populateCellCache(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, idx int32, N int32) {
	var pRef, szCell uintptr
	_, _ = pRef, szCell
	pRef = (*TCellArray)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRef
	szCell = (*TCellArray)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszCell
	for N > 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(**(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(szCell + uintptr(idx)*2))) == 0 {
			**(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(szCell + uintptr(idx)*2)) = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr) Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pRef)).FxCellSize})))(tls, pRef, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TCellArray)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FapCell + uintptr(idx)*8)))
		} else {
		}
		idx = idx + 1
		N = N - 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from
//	** the PRAGMA.
//	*/
func _pragmaVtabColumn(tls *libc.TLS, pVtabCursor uintptr, ctx uintptr, i int32) (r int32) {
	var pCsr, pTab uintptr
	_, _ = pCsr, pTab
	pCsr = pVtabCursor
	pTab = (*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pVtabCursor)).FpVtab
	if i < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPragmaVtab)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiHidden) {
		Xsqlite3_result_value(tls, ctx, Xsqlite3_column_value(tls, (*TPragmaVtabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpPragma, i))
	} else {
		Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, ctx, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 24 + uintptr(i-libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPragmaVtab)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiHidden))*8)), -int32(1), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Clear all content from pragma virtual table cursor. */
func _pragmaVtabCursorClear(tls *libc.TLS, pCsr uintptr) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	Xsqlite3_finalize(tls, (*TPragmaVtabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpPragma)
	(*TPragmaVtabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpPragma = uintptr(0)
	(*TPragmaVtabCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiRowid = 0
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(16)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(8))) {
			break
		}
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 24 + uintptr(i)*8)))
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 24 + uintptr(i)*8)) = uintptr(0)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** fts5VisitEntries() callback used by fts5SetupPrefixIter()
//	*/
func _prefixIterSetupCb(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pCtx uintptr, p1 uintptr, pNew uintptr, nNew int32) {
	var i, i1, iStore, nMerge int32
	var pSetup uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, i1, iStore, nMerge, pSetup
	pSetup = pCtx
	nMerge = (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FnMerge
	if (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FnData > 0 {
		if (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FiRowid <= (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FiLastRowid && (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).Fdoclist.Fn > 0 {
			i = 0
			for {
				if !((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK && (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).Fdoclist.Fn != 0) {
					break
				}
				i1 = i * nMerge
				iStore = i1
				for {
					if !(iStore < i1+nMerge) {
						break
					}
					if (**(**TFts5Buffer)(__ccgo_up((*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FaBuf + uintptr(iStore)*16))).Fn == 0 {
						_fts5BufferSwap(tls, pSetup+48, (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FaBuf+uintptr(iStore)*16)
						_sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(tls, pSetup+48)
						break
					}
					goto _2
				_2:
					;
					iStore = iStore + 1
				}
				if iStore == i1+nMerge {
					(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FxMerge})))(tls, p, pSetup+48, nMerge, (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FaBuf+uintptr(i1)*16)
					iStore = i1
					for {
						if !(iStore < i1+nMerge) {
							break
						}
						_sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(tls, (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FaBuf+uintptr(iStore)*16)
						goto _3
					_3:
						;
						iStore = iStore + 1
					}
				}
				goto _1
			_1:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			(*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FiLastRowid = 0
		}
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, Tu64, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FxAppend})))(tls, p, libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FiRowid)-libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FiLastRowid), p1, pSetup+48)
		(*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FiLastRowid = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FiRowid
	}
	if (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FpTokendata != 0 {
		_prefixIterSetupTokendataCb(tls, p, (*TPrefixSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FpTokendata, p1, pNew, nNew)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** fts5VisitEntries() callback used by fts5SetupPrefixIterTokendata(). This
//	** callback adds an entry to the Fts5TokenDataIter.aMap[] array for each
//	** position in the current position-list. It doesn't matter that some of
//	** these may be out of order - they will be sorted later.
//	*/
func _prefixIterSetupTokendataCb(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pCtx uintptr, p1 uintptr, pNew uintptr, nNew int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var pSetup uintptr
	var _ /* iPos at bp+8 */ Ti64
	var _ /* iPosOff at bp+0 */ int32
	_ = pSetup
	pSetup = pCtx
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = 0
	if pNew != 0 {
		(*TTokendataSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FnTermByte = nNew - int32(1)
		(*TTokendataSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FiTermOff = (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TTokendataSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FpT)).Fterms.Fn
		_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, (*TTokendataSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FpT+24, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nNew-int32(1)), pNew+uintptr(1))
	}
	for 0 == _sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(tls, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FpData, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FnData, bp, bp+8) {
		_fts5TokendataIterAppendMap(tls, p, (*TTokendataSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FpT, (*TTokendataSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FiTermOff, (*TTokendataSetupCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(pSetup)).FnTermByte, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fbase.FiRowid, **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the printf() (a.k.a. format()) SQL function.
//	*/
func _printfFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(64)
	defer tls.Free(64)
	var db, zFormat, v1 uintptr
	var n int32
	var v2 bool
	var _ /* str at bp+16 */ TStrAccum
	var _ /* x at bp+0 */ TPrintfArguments
	_, _, _, _, _ = db, n, zFormat, v1, v2
	db = Xsqlite3_context_db_handle(tls, context)
	if v2 = argc >= int32(1); v2 {
		v1 = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
		zFormat = v1
	}
	if v2 && v1 != uintptr(0) {
		(**(**TPrintfArguments)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnArg = argc - int32(1)
		(**(**TPrintfArguments)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnUsed = 0
		(**(**TPrintfArguments)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FapArg = argv + uintptr(1)*8
		_sqlite3StrAccumInit(tls, bp+16, db, uintptr(0), 0, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(db + 136)))
		(**(**TStrAccum)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))).FprintfFlags = uint8(SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC)
		Xsqlite3_str_appendf(tls, bp+16, zFormat, libc.VaList(bp+56, bp))
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TStrAccum)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))).FaccError) == SQLITE_OK {
			n = libc.Int32FromUint32((**(**TStrAccum)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))).FnChar)
			Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, context, _sqlite3StrAccumFinish(tls, bp+16), n, __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3RowSetClear))
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TStrAccum)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))).FaccError) == int32(SQLITE_NOMEM) {
				Xsqlite3_result_error_nomem(tls, context)
			} else {
				Xsqlite3_result_error_toobig(tls, context)
			}
			Xsqlite3_str_reset(tls, bp+16)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The cell pCell is currently part of page pSrc but will ultimately be part
//	** of pPage.  (pSrc and pPage are often the same.)  If pCell contains a
//	** pointer to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map for
//	** the overflow page that will be valid after pCell has been moved to pPage.
//	*/
func _ptrmapPutOvflPtr(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pSrc uintptr, pCell uintptr, pRC uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var ovfl TPgno
	var _ /* info at bp+0 */ TCellInfo
	_ = ovfl
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRC)) != 0 {
		return
	}
	(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FxParseCell})))(tls, pPage, pCell, bp)
	if uint32((**(**TCellInfo)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnLocal) < (**(**TCellInfo)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnPayload {
		if uint64(pCell) < uint64((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FaDataEnd) && uint64(pCell+uintptr((**(**TCellInfo)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnLocal)) > uint64((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FaDataEnd) {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRC)) = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(74817))
			return
		}
		ovfl = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, pCell+uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TCellInfo)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnSize)-int32(4)))
		_ptrmapPut(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt, ovfl, uint8(PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1), (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno, pRC)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Make copies of relevant WHERE clause terms of the outer query into
//	** the WHERE clause of subquery.  Example:
//	**
//	**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1) WHERE x=5 AND y=10;
//	**
//	** Transformed into:
//	**
//	**    SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1 WHERE a=5 AND c-d=10)
//	**     WHERE x=5 AND y=10;
//	**
//	** The hope is that the terms added to the inner query will make it more
//	** efficient.
//	**
//	** NAME AMBIGUITY
//	**
//	** This optimization is called the "WHERE-clause push-down optimization"
//	** or sometimes the "predicate push-down optimization".
//	**
//	** Do not confuse this optimization with another unrelated optimization
//	** with a similar name:  The "MySQL push-down optimization" causes WHERE
//	** clause terms that can be evaluated using only the index and without
//	** reference to the table are run first, so that if they are false,
//	** unnecessary table seeks are avoided.
//	**
//	** RULES
//	**
//	** Do not attempt this optimization if:
//	**
//	**   (1) (** This restriction was removed on 2017-09-29.  We used to
//	**           disallow this optimization for aggregate subqueries, but now
//	**           it is allowed by putting the extra terms on the HAVING clause.
//	**           The added HAVING clause is pointless if the subquery lacks
//	**           a GROUP BY clause.  But such a HAVING clause is also harmless
//	**           so there does not appear to be any reason to add extra logic
//	**           to suppress it. **)
//	**
//	**   (2) The inner query is the recursive part of a common table expression.
//	**
//	**   (3) The inner query has a LIMIT clause (since the changes to the WHERE
//	**       clause would change the meaning of the LIMIT).
//	**
//	**   (4) The inner query is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN and the
//	**       expression to be pushed down does not come from the ON clause
//	**       on that LEFT JOIN.
//	**
//	**   (5) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause
//	**       of a LEFT JOIN where iCursor is not the right-hand table of that
//	**       left join.  An example:
//	**
//	**           SELECT *
//	**           FROM (SELECT 1 AS a1 UNION ALL SELECT 2) AS aa
//	**           JOIN (SELECT 1 AS b2 UNION ALL SELECT 2) AS bb ON (a1=b2)
//	**           LEFT JOIN (SELECT 8 AS c3 UNION ALL SELECT 9) AS cc ON (b2=2);
//	**
//	**       The correct answer is three rows:  (1,1,NULL),(2,2,8),(2,2,9).
//	**       But if the (b2=2) term were to be pushed down into the bb subquery,
//	**       then the (1,1,NULL) row would be suppressed.
//	**
//	**   (6) Window functions make things tricky as changes to the WHERE clause
//	**       of the inner query could change the window over which window
//	**       functions are calculated. Therefore, do not attempt the optimization
//	**       if:
//	**
//	**     (6a) The inner query uses multiple incompatible window partitions.
//	**
//	**     (6b) The inner query is a compound and uses window-functions.
//	**
//	**     (6c) The WHERE clause does not consist entirely of constants and
//	**          copies of expressions found in the PARTITION BY clause of
//	**          all window-functions used by the sub-query. It is safe to
//	**          filter out entire partitions, as this does not change the
//	**          window over which any window-function is calculated.
//	**
//	**   (7) The inner query is a Common Table Expression (CTE) that should
//	**       be materialized.  (This restriction is implemented in the calling
//	**       routine.)
//	**
//	**   (8) If the subquery is a compound that uses UNION, INTERSECT,
//	**       or EXCEPT, then all of the result set columns for all arms of
//	**       the compound must use the BINARY collating sequence.
//	**
//	**   (9) All three of the following are true:
//	**
//	**       (9a) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause
//	**            of a join (either an INNER or an OUTER join), and
//	**
//	**       (9b) The subquery is to the right of the ON/USING clause
//	**
//	**       (9c) There is a RIGHT JOIN (or FULL JOIN) in between the ON/USING
//	**            clause and the subquery.
//	**
//	**       Without this restriction, the WHERE-clause push-down optimization
//	**       might move the ON/USING filter expression from the left side of a
//	**       RIGHT JOIN over to the right side, which leads to incorrect answers.
//	**       See also restriction (6) in sqlite3ExprIsSingleTableConstraint().
//	**
//	**  (10) The inner query is not the right-hand table of a RIGHT JOIN.
//	**
//	**  (11) The subquery is not a VALUES clause
//	**
//	**  (12) The WHERE clause is not "rowid ISNULL" or the equivalent.  This
//	**       case only comes up if SQLite is compiled using
//	**       SQLITE_ALLOW_ROWID_IN_VIEW.
//	**
//	** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause
//	** terms are duplicated into the subquery.
//	*/
func _pushDownWhereTerms(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pSubq uintptr, pWhere uintptr, pSrcList uintptr, iSrc int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var ii, nChng, notUnionAll int32
	var op Tu8
	var pColl, pList, pNew, pSel, pSrc uintptr
	var _ /* x at bp+0 */ TSubstContext
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = ii, nChng, notUnionAll, op, pColl, pList, pNew, pSel, pSrc /* The subquery FROM term into which WHERE is pushed */
	nChng = 0
	pSrc = pSrcList + 8 + uintptr(iSrc)*80
	if pWhere == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FselFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_Recursive)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_MultiPart)) != 0 {
		return 0 /* restrictions (2) and (11) */
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).Ffg.Fjointype)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LTORJ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_RIGHT)) != 0 {
		return 0 /* restrictions (10) */
	}
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpPrior != 0 {
		notUnionAll = 0
		pSel = pSubq
		for {
			if !(pSel != 0) {
				break
			}
			op = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSel)).Fop
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(op) != int32(TK_ALL) && libc.Int32FromUint8(op) != int32(TK_SELECT) {
				notUnionAll = int32(1)
			}
			if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSel)).FpWin != 0 {
				return 0
			} /* restriction (6b) */
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pSel = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSel)).FpPrior
		}
		if notUnionAll != 0 {
			/* If any of the compound arms are connected using UNION, INTERSECT,
			 ** or EXCEPT, then we must ensure that none of the columns use a
			 ** non-BINARY collating sequence. */
			pSel = pSubq
			for {
				if !(pSel != 0) {
					break
				}
				pList = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSel)).FpEList
				ii = 0
				for {
					if !(ii < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr) {
						break
					}
					pColl = _sqlite3ExprCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(ii)*32))).FpExpr)
					if !(_sqlite3IsBinary(tls, pColl) != 0) {
						return 0 /* Restriction (8) */
					}
					goto _3
				_3:
					;
					ii = ii + 1
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				pSel = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSel)).FpPrior
			}
		}
	} else {
		if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpWin != 0 && (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpWin)).FpPartition == uintptr(0) {
			return 0
		}
	}
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpLimit != uintptr(0) {
		return 0 /* restriction (3) */
	}
	for libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWhere)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) {
		nChng = nChng + _pushDownWhereTerms(tls, pParse, pSubq, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWhere)).FpRight, pSrcList, iSrc)
		pWhere = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWhere)).FpLeft
	}
	if _sqlite3ExprIsSingleTableConstraint(tls, pWhere, pSrcList, iSrc, int32(1)) != 0 {
		nChng = nChng + 1
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSubq + 4)) |= uint32(SF_PushDown)
		for pSubq != 0 {
			pNew = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pWhere, 0)
			_unsetJoinExpr(tls, pNew, -int32(1), int32(1))
			(**(**TSubstContext)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse = pParse
			(**(**TSubstContext)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiTable = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FiCursor
			(**(**TSubstContext)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiNewTable = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FiCursor
			(**(**TSubstContext)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FisOuterJoin = 0
			(**(**TSubstContext)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnSelDepth = 0
			(**(**TSubstContext)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpEList = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpEList
			(**(**TSubstContext)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpCList = _findLeftmostExprlist(tls, pSubq)
			pNew = _substExpr(tls, bp, pNew)
			if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fop) == int32(TK_IN) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) != uint32(0) {
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 32)) + 4)) |= uint32(SF_ClonedRhsIn)
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWhere + 32)) + 4)) |= uint32(SF_ClonedRhsIn)
			}
			if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpWin != 0 && 0 == _pushDownWindowCheck(tls, pParse, pSubq, pNew) {
				/* Restriction 6c has prevented push-down in this case */
				_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pNew)
				nChng = nChng - 1
				break
			}
			if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FselFlags&uint32(SF_Aggregate) != 0 {
				(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpHaving = _sqlite3ExprAnd(tls, pParse, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpHaving, pNew)
			} else {
				(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpWhere = _sqlite3ExprAnd(tls, pParse, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpWhere, pNew)
			}
			pSubq = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FpPrior
		}
	}
	return nChng
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
//	** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
//	** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
//	** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
//	*/
func _querySharedCacheTableLock(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iTab TPgno, eLock Tu8) (r int32) {
	var pBt, pIter, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _ = pBt, pIter, v2
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	/* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
	 ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
	 ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
	 */
	/* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
	if !((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fsharable != 0) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	/* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
	 ** requested lock may not be obtained.
	 */
	if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpWriter != p && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbtsFlags)&int32(BTS_EXCLUSIVE) != 0 {
		_sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(tls, (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpWriter)).Fdb)
		return libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_LOCKED) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
	}
	pIter = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpLock
	for {
		if !(pIter != 0) {
			break
		}
		/* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
		 ** statement is a simplification of:
		 **
		 **   (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
		 **
		 ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
		 ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
		 ** only be a single writer).
		 */
		if (*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpBtree != p && (*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTable == iTab && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FeLock) != libc.Int32FromUint8(eLock) {
			_sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(tls, (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpBtree)).Fdb)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(eLock) == int32(WRITE_LOCK) {
				v2 = pBt + 40
				*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_PENDING))
			}
			return libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_LOCKED) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pIter = (*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpNext
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.
//	**
//	** The quote(X) function returns the text of an SQL literal which is the
//	** value of its argument suitable for inclusion into an SQL statement.
//	** Strings are surrounded by single-quotes with escapes on interior quotes
//	** as needed. BLOBs are encoded as hexadecimal literals. Strings with
//	** embedded NUL characters cannot be represented as string literals in SQL
//	** and hence the returned string literal is truncated prior to the first NUL.
//	**
//	** If sqlite3_user_data() is non-zero, then the UNISTR_QUOTE() function is
//	** implemented instead.  The difference is that UNISTR_QUOTE() uses the
//	** UNISTR() function to escape control characters.
//	*/
func _quoteFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var db uintptr
	var _ /* str at bp+0 */ Tsqlite3_str
	_ = db
	db = Xsqlite3_context_db_handle(tls, context)
	_ = argc
	_sqlite3StrAccumInit(tls, bp, db, uintptr(0), 0, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(db + 136)))
	_sqlite3QuoteValue(tls, bp, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)), int32(int64(Xsqlite3_user_data(tls, context))))
	Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, context, _sqlite3StrAccumFinish(tls, bp), libc.Int32FromUint32((**(**Tsqlite3_str)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnChar), __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3RowSetClear))
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_str)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FaccError) != SQLITE_OK {
		Xsqlite3_result_null(tls, context)
		Xsqlite3_result_error_code(tls, context, libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_str)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FaccError))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate and zero the pIter->azTblCol[] and abTblPk[] arrays so that
//	** there is room for at least nCol elements. If an OOM occurs, store an
//	** error code in the RBU handle passed as the first argument.
//	*/
func _rbuAllocateIterArrays(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr, nCol int32) {
	var azNew uintptr
	var nByte Tsqlite3_int64
	_, _ = azNew, nByte
	nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64((libc.Uint64FromInt32(2)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8) + libc.Uint64FromInt64(4) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(3)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(1)) * libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol))
	azNew = _rbuMalloc(tls, p, nByte)
	if azNew != 0 {
		(*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FazTblCol = azNew
		(*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FazTblType = azNew + uintptr(nCol)*8
		(*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaiSrcOrder = (*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FazTblType + uintptr(nCol)*8
		(*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FabTblPk = (*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaiSrcOrder + uintptr(nCol)*4
		(*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FabNotNull = (*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FabTblPk + uintptr(nCol)
		(*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FabIndexed = (*TRbuObjIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FabNotNull + uintptr(nCol)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Called when iAmt bytes are read from offset iOff of the wal file while
//	** the rbu object is in capture mode. Record the frame number of the frame
//	** being read in the aFrame[] array.
//	*/
func _rbuCaptureWalRead(tls *libc.TLS, pRbu uintptr, iOff Ti64, iAmt int32) (r int32) {
	var aNew uintptr
	var iFrame, mReq Tu32
	var nNew, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = aNew, iFrame, mReq, nNew, v1
	mReq = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_LOCK_WRITE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_LOCK_CKPT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_LOCK_READ0))
	if (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FmLock != mReq {
		(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
		return libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_NOTICE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(3)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).Fpgsz = iAmt
	if (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrame == (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrameAlloc {
		if (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrameAlloc != 0 {
			v1 = (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrameAlloc
		} else {
			v1 = int32(64)
		}
		nNew = v1 * int32(2)
		aNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FaFrame, uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(nNew)*uint64(8)))
		if aNew == uintptr(0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FaFrame = aNew
		(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrameAlloc = nNew
	}
	iFrame = libc.Uint32FromInt64((iOff-libc.Int64FromInt32(32))/int64(iAmt+libc.Int32FromInt32(24))) + uint32(1)
	if (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FiMaxFrame < iFrame {
		(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FiMaxFrame = iFrame
	}
	(**(**TRbuFrame)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FaFrame + uintptr((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrame)*8))).FiWalFrame = iFrame
	(**(**TRbuFrame)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FaFrame + uintptr((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrame)*8))).FiDbPage = uint32(0)
	(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrame = (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrame + 1
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read bytes from *pz and convert them into a positive integer.  When
//	** finished, leave *pz pointing to the first character past the end of
//	** the integer.  The *pLen parameter holds the length of the string
//	** in *pz and is decremented once for each character in the integer.
//	*/
func _rbuDeltaGetInt(tls *libc.TLS, pz uintptr, pLen uintptr) (r uint32) {
	var c, v1 int32
	var v uint32
	var z, zEnd uintptr
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = c, v, z, zEnd, v1, v2
	v = uint32(0)
	z = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pz))
	zEnd = z + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pLen)))
	for {
		if v2 = z < zEnd; v2 {
			v1 = int32(_zValue[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))])
			c = v1
		}
		if !(v2 && v1 >= 0) {
			break
		}
		v = v<<int32(6) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(c)
		z = z + 1
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pLen)) -= int32(int64(z) - int64(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pz))))
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pz)) = z
	return v
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Take or release a shared-memory lock.
//	*/
func _rbuVfsShmLock(tls *libc.TLS, pFile uintptr, ofst int32, n int32, flags int32) (r int32) {
	var bCapture, rc int32
	var p, pRbu uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = bCapture, p, pRbu, rc
	p = pFile
	pRbu = (*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRbu
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if pRbu != 0 && ((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FeStage == int32(RBU_STAGE_OAL) || (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FeStage == int32(RBU_STAGE_MOVE) || (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FeStage == int32(RBU_STAGE_DONE)) {
		/* Prevent SQLite from taking a shm-lock on the target file when it
		 ** is supplying heap memory to the upper layer in place of *-shm
		 ** segments. */
		if ofst == int32(WAL_LOCK_CKPT) && n == int32(1) {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
		}
	} else {
		bCapture = 0
		if pRbu != 0 && (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FeStage == int32(RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE) {
			bCapture = int32(1)
		}
		if bCapture == 0 || 0 == flags&int32(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK) {
			rc = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3_io_methods)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpReal)).FpMethods)).FxShmLock})))(tls, (*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpReal, ofst, n, flags)
			if bCapture != 0 && rc == SQLITE_OK {
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pRbu + 340)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32((int32(1)<<n - int32(1)) << ofst)
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
//	** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
//	** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
//	** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
//	** a description of the journal header format.
//	**
//	** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
//	** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
//	** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
//	** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
//	** in this case.
//	**
//	** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
//	** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
//	** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
//	*/
func _readJournalHdr(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, isHot int32, journalSize Ti64, pNRec uintptr, pDbSize uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iHdrOff Ti64
	var rc, v1, v2, v4 int32
	var v3, v5 bool
	var _ /* aMagic at bp+0 */ [8]uint8
	var _ /* iPageSize at bp+8 */ Tu32
	var _ /* iSectorSize at bp+12 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iHdrOff, rc, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5 /* Offset of journal header being read */
	/* Journal file must be open. */
	/* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
	 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
	 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
	 */
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = _journalHdrOffset(tls, pPager)
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff+libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize) > journalSize {
		return int32(SQLITE_DONE)
	}
	iHdrOff = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff
	/* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
	 ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
	 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
	 ** proceed.
	 */
	if isHot != 0 || iHdrOff != (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalHdr {
		rc = _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, bp, int32(8), iHdrOff)
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc
		}
		if libc.Xmemcmp(tls, bp, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_aJournalMagic)), uint64(8)) != 0 {
			return int32(SQLITE_DONE)
		}
	}
	/* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
	 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
	 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
	 */
	v1 = _read32bits(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, iHdrOff+int64(8), pNRec)
	rc = v1
	if v3 = SQLITE_OK != v1; !v3 {
		v2 = _read32bits(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, iHdrOff+int64(12), pPager+56)
		rc = v2
	}
	if v5 = v3 || SQLITE_OK != v2; !v5 {
		v4 = _read32bits(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, iHdrOff+int64(16), pDbSize)
		rc = v4
	}
	if v5 || SQLITE_OK != v4 {
		return rc
	}
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff == 0 { /* Sector-size field of journal header */
		/* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
		v1 = _read32bits(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, iHdrOff+int64(20), bp+12)
		rc = v1
		if v3 = SQLITE_OK != v1; !v3 {
			v2 = _read32bits(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, iHdrOff+int64(24), bp+8)
			rc = v2
		}
		if v3 || SQLITE_OK != v2 {
			return rc
		}
		/* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
		 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
		 ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
		 */
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) == uint32(0) {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = libc.Uint32FromInt64((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize)
		}
		/* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
		 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
		 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
		 ** respective compile time maximum limits.
		 */
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) < uint32(512) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) < uint32(32) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) > uint32(SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) > uint32(MAX_SECTOR_SIZE) || (**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))-uint32(1))&**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != uint32(0) || (**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))-uint32(1))&**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) != uint32(0) {
			/* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
			 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
			 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
			 ** the journal file here.
			 */
			return int32(SQLITE_DONE)
		}
		/* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
		 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
		 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
		 */
		rc = _sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(tls, pPager, bp+8, -int32(1))
		/* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
		 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
		 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
		 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
		 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
		 */
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))
	}
	**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pPager + 96)) += libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Recompute the colNotIdxed field of the Index.
//	**
//	** colNotIdxed is a bitmask that has a 0 bit representing each indexed
//	** columns that are within the first 63 columns of the table and a 1 for
//	** all other bits (all columns that are not in the index).  The
//	** high-order bit of colNotIdxed is always 1.  All unindexed columns
//	** of the table have a 1.
//	**
//	** 2019-10-24:  For the purpose of this computation, virtual columns are
//	** not considered to be covered by the index, even if they are in the
//	** index, because we do not trust the logic in whereIndexExprTrans() to be
//	** able to find all instances of a reference to the indexed table column
//	** and convert them into references to the index.  Hence we always want
//	** the actual table at hand in order to recompute the virtual column, if
//	** necessary.
//	**
//	** The colNotIdxed mask is AND-ed with the SrcList.a[].colUsed mask
//	** to determine if the index is covering index.
//	*/
func _recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(tls *libc.TLS, pIdx uintptr) {
	var j, x int32
	var m TBitmask
	var pTab uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = j, m, pTab, x
	m = uint64(0)
	pTab = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpTable
	j = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn) - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(j >= 0) {
			break
		}
		x = int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2)))
		if x >= 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(x)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) == 0 {
			if x < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8))-libc.Int32FromInt32(1) {
				m = m | libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<x
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		j = j - 1
	}
	(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FcolNotIdxed = ^m
	/* See note-20221022-a */
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pSelect is a SELECT statement and pSrcItem is one item in the FROM
//	** clause of that SELECT.
//	**
//	** This routine scans the entire SELECT statement and recomputes the
//	** pSrcItem->colUsed mask.
//	*/
func _recomputeColumnsUsedExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pItem uintptr
	_ = pItem
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_COLUMN) {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	pItem = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40))
	if (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FiCursor != (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	if int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) < 0 {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(pItem + 40)) |= _sqlite3ExprColUsed(tls, pExpr)
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Release auxiliary memory held in an array of N Mem elements.
//	**
//	** After this routine returns, all Mem elements in the array will still
//	** be valid.  Those Mem elements that were not holding auxiliary resources
//	** will be unchanged.  Mem elements which had something freed will be
//	** set to MEM_Undefined.
//	*/
func _releaseMemArray(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, N int32) {
	var db, pEnd, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _ = db, pEnd, v1
	if p != 0 && N != 0 {
		pEnd = p + uintptr(N)*56
		db = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed != 0 {
			for {
				if (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMalloc != 0 {
					_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzMalloc)
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				p += 56
				v1 = p
				if !(v1 < pEnd) {
					break
				}
			}
			return
		}
		for {
			/* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
			 ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
			 ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
			 **
			 ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
			 ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
			 ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
			 ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
			 ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
			 ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
			 ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
			 */
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Agg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Dyn)) != 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(tls, p)
				(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Undefined)
			} else {
				if (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMalloc != 0 {
					_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzMalloc)
					(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMalloc = 0
					(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Undefined)
				}
			}
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			p += 56
			v1 = p
			if !(v1 < pEnd) {
				break
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
//	** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
//	**
//	** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
//	** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
//	** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
//	** page.
//	*/
func _relocatePage(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr, pDbPage uintptr, eType Tu8, iPtrPage TPgno, iFreePage TPgno, isCommit int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iDbPage, nextOvfl TPgno
	var pPager uintptr
	var _ /* pPtrPage at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* rc at bp+8 */ int32
	_, _, _ = iDbPage, nextOvfl, pPager /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
	iDbPage = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pDbPage)).Fpgno
	pPager = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager
	if iDbPage < uint32(3) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(77187))
	}
	/* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sqlite3PagerMovepage(tls, pPager, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pDbPage)).FpDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != SQLITE_OK {
		return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
	}
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pDbPage)).Fpgno = iFreePage
	/* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
	 ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
	 ** pages need to be changed.
	 **
	 ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
	 ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
	 ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(eType) == int32(PTRMAP_BTREE) || libc.Int32FromUint8(eType) == int32(PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _setChildPtrmaps(tls, pDbPage)
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != SQLITE_OK {
			return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
		}
	} else {
		nextOvfl = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pDbPage)).FaData)
		if nextOvfl != uint32(0) {
			_ptrmapPut(tls, pBt, nextOvfl, uint8(PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2), iFreePage, bp+8)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != SQLITE_OK {
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
			}
		}
	}
	/* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
	 ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
	 ** iPtrPage.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(eType) != int32(PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, iPtrPage, bp, 0)
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != SQLITE_OK {
			return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FpDbPage)
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != SQLITE_OK {
			_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _modifyPagePointer(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iDbPage, iFreePage, eType)
		_releasePage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) == SQLITE_OK {
			_ptrmapPut(tls, pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, bp+8)
		}
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pX is an expression of the form:  (vector) IN (SELECT ...)
//	** In other words, it is a vector IN operator with a SELECT clause on the
//	** RHS.  But not all terms in the vector are indexable and the terms might
//	** not be in the correct order for indexing.
//	**
//	** This routine makes a copy of the input pX expression and then adjusts
//	** the vector on the LHS with corresponding changes to the SELECT so that
//	** the vector contains only index terms and those terms are in the correct
//	** order.  The modified IN expression is returned.  The caller is responsible
//	** for deleting the returned expression.
//	**
//	** Example:
//	**
//	**    CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d,e,f);
//	**    CREATE INDEX t1x1 ON t1(e,c);
//	**    SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (a,b,c,d,e) IN (SELECT v,w,x,y,z FROM t2)
//	**                           \_______________________________________/
//	**                                     The pX expression
//	**
//	** Since only columns e and c can be used with the index, in that order,
//	** the modified IN expression that is returned will be:
//	**
//	**        (e,c) IN (SELECT z,x FROM t2)
//	**
//	** The reduced pX is different from the original (obviously) and thus is
//	** only used for indexing, to improve performance.  The original unaltered
//	** IN expression must also be run on each output row for correctness.
//	*/
func _removeUnindexableInClauseTerms(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iEq int32, pLoop uintptr, pX uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var db, p, pLhs, pNew, pOrigLhs, pOrigRhs, pRhs, pSelect, v4 uintptr
	var i, iField, v3 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, iField, p, pLhs, pNew, pOrigLhs, pOrigRhs, pRhs, pSelect, v3, v4
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	pNew = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pX, 0)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed) == 0 {
		pSelect = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 32))
		for {
			if !(pSelect != 0) {
				break
			} /* Original unmodified RHS */
			pOrigLhs = uintptr(0) /* Original unmodified LHS */
			pRhs = uintptr(0)     /* New RHS after modifications */
			pLhs = uintptr(0)     /* Loop counter */
			pOrigRhs = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpEList
			if pSelect == *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 32)) {
				pOrigLhs = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpLeft + 32))
			}
			i = iEq
			for {
				if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnLTerm)) {
					break
				}
				if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)))).FpExpr == pX {
					iField = (*(*struct {
						FleftColumn int32
						FiField     int32
					})(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)) + 32))).FiField - int32(1)
					if (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrigRhs + 8 + uintptr(iField)*32))).FpExpr == uintptr(0) {
						goto _2 /* Duplicate PK column */
					}
					pRhs = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pRhs, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrigRhs + 8 + uintptr(iField)*32))).FpExpr)
					(*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrigRhs + 8 + uintptr(iField)*32))).FpExpr = uintptr(0)
					if pRhs != 0 {
						*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs + 8 + uintptr((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).FnExpr-int32(1))*32 + 24)) = libc.Uint16FromInt32(iField + int32(1))
					}
					if pOrigLhs != 0 {
						pLhs = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pLhs, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrigLhs + 8 + uintptr(iField)*32))).FpExpr)
						(*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrigLhs + 8 + uintptr(iField)*32))).FpExpr = uintptr(0)
					}
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, pOrigRhs)
			if pOrigLhs != 0 {
				_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, pOrigLhs)
				*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpLeft + 32)) = pLhs
			}
			(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpEList = pRhs
			v4 = pParse + 132
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)) + 1
			v3 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4))
			(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FselId = libc.Uint32FromInt32(v3) /* Req'd for SubrtnSig validity */
			if pLhs != 0 && (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pLhs)).FnExpr == int32(1) {
				/* Take care here not to generate a TK_VECTOR containing only a
				 ** single value. Since the parser never creates such a vector, some
				 ** of the subroutines do not handle this case.  */
				p = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pLhs + 8))).FpExpr
				(*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pLhs + 8))).FpExpr = uintptr(0)
				_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpLeft)
				(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpLeft = p
			}
			/* If either the ORDER BY clause or the GROUP BY clause contains
			 ** references to result-set columns, those references might now be
			 ** obsolete.  So fix them up.
			 */
			if pRhs != 0 {
				_adjustOrderByCol(tls, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpOrderBy, pRhs)
				_adjustOrderByCol(tls, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpGroupBy, pRhs)
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).FnExpr) {
						break
					}
					*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs + 8 + uintptr(i)*32 + 24)) = uint16(0)
					goto _5
				_5:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pSelect = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpPrior
		}
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is a Walker expression callback.
//	**
//	** For every TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree, search to see
//	** if the column being references is the column being renamed by an
//	** ALTER TABLE statement.  If it is, then attach its associated
//	** RenameToken object to the list of RenameToken objects being
//	** constructed in RenameCtx object at pWalker->u.pRename.
//	*/
func _renameColumnExprCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40))
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_TRIGGER) && int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) == (*TRenameCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCol && (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse)).FpTriggerTab == (*TRenameCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab {
		_renameTokenFind(tls, (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse, p, pExpr)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) == (*TRenameCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCol && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subrtn)) == uint32(0) && (*TRenameCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab == *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64)) {
			_renameTokenFind(tls, (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse, p, pExpr)
		}
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

func _renameQuotefixExprCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_STRING) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&uint32(EP_DblQuoted) != 0 {
		_renameTokenFind(tls, (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40)), pExpr)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set all pEList->a[].fg.eEName fields in the expression-list to val.
//	*/
func _renameSetENames(tls *libc.TLS, pEList uintptr, val int32) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	if pEList != 0 {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList)).FnExpr) {
				break
			}
			libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pEList+8+uintptr(i)*32+16+4, libc.Uint32FromInt32(val&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x3)), 0, 0x3)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE".
//	*/
func _renameTableExprCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40))
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subrtn)) == uint32(0) && (*TRenameCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab == *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64)) {
		_renameTokenFind(tls, (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse, p, pExpr+64)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE".
//	*/
func _renameTableSelectCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pSelect uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var p, pItem, pSrc uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, p, pItem, pSrc
	p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40))
	pSrc = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpSrc
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FselFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_View)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_CopyCte)) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	}
	if pSrc == uintptr(0) {
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc) {
			break
		}
		pItem = pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80
		if (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab == (*TRenameCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab {
			_renameTokenFind(tls, (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse, p, (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FzName)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	_renameWalkWith(tls, pWalker, pSelect)
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walker callback used by sqlite3RenameExprUnmap().
//	*/
func _renameUnmapExprCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pParse uintptr
	_ = pParse
	pParse = (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse
	_sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), pExpr)
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subrtn)) == uint32(0) {
		_sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), pExpr+64)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walker callback used by sqlite3RenameExprUnmap().
//	*/
func _renameUnmapSelectCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var pList, pParse, pSrc uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, pList, pParse, pSrc
	pParse = (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FselFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_View)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_CopyCte)) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	}
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEList != 0 {
		pList = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEList
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr) {
				break
			}
			if (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FzEName != 0 && int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32 + 16 + 4))&0x3>>0)) == ENAME_NAME {
				_sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FzEName)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc != 0 { /* Every Select as a SrcList, even if it is empty */
		pSrc = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc) {
				break
			}
			_sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80))).FzName)
			if int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80 + 24 + 4))&0x800>>11) == 0 {
				_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, pWalker, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80 + 64)))
			} else {
				_unmapColumnIdlistNames(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80 + 64)))
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	_renameWalkWith(tls, pWalker, p)
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Expression walker callback used by renumberCursors() to update
//	** Expr objects to match newly assigned cursor numbers.
//	*/
func _renumberCursorsCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var op int32
	_ = op
	op = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop)
	if op == int32(TK_COLUMN) || op == int32(TK_IF_NULL_ROW) {
		_renumberCursorDoMapping(tls, pWalker, pExpr+44)
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != uint32(0) {
		_renumberCursorDoMapping(tls, pWalker, pExpr+52)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
//	** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
//	** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
//	*/
func _resizeResolveLabel(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, v uintptr, j int32) {
	var nNewSize int32
	_ = nNewSize
	nNewSize = int32(10) - (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLabel
	(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaLabel = _sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaLabel, uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(nNewSize)*uint64(4)))
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaLabel == uintptr(0) {
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLabelAlloc = 0
	} else {
		if nNewSize >= int32(100) && nNewSize/int32(100) > (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLabelAlloc/int32(100) {
			_sqlite3ProgressCheck(tls, p)
		}
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLabelAlloc = nNewSize
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaLabel + uintptr(j)*4)) = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnOp
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
//	** a SELECT statement.  pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
//	** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
//	** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list.  If it is,
//	** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
//	** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry.  If there is
//	** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
//	** return 0.
//	**
//	** pEList has been resolved.  pE has not.
//	*/
func _resolveAsName(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pEList uintptr, pE uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var zCol uintptr
	_, _ = i, zCol /* Loop counter */
	_ = pParse
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE)).Fop) == int32(TK_ID) {
		zCol = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE + 8))
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList)).FnExpr) {
				break
			}
			if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32 + 16 + 4))&0x3>>0)) == ENAME_NAME && Xsqlite3_stricmp(tls, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pEList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FzEName, zCol) == 0 {
				return i + int32(1)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called after all opcodes have been inserted.  It loops
//	** through all the opcodes and fixes up some details.
//	**
//	** (1) For each jump instruction with a negative P2 value (a label)
//	**     resolve the P2 value to an actual address.
//	**
//	** (2) Compute the maximum number of arguments used by the xUpdate/xFilter
//	**     methods of any virtual table and store that value in *pMaxVtabArgs.
//	**
//	** (3) Update the Vdbe.readOnly and Vdbe.bIsReader flags to accurately
//	**     indicate what the prepared statement actually does.
//	**
//	** (4) (discontinued)
//	**
//	** (5) Reclaim the memory allocated for storing labels.
//	**
//	** This routine will only function correctly if the mkopcodeh.tcl generator
//	** script numbers the opcodes correctly.  Changes to this routine must be
//	** coordinated with changes to mkopcodeh.tcl.
//	*/
func _resolveP2Values(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pMaxVtabArgs uintptr) {
	var aLabel, pOp, pParse uintptr
	var n, nMaxVtabArgs int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = aLabel, n, nMaxVtabArgs, pOp, pParse
	nMaxVtabArgs = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pMaxVtabArgs))
	pParse = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpParse
	aLabel = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaLabel
	/* tag-20230419-1 */
	libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(p+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 6, 0x40)
	libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(p+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 7, 0x80)
	pOp = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp + uintptr((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp-int32(1))*24
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		/* Only JUMP opcodes and the short list of special opcodes in the switch
		 ** below need to be considered.  The mkopcodeh.tcl generator script groups
		 ** all these opcodes together near the front of the opcode list.  Skip
		 ** any opcode that does not need processing by virtual of the fact that
		 ** it is larger than SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE, as a performance optimization.
		 */
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) <= int32(SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE) {
			/* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.tcl when adding or removing
			 ** cases from this switch! */
			switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) {
			case int32(OP_Transaction):
				if (*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 != 0 {
					libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(p+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 6, 0x40)
				}
				fallthrough
			case int32(OP_AutoCommit):
				fallthrough
			case OP_Savepoint:
				libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(p+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 7, 0x80)
			case int32(OP_Checkpoint):
				fallthrough
			case int32(OP_Vacuum):
				fallthrough
			case int32(OP_JournalMode):
				libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(p+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 6, 0x40)
				libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(p+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 7, 0x80)
			case int32(OP_Init):
				goto resolve_p2_values_loop_exit
			case int32(OP_VUpdate):
				if (*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 > nMaxVtabArgs {
					nMaxVtabArgs = (*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2
				}
			case int32(OP_VFilter):
				/* The instruction immediately prior to VFilter will be an
				 ** OP_Integer that sets the "argc" value for the VFilter.  See
				 ** the code where OP_VFilter is generated at tag-20250207a. */
				n = (**(**TOp)(__ccgo_up(pOp + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*24))).Fp1
				if n > nMaxVtabArgs {
					nMaxVtabArgs = n
				}
				/* Fall through into the default case */
				fallthrough
			default:
				if (*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 < 0 {
					/* The mkopcodeh.tcl script has so arranged things that the only
					 ** non-jump opcodes less than SQLITE_MX_JUMP_CODE are guaranteed to
					 ** have non-negative values for P2. */
					/* True because of tag-20230419-1 */
					(*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aLabel + uintptr(^(*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2)*4))
				}
				/* OPFLG_JUMP opcodes never have P2==0, though OPFLG_JUMP0 opcodes
				 ** might */
				/* Jumps never go off the end of the bytecode array */
				break
			}
			/* The mkopcodeh.tcl script has so arranged things that the only
			 ** non-jump opcodes less than SQLITE_MX_JUMP_CODE are guaranteed to
			 ** have non-negative values for P2. */
		}
		pOp -= 24
	}
	goto resolve_p2_values_loop_exit
resolve_p2_values_loop_exit:
	;
	if aLabel != 0 {
		_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaLabel)
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaLabel = uintptr(0)
	}
	(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnLabel = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pMaxVtabArgs)) = nMaxVtabArgs
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walker callback for windowRemoveExprFromSelect().
//	*/
func _resolveRemoveWindowsCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pWin uintptr
	_ = pWin
	_ = pWalker
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
		pWin = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64))
		_sqlite3WindowUnlinkFromSelect(tls, pWin)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the EP_SubtArg property on every expression inside of
//	** pList.  If any subexpression is actually a subquery, then
//	** also set the EP_SubtArg property on the first result-set
//	** column of that subquery.
//	*/
func _resolveSetExprSubtypeArg(tls *libc.TLS, pList uintptr) {
	var ii, nn, v1 int32
	var pExpr uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = ii, nn, pExpr, v1
	if pList != 0 {
		v1 = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	nn = v1
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(ii < nn) {
			break
		}
		pExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(ii)*32))).FpExpr
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromUint32(EP_SubtArg)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_SELECT) {
			_resolveSetExprSubtypeArg(tls, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))).FpEList)
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
//	** given RowSet.  Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
//	** object.
//	**
//	** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
//	** routine returns NULL.
//	*/
func _rowSetEntryAlloc(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pNew, v1, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _ = pNew, v1, v2
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFresh) == 0 {
		pNew = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, uint64(1016))
		if pNew == uintptr(0) {
			return uintptr(0)
		}
		(*TRowSetChunk)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpNextChunk = (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpChunk
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpChunk = pNew
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpFresh = pNew + 8
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFresh = uint16(libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(24))
	}
	(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFresh = (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFresh - 1
	v2 = p + 32
	v1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) += 24
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
//	*/
func _rtreeColumn(tls *libc.TLS, cur uintptr, ctx uintptr, i int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var p, pCsr, pNode, pRtree uintptr
	var _ /* c at bp+0 */ TRtreeCoord
	var _ /* rc at bp+4 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = p, pCsr, pNode, pRtree
	pRtree = (*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(cur)).FpVtab
	pCsr = cur
	p = _rtreeSearchPointFirst(tls, pCsr)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = SQLITE_OK
	pNode = _rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(tls, pCsr, bp+4)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) != 0 {
		return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
	}
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCell) >= _readInt16(tls, (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData+2) {
		return int32(SQLITE_ABORT)
	}
	if i == 0 {
		Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, _nodeGetRowid(tls, pRtree, pNode, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCell)))
	} else {
		if i <= libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2) {
			_nodeGetCoord(tls, pRtree, pNode, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCell), i-int32(1), bp)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FeCoordType) == RTREE_COORD_REAL32 {
				Xsqlite3_result_double(tls, ctx, float64(*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(bp))))
			} else {
				Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, ctx, *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(bp)))
			}
		} else {
			if !((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FbAuxValid != 0) {
				if (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux == uintptr(0) {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = Xsqlite3_prepare_v3(tls, (*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).Fdb, (*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FzReadAuxSql, -int32(1), uint32(0), pCsr+56, uintptr(0))
					if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) != 0 {
						return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
					}
				}
				Xsqlite3_bind_int64(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux, int32(1), _nodeGetRowid(tls, pRtree, pNode, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCell)))
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = Xsqlite3_step(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux)
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) == int32(SQLITE_ROW) {
					(*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FbAuxValid = uint8(1)
				} else {
					Xsqlite3_reset(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux)
					if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) == int32(SQLITE_DONE) {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = SQLITE_OK
					}
					return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
				}
			}
			Xsqlite3_result_value(tls, ctx, Xsqlite3_column_value(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux, i-libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2)+int32(1)))
		}
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Push a new element onto the priority queue
//	*/
func _rtreeEnqueue(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, rScore TRtreeDValue, iLevel Tu8) (r uintptr) {
	var i, j, nNew, v1 int32
	var pNew, pParent, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, j, nNew, pNew, pParent, v1, v2
	if (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FnPoint >= (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FnPointAlloc {
		nNew = (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FnPointAlloc*int32(2) + int32(8)
		pNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FaPoint, uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(nNew)*uint64(24)))
		if pNew == uintptr(0) {
			return uintptr(0)
		}
		(*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FaPoint = pNew
		(*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FnPointAlloc = nNew
	}
	v2 = pCur + 36
	v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
	i = v1
	pNew = (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FaPoint + uintptr(i)*24
	(*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FrScore = rScore
	(*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiLevel = iLevel
	for i > 0 {
		j = (i - int32(1)) / int32(2)
		pParent = (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FaPoint + uintptr(j)*24
		if _rtreeSearchPointCompare(tls, pNew, pParent) >= 0 {
			break
		}
		_rtreeSearchPointSwap(tls, pCur, j, i)
		i = j
		pNew = pParent
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score.
//	*/
func _rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pRC uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var id Tsqlite3_int64
	var ii int32
	var v1 int64
	_, _, _ = id, ii, v1
	ii = int32(1) - libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FbPoint)
	if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88 + uintptr(ii)*8)) == uintptr(0) {
		if ii != 0 {
			v1 = (**(**TRtreeSearchPoint)(__ccgo_up((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FaPoint))).Fid
		} else {
			v1 = (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FsPoint.Fid
		}
		id = v1
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRC)) = _nodeAcquire(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fbase.FpVtab, id, uintptr(0), pCur+88+uintptr(ii)*8)
	}
	return **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88 + uintptr(ii)*8))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it.  Return
//	** NULL if malloc fails.
//	*/
func _rtreeSearchPointNew(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, rScore TRtreeDValue, iLevel Tu8) (r uintptr) {
	var ii int32
	var pFirst, pNew uintptr
	_, _, _ = ii, pFirst, pNew
	pFirst = _rtreeSearchPointFirst(tls, pCur)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 128 + uintptr(iLevel)*4)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 128 + uintptr(iLevel)*4)) + 1
	if pFirst == uintptr(0) || (*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pFirst)).FrScore > rScore || (*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pFirst)).FrScore == rScore && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pFirst)).FiLevel) > libc.Int32FromUint8(iLevel) {
		if (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FbPoint != 0 {
			pNew = _rtreeEnqueue(tls, pCur, rScore, iLevel)
			if pNew == uintptr(0) {
				return uintptr(0)
			}
			ii = int32((int64(pNew)-int64((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FaPoint))/24) + int32(1)
			if ii < int32(RTREE_CACHE_SZ) {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88 + uintptr(ii)*8)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88))
			} else {
				_nodeRelease(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fbase.FpVtab, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88)))
			}
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 88)) = uintptr(0)
			**(**TRtreeSearchPoint)(__ccgo_up(pNew)) = (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FsPoint
		}
		(*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FsPoint.FrScore = rScore
		(*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FsPoint.FiLevel = iLevel
		(*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FbPoint = uint8(1)
		return pCur + 64
	} else {
		return _rtreeEnqueue(tls, pCur, rScore, iLevel)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score.
//	*/
func _rtreeSearchPointPop(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var i, j, k, n, v1 int32
	var v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, j, k, n, v1, v2
	i = int32(1) - libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbPoint)
	if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + 88 + uintptr(i)*8)) != 0 {
		_nodeRelease(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fbase.FpVtab, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + 88 + uintptr(i)*8)))
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + 88 + uintptr(i)*8)) = uintptr(0)
	}
	if (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbPoint != 0 {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 128 + uintptr((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FsPoint.FiLevel)*4)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 128 + uintptr((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FsPoint.FiLevel)*4)) - 1
		(*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbPoint = uint8(0)
	} else {
		if (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnPoint != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 128 + uintptr((**(**TRtreeSearchPoint)(__ccgo_up((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint))).FiLevel)*4)) = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 128 + uintptr((**(**TRtreeSearchPoint)(__ccgo_up((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint))).FiLevel)*4)) - 1
			v2 = p + 36
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) - 1
			v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
			n = v1
			**(**TRtreeSearchPoint)(__ccgo_up((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint)) = **(**TRtreeSearchPoint)(__ccgo_up((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint + uintptr(n)*24))
			if n < libc.Int32FromInt32(RTREE_CACHE_SZ)-libc.Int32FromInt32(1) {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + 88 + 1*8)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + 88 + uintptr(n+int32(1))*8))
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + 88 + uintptr(n+int32(1))*8)) = uintptr(0)
			}
			i = 0
			for {
				v1 = i*libc.Int32FromInt32(2) + libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
				j = v1
				if !(v1 < n) {
					break
				}
				k = j + int32(1)
				if k < n && _rtreeSearchPointCompare(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint+uintptr(k)*24, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint+uintptr(j)*24) < 0 {
					if _rtreeSearchPointCompare(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint+uintptr(k)*24, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint+uintptr(i)*24) < 0 {
						_rtreeSearchPointSwap(tls, p, i, k)
						i = k
					} else {
						break
					}
				} else {
					if _rtreeSearchPointCompare(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint+uintptr(j)*24, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaPoint+uintptr(i)*24) < 0 {
						_rtreeSearchPointSwap(tls, p, i, j)
						i = j
					} else {
						break
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
//	** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA.  If all schema cookies
//	** make no changes to pParse->rc.
//	*/
func _schemaIsValid(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, pBt uintptr
	var iDb, openedTransaction, rc int32
	var _ /* cookie at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = db, iDb, openedTransaction, pBt, rc
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	iDb = 0
	for {
		if !(iDb < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
			break
		}
		openedTransaction = 0                                                                     /* True if a transaction is opened */
		pBt = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpBt /* Btree database to read cookie from */
		if pBt == uintptr(0) {
			goto _1
		}
		/* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
		 ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
		 ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
		if _sqlite3BtreeTxnState(tls, pBt) == SQLITE_TXN_NONE {
			rc = _sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(tls, pBt, 0, uintptr(0))
			if rc == int32(SQLITE_NOMEM) || rc == libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_IOERR)|libc.Int32FromInt32(12)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) {
				_sqlite3OomFault(tls, db)
				(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
			}
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				return
			}
			openedTransaction = int32(1)
		}
		/* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the
		 ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
		 ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
		_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(tls, pBt, int32(BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION), bp)
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpSchema)).Fschema_cookie {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpSchema)).FschemaFlags)&int32(DB_SchemaLoaded) == int32(DB_SchemaLoaded) {
				(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_SCHEMA)
			}
			_sqlite3ResetOneSchema(tls, db, iDb)
		}
		/* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
		if openedTransaction != 0 {
			_sqlite3BtreeCommit(tls, pBt)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iDb = iDb + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
//	** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
//	**
//	** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
//	** is set before returning.
//	*/
func _seekAndWrite(tls *libc.TLS, id uintptr, offset Ti64, pBuf uintptr, cnt int32) (r int32) {
	return _seekAndWriteFd(tls, (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(id)).Fh, offset, pBuf, cnt, id+32)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walker SELECT callbacks for sqlite3ReferencesSrcList().
//	**
//	** When entering a new subquery on the pExpr argument, add all FROM clause
//	** entries for that subquery to the exclude list.
//	**
//	** When leaving the subquery, remove those entries from the exclude list.
//	*/
func _selectRefEnter(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pSelect uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, j Ti64
	var p, pSrc, piNew uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, j, p, pSrc, piNew
	p = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker + 40))
	pSrc = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpSrc
	if (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc == 0 {
		return WRC_Continue
	}
	j = (*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExclude
	**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(p + 16)) += int64((*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc)
	piNew = _sqlite3DbRealloc(tls, (*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaiExclude, libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExclude)*uint64(4))
	if piNew == uintptr(0) {
		(*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExclude = 0
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	} else {
		(*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaiExclude = piNew
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < int64((*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc)) {
			break
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TRefSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaiExclude + uintptr(j)*4)) = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80))).FiCursor
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
		j = j + 1
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append a DELETE change to the buffer passed as the first argument. Use
//	** the changeset format if argument bPatchset is zero, or the patchset
//	** format otherwise.
//	*/
func _sessionAppendDelete(tls *libc.TLS, pBuf uintptr, bPatchset int32, p uintptr, nCol int32, abPK uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var a, pStart, v2 uintptr
	var eType, i int32
	var _ /* n at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = a, eType, i, pStart, v2
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK
	_sessionAppendByte(tls, pBuf, uint8(SQLITE_DELETE), bp)
	_sessionAppendByte(tls, pBuf, (*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbIndirect, bp)
	if bPatchset == 0 {
		_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pBuf, (*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaRecord, (*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRecord, bp)
	} else {
		a = (*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaRecord
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nCol) {
				break
			}
			pStart = a
			v2 = a
			a = a + 1
			eType = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2)))
			switch eType {
			case 0:
				fallthrough
			case int32(SQLITE_NULL):
			case int32(SQLITE_FLOAT):
				fallthrough
			case int32(SQLITE_INTEGER):
				a = a + uintptr(8)
			default:
				a = a + uintptr(_sessionVarintGet(tls, a, bp+4))
				a = a + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)))
				break
			}
			if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(abPK + uintptr(i))) != 0 {
				_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pBuf, pStart, int32(int64(a)-int64(pStart)), bp)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to other than SQLITE_OK when it
//	** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary
//	** changeset format) to buffer *pBuf. If an error occurs, set *pRc to an
//	** SQLite error code before returning.
//	*/
func _sessionAppendTableHdr(tls *libc.TLS, pBuf uintptr, bPatchset int32, pTab uintptr, pRc uintptr) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	/* Write a table header */
	if bPatchset != 0 {
		v1 = int32('P')
	} else {
		v1 = int32('T')
	}
	_sessionAppendByte(tls, pBuf, libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1), pRc)
	_sessionAppendVarint(tls, pBuf, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol, pRc)
	_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pBuf, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FabPK, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol, pRc)
	_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pBuf, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName, libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Xstrlen(tls, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName))+int32(1), pRc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Arguments aLeft and aRight are pointers to change records for table pTab.
//	** This function returns true if the two records apply to the same row (i.e.
//	** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false
//	** otherwise.
//	*/
func _sessionChangeEqual(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, bLeftPkOnly int32, aLeft uintptr, bRightPkOnly int32, aRight uintptr) (r int32) {
	var a1, a2 uintptr
	var iCol, n1, n2 int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = a1, a2, iCol, n1, n2
	a1 = aLeft  /* Cursor to iterate through aLeft */
	a2 = aRight /* Used to iterate through table columns */
	iCol = 0
	for {
		if !(iCol < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol) {
			break
		}
		if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FabPK + uintptr(iCol))) != 0 {
			n1 = _sessionSerialLen(tls, a1)
			n2 = _sessionSerialLen(tls, a2)
			if n1 != n2 || libc.Xmemcmp(tls, a1, a2, libc.Uint64FromInt32(n1)) != 0 {
				return 0
			}
			a1 = a1 + uintptr(n1)
			a2 = a2 + uintptr(n2)
		} else {
			if bLeftPkOnly == 0 {
				a1 = a1 + uintptr(_sessionSerialLen(tls, a1))
			}
			if bRightPkOnly == 0 {
				a2 = a2 + uintptr(_sessionSerialLen(tls, a2))
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iCol = iCol + 1
	}
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check if a changeset entry with nCol columns and the PK array passed
//	** as the final argument to this function is compatible with SessionTable
//	** pTab. If so, return 1. Otherwise, if they are incompatible in some way,
//	** return 0.
//	*/
func _sessionChangesetCheckCompat(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, nCol int32, abPK uintptr) (r int32) {
	var bPK Tu8
	var ii, v2 int32
	_, _, _ = bPK, ii, v2
	if (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FazCol != 0 && nCol < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol) {
				break
			}
			if ii < nCol {
				v2 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(abPK + uintptr(ii))))
			} else {
				v2 = 0
			}
			bPK = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v2)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FabPK + uintptr(ii)))) != libc.Int32FromUint8(bPK) {
				return 0
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		return int32(1)
	}
	return libc.BoolInt32((*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol == nCol && 0 == libc.Xmemcmp(tls, abPK, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FabPK, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol)))
}

func _sessionChangesetExtendRecord(tls *libc.TLS, pGrp uintptr, pTab uintptr, nCol int32, op int32, aRec uintptr, nRec int32, pOut uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var eType, iOff, ii, n int32
	var iVal Tsqlite3_int64
	var rVal float64
	var z, z1 uintptr
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = eType, iOff, iVal, ii, n, rVal, z, z1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK
	ii = 0
	(*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).FnBuf = 0
	if op == int32(SQLITE_INSERT) || op == int32(SQLITE_DELETE) && (*Tsqlite3_changegroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGrp)).FbPatch == 0 {
		/* Append the missing default column values to the record. */
		_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pOut, aRec, nRec, bp)
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK && (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpDfltStmt == uintptr(0) {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _sessionPrepareDfltStmt(tls, (*Tsqlite3_changegroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGrp)).Fdb, pTab, pTab+80)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK && int32(SQLITE_ROW) != Xsqlite3_step(tls, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpDfltStmt) {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = Xsqlite3_errcode(tls, (*Tsqlite3_changegroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGrp)).Fdb)
			}
		}
		ii = nCol
		for {
			if !(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK && ii < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol) {
				break
			}
			eType = Xsqlite3_column_type(tls, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpDfltStmt, ii)
			_sessionAppendByte(tls, pOut, libc.Uint8FromInt32(eType), bp)
			switch eType {
			case int32(SQLITE_FLOAT):
				fallthrough
			case int32(SQLITE_INTEGER):
				if SQLITE_OK == _sessionBufferGrow(tls, pOut, int64(8), bp) {
					if eType == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) {
						iVal = Xsqlite3_column_int64(tls, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpDfltStmt, ii)
						_sessionPutI64(tls, (*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).FaBuf+uintptr((*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).FnBuf), iVal)
					} else {
						rVal = Xsqlite3_column_double(tls, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpDfltStmt, ii)
						_sessionPutDouble(tls, (*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).FaBuf+uintptr((*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).FnBuf), rVal)
					}
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pOut + 8)) += int32(8)
				}
			case int32(SQLITE_BLOB):
				fallthrough
			case int32(SQLITE_TEXT):
				n = Xsqlite3_column_bytes(tls, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpDfltStmt, ii)
				_sessionAppendVarint(tls, pOut, n, bp)
				if eType == int32(SQLITE_TEXT) {
					z = Xsqlite3_column_text(tls, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpDfltStmt, ii)
					_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pOut, z, n, bp)
				} else {
					z1 = Xsqlite3_column_blob(tls, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpDfltStmt, ii)
					_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pOut, z1, n, bp)
				}
			default:
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
	} else {
		if op == int32(SQLITE_UPDATE) {
			/* Append missing "undefined" entries to the old.* record. And, if this
			 ** is an UPDATE, to the new.* record as well.  */
			iOff = 0
			if (*Tsqlite3_changegroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGrp)).FbPatch == 0 {
				ii = 0
				for {
					if !(ii < nCol) {
						break
					}
					iOff = iOff + _sessionSerialLen(tls, aRec+uintptr(iOff))
					goto _2
				_2:
					;
					ii = ii + 1
				}
				_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pOut, aRec, iOff, bp)
				ii = 0
				for {
					if !(ii < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol-nCol) {
						break
					}
					_sessionAppendByte(tls, pOut, uint8(0x00), bp)
					goto _3
				_3:
					;
					ii = ii + 1
				}
			}
			_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pOut, aRec+uintptr(iOff), nRec-iOff, bp)
			ii = 0
			for {
				if !(ii < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol-nCol) {
					break
				}
				_sessionAppendByte(tls, pOut, uint8(0x00), bp)
				goto _4
			_4:
				;
				ii = ii + 1
			}
		} else {
			_sessionAppendBlob(tls, pOut, aRec, nRec, bp)
		}
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Invoke the conflict handler for the change that the changeset iterator
//	** currently points to.
//	**
//	** Argument eType must be either CHANGESET_DATA or CHANGESET_CONFLICT.
//	** If argument pbReplace is NULL, then the type of conflict handler invoked
//	** depends solely on eType, as follows:
//	**
//	**    eType value                 Value passed to xConflict
//	**    -------------------------------------------------
//	**    CHANGESET_DATA              CHANGESET_NOTFOUND
//	**    CHANGESET_CONFLICT          CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT
//	**
//	** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, then an attempt is made to find an existing
//	** record with the same primary key as the record about to be deleted, updated
//	** or inserted. If such a record can be found, it is available to the conflict
//	** handler as the "conflicting" record. In this case the type of conflict
//	** handler invoked is as follows:
//	**
//	**    eType value         PK Record found?   Value passed to xConflict
//	**    ----------------------------------------------------------------
//	**    CHANGESET_DATA      Yes                CHANGESET_DATA
//	**    CHANGESET_DATA      No                 CHANGESET_NOTFOUND
//	**    CHANGESET_CONFLICT  Yes                CHANGESET_CONFLICT
//	**    CHANGESET_CONFLICT  No                 CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT
//	**
//	** If pbReplace is not NULL, and a record with a matching PK is found, and
//	** the conflict handler function returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, *pbReplace
//	** is set to non-zero before returning SQLITE_OK.
//	**
//	** If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, SQLITE_ABORT is
//	** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value,
//	** SQLITE_MISUSE. If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT,
//	** this function returns SQLITE_OK.
//	*/
func _sessionConflictHandler(tls *libc.TLS, eType int32, p uintptr, pIter uintptr, __ccgo_fp_xConflict uintptr, pCtx uintptr, pbReplace uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var aBlob uintptr
	var nBlob, res int32
	var _ /* nCol at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* op at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* zDummy at bp+16 */ uintptr
	_, _, _ = aBlob, nBlob, res
	res = SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT
	Xsqlite3changeset_op(tls, pIter, bp+16, bp+4, bp+8, uintptr(0))
	/* Bind the new.* PRIMARY KEY values to the SELECT statement. */
	if pbReplace != 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _sessionSeekToRow(tls, pIter, p)
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK
	}
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == int32(SQLITE_ROW) {
		/* There exists another row with the new.* primary key. */
		if 0 == libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbIgnoreNoop) || 0 == Xsqlite3_column_int(tls, (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSelect, Xsqlite3_column_count(tls, (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSelect)-int32(1)) {
			(*Tsqlite3_changeset_iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpConflict = (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSelect
			res = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{__ccgo_fp_xConflict})))(tls, pCtx, eType, pIter)
			(*Tsqlite3_changeset_iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpConflict = uintptr(0)
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = Xsqlite3_reset(tls, (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSelect)
	} else {
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK {
			if (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbDeferConstraints != 0 && eType == int32(SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT) {
				/* Instead of invoking the conflict handler, append the change blob
				 ** to the SessionApplyCtx.constraints buffer. */
				aBlob = (*Tsqlite3_changeset_iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fin.FaData + uintptr((*Tsqlite3_changeset_iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fin.FiCurrent)
				nBlob = (*Tsqlite3_changeset_iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fin.FiNext - (*Tsqlite3_changeset_iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fin.FiCurrent
				_sessionAppendBlob(tls, p+88, aBlob, nBlob, bp)
				return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbIgnoreNoop) == 0 || **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != int32(SQLITE_DELETE) || eType == int32(SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT) {
					/* No other row with the new.* primary key. */
					res = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{__ccgo_fp_xConflict})))(tls, pCtx, eType+int32(1), pIter)
					if res == int32(SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE) {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(SQLITE_MISUSE)
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK {
		switch res {
		case int32(SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE):
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbReplace)) = int32(1)
		case SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT:
		case int32(SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT):
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(SQLITE_ABORT)
		default:
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(SQLITE_MISUSE)
			break
		}
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _sessionRebaseAdd(tls, p, res, pIter)
		}
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate and return a pointer to a buffer nByte bytes in size. If
//	** pSession is not NULL, increase the sqlite3_session.nMalloc variable
//	** by the number of bytes allocated.
//	*/
func _sessionMalloc64(tls *libc.TLS, pSession uintptr, nByte Ti64) (r uintptr) {
	var pRet, v1 uintptr
	_, _ = pRet, v1
	pRet = Xsqlite3_malloc64(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nByte))
	if pSession != 0 {
		v1 = pSession + 56
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Ti64(uint64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) + Xsqlite3_msize(tls, pRet))
	}
	return pRet
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add a single change to the changegroup pGrp.
//	*/
func _sessionOneChangeToHash(tls *libc.TLS, pGrp uintptr, pTab uintptr, op int32, bIndirect int32, nCol int32, aRec uintptr, nRec int32, bRebase int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var bPkOnly1, bPkOnly2, iHash, rc int32
	var pBuf, pExist, pp uintptr
	var _ /* pChange at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bPkOnly1, bPkOnly2, iHash, pBuf, pExist, pp, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	iHash = 0
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	pExist = uintptr(0)
	pp = uintptr(0)
	if nCol < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol {
		pBuf = pGrp + 16
		rc = _sessionChangesetExtendRecord(tls, pGrp, pTab, nCol, op, aRec, nRec, pBuf)
		aRec = (*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).FaBuf
		nRec = (*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).FnBuf
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && _sessionGrowHash(tls, uintptr(0), (*Tsqlite3_changegroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGrp)).FbPatch, pTab) != 0 {
		rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		/* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table.
		 ** Code below may link it back in.  */
		iHash = libc.Int32FromUint32(_sessionChangeHash(tls, pTab, libc.BoolInt32((*Tsqlite3_changegroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGrp)).FbPatch != 0 && op == int32(SQLITE_DELETE)), aRec, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnChange))
		pp = (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FapChange + uintptr(iHash)*8
		for {
			if !(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) != 0) {
				break
			}
			bPkOnly1 = 0
			bPkOnly2 = 0
			if (*Tsqlite3_changegroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGrp)).FbPatch != 0 {
				bPkOnly1 = libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)))).Fop) == int32(SQLITE_DELETE))
				bPkOnly2 = libc.BoolInt32(op == int32(SQLITE_DELETE))
			}
			if _sessionChangeEqual(tls, pTab, bPkOnly1, (*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)))).FaRecord, bPkOnly2, aRec) != 0 {
				pExist = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp))
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) = (*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)))).FpNext
				(*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnEntry = (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnEntry - 1
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pp = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) + 24
		}
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		rc = _sessionChangeMerge(tls, pTab, bRebase, (*Tsqlite3_changegroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGrp)).FbPatch, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, bp)
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		(*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FpNext = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FapChange + uintptr(iHash)*8))
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FapChange + uintptr(iHash)*8)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		(*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnEntry = (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnEntry + 1
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called from within sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() when
//	** a conflict is encountered and resolved using conflict resolution
//	** mode eType (either SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT or SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE)..
//	** It adds a conflict resolution record to the buffer in
//	** SessionApplyCtx.rebase, which will eventually be returned to the caller
//	** of apply_v2() as the "rebase" buffer.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
//	*/
func _sessionRebaseAdd(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, eType int32, pIter uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var eOp, i, v1 int32
	var zTab uintptr
	var _ /* pVal at bp+8 */ uintptr
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = eOp, i, zTab, v1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK
	if (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbRebase != 0 {
		eOp = (*Tsqlite3_changeset_iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fop
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbRebaseStarted) == 0 {
			/* Append a table-header to the rebase buffer */
			zTab = (*Tsqlite3_changeset_iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FzTab
			_sessionAppendByte(tls, p+104, uint8('T'), bp)
			_sessionAppendVarint(tls, p+104, (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol, bp)
			_sessionAppendBlob(tls, p+104, (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FabPK, (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol, bp)
			_sessionAppendBlob(tls, p+104, zTab, libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Xstrlen(tls, zTab))+int32(1), bp)
			(*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbRebaseStarted = uint8(1)
		}
		if eOp == int32(SQLITE_DELETE) {
			v1 = int32(SQLITE_DELETE)
		} else {
			v1 = int32(SQLITE_INSERT)
		}
		_sessionAppendByte(tls, p+104, libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1), bp)
		_sessionAppendByte(tls, p+104, libc.BoolUint8(eType == libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE)), bp)
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol) {
				break
			}
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uintptr(0)
			if eOp == int32(SQLITE_DELETE) || eOp == int32(SQLITE_UPDATE) && **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FabPK + uintptr(i))) != 0 {
				Xsqlite3changeset_old(tls, pIter, i, bp+8)
			} else {
				Xsqlite3changeset_new(tls, pIter, i, bp+8)
			}
			_sessionAppendValue(tls, p+104, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), bp)
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Re-initialize table object pTab.
//	*/
func _sessionReinitTable(tls *libc.TLS, pSession uintptr, pTab uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var a, v1 uintptr
	var ii, nOldCol int32
	var _ /* abPK at bp+32 */ uintptr
	var _ /* aiIdx at bp+24 */ uintptr
	var _ /* azCol at bp+8 */ uintptr
	var _ /* azDflt at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* bRowid at bp+40 */ int32
	var _ /* nCol at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* nTotalCol at bp+4 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = a, ii, nOldCol, v1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = 0
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uintptr(0)
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = uintptr(0)
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uintptr(0)
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) = uintptr(0)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)) = 0
	if (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).FbImplicitPK != 0 {
		v1 = bp + 40
	} else {
		v1 = uintptr(0)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc = _sessionTableInfo(tls, pSession, (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Fdb, (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).FzDb, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName, bp, bp+4, uintptr(0), bp+8, bp+16, bp+24, bp+32, v1)
	if (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		if (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol > **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) || (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FbRowid != **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 40)) {
			(*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_SCHEMA)
		} else {
			nOldCol = (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol
			ii = 0
			for {
				if !(ii < **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))) {
					break
				}
				if ii < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol {
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FabPK + uintptr(ii)))) != libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) + uintptr(ii)))) {
						(*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_SCHEMA)
					}
				} else {
					if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) + uintptr(ii))) != 0 {
						(*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_SCHEMA)
					}
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				ii = ii + 1
			}
			if (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
				a = (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FazCol
				(*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FazCol = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
				(*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
				(*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnTotalCol = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
				(*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FazDflt = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))
				(*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FabPK = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32))
				(*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaiIdx = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24))
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = a
			}
			if (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).FbEnableSize != 0 {
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pSession + 64)) += int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) - nOldCol)
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pSession + 64)) += int64(_sessionVarintLen(tls, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))))
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pSession + 64)) -= int64(_sessionVarintLen(tls, nOldCol))
			}
		}
	}
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
	return (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function.
//	** This function binds the primary key values from the change that changeset
//	** iterator pIter points to to the SELECT and attempts to seek to the table
//	** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row
//	** and SQLITE_ROW is returned. Otherwise, if no row is found and no error
//	** has occured, the statement is reset and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
//	** error occurs, the statement is reset and an SQLite error code is returned.
//	**
//	** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset()
//	** statement pSelect. If any other value is returned, the statement does
//	** not require a reset().
//	**
//	** If the iterator currently points to an INSERT record, bind values from the
//	** new.* record to the SELECT statement. Or, if it points to a DELETE or
//	** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record.
//	*/
func _sessionSeekToRow(tls *libc.TLS, pIter uintptr, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var ii, rc int32
	var pSelect, v1 uintptr
	var _ /* nCol at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* op at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* pVal at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* zDummy at bp+8 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = ii, pSelect, rc, v1
	pSelect = (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSelect /* Unused */
	Xsqlite3_clear_bindings(tls, pSelect)
	Xsqlite3changeset_op(tls, pIter, bp+8, bp, bp+4, uintptr(0))
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) == int32(SQLITE_INSERT) {
		v1 = __ccgo_fp(Xsqlite3changeset_new)
	} else {
		v1 = __ccgo_fp(Xsqlite3changeset_old)
	}
	rc = _sessionBindRow(tls, pIter, v1, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FabPK, pSelect)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) != int32(SQLITE_DELETE) && (*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbIgnoreNoop != 0 {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && ii < **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionApplyCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FabPK + uintptr(ii)))) == 0 {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = uintptr(0)
				Xsqlite3changeset_new(tls, pIter, ii, bp+16)
				Xsqlite3_bind_int(tls, pSelect, ii+int32(1)+**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), libc.BoolInt32(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) == uintptr(0)))
				if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) != 0 {
					rc = _sessionBindValue(tls, pSelect, ii+int32(1), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))
				}
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		rc = Xsqlite3_step(tls, pSelect)
		if rc != int32(SQLITE_ROW) {
			rc = Xsqlite3_reset(tls, pSelect)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Table pTab has one or more existing change-records with old.* records
//	** with fewer than pTab->nCol columns. This function updates all such
//	** change-records with the default values for the missing columns.
//	*/
func _sessionUpdateChanges(tls *libc.TLS, pSession uintptr, pTab uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var ii int32
	var pp uintptr
	var _ /* pStmt at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* rc at bp+8 */ int32
	_, _ = ii, pp
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sessionPrepareDfltStmt(tls, (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Fdb, pTab, bp)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) == SQLITE_OK && int32(SQLITE_ROW) == Xsqlite3_step(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))) {
		ii = 0
		pp = uintptr(0)
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnChange) {
				break
			}
			pp = (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FapChange + uintptr(ii)*8
			for {
				if !(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) != 0) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TSessionChange)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)))).FnRecordField) != (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol {
					_sessionUpdateOneChange(tls, pSession, bp+8, pp, (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				pp = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) + 24
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
	}
	_sessionFinalizeStmt(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), bp+8)
	(*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
	return (*Tsqlite3_session)(unsafe.Pointer(pSession)).Frc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
//	** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
//	** the function result.
//	**
//	** The setStrOrError() function calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
//	** result as a string or blob.  Appropriate errors are set if the string/blob
//	** is too big or if an OOM occurs.
//	**
//	** The invokeValueDestructor(P,X) routine invokes destructor function X()
//	** on value P if P is not going to be used and need to be destroyed.
//	*/
func _setResultStrOrError(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, z uintptr, n int32, enc Tu8, __ccgo_fp_xDel uintptr) {
	var pOut, v1 uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _ = pOut, rc, v1
	pOut = (*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(enc) == int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
		rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemSetText(tls, pOut, z, int64(n), __ccgo_fp_xDel)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(enc) == int32(SQLITE_UTF8_ZT) {
			/* It is usually considered improper to assert() on an input. However,
			 ** the following assert() is checking for inputs that are documented
			 ** to result in undefined behavior. */
			rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemSetText(tls, pOut, z, int64(n), __ccgo_fp_xDel)
			v1 = pOut + 20
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term))
		} else {
			rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(tls, pOut, z, int64(n), enc, __ccgo_fp_xDel)
		}
	}
	if rc != 0 {
		if rc == int32(SQLITE_TOOBIG) {
			Xsqlite3_result_error_toobig(tls, pCtx)
		} else {
			/* The only errors possible from sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr are
			 ** SQLITE_TOOBIG and SQLITE_NOMEM */
			Xsqlite3_result_error_nomem(tls, pCtx)
		}
		return
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(tls, pOut, libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).Fenc))
	if _sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(tls, pOut) != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_result_error_toobig(tls, pCtx)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
//	** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
//	** WRITE_LOCK.
//	**
//	** This function assumes the following:
//	**
//	**   (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
//	**       database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
//	**
//	**   (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
//	**       with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
//	**       already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
//	** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
//	*/
func _setSharedCacheTableLock(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iTable TPgno, eLock Tu8) (r int32) {
	var pBt, pIter, pLock uintptr
	_, _, _ = pBt, pIter, pLock
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	pLock = uintptr(0)
	/* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
	 ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
	 ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_schema
	 ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans().  */
	/* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
	 ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock.  */
	/* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
	pIter = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpLock
	for {
		if !(pIter != 0) {
			break
		}
		if (*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiTable == iTable && (*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpBtree == p {
			pLock = pIter
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pIter = (*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpNext
	}
	/* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
	 ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
	 */
	if !(pLock != 0) {
		pLock = _sqlite3MallocZero(tls, uint64(24))
		if !(pLock != 0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		(*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pLock)).FiTable = iTable
		(*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pLock)).FpBtree = p
		(*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pLock)).FpNext = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpLock
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpLock = pLock
	}
	/* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
	 ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
	 ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(eLock) > libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pLock)).FeLock) {
		(*TBtLock)(unsafe.Pointer(pLock)).FeLock = eLock
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
//	** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
//	** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
//	**
//	** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
//	** The cnt parameter is the number of slots.  If pBuf is NULL the
//	** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc()
//	** or similar.  If pBuf is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory
//	** to use for the lookaside memory.
//	*/
func _setupLookaside(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pBuf uintptr, sz int32, cnt int32) (r int32) {
	var i, nBig, nSm, v1 int32
	var p, pStart uintptr
	var szAlloc Tsqlite3_int64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, nBig, nSm, p, pStart, szAlloc, v1 /* Number smaller LOOKASIDE_SMALL-byte slots */
	if _sqlite3LookasideUsed(tls, db, uintptr(0)) > 0 {
		return int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
	}
	/* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
	 ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
	 ** both at the same time.
	 */
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbMalloced != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpStart)
	}
	/* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger
	 ** than a pointer and small enough to fit in a u16.
	 */
	sz = sz & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)
	if sz <= libc.Int32FromInt64(8) {
		sz = 0
	}
	if sz > int32(65528) {
		sz = int32(65528)
	}
	/* Count must be at least 1 to be useful, but not so large as to use
	 ** more than 0x7fff0000 total bytes for lookaside. */
	if cnt < int32(1) {
		cnt = 0
	}
	if sz > 0 && cnt > int32(0x7fff0000)/sz {
		cnt = int32(0x7fff0000) / sz
	}
	szAlloc = int64(sz) * int64(cnt)
	if szAlloc == 0 {
		sz = 0
		pStart = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		if pBuf == uintptr(0) {
			_sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(tls)
			pStart = _sqlite3Malloc(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt64(szAlloc))
			_sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(tls)
			if pStart != 0 {
				szAlloc = int64(_sqlite3MallocSize(tls, pStart))
			}
		} else {
			pStart = pBuf
		}
	}
	if sz >= libc.Int32FromInt32(LOOKASIDE_SMALL)*libc.Int32FromInt32(3) {
		nBig = int32(szAlloc / int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(3)*libc.Int32FromInt32(LOOKASIDE_SMALL)+sz))
		nSm = int32((szAlloc - int64(sz)*int64(nBig)) / int64(LOOKASIDE_SMALL))
	} else {
		if sz >= libc.Int32FromInt32(LOOKASIDE_SMALL)*libc.Int32FromInt32(2) {
			nBig = int32(szAlloc / int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(LOOKASIDE_SMALL)+sz))
			nSm = int32((szAlloc - int64(sz)*int64(nBig)) / int64(LOOKASIDE_SMALL))
		} else {
			if sz > 0 {
				nBig = int32(szAlloc / int64(sz))
				nSm = 0
			} else {
				v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(0)
				nSm = v1
				nBig = v1
			}
		}
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpStart = pStart
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpInit = uintptr(0)
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpFree = uintptr(0)
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.Fsz = libc.Uint16FromInt32(sz)
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FszTrue = libc.Uint16FromInt32(sz)
	if pStart != 0 {
		p = pStart
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nBig) {
				break
			}
			(*TLookasideSlot)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpInit
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpInit = p
			p = p + uintptr(sz)
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallInit = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallFree = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpMiddle = p
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nSm) {
				break
			}
			(*TLookasideSlot)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallInit
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallInit = p
			p = p + 128
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd = p
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbDisable = uint32(0)
		if pBuf == uintptr(0) {
			v1 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbMalloced = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FnSlot = libc.Uint32FromInt32(nBig + nSm)
	} else {
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpStart = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallInit = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallFree = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpMiddle = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbDisable = uint32(1)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.Fsz = uint16(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbMalloced = uint8(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FnSlot = uint32(0)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpTrueEnd = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpEnd
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
//	** to the CollSeq given.
//	*/
func _sqlite3AddCollateType(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pToken uintptr) {
	var db, p, pIdx, zColl, v1 uintptr
	var i int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, p, pIdx, zColl, v1
	v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpNewTable
	p = v1
	if v1 == uintptr(0) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
		return
	}
	i = int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol) - int32(1)
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	zColl = _sqlite3NameFromToken(tls, db, pToken)
	if !(zColl != 0) {
		return
	}
	if _sqlite3LocateCollSeq(tls, pParse, zColl) != 0 {
		_sqlite3ColumnSetColl(tls, db, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaCol+uintptr(i)*16, zColl)
		/* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
		 ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
		 ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
		 */
		pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIndex
		for {
			if !(pIdx != 0) {
				break
			}
			if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn))) == i {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FazColl)) = _sqlite3ColumnColl(tls, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaCol+uintptr(i)*16)
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
		}
	}
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, zColl)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
//	** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
//	** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
//	** the column currently under construction.
//	*/
func _sqlite3AddNotNull(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, onError int32) {
	var p, pCol, pIdx uintptr
	_, _, _ = p, pCol, pIdx
	p = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpNewTable
	if p == uintptr(0) || int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol) < int32(1) {
		return
	}
	pCol = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaCol + uintptr(int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol)-int32(1))*16
	libc.SetBitFieldPtr8Uint32(pCol+8, uint32(libc.Uint8FromInt32(onError)), 0, 0xf)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 48)) |= uint32(TF_HasNotNull)
	/* Set the uniqNotNull flag on any UNIQUE or PK indexes already created
	 ** on this column.  */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_UNIQUE) != 0 {
		pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIndex
		for {
			if !(pIdx != 0) {
				break
			}
			if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn))) == int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol)-int32(1) {
				libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pIdx+100, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 3, 0x8)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns.
//	**
//	** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes
//	** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a
//	** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra.
//	*/
func _sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, nCol int32, nExtra int32, ppExtra uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var nByte Ti64
	var p, pExtra uintptr
	_, _, _ = nByte, p, pExtra                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */
	nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64((libc.Uint64FromInt64(160)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)) + (uint64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol)+uint64(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)) + (uint64(2)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol+libc.Int32FromInt32(1))+uint64(2)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol)+uint64(1)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol)+uint64(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7))) /* Index.aSortOrder */
	p = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, db, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nByte+int64(nExtra)))
	if p != 0 {
		pExtra = p + uintptr((libc.Uint64FromInt64(160)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
		(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FazColl = pExtra
		pExtra = pExtra + uintptr((libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
		(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaiRowLogEst = pExtra
		pExtra = pExtra + uintptr(uint64(2)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
		(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaiColumn = pExtra
		pExtra = pExtra + uintptr(uint64(2)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol))
		(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaSortOrder = pExtra
		(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnColumn = libc.Uint16FromInt32(nCol)
		(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnKeyCol = libc.Uint16FromInt32(nCol - libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppExtra)) = p + uintptr(nByte)
	}
	return p
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
//	*/
func _sqlite3AlterFunctions(tls *libc.TLS) {
	_sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(tls, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_aAlterTableFuncs)), libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(648)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(72)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
//	** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
//	**
//	**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
//	**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
//	**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
//	**
//	** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
//	** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
//	** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Analyze(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pName1 uintptr, pName2 uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, pIdx, pTab, v, z, zDb, v4 uintptr
	var i, iDb, v2 int32
	var v3 bool
	var _ /* pTableName at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, iDb, pIdx, pTab, v, z, zDb, v2, v3, v4
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	/* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
	 ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
	if SQLITE_OK != _sqlite3ReadSchema(tls, pParse) {
		return
	}
	if pName1 == uintptr(0) {
		/* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
				break
			}
			if i == int32(1) {
				goto _1
			} /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
			_analyzeDatabase(tls, pParse, i)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	} else {
		if v3 = (*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pName2)).Fn == uint32(0); v3 {
			v2 = _sqlite3FindDb(tls, db, pName1)
			iDb = v2
		}
		if v3 && v2 >= 0 {
			/* Analyze the schema named as the argument */
			_analyzeDatabase(tls, pParse, iDb)
		} else {
			/* Form 3: Analyze the table or index named as an argument */
			iDb = _sqlite3TwoPartName(tls, pParse, pName1, pName2, bp)
			if iDb >= 0 {
				if (*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pName2)).Fn != 0 {
					v4 = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FzDbSName
				} else {
					v4 = uintptr(0)
				}
				zDb = v4
				z = _sqlite3NameFromToken(tls, db, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
				if z != 0 {
					v4 = _sqlite3FindIndex(tls, db, z, zDb)
					pIdx = v4
					if v4 != uintptr(0) {
						_analyzeTable(tls, pParse, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpTable, pIdx)
					} else {
						v4 = _sqlite3LocateTable(tls, pParse, uint32(0), z, zDb)
						pTab = v4
						if v4 != uintptr(0) {
							_analyzeTable(tls, pParse, pTab, uintptr(0))
						}
					}
					_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, z)
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnSqlExec) == 0; v3 {
		v4 = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
		v = v4
	}
	if v3 && v4 != uintptr(0) {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(tls, v, int32(OP_Expire))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
//	** register used by the autoincrement tracker.
//	*/
func _sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) {
	var aOp, db, p, pDb, v uintptr
	var memId int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = aOp, db, memId, p, pDb, v /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb   /* Register holding max rowid */
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe /* VDBE under construction */
	/* This routine is never called during trigger-generation.  It is
	 ** only called from the top-level */
	/* We failed long ago if this is not so */
	p = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpAinc
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		pDb = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr((*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDb)*32
		memId = (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FregCtr
		_sqlite3OpenTable(tls, pParse, 0, (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDb, (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((*TDb)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpSchema)).FpSeqTab, int32(OP_OpenRead))
		_sqlite3VdbeLoadString(tls, v, memId-int32(1), (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab)).FzName)
		aOp = _sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(tls, v, libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(48)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_autoInc)), _iLn1)
		if aOp == uintptr(0) {
			break
		}
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp))).Fp2 = memId
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp))).Fp3 = memId + int32(2)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 2*24))).Fp3 = memId
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 3*24))).Fp1 = memId - int32(1)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 3*24))).Fp3 = memId
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 3*24))).Fp5 = uint16(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 4*24))).Fp2 = memId + int32(1)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 5*24))).Fp3 = memId
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 6*24))).Fp1 = memId
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 7*24))).Fp2 = memId + int32(2)
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 7*24))).Fp1 = memId
		(**(**TVdbeOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + 10*24))).Fp2 = memId
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTab == 0 {
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTab = int32(1)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TAutoincInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
//	** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
//	** i is out of range, then return false.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, i Tu32) (r int32) {
	var bin, h, v1 Tu32
	_, _, _ = bin, h, v1
	i = i - 1
	if i >= (*TBitvec)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiSize {
		return 0
	}
	for (*TBitvec)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDivisor != 0 {
		bin = i / (*TBitvec)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDivisor
		i = i % (*TBitvec)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiDivisor
		p = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + 16 + uintptr(bin)*8))
		if !(p != 0) {
			return 0
		}
	}
	if uint64((*TBitvec)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiSize) <= (libc.Uint64FromInt32(BITVEC_SZ)-libc.Uint64FromInt32(3)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(4))/libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(1)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(BITVEC_SZELEM) {
		return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p + 16 + uintptr(i/uint32(BITVEC_SZELEM)))))&(int32(1)<<(i&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(BITVEC_SZELEM)-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))) != 0)
	} else {
		v1 = i
		i = i + 1
		h = uint32(uint64(v1*libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)) % ((libc.Uint64FromInt32(BITVEC_SZ) - libc.Uint64FromInt32(3)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(8) * libc.Uint64FromInt64(8) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)))
		for **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 16 + uintptr(h)*4)) != 0 {
			if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 16 + uintptr(h)*4)) == i {
				return int32(1)
			}
			h = uint32(uint64(h+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)) % ((libc.Uint64FromInt32(BITVEC_SZ) - libc.Uint64FromInt32(3)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(8) * libc.Uint64FromInt64(8) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)))
		}
		return 0
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compare two blobs.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
//	** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, respectively.
//	** If one blob is a prefix of the other, then the shorter is the lessor.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BlobCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pB1 uintptr, pB2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	var c, n1, n2, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _ = c, n1, n2, v1
	n1 = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fn
	n2 = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB2)).Fn
	/* It is possible to have a Blob value that has some non-zero content
	 ** followed by zero content.  But that only comes up for Blobs formed
	 ** by the OP_MakeRecord opcode, and such Blobs never get passed into
	 ** sqlite3MemCompare(). */
	if (libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fflags)|libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB2)).Fflags))&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fflags)&libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB2)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
			return *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fu)) - *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB2)).Fu))
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
				if !(_isAllZero(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB2)).Fz, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB2)).Fn) != 0) {
					return -int32(1)
				}
				return *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fu)) - n2
			} else {
				if !(_isAllZero(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fz, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fn) != 0) {
					return +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
				}
				return n1 - *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB2)).Fu))
			}
		}
	}
	if n1 > n2 {
		v1 = n2
	} else {
		v1 = n1
	}
	c = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB1)).Fz, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pB2)).Fz, libc.Uint64FromInt32(v1))
	if c != 0 {
		return c
	}
	return n1 - n2
}

/* The following two functions are used only within testcase() to prove
** test coverage.  These functions do no exist for production builds.
** We must use separate SQLITE_NOINLINE functions here, since otherwise
** optimizer code movement causes gcov to become very confused.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
//	**
//	** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
//	** sufficient storage to hold a cursor.  The BtCursor object is opaque
//	** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
//	** this routine.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(tls *libc.TLS) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint64((libc.Uint64FromInt64(296) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(7)) & libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
}

func _sqlite3BtreeNext(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, flags int32) (r int32) {
	var pPage, v1 uintptr
	var v2 Tu16
	_, _, _ = pPage, v1, v2
	_ = flags /* Used in COMDB2 but not native SQLite */
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnSize = uint16(0)
	v1 = pCur + 1
	*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidNKey) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidOvfl)))
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) != CURSOR_VALID {
		return _btreeNext(tls, pCur)
	}
	pPage = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage
	v1 = pCur + 86
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) + 1
	v2 = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))
	if libc.Int32FromUint16(v2) >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell) {
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix - 1
		return _btreeNext(tls, pCur)
	}
	if (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fleaf != 0 {
		return SQLITE_OK
	} else {
		return _moveToLeftmost(tls, pCur)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the offset into the database file for the start of the
//	** payload to which the cursor is pointing.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeOffset(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	_getCellInfo(tls, pCur)
	return libc.Int64FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt)).FpageSize)*(libc.Int64FromUint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).Fpgno)-int64(1)) + (int64((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload) - int64((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).FaData))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return an estimate for the number of rows in the table that pCur is
//	** pointing to.  Return a negative number if no estimate is currently
//	** available.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	var i Tu8
	var n Ti64
	_, _ = i, n
	/* Currently this interface is only called by the OP_IfSizeBetween
	 ** opcode and the OP_Count opcode with P3=1.  In either case,
	 ** the cursor will always be valid unless the btree is empty. */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) != CURSOR_VALID {
		return 0
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).Fleaf) == 0 {
		return int64(-int32(1))
	}
	n = libc.Int64FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).FnCell)
	i = uint8(0)
	for {
		if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(i) < int32((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FiPage)) {
			break
		}
		n = n * int64(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pCur + 144 + uintptr(i)*8)))).FnCell)+int32(1))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return n
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Change the values for the BTS_SECURE_DELETE and BTS_OVERWRITE flags:
//	**
//	**    newFlag==0       Both BTS_SECURE_DELETE and BTS_OVERWRITE are cleared
//	**    newFlag==1       BTS_SECURE_DELETE set and BTS_OVERWRITE is cleared
//	**    newFlag==2       BTS_SECURE_DELETE cleared and BTS_OVERWRITE is set
//	**    newFlag==(-1)    No changes
//	**
//	** This routine acts as a query if newFlag is less than zero
//	**
//	** With BTS_OVERWRITE set, deleted content is overwritten by zeros, but
//	** freelist leaf pages are not written back to the database.  Thus in-page
//	** deleted content is cleared, but freelist deleted content is not.
//	**
//	** With BTS_SECURE_DELETE, operation is like BTS_OVERWRITE with the addition
//	** that freelist leaf pages are written back into the database, increasing
//	** the amount of disk I/O.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, newFlag int32) (r int32) {
	var b int32
	var v1 uintptr
	_, _ = b, v1
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	if newFlag >= 0 {
		v1 = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt + 40
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_FAST_SECURE))
		v1 = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt + 40
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_SECURE_DELETE)*newFlag)))
	}
	b = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt)).FbtsFlags) & int32(BTS_FAST_SECURE) / int32(BTS_SECURE_DELETE)
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return b
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
//	** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
//	** without changing anything.
//	**
//	** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
//	** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
//	** changed.
//	**
//	** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
//	** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
//	** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
//	** at the beginning of a page.
//	**
//	** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
//	** bytes per page is left unchanged.
//	**
//	** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size
//	** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pageSize int32, nReserve int32, iFix int32) (r int32) {
	var pBt, v1 uintptr
	var rc, x int32
	_, _, _, _ = pBt, rc, x, v1
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnReserveWanted = libc.Uint8FromInt32(nReserve)
	x = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize - (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FusableSize)
	if x == nReserve && (pageSize == 0 || libc.Uint32FromInt32(pageSize) == (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize) {
		_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if nReserve < x {
		nReserve = x
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbtsFlags)&int32(BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED) != 0 {
		_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
		return int32(SQLITE_READONLY)
	}
	if pageSize >= int32(512) && pageSize <= int32(SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) && (pageSize-int32(1))&pageSize == 0 {
		if nReserve > int32(32) && pageSize == int32(512) {
			pageSize = int32(1024)
		}
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(pageSize)
		_freeTempSpace(tls, pBt)
	}
	rc = _sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, pBt+52, nReserve)
	(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FusableSize = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize - uint32(libc.Uint16FromInt32(nReserve))
	if iFix != 0 {
		v1 = pBt + 40
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED))
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
//	** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
//	** header to iVersion.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(tls *libc.TLS, pBtree uintptr, iVersion int32) (r int32) {
	var aData, pBt, v1 uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _, _ = aData, pBt, rc, v1
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pBtree)).FpBt /* Return code */
	/* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
	 ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
	 */
	v1 = pBt + 40
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_NO_WAL))
	if iVersion == int32(1) {
		v1 = pBt + 40
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_NO_WAL))
	}
	rc = _sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(tls, pBtree, 0, uintptr(0))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		aData = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FaData
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aData + 18))) != libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVersion)) || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aData + 19))) != libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVersion)) {
			rc = _sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(tls, pBtree, int32(2), uintptr(0))
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				rc = _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FpDbPage)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aData + 18)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVersion)
					**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aData + 19)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVersion)
				}
			}
		}
	}
	v1 = pBt + 40
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(BTS_NO_WAL))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
//	**
//	** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
//	** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
//	** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
//	** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
//	** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
//	** since it was last read.
//	**
//	** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
//	** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
//	** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
//	** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
//	** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
//	**
//	** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34230-56049 SQLite automatically increments
//	** the schema-version whenever the schema changes.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ChangeCookie(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iDb int32) {
	var db, v uintptr
	_, _ = db, v
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_SetCookie), iDb, int32(BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION), libc.Int32FromUint32(libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)+libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpSchema)).Fschema_cookie)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on
//	** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
//	** function are the same as those described in the header function for
//	** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
//	*/
func _sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr, pTab uintptr, reg int32, orconf int32, ignoreJump int32) {
	var bRecursive, v1 int32
	var pPrg, v, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = bRecursive, pPrg, v, v1, v2
	v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
	pPrg = _getRowTrigger(tls, pParse, p, pTab, orconf)
	/* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program
	 ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program.  */
	if pPrg != 0 {
		bRecursive = libc.BoolInt32((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzName != 0 && uint64(0) == (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_RecTriggers))
		v2 = pParse + 60
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
		v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_Program), reg, ignoreJump, v1, (*TTriggerPrg)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrg)).FpProgram, -int32(4))
		/* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
		 ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
		 ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
		 ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
		 ** is clear.  */
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, libc.Uint16FromInt32(bRecursive))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the expression associated with a column.  The expression might be
//	** the DEFAULT clause or the AS clause of a generated column.
//	** Return NULL if the column has no associated expression.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ColumnExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, pCol uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiDflt) == 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == libc.Int32FromInt32(TABTYP_NORM)) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if (*(*struct {
		FaddColOffset int32
		FpFKey        uintptr
		FpDfltList    uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpDfltList == uintptr(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*struct {
		FaddColOffset int32
		FpFKey        uintptr
		FpDfltList    uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpDfltList)).FnExpr < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiDflt) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	return (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*struct {
		FaddColOffset int32
		FpFKey        uintptr
		FpDfltList    uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpDfltList + 8 + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiDflt)-int32(1))*32))).FpExpr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
//	** is not contained in the table.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ColumnIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, zCol uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aCol uintptr
	var h Tu8
	var i, nCol int32
	_, _, _, _ = aCol, h, i, nCol
	h = _sqlite3StrIHash(tls, zCol)
	aCol = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol
	nCol = int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)
	/* See if the aHx gives us a lucky match */
	i = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pTab + 104 + uintptr(uint64(h)%uint64(16)))))
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up(aCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FhName) == libc.Int32FromUint8(h) && _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, (**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up(aCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FzCnName, zCol) == 0 {
		return i
	}
	/* No lucky match from the hash table.  Do a full search. */
	i = 0
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up(aCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FhName) == libc.Int32FromUint8(h) && _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, (**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up(aCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FzCnName, zCol) == 0 {
			return i
		}
		i = i + 1
		if i >= nCol {
			break
		}
	}
	return -int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the expression associated with a column.  This is usually
//	** the DEFAULT value, but might also be the expression that computes
//	** the value for a generated column.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ColumnSetExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr, pCol uintptr, pExpr uintptr) {
	var pList uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = pList, v1
	pList = (*(*struct {
		FaddColOffset int32
		FpFKey        uintptr
		FpDfltList    uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpDfltList
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiDflt) == 0 || pList == uintptr(0) || (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiDflt) {
		if pList == uintptr(0) {
			v1 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr + int32(1)
		}
		(*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiDflt = libc.Uint16FromInt32(v1)
		(*(*struct {
			FaddColOffset int32
			FpFKey        uintptr
			FpDfltList    uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpDfltList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pList, pExpr)
	} else {
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiDflt)-int32(1))*32))).FpExpr)
		(*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FiDflt)-int32(1))*32))).FpExpr = pExpr
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the declared type of a column.  Or return zDflt if the column
//	** has no declared type.
//	**
//	** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on
//	** the column name if and only if the COLFLAG_HASTYPE flag is set.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ColumnType(tls *libc.TLS, pCol uintptr, zDflt uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_HASTYPE) != 0 {
		return (*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FzCnName + uintptr(libc.Xstrlen(tls, (*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FzCnName)) + uintptr(1)
	} else {
		if int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol + 8))&0xf0>>4)) != 0 {
			return _sqlite3StdType[int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol + 8))&0xf0>>4))-int32(1)]
		} else {
			return zDflt
		}
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
//	*/
func _sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) {
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(db + 44)) &= libc.Uint32FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(DBFLAG_SchemaChange))
}

func _sqlite3CompileOptions(tls *libc.TLS, pnOpt uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnOpt)) = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(448) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(8))
	return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_sqlite3azCompileOpt))
}

/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 June 13
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains definitions of global variables and constants.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
//	** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
//	** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the
//	** rowid and the content to be inserted.
//	**
//	** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
//	** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
//	*/
func _sqlite3CompleteInsertion(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr, iDataCur int32, iIdxCur int32, regNewData int32, aRegIdx uintptr, update_flags int32, appendBias int32, useSeekResult int32) {
	var i, v2 int32
	var pIdx, v uintptr
	var pik_flags Tu8
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, pIdx, pik_flags, v, v2 /* Loop counter */
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	/* This table is not a VIEW */
	i = 0
	pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
	for {
		if !(pIdx != 0) {
			break
		}
		/* All REPLACE indexes are at the end of the list */
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aRegIdx + uintptr(i)*4)) == 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpPartIdxWhere != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_IsNull), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aRegIdx + uintptr(i)*4)), _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)+int32(2))
		}
		if useSeekResult != 0 {
			v2 = int32(OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT)
		} else {
			v2 = 0
		}
		pik_flags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v2)
		if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x3>>0)) == int32(SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) && !((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(TF_WithoutRowid) == libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
			pik_flags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(pik_flags) | libc.Int32FromInt32(OPFLAG_NCHANGE))
			pik_flags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(pik_flags) | update_flags&libc.Int32FromInt32(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION))
			if update_flags == 0 {
				_codeWithoutRowidPreupdate(tls, pParse, pTab, iIdxCur+i, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aRegIdx + uintptr(i)*4)))
			}
		}
		if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x8>>3)) != 0 {
			v2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)
		} else {
			v2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, int32(OP_IdxInsert), iIdxCur+i, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aRegIdx + uintptr(i)*4)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aRegIdx + uintptr(i)*4))+int32(1), v2)
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(pik_flags))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
		i = i + 1
	}
	if !((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(TF_WithoutRowid) == libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
		return
	}
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fnested != 0 {
		pik_flags = uint8(0)
	} else {
		pik_flags = uint8(OPFLAG_NCHANGE)
		if update_flags != 0 {
			v2 = update_flags
		} else {
			v2 = int32(OPFLAG_LASTROWID)
		}
		pik_flags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(pik_flags) | v2)
	}
	if appendBias != 0 {
		pik_flags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(pik_flags) | libc.Int32FromInt32(OPFLAG_APPEND))
	}
	if useSeekResult != 0 {
		pik_flags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(pik_flags) | libc.Int32FromInt32(OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT))
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Insert), iDataCur, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aRegIdx + uintptr(i)*4)), regNewData)
	if !((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fnested != 0) {
		_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, pTab, -int32(5))
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(pik_flags))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate bytecode that will initialize a Bloom filter that is appropriate
//	** for pLevel.
//	**
//	** If there are inner loops within pLevel that have the WHERE_BLOOMFILTER
//	** flag set, initialize a Bloomfilter for them as well.  Except don't do
//	** this recursive initialization if the SQLITE_BloomPulldown optimization has
//	** been turned off.
//	**
//	** When the Bloom filter is initialized, the WHERE_BLOOMFILTER flag is cleared
//	** from the loop, but the regFilter value is set to a register that implements
//	** the Bloom filter.  When regFilter is positive, the
//	** sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart() will generate code to test the Bloom filter
//	** and skip the subsequence B-Tree seek if the Bloom filter indicates that
//	** no matching rows exist.
//	**
//	** This routine may only be called if it has previously been determined that
//	** the loop would benefit from a Bloom filter, and the WHERE_BLOOMFILTER bit
//	** is set.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ConstructBloomFilter(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr, iLevel int32, pLevel uintptr, notReady TBitmask) {
	var addrCont, addrOnce, addrTop, iCur, iSrc, jj, n, r1, r11, v1 int32
	var pExpr, pIdx, pItem, pLoop, pParse, pTab, pTabItem, pTabList, pTerm, pWCEnd, saved_pIdxEpr, saved_pIdxPartExpr, v, v2 uintptr
	var sz Tu64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addrCont, addrOnce, addrTop, iCur, iSrc, jj, n, pExpr, pIdx, pItem, pLoop, pParse, pTab, pTabItem, pTabList, pTerm, pWCEnd, r1, r11, saved_pIdxEpr, saved_pIdxPartExpr, sz, v, v1, v2 /* Last WHERE clause term */
	pParse = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpParse                                                                                                                                                                                                            /* Parsing context */
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe                                                                                                                                                                                                                      /* VDBE under construction */
	pLoop = (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FpWLoop                                                                                                                                                                                                            /* saved copy of Parse.pIdxPartExpr */
	saved_pIdxEpr = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpIdxEpr
	saved_pIdxPartExpr = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpIdxPartExpr
	(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpIdxEpr = uintptr(0)
	(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpIdxPartExpr = uintptr(0)
	addrOnce = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(tls, v, int32(OP_Once))
	for cond := true; cond; cond = iLevel < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnLevel) {
		_sqlite3WhereExplainBloomFilter(tls, pParse, pWInfo, pLevel)
		addrCont = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
		iCur = (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FiTabCur
		v2 = pParse + 60
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
		v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
		(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FregFilter = v1
		/* The Bloom filter is a Blob held in a register.  Initialize it
		 ** to zero-filled blob of at least 80K bits, but maybe more if the
		 ** estimated size of the table is larger.  We could actually
		 ** measure the size of the table at run-time using OP_Count with
		 ** P3==1 and use that value to initialize the blob.  But that makes
		 ** testing complicated.  By basing the blob size on the value in the
		 ** sqlite_stat1 table, testing is much easier.
		 */
		pTabList = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList
		iSrc = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FiFrom)
		pItem = pTabList + 8 + uintptr(iSrc)*80
		pTab = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab
		sz = _sqlite3LogEstToInt(tls, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnRowLogEst)
		if sz < uint64(10000) {
			sz = uint64(10000)
		} else {
			if sz > uint64(10000000) {
				sz = uint64(10000000)
			}
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Blob), libc.Int32FromUint64(sz), (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FregFilter)
		addrTop = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Rewind), iCur)
		pWCEnd = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FsWC.Fa + uintptr((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FsWC.FnTerm)*56
		pTerm = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FsWC.Fa
		for {
			if !(pTerm < pWCEnd) {
				break
			}
			pExpr = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_VIRTUAL) == 0 && _sqlite3ExprIsSingleTableConstraint(tls, pExpr, pTabList, iSrc, 0) != 0 {
				_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr, addrCont, int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL))
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			pTerm += 56
		}
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_IPK) != 0 {
			r1 = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), iCur, r1)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, int32(OP_FilterAdd), (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FregFilter, 0, r1, int32(1))
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, r1)
		} else {
			pIdx = (*(*struct {
				FnEq          Tu16
				FnBtm         Tu16
				FnTop         Tu16
				FnDistinctCol Tu16
				FpIndex       uintptr
				FpOrderBy     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpIndex
			n = libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
				FnEq          Tu16
				FnBtm         Tu16
				FnTop         Tu16
				FnDistinctCol Tu16
				FpIndex       uintptr
				FpOrderBy     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq)
			r11 = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, n)
			jj = 0
			for {
				if !(jj < n) {
					break
				}
				_sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(tls, pParse, pIdx, iCur, jj, r11+jj)
				goto _4
			_4:
				;
				jj = jj + 1
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, int32(OP_FilterAdd), (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FregFilter, 0, r11, n)
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, r11, n)
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, addrCont)
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Next), (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FiTabCur, addrTop+int32(1))
		_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrTop)
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) &= libc.Uint32FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_BLOOMFILTER))
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_BloomPulldown)) != uint32(0) {
			break
		}
		for {
			iLevel = iLevel + 1
			v1 = iLevel
			if !(v1 < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnLevel)) {
				break
			}
			pLevel = pWInfo + 856 + uintptr(iLevel)*112
			pTabItem = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList + 8 + uintptr((*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FiFrom)*80
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabItem)).Ffg.Fjointype)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LEFT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LTORJ)) != 0 {
				continue
			}
			pLoop = (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FpWLoop
			if pLoop == uintptr(0) {
				continue
			}
			if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).Fprereq&notReady != 0 {
				continue
			}
			if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_BLOOMFILTER)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_IN)) == uint32(WHERE_BLOOMFILTER) {
				/* This is a candidate for bloom-filter pull-down (early evaluation).
				 ** The test that WHERE_COLUMN_IN is omitted is important, as we are
				 ** not able to do early evaluation of bloom filters that make use of
				 ** the IN operator */
				break
			}
		}
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrOnce)
	(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpIdxEpr = saved_pIdxEpr
	(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpIdxPartExpr = saved_pIdxPartExpr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If p2 exists and p1 and p2 have the same number of terms, then change
//	** every term of p1 to have the same sort order as p2 and return true.
//	**
//	** If p2 is NULL or p1 and p2 are different lengths, then make no changes
//	** and return false.
//	**
//	** p1 must be non-NULL.
//	*/
func _sqlite3CopySortOrder(tls *libc.TLS, p1 uintptr, p2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	var ii int32
	var sortFlags Tu8
	_, _ = ii, sortFlags
	if p2 != 0 && (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FnExpr == (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FnExpr {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FnExpr) {
				break
			}
			sortFlags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags) & int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC))
			(*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags = sortFlags
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		return int32(1)
	} else {
		return 0
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
//	** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
//	*/
func _sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pSrc uintptr, iSrc int32, iCol int32) (r uintptr) {
	var p, pItem, pTab, v1 uintptr
	var v2 uint64
	var v3 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = p, pItem, pTab, v1, v2, v3
	p = _sqlite3ExprAlloc(tls, db, int32(TK_COLUMN), uintptr(0), 0)
	if p != 0 {
		pItem = pSrc + 8 + uintptr(iSrc)*80
		v1 = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab
		*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)) = v1
		pTab = v1
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTable = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FiCursor
		if int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)))).FiPKey) == iCol {
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn = int16(-int32(1))
		} else {
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn = int16(iCol)
			if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_HasGenerated) != uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(iCol)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_GENERATED) != 0 {
				if int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol) >= int32(64) {
					v2 = libc.Uint64FromInt32(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
				} else {
					v2 = libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol - uint64(1)
				}
				(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FcolUsed = v2
			} else {
				if iCol >= libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) {
					v3 = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) - libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
				} else {
					v3 = iCol
				}
				**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(pItem + 40)) |= libc.Uint64FromInt32(1) << v3
			}
		}
	}
	return p
}

func _sqlite3DbMallocSize(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	if db != 0 {
		if uint64(p) < uint64((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpTrueEnd) {
			if uint64(p) >= uint64((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpMiddle) {
				return int32(LOOKASIDE_SMALL)
			}
			if uint64(p) >= uint64((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpStart) {
				return libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FszTrue)
			}
		}
	}
	return (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fm.FxSize})))(tls, p)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
//	** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
//	** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
//	** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
//	** accordingly.
//	*/
func _sqlite3DeferForeignKey(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, isDeferred int32) {
	var pFKey, pTab, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _ = pFKey, pTab, v1
	v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpNewTable
	pTab = v1
	if v1 == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == libc.Int32FromInt32(TABTYP_NORM)) {
		return
	}
	v1 = (*(*struct {
		FaddColOffset int32
		FpFKey        uintptr
		FpDfltList    uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpFKey
	pFKey = v1
	if v1 == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	/* EV: R-30323-21917 */
	(*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FisDeferred = libc.Uint8FromInt32(isDeferred)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
//	** Table.aCol[] array).
//	*/
func _sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pTable uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pCol, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _ = i, pCol, v1
	v1 = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FaCol
	pCol = v1
	if v1 != uintptr(0) {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FnCol)) {
				break
			}
			_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer(pCol)).FzCnName)
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
			pCol += 16
		}
		_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FaCol)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FeTabType) == TABTYP_NORM {
			_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, (*(*struct {
				FaddColOffset int32
				FpFKey        uintptr
				FpDfltList    uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pTable + 64))).FpDfltList)
		}
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpnBytesFreed == uintptr(0) {
			(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FaCol = uintptr(0)
			(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FnCol = 0
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FeTabType) == TABTYP_NORM {
				(*(*struct {
					FaddColOffset int32
					FpFKey        uintptr
					FpDfltList    uintptr
				})(unsafe.Pointer(pTable + 64))).FpDfltList = uintptr(0)
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* The input list pList is the list of result set terms from a RETURNING
//	** clause.  The table that we are returning from is pTab.
//	**
//	** This routine makes a copy of the pList, and at the same time expands
//	** any "*" wildcards to be the complete set of columns from pTab.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExpandReturning(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pList uintptr, pTab uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var db, pItem, pItem1, pNew, pNewExpr, pNewExpr1, pOldExpr uintptr
	var i, jj int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, jj, pItem, pItem1, pNew, pNewExpr, pNewExpr1, pOldExpr
	pNew = uintptr(0)
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		pOldExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr
		if pOldExpr == uintptr(0) {
			goto _1
		}
		if _isAsteriskTerm(tls, pParse, pOldExpr) != 0 {
			jj = 0
			for {
				if !(jj < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol+uintptr(jj)*16)).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_HIDDEN) != 0 {
					goto _2
				}
				pNewExpr = _sqlite3Expr(tls, db, int32(TK_ID), (**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(jj)*16))).FzCnName)
				pNew = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pNew, pNewExpr)
				if !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0) {
					pItem = pNew + 8 + uintptr((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnExpr-int32(1))*32
					(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FzEName = _sqlite3DbStrDup(tls, db, (**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(jj)*16))).FzCnName)
					libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pItem+16+4, libc.Uint32FromInt32(ENAME_NAME), 0, 0x3)
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				jj = jj + 1
			}
		} else {
			pNewExpr1 = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pOldExpr, 0)
			pNew = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pNew, pNewExpr1)
			if !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0) && (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FzEName != uintptr(0) {
				pItem1 = pNew + 8 + uintptr((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnExpr-int32(1))*32
				(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem1)).FzEName = _sqlite3DbStrDup(tls, db, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FzEName)
				libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pItem1+16+4, libc.Uint32FromInt32(int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32 + 16 + 4))&0x3>>0))), 0, 0x3)
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
//	** as expired.
//	**
//	** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
//	** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
//	** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
//	** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
//	** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
//	**
//	** If iCode is 1, then expiration is advisory.  The statement should
//	** be reprepared before being restarted, but if it is already running
//	** it is allowed to run to completion.
//	**
//	** Internally, this function just sets the Vdbe.expired flag on all
//	** prepared statements.  The flag is set to 1 for an immediate expiration
//	** and set to 2 for an advisory expiration.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, iCode int32) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpVdbe
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(p+200, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iCode+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)), 0, 0x3)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVNext
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
//	**
//	** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
//	** to tell return TRUE.
//	**
//	** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
//	** when we know that a value cannot be NULL.  Hence, a false positive
//	** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
//	** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless.  On the other
//	** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
//	** will likely result in an incorrect answer.  So when in doubt, return
//	** TRUE.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var op Tu8
	_ = op
	for libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_UPLUS) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_UMINUS) {
		p = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft
	}
	op = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(op) == int32(TK_REGISTER) {
		op = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop2
	}
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8(op) {
	case int32(TK_INTEGER):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_STRING):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_FLOAT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_BLOB):
		return 0
	case int32(TK_COLUMN):
		return libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_CanBeNull)) != uint32(0) || *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)) == uintptr(0) || int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn) >= 0 && (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)))).FaCol != uintptr(0) && int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn) < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)))).FnCol) && int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)))).FaCol + uintptr((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn)*16 + 8))&0xf>>0)) == 0)
	default:
		return int32(1)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
//	** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
//	**
//	** Return the number of elements evaluated.  The number returned will
//	** usually be pList->nExpr but might be reduced if SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF
//	** is defined.
//	**
//	** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being
//	** filled using OP_SCopy.  OP_Copy must be used instead.
//	**
//	** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be
//	** factored out into initialization code.
//	**
//	** The SQLITE_ECEL_REF flag means that expressions in the list with
//	** ExprList.a[].u.x.iOrderByCol>0 have already been evaluated and stored
//	** in registers at srcReg, and so the value can be copied from there.
//	** If SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF is also set, then the values with u.x.iOrderByCol>0
//	** are simply omitted rather than being copied from srcReg.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pList uintptr, target int32, srcReg int32, flags Tu8) (r int32) {
	var copyOp Tu8
	var i, inReg, j, n, v1 int32
	var pExpr, pItem, pOp, v, v5 uintptr
	var v4 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = copyOp, i, inReg, j, n, pExpr, pItem, pOp, v, v1, v4, v5
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(flags)&int32(SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) != 0 {
		v1 = int32(OP_Copy)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(OP_SCopy)
	}
	copyOp = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1)
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	/* Never gets this far otherwise */
	n = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr
	if !(int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 40))&0x80>>7)) != 0) {
		flags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(flags) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR))
	}
	pItem = pList + 8
	i = libc.Int32FromInt32(0)
	for {
		if !(i < n) {
			break
		}
		pExpr = (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpExpr
		if v4 = libc.Int32FromUint8(flags)&int32(SQLITE_ECEL_REF) != 0; v4 {
			v1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
				FiOrderByCol Tu16
				FiAlias      Tu16
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24))).FiOrderByCol)
			j = v1
		}
		if v4 && v1 > 0 {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(flags)&int32(SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF) != 0 {
				i = i - 1
				n = n - 1
			} else {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, libc.Int32FromUint8(copyOp), j+srcReg-int32(1), target+i)
			}
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(flags)&int32(SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR) != 0 && _sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(tls, pParse, pExpr) != 0 {
				_sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(tls, pParse, pExpr, target+i)
			} else {
				inReg = _sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(tls, pParse, pExpr, target+i)
				if inReg != target+i {
					if v4 = libc.Int32FromUint8(copyOp) == int32(OP_Copy); v4 {
						v5 = _sqlite3VdbeGetLastOp(tls, v)
						pOp = v5
					}
					if v4 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(v5)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Copy) && (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1+(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3+int32(1) == inReg && (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2+(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3+int32(1) == target+i && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp5) == 0 {
						(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3 = (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3 + 1
					} else {
						_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, libc.Int32FromUint8(copyOp), inReg, target+i)
					}
				}
			}
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pItem += 32
	}
	return n
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr just one time
//	** per prepared statement execution.
//	**
//	** If the expression uses functions (that might throw an exception) then
//	** guard them with an OP_Once opcode to ensure that the code is only executed
//	** once. If no functions are involved, then factor the code out and put it at
//	** the end of the prepared statement in the initialization section.
//	**
//	** If regDest>0 then the result is always stored in that register and the
//	** result is not reusable.  If regDest<0 then this routine is free to
//	** store the value wherever it wants.  The register where the expression
//	** is stored is returned.  When regDest<0, two identical expressions might
//	** code to the same register, if they do not contain function calls and hence
//	** are factored out into the initialization section at the end of the
//	** prepared statement.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, regDest int32) (r int32) {
	var addr, i, v2 int32
	var p, pItem, pItem1, v, v3 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addr, i, p, pItem, pItem1, v, v2, v3
	p = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpConstExpr
	if regDest < 0 && p != 0 {
		pItem = p + 8
		i = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExpr
		for {
			if !(i > 0) {
				break
			}
			if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 16 + 4))&0x8>>3)) != 0 && _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, uintptr(0), (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpExpr, pExpr, -int32(1)) == 0 {
				return *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24))
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pItem += 32
			i = i - 1
		}
	}
	pExpr = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pExpr, 0)
	if pExpr != uintptr(0) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_HasFunc)) != uint32(0) {
		v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
		addr = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(tls, v, int32(OP_Once))
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pParse+40, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 7, 0x80)
		if !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FmallocFailed != 0) {
			if regDest < 0 {
				v3 = pParse + 60
				*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
				v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
				regDest = v2
			}
			_sqlite3ExprCode(tls, pParse, pExpr, regDest)
		}
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pParse+40, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 7, 0x80)
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pExpr)
		_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addr)
	} else {
		p = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, p, pExpr)
		if p != 0 {
			pItem1 = p + 8 + uintptr((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExpr-int32(1))*32
			libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pItem1+16+4, libc.BoolUint32(regDest < libc.Int32FromInt32(0)), 3, 0x8)
			if regDest < 0 {
				v3 = pParse + 60
				*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
				v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
				regDest = v2
			}
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem1 + 24)) = regDest
		}
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpConstExpr = p
	}
	return regDest
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
//	** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
//	** are stored.
//	**
//	** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
//	** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
//	** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
//	**
//	** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this
//	** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the
//	** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, pReg uintptr) (r int32) {
	var r1, r2 int32
	_, _ = r1, r2
	pExpr = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, pExpr)
	if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 40))&0x80>>7)) != 0 && pExpr != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_REGISTER) && _sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(tls, pParse, pExpr) != 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pReg)) = 0
		r2 = _sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(tls, pParse, pExpr, -int32(1))
	} else {
		r1 = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
		r2 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(tls, pParse, pExpr, r1)
		if r2 == r1 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pReg)) = r1
		} else {
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, r1)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pReg)) = 0
		}
	}
	return r2
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The argument is guaranteed to be a non-NULL Expr node of type TK_COLUMN.
//	** return the appropriate colUsed mask.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprColUsed(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r TBitmask) {
	var n int32
	var pExTab uintptr
	var v1 uint64
	_, _, _ = n, pExTab, v1
	n = int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn)
	pExTab = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64))
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pExTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_HasGenerated) != uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pExTab)).FaCol + uintptr(n)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_GENERATED) != 0 {
		if int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pExTab)).FnCol) >= libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) {
			v1 = libc.Uint64FromInt32(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
		} else {
			v1 = libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pExTab)).FnCol - uint64(1)
		}
		return v1
	} else {
		if n >= libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) {
			n = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) - libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
		}
		return libc.Uint64FromInt32(1) << n
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return 0 if the two
//	** expressions are completely identical.  Return 1 if they differ only
//	** by a COLLATE operator at the top level.  Return 2 if there are differences
//	** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
//	**
//	** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
//	** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
//	**
//	** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER.  If that is the case and pB is
//	** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0.
//	**
//	** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
//	** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
//	** identical, we return 2 just to be safe.  So if this routine
//	** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
//	** expressions are the same.  But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
//	** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
//	** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
//	** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
//	** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
//	**
//	** If pParse is not NULL and SQLITE_EnableQPSG is off then TK_VARIABLE
//	** terms in pA with bindings in pParse->pReprepare can be matched against
//	** literals in pB.  The pParse->pVdbe->expmask bitmask is updated for
//	** each variable referenced.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pA uintptr, pB uintptr, iTab int32) (r int32) {
	var combinedFlags Tu32
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = combinedFlags, v1
	if pA == uintptr(0) || pB == uintptr(0) {
		if pB == pA {
			v1 = 0
		} else {
			v1 = int32(2)
		}
		return v1
	}
	if pParse != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_VARIABLE) {
		return _exprCompareVariable(tls, pParse, pA, pB)
	}
	combinedFlags = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fflags | (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fflags
	if combinedFlags&uint32(EP_IntValue) != 0 {
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fflags&(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fflags&uint32(EP_IntValue) != uint32(0) && *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fu)) == *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fu)) {
			return 0
		}
		return int32(2)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fop) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_RAISE) {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLLATE) && _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FpLeft, pB, iTab) < int32(2) {
			return int32(1)
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLLATE) && _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, pA, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FpLeft, iTab) < int32(2) {
			return int32(1)
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FiTable < 0 && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FiTable == iTab {
			/* fall through */
		} else {
			return int32(2)
		}
	}
	if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA + 8)) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_FUNCTION) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_FUNCTION) {
			if _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB + 8))) != 0 {
				return int32(2)
			}
			if libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0)) != libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0)) {
				return int32(2)
			}
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
				if _sqlite3WindowCompare(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA + 64)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB + 64)), int32(1)) != 0 {
					return int32(2)
				}
			}
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_NULL) {
				return 0
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLLATE) {
					if Xsqlite3_stricmp(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB + 8))) != 0 {
						return int32(2)
					}
				} else {
					if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB + 8)) != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) != int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) != int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) && libc.Xstrcmp(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA + 8)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB + 8))) != 0 {
						return int32(2)
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Distinct)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Commuted)) != (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Distinct)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Commuted)) {
		return int32(2)
	}
	if combinedFlags&uint32(EP_TokenOnly) == uint32(0) {
		if combinedFlags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) != 0 {
			return int32(2)
		}
		if combinedFlags&uint32(EP_FixedCol) == uint32(0) && _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FpLeft, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FpLeft, iTab) != 0 {
			return int32(2)
		}
		if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FpRight, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FpRight, iTab) != 0 {
			return int32(2)
		}
		if _sqlite3ExprListCompare(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA + 32)), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB + 32)), iTab) != 0 {
			return int32(2)
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) != int32(TK_STRING) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) != int32(TK_TRUEFALSE) && combinedFlags&uint32(EP_Reduced) == uint32(0) {
			if int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FiColumn) != int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FiColumn) {
				return int32(2)
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop2) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fop2) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) == int32(TK_TRUTH) {
				return int32(2)
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fop) != int32(TK_IN) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FiTable != (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FiTable && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FiTable != iTab {
				return int32(2)
			}
		}
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Recursively delete an expression tree.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) {
	var pLeft uintptr
	_ = pLeft
	goto exprDeleteRestart
exprDeleteRestart:
	;
	if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_TokenOnly)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Leaf)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
		/* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight != 0 {
			_sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(tls, db, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight)
		} else {
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) != uint32(0) {
				_sqlite3SelectDelete(tls, db, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)))
			} else {
				_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)))
				if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
					_sqlite3WindowDelete(tls, db, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)))
				}
			}
		}
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) != int32(TK_SELECT_COLUMN) {
			pLeft = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft
			if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Static)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) && !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Static)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
				/* Avoid unnecessary recursion on unary operators */
				_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, p)
				p = pLeft
				goto exprDeleteRestart
			} else {
				_sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(tls, db, pLeft)
			}
		}
	}
	if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Static)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
		_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, p)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute and return a new Expr object which when passed to
//	** sqlite3ExprCode() will generate all necessary code to compute
//	** the iField-th column of the vector expression pVector.
//	**
//	** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0).
//	** In that case, this routine works like sqlite3ExprDup().
//	**
//	** The caller owns the returned Expr object and is responsible for
//	** ensuring that the returned value eventually gets freed.
//	**
//	** The caller retains ownership of pVector.  If pVector is a TK_SELECT,
//	** then the returned object will reference pVector and so pVector must remain
//	** valid for the life of the returned object.  If pVector is a TK_VECTOR
//	** or a scalar expression, then it can be deleted as soon as this routine
//	** returns.
//	**
//	** A trick to cause a TK_SELECT pVector to be deleted together with
//	** the returned Expr object is to attach the pVector to the pRight field
//	** of the returned TK_SELECT_COLUMN Expr object.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprForVectorField(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pVector uintptr, iField int32, nField int32) (r uintptr) {
	var pRet, ppVector uintptr
	_, _ = pRet, ppVector
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector)).Fop) == int32(TK_SELECT) {
		/* The TK_SELECT_COLUMN Expr node:
		 **
		 ** pLeft:           pVector containing TK_SELECT.  Not deleted.
		 ** pRight:          not used.  But recursively deleted.
		 ** iColumn:         Index of a column in pVector
		 ** iTable:          0 or the number of columns on the LHS of an assignment
		 ** pLeft->iTable:   First in an array of register holding result, or 0
		 **                  if the result is not yet computed.
		 **
		 ** sqlite3ExprDelete() specifically skips the recursive delete of
		 ** pLeft on TK_SELECT_COLUMN nodes.  But pRight is followed, so pVector
		 ** can be attached to pRight to cause this node to take ownership of
		 ** pVector.  Typically there will be multiple TK_SELECT_COLUMN nodes
		 ** with the same pLeft pointer to the pVector, but only one of them
		 ** will own the pVector.
		 */
		pRet = _sqlite3PExpr(tls, pParse, int32(TK_SELECT_COLUMN), uintptr(0), uintptr(0))
		if pRet != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pRet + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_FullSize))
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FiTable = nField
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FiColumn = int16(iField)
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpLeft = pVector
		}
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector)).Fop) == int32(TK_VECTOR) {
			ppVector = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector + 32)) + 8 + uintptr(iField)*32
			pVector = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppVector))
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
				/* This must be a vector UPDATE inside a trigger */
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppVector)) = uintptr(0)
				return pVector
			}
		}
		pRet = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pVector, 0)
	}
	return pRet
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is
//	** true.  Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might
//	** be false.  Examples:
//	**
//	**     pE1: x==5        pE2: x==5             Result: true
//	**     pE1: x>0         pE2: x==5             Result: false
//	**     pE1: x=21        pE2: x=21 OR y=43     Result: true
//	**     pE1: x!=123      pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
//	**     pE1: x!=?1       pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: true
//	**     pE1: x IS NULL   pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: false
//	**     pE1: x IS ?2     pE2: x IS NOT NULL    Result: false
//	**     pE1: iif(x,y)    pE2: x                Result: true
//	**     PE1: iif(x,y,0)  pE2: x                Result: true
//	**
//	** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has
//	** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab.
//	**
//	** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are
//	** compared against literal values in pE2 and pParse->pVdbe->expmask is
//	** modified to record which bound variables are referenced.  If pParse
//	** is NULL, then false will be returned if pE1 contains any bound variables.
//	**
//	** When in doubt, return false.  Returning true might give a performance
//	** improvement.  Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but
//	** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pE1 uintptr, pE2 uintptr, iTab int32) (r int32) {
	if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, pE1, pE2, iTab) == 0 {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE2)).Fop) == int32(TK_OR) && (_sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(tls, pParse, pE1, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE2)).FpLeft, iTab) != 0 || _sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(tls, pParse, pE1, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE2)).FpRight, iTab) != 0) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE2)).Fop) == int32(TK_NOTNULL) && _exprImpliesNotNull(tls, pParse, pE1, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE2)).FpLeft, iTab, 0) != 0 {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if _sqlite3ExprIsIIF(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pE1) != 0 {
		return _sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE1 + 32)) + 8))).FpExpr, pE2, iTab)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true (non-zero) if expression p can only be true if at least
//	** one column of table iTab is non-null.  In other words, return true
//	** if expression p will always be NULL or false if every column of iTab
//	** is NULL.
//	**
//	** False negatives are acceptable.  In other words, it is ok to return
//	** zero even if expression p will never be true of every column of iTab
//	** is NULL.  A false negative is merely a missed optimization opportunity.
//	**
//	** False positives are not allowed, however.  A false positive may result
//	** in an incorrect answer.
//	**
//	** Terms of p that are marked with EP_OuterON (and hence that come from
//	** the ON or USING clauses of OUTER JOINS) are excluded from the analysis.
//	**
//	** This routine is used to check if a LEFT JOIN can be converted into
//	** an ordinary JOIN.  The p argument is the WHERE clause.  If the WHERE
//	** clause requires that some column of the right table of the LEFT JOIN
//	** be non-NULL, then the LEFT JOIN can be safely converted into an
//	** ordinary join.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iTab int32, isRJ int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var _ /* w at bp+0 */ TWalker
	p = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, p)
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_NOTNULL) {
		p = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft
	} else {
		for libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) {
			if _sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, iTab, isRJ) != 0 {
				return int32(1)
			}
			p = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight
		}
	}
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxExprCallback = __ccgo_fp(_impliesNotNullRow)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback = uintptr(0)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback2 = uintptr(0)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FeCode = uint16(0)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FmWFlags = libc.BoolUint16(isRJ != 0)
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 40)) = iTab
	_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, bp, p)
	return libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FeCode)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walk the expression tree passed as the first argument. Return non-zero
//	** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms
//	** in pGroupBy that sort with the BINARY collation sequence.
//	**
//	** This routine is used to determine if a term of the HAVING clause can
//	** be promoted into the WHERE clause.  In order for such a promotion to work,
//	** the value of the HAVING clause term must be the same for all members of
//	** a "group".  The requirement that the GROUP BY term must be BINARY
//	** assumes that no other collating sequence will have a finer-grained
//	** grouping than binary.  In other words (A=B COLLATE binary) implies
//	** A=B in every other collating sequence.  The requirement that the
//	** GROUP BY be BINARY is stricter than necessary.  It would also work
//	** to promote HAVING clauses that use the same alternative collating
//	** sequence as the GROUP BY term, but that is much harder to check,
//	** alternative collating sequences are uncommon, and this is only an
//	** optimization, so we take the easy way out and simply require the
//	** GROUP BY to use the BINARY collating sequence.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr, pGroupBy uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var _ /* w at bp+0 */ TWalker
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FeCode = uint16(1)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxExprCallback = __ccgo_fp(_exprNodeIsConstantOrGroupBy)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback = uintptr(0)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 40)) = pGroupBy
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse = pParse
	_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, bp, p)
	return libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FeCode)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
//	** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
//	** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
//	** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
//	**
//	** If the pParse pointer is provided, then allow the expression p to be
//	** a parameter (TK_VARIABLE) that is bound to an integer.
//	** But if pParse is NULL, then p must be a pure integer literal.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIsInteger(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pValue uintptr, pParse uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var pVal uintptr
	var rc int32
	var vv Tsqlite3_int64
	var _ /* v at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _ = pVal, rc, vv
	rc = 0
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	} /* Used to only happen following on OOM */
	/* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
	 ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&uint32(EP_IntValue) != 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pValue)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fu))
		return int32(1)
	}
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) {
	case int32(TK_UPLUS):
		rc = _sqlite3ExprIsInteger(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, pValue, uintptr(0))
	case int32(TK_UMINUS):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
		if _sqlite3ExprIsInteger(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, bp, uintptr(0)) != 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pValue)) = -**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			rc = int32(1)
		}
	case int32(TK_VARIABLE):
		if pParse == uintptr(0) {
			break
		}
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe == uintptr(0) {
			break
		}
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_EnableQPSG) != uint64(0) {
			break
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn))
		pVal = _sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpReprepare, int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn), uint8(SQLITE_AFF_BLOB))
		if pVal != 0 {
			if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, pVal) == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) {
				vv = Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, pVal)
				if vv == vv&int64(0x7fffffff) { /* non-negative numbers only */
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pValue)) = int32(vv)
					rc = int32(1)
				}
			}
			_sqlite3ValueFree(tls, pVal)
		}
	default:
		break
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If pExpr is one of "like", "glob", "match", or "regexp", then
//	** return the corresponding SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_xxxx value.
//	** If not, return 0.
//	**
//	** pExpr is guaranteed to be a TK_FUNCTION.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIsLikeOperator(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(64)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(16))) {
			break
		}
		if _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 8)), _aOp[i].FzOp) == 0 {
			return libc.Int32FromUint8(_aOp[i].FeOp)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check pExpr to see if it is an constraint on the single data source
//	** pSrc = &pSrcList->a[iSrc].  In other words, check to see if pExpr
//	** constrains pSrc but does not depend on any other tables or data
//	** sources anywhere else in the query.  Return true (non-zero) if pExpr
//	** is a constraint on pSrc only.
//	**
//	** This is an optimization.  False negatives will perhaps cause slower
//	** queries, but false positives will yield incorrect answers.  So when in
//	** doubt, return 0.
//	**
//	** To be an single-source constraint, the following must be true:
//	**
//	**   (1)  pExpr cannot refer to any table other than pSrc->iCursor.
//	**
//	**   (2a) pExpr cannot use subqueries unless the bAllowSubq parameter is
//	**        true and the subquery is non-correlated
//	**
//	**   (2b) pExpr cannot use non-deterministic functions.
//	**
//	**   (3)  pSrc cannot be part of the left operand for a RIGHT JOIN.
//	**        (Is there some way to relax this constraint?)
//	**
//	**   (4)  If pSrc is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN, then...
//	**         (4a)  pExpr must come from an ON clause..
//	**         (4b)  and specifically the ON clause associated with the LEFT JOIN.
//	**
//	**   (5)  If pSrc is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN or the left
//	**        operand of a RIGHT JOIN, then pExpr must be from the WHERE
//	**        clause, not an ON clause.
//	**
//	**   (6) Either:
//	**
//	**       (6a) pExpr does not originate in an ON or USING clause, or
//	**
//	**       (6b) The ON or USING clause from which pExpr is derived is
//	**            not to the left of a RIGHT JOIN (or FULL JOIN).
//	**
//	**       Without this restriction, accepting pExpr as a single-table
//	**       constraint might move the the ON/USING filter expression
//	**       from the left side of a RIGHT JOIN over to the right side,
//	**       which leads to incorrect answers.  See also restriction (9)
//	**       on push-down.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIsSingleTableConstraint(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr, pSrcList uintptr, iSrc int32, bAllowSubq int32) (r int32) {
	var jj int32
	var pSrc uintptr
	_, _ = jj, pSrc
	pSrc = pSrcList + 8 + uintptr(iSrc)*80
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).Ffg.Fjointype)&int32(JT_LTORJ) != 0 {
		return 0 /* rule (3) */
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).Ffg.Fjointype)&int32(JT_LEFT) != 0 {
		if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
			return 0
		} /* rule (4a) */
		if *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 52)) != (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FiCursor {
			return 0
		} /* rule (4b) */
	} else {
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != uint32(0) {
			return 0
		} /* rule (5) */
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON)) != uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrcList + 8))).Ffg.Fjointype)&int32(JT_LTORJ) != 0 {
		jj = 0
		for {
			if !(jj < iSrc) {
				break
			}
			if *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 52)) == (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrcList + 8 + uintptr(jj)*80))).FiCursor {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrcList + 8 + uintptr(jj)*80))).Ffg.Fjointype)&int32(JT_LTORJ) != 0 {
					return 0 /* restriction (6) */
				}
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			jj = jj + 1
		}
	}
	/* Rules (1), (2a), and (2b) handled by the following: */
	return _sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(tls, pExpr, (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FiCursor, bAllowSubq)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walk an expression tree.  Return non-zero if the expression is constant
//	** for any single row of the table with cursor iCur.  In other words, the
//	** expression must not refer to any non-deterministic function nor any
//	** table other than iCur.
//	**
//	** Consider uncorrelated subqueries to be constants if the bAllowSubq
//	** parameter is true.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iCur int32, bAllowSubq int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var _ /* w at bp+0 */ TWalker
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FeCode = uint16(3)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse = uintptr(0)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxExprCallback = __ccgo_fp(_exprNodeIsConstant)
	if bAllowSubq != 0 {
		(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback = __ccgo_fp(_exprSelectWalkTableConstant)
	} else {
		(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback = __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3SelectWalkFail)
	}
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 40)) = iCur
	_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, bp, p)
	return libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FeCode)
}

func _sqlite3ExprListAppendGrow(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pList uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pItem, pNew, v2 uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _, _, _ = pItem, pNew, v1, v2
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pList + 4)) *= int32(2)
	pNew = _sqlite3DbRealloc(tls, db, pList, uint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+8)+libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnAlloc)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(32)))
	if pNew == uintptr(0) {
		_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, pList)
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pExpr)
		return uintptr(0)
	} else {
		pList = pNew
	}
	v2 = pList
	v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
	pItem = pList + 8 + uintptr(v1)*32
	**(**TExprList_item)(__ccgo_up(pItem)) = _zeroItem
	(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpExpr = pExpr
	return pList
}

func _sqlite3ExprListAppendNew(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pItem, pList uintptr
	_, _ = pItem, pList
	pList = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, db, uint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+8)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(4))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(32)))
	if pList == uintptr(0) {
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pExpr)
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	(*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnAlloc = int32(4)
	(*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr = int32(1)
	pItem = pList + 8
	**(**TExprList_item)(__ccgo_up(pItem)) = _zeroItem
	(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpExpr = pExpr
	return pList
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compare two ExprList objects.  Return 0 if they are identical, 1
//	** if they are certainly different, or 2 if it is not possible to
//	** determine if they are identical or not.
//	**
//	** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
//	** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab.
//	**
//	** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists.  The
//	** only consequence will be disabled optimizations.  But this routine
//	** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
//	** a malfunction will result.
//	**
//	** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same.  But a NULL pointer
//	** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprListCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pA uintptr, pB uintptr, iTab int32) (r int32) {
	var i, res, v2 int32
	var pExprA, pExprB uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, pExprA, pExprB, res, v2
	if pA == uintptr(0) && pB == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	if pA == uintptr(0) || pB == uintptr(0) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FnExpr != (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FnExpr {
		return int32(1)
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		pExprA = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pA + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr
		pExprB = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pB + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pA + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pB + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags) {
			return int32(1)
		}
		v2 = _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, uintptr(0), pExprA, pExprB, iTab)
		res = v2
		if v2 != 0 {
			return res
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return 0
}

func _sqlite3ExprListDup(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr, flags int32) (r uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pItem, pNew, pNewExpr, pOldExpr, pOldItem, pPriorSelectColNew, pPriorSelectColOld, v2 uintptr
	var v3 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, pItem, pNew, pNewExpr, pOldExpr, pOldItem, pPriorSelectColNew, pPriorSelectColOld, v2, v3
	pPriorSelectColOld = uintptr(0)
	pPriorSelectColNew = uintptr(0)
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	pNew = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, db, libc.Uint64FromInt32(_sqlite3DbMallocSize(tls, db, p)))
	if pNew == uintptr(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	(*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnExpr = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExpr
	(*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnAlloc = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc
	pItem = pNew + 8
	pOldItem = p + 8
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		pOldExpr = (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldItem)).FpExpr
		(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpExpr = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pOldExpr, flags)
		if v3 = pOldExpr != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_SELECT_COLUMN); v3 {
			v2 = (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpExpr
			pNewExpr = v2
		}
		if v3 && v2 != uintptr(0) {
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewExpr)).FpRight != 0 {
				pPriorSelectColOld = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldExpr)).FpRight
				pPriorSelectColNew = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewExpr)).FpRight
				(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewExpr)).FpLeft = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewExpr)).FpRight
			} else {
				if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldExpr)).FpLeft != pPriorSelectColOld {
					pPriorSelectColOld = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldExpr)).FpLeft
					pPriorSelectColNew = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pPriorSelectColOld, flags)
					(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewExpr)).FpRight = pPriorSelectColNew
				}
				(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewExpr)).FpLeft = pPriorSelectColNew
			}
		}
		(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FzEName = _sqlite3DbStrDup(tls, db, (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldItem)).FzEName)
		(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).Ffg = (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldItem)).Ffg
		(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).Fu = (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldItem)).Fu
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pItem += 32
		pOldItem += 32
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the ExprList.a[].zEName element of the most recently added item
//	** on the expression list.
//	**
//	** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pName should never be
//	** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
//	** is set.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprListSetName(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pList uintptr, pName uintptr, dequote int32) {
	var pItem uintptr
	_ = pItem
	if pList != 0 {
		pItem = pList + 8 + uintptr((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr-int32(1))*32
		(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FzEName = _sqlite3DbStrNDup(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, (*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pName)).Fz, uint64((*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pName)).Fn))
		if dequote != 0 {
			/* If dequote==0, then pName->z does not point to part of a DDL
			 ** statement handled by the parser. And so no token need be added
			 ** to the token-map.  */
			_sqlite3Dequote(tls, (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FzEName)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
				_sqlite3RenameTokenMap(tls, pParse, (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FzEName, pName)
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the sort order for the last element on the given ExprList.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iSortOrder int32, eNulls int32) {
	var pItem, v1 uintptr
	_, _ = pItem, v1
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	pItem = p + 8 + uintptr((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnExpr-int32(1))*32
	if iSortOrder == -int32(1) {
		iSortOrder = SQLITE_SO_ASC
	}
	(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).Ffg.FsortFlags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iSortOrder)
	if eNulls != -int32(1) {
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pItem+16+4, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 5, 0x20)
		if iSortOrder != eNulls {
			v1 = pItem + 16
			*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL))
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the error offset for an Expr node, if possible.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprSetErrorOffset(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr, iOfst int32) {
	if pExpr == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != uint32(0) {
		return
	}
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 52)) = iOfst
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Skip over any TK_COLLATE operators and/or any unlikely()
//	** or likelihood() or likely() functions at the root of an
//	** expression.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	for pExpr != 0 && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Skip)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Unlikely)) != uint32(0) {
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Unlikely)) != uint32(0) {
			pExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)) + 8))).FpExpr
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLLATE) {
				pExpr = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
			} else {
				break
			}
		}
	}
	return pExpr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR
//	** return the number of expressions in the vector. Or, if the expression
//	** is a sub-select, return the number of columns in the sub-select. For
//	** any other type of expression, return 1.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprVectorSize(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var op Tu8
	_ = op
	op = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(op) == int32(TK_REGISTER) {
		op = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop2
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(op) == int32(TK_VECTOR) {
		return (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))).FnExpr
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(op) == int32(TK_SELECT) {
			return (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))).FpEList)).FnExpr
		} else {
			return int32(1)
		}
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
//	** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
//	** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
//	**
//	** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
//	** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
//	**
//	** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
//	** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
//	** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
//	** cannot be found.
//	**
//	** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
//	*/
func _sqlite3FindCollSeq(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, enc Tu8, zName uintptr, create int32) (r uintptr) {
	var pColl uintptr
	_ = pColl
	if zName != 0 {
		pColl = _findCollSeqEntry(tls, db, zName, create)
		if pColl != 0 {
			pColl = pColl + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8(enc)-int32(1))*40
		}
	} else {
		pColl = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpDfltColl
	}
	return pColl
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
//	** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
//	** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
//	** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
//	** parse.
//	**
//	** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
//	** no VDBE code was generated.
//	*/
func _sqlite3FinishCoding(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) {
	var addrRewind, i, iDb, reg, v2 int32
	var db, pEL, pRet, pReturning, pSchema, v, vtab uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addrRewind, db, i, iDb, pEL, pRet, pReturning, pSchema, reg, v, vtab, v2
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fnested != 0 {
		return
	}
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		return
	}
	/* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
	 ** vdbe program
	 */
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	if v == uintptr(0) {
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Finit1.Fbusy != 0 {
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_DONE)
			return
		}
		v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
		if v == uintptr(0) {
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
		}
	}
	if v != 0 {
		if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 40))&0x8>>3)) != 0 {
			pReturning = (*(*struct {
				FpReturning uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fu1))).FpReturning
			if (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pReturning)).FnRetCol != 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(tls, v, int32(OP_FkCheck))
				addrRewind = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Rewind), (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pReturning)).FiRetCur)
				reg = (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pReturning)).FiRetReg
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pReturning)).FnRetCol) {
						break
					}
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pReturning)).FiRetCur, i, reg+i)
					goto _1
				_1:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_ResultRow), reg, i)
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Next), (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pReturning)).FiRetCur, addrRewind+int32(1))
				_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrRewind)
			}
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(tls, v, int32(OP_Halt))
		/* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
		 ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
		 ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
		 ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
		 ** on each used database.
		 */
		_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, 0)
		iDb = 0
		for {
			if libc.BoolInt32((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FcookieMask&(libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)<<iDb) != uint32(0)) == 0 {
				goto _3
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(tls, v, iDb)
			pSchema = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpSchema
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, int32(OP_Transaction), iDb, libc.BoolInt32((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FwriteMask&(libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)<<iDb) != uint32(0)), (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).Fschema_cookie, (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(pSchema)).FiGeneration)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Finit1.Fbusy) == 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(1))
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			iDb = iDb + 1
			v2 = iDb
			if !(v2 < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
				break
			}
		}
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnVtabLock) {
				break
			}
			vtab = _sqlite3GetVTable(tls, db, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FapVtabLock + uintptr(i)*8)))
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_VBegin), 0, 0, 0, vtab, -int32(12))
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnVtabLock = 0
		/* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened,
		 ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the
		 ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
		 */
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTableLock != 0 {
			_codeTableLocks(tls, pParse)
		}
		/* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
		 */
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpAinc != 0 {
			_sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(tls, pParse)
		}
		/* Code constant expressions that were factored out of inner loops.
		 */
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpConstExpr != 0 {
			pEL = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpConstExpr
			libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pParse+40, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 7, 0x80)
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pEL)).FnExpr) {
					break
				}
				_sqlite3ExprCode(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pEL + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pEL + 8 + uintptr(i)*32 + 24)))
				goto _5
			_5:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
		}
		if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 40))&0x8>>3)) != 0 {
			pRet = (*(*struct {
				FpReturning uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fu1))).FpReturning
			if (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FnRetCol != 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_OpenEphemeral), (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FiRetCur, (*TReturning)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FnRetCol)
			}
		}
		/* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
		_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, int32(1))
	}
	/* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
	 */
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr == 0 {
		/* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
		 *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
		_sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(tls, v, pParse)
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_DONE)
	} else {
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
//	** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint
//	** processing for the operation.
//	**
//	** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
//	** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
//	** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
//	** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
//	** zero in this case.
//	**
//	** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
//	** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
//	** row data.
//	**
//	** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
//	** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
//	** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
//	** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention.
//	*/
func _sqlite3FkCheck(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr, regOld int32, regNew int32, aChange uintptr, bChngRowid int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var aiCol, db, pFKey, pItem, pSrc, pTo, v, zCol, zDb, v7 uintptr
	var bIgnore, eAction, i, iDb, iFromCol, iJump, iReg, isIgnoreErrors, rcauth, v4 int32
	var _ /* aiCol at bp+32 */ uintptr
	var _ /* aiFree at bp+8 */ uintptr
	var _ /* iCol at bp+16 */ int32
	var _ /* pIdx at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pIdx at bp+24 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aiCol, bIgnore, db, eAction, i, iDb, iFromCol, iJump, iReg, isIgnoreErrors, pFKey, pItem, pSrc, pTo, rcauth, v, zCol, zDb, v4, v7
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb /* Name of database containing pTab */
	isIgnoreErrors = int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 40)) & 0x1 >> 0))
	/* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
	/* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_ForeignKeys) == uint64(0) {
		return
	}
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == libc.Int32FromInt32(TABTYP_NORM)) {
		return
	}
	iDb = _sqlite3SchemaToIndex(tls, db, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpSchema)
	zDb = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FzDbSName
	/* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
	 ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of).  */
	pFKey = (*(*struct {
		FaddColOffset int32
		FpFKey        uintptr
		FpDfltList    uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpFKey
	for {
		if !(pFKey != 0) {
			break
		} /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0) /* Index on key columns in pTo */
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uintptr(0)
		bIgnore = 0
		if aChange != 0 && Xsqlite3_stricmp(tls, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName, (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FzTo) != 0 && _fkChildIsModified(tls, pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) == 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		/* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index
		 ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these
		 ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return
		 ** early.  */
		if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 40))&0x1>>0)) != 0 {
			pTo = _sqlite3FindTable(tls, db, (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FzTo, zDb)
		} else {
			pTo = _sqlite3LocateTable(tls, pParse, uint32(0), (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FzTo, zDb)
		}
		if !(pTo != 0) || _sqlite3FkLocateIndex(tls, pParse, pTo, pFKey, bp, bp+8) != 0 {
			if !(isIgnoreErrors != 0) || (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
				return
			}
			if pTo == uintptr(0) {
				/* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this
				 ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped
				 ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints.
				 ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is
				 ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant
				 ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys.
				 */
				v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
				iJump = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v) + (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FnCol + int32(1)
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FnCol) {
						break
					}
					iFromCol = (*(*TsColMap)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey + 64 + uintptr(i)*16))).FiFrom
					iReg = int32(_sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls, (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom, int16(iFromCol))) + regOld + int32(1)
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_IsNull), iReg, iJump)
					goto _2
				_2:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_FkCounter), libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FisDeferred), -int32(1))
			}
			goto _1
		}
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != 0 {
			aiCol = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = (*(*TsColMap)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey + 64))).FiFrom
			aiCol = bp + 16
		}
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FnCol) {
				break
			}
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(i)*4)) == int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiPKey) {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(i)*4)) = -int32(1)
			}
			/* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the
			 ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
			 ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
			if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxAuth != 0 {
				if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
					v4 = int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2)))
				} else {
					v4 = int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTo)).FiPKey)
				}
				zCol = (**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTo)).FaCol + uintptr(v4)*16))).FzCnName
				rcauth = _sqlite3AuthReadCol(tls, pParse, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTo)).FzName, zCol, iDb)
				bIgnore = libc.BoolInt32(rcauth == int32(SQLITE_IGNORE))
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		/* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate
		 ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns
		 ** in the parent table.  */
		_sqlite3TableLock(tls, pParse, iDb, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTo)).Ftnum, uint8(0), (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTo)).FzName)
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTab = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTab + 1
		if regOld != 0 {
			/* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
			 ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an
			 ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
			_fkLookupParent(tls, pParse, iDb, pTo, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -int32(1), bIgnore)
		}
		if regNew != 0 && !(_isSetNullAction(tls, pParse, pFKey) != 0) {
			/* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
			 ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint.
			 **
			 ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program
			 ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very
			 ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key
			 ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding
			 ** this row to cause an FK violation.  */
			_fkLookupParent(tls, pParse, iDb, pTo, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +libc.Int32FromInt32(1), bIgnore)
		}
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pFKey = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpNextFrom
	}
	/* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table.
	 ** (the "child" constraints) */
	pFKey = _sqlite3FkReferences(tls, pTab)
	for {
		if !(pFKey != 0) {
			break
		}
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = uintptr(0)
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)) = uintptr(0)
		if aChange != 0 && _fkParentIsModified(tls, pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) == 0 {
			goto _5
		}
		if !((*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FisDeferred != 0) && !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&libc.Uint64FromInt32(SQLITE_DeferFKs) != 0) && !((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel != 0) && !((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FisMultiWrite != 0) {
			/* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix)
			 ** an immediate foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
			goto _5
		}
		if _sqlite3FkLocateIndex(tls, pParse, pTab, pFKey, bp+24, bp+32) != 0 {
			if !(isIgnoreErrors != 0) || (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
				return
			}
			goto _5
		}
		/* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table.  We need the
		 ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */
		pSrc = _sqlite3SrcListAppend(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0))
		if pSrc != 0 {
			pItem = pSrc + 8
			(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom
			(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FzName = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom)).FzName
			(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab)).FnTabRef = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab)).FnTabRef + 1
			v7 = pParse + 56
			v4 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v7))
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v7)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v7)) + 1
			(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FiCursor = v4
			if regNew != 0 {
				_fkScanChildren(tls, pParse, pSrc, pTab, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)), pFKey, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)), regNew, -int32(1))
			}
			if regOld != 0 {
				eAction = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 45 + libc.BoolUintptr(aChange != uintptr(0)))))
				if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&(libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x00008))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)) != 0 {
					eAction = OE_None
				}
				_fkScanChildren(tls, pParse, pSrc, pTab, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)), pFKey, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)), regOld, int32(1))
				/* If this is a deferred FK constraint, or a CASCADE or SET NULL
				 ** action applies, then any foreign key violations caused by
				 ** removing the parent key will be rectified by the action trigger.
				 ** So do not set the "may-abort" flag in this case.
				 **
				 ** Note 1: If the FK is declared "ON UPDATE CASCADE", then the
				 ** may-abort flag will eventually be set on this statement anyway
				 ** (when this function is called as part of processing the UPDATE
				 ** within the action trigger).
				 **
				 ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit
				 ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL
				 ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action
				 ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the
				 ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters
				 ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are
				 ** omitted.  */
				if !((*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FisDeferred != 0) && eAction != int32(OE_Cascade) && eAction != int32(OE_SetNull) {
					_sqlite3MayAbort(tls, pParse)
				}
			}
			(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FzName = uintptr(0)
			_sqlite3SrcListDelete(tls, db, pSrc)
		}
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)))
		goto _5
	_5:
		;
		pFKey = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpNextTo
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Clear the apTrigger[] cache of CASCADE triggers for all foreign keys
//	** in a particular database.  This needs to happen when the schema
//	** changes.
//	*/
func _sqlite3FkClearTriggerCache(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, iDb int32) {
	var k, pFKey, pHash, pTab uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = k, pFKey, pHash, pTab
	pHash = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpSchema + 8
	k = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).Ffirst
	for {
		if !(k != 0) {
			break
		}
		pTab = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(k)).Fdata
		if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == libc.Int32FromInt32(TABTYP_NORM)) {
			goto _1
		}
		pFKey = (*(*struct {
			FaddColOffset int32
			FpFKey        uintptr
			FpDfltList    uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpFKey
		for {
			if !(pFKey != 0) {
				break
			}
			_fkTriggerDelete(tls, db, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 48)))
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 48)) = uintptr(0)
			_fkTriggerDelete(tls, db, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 48 + 1*8)))
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pFKey + 48 + 1*8)) = uintptr(0)
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			pFKey = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpNextFrom
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		k = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(k)).Fnext
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
//	** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
//	** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
//	** table pTab.
//	**
//	** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
//	**
//	**   (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
//	**   (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
//	**       determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK
//	**       constraint violations in the database,
//	**
//	** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
//	** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
//	** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
//	*/
func _sqlite3FkDropTable(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pName uintptr, pTab uintptr) {
	var db, p, v uintptr
	var iSkip int32
	_, _, _, _ = db, iSkip, p, v
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_ForeignKeys) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == TABTYP_NORM {
		iSkip = 0
		v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
		/* VDBE has already been allocated */
		if _sqlite3FkReferences(tls, pTab) == uintptr(0) {
			p = (*(*struct {
				FaddColOffset int32
				FpFKey        uintptr
				FpDfltList    uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpFKey
			for {
				if !(p != 0) {
					break
				}
				if (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisDeferred != 0 || (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_DeferFKs) != 0 {
					break
				}
				goto _1
			_1:
				;
				p = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNextFrom
			}
			if !(p != 0) {
				return
			}
			iSkip = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_FkIfZero), int32(1), iSkip)
		}
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pParse+40, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 0, 0x1)
		_sqlite3DeleteFrom(tls, pParse, _sqlite3SrcListDup(tls, db, pName, 0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0))
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pParse+40, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 0, 0x1)
		/* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint
		 ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
		 ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
		 ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.
		 **
		 ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as
		 ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK
		 ** constraints are violated.
		 */
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_DeferFKs) == uint64(0) {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_FkIfZero), 0, _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)+int32(2))
			_sqlite3HaltConstraint(tls, pParse, libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(3)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8), int32(OE_Abort), uintptr(0), int8(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)), uint8(P5_ConstraintFK))
		}
		if iSkip != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, iSkip)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
//	** row contained in table pTab.
//	*/
func _sqlite3FkOldmask(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr) (r Tu32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i int32
	var mask Tu32
	var p uintptr
	var v3 uint32
	var _ /* pIdx at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, mask, p, v3
	mask = uint32(0)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_ForeignKeys) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == TABTYP_NORM {
		p = (*(*struct {
			FaddColOffset int32
			FpFKey        uintptr
			FpDfltList    uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpFKey
		for {
			if !(p != 0) {
				break
			}
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol) {
					break
				}
				if (*(*TsColMap)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64 + uintptr(i)*16))).FiFrom > int32(31) {
					v3 = uint32(0xffffffff)
				} else {
					v3 = libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) << (*(*TsColMap)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64 + uintptr(i)*16))).FiFrom
				}
				mask = mask | v3
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			p = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNextFrom
		}
		p = _sqlite3FkReferences(tls, pTab)
		for {
			if !(p != 0) {
				break
			}
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
			_sqlite3FkLocateIndex(tls, pParse, pTab, p, bp, uintptr(0))
			if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FnKeyCol)) {
						break
					}
					if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) > int32(31) {
						v3 = uint32(0xffffffff)
					} else {
						v3 = libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) << **(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))
					}
					mask = mask | v3
					goto _5
				_5:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
			}
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			p = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNextTo
		}
	}
	return mask
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
//	** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
//	** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
//	** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
//	** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding
//	** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
//	** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
//	** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
//	**
//	** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
//	** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function
//	** returns zero.
//	**
//	** For an UPDATE, this function returns 2 if:
//	**
//	**   * There are any FKs for which pTab is the child and the parent table
//	**     and any FK processing at all is required (even of a different FK), or
//	**
//	**   * the UPDATE modifies one or more parent keys for which the action is
//	**     not "NO ACTION" (i.e. is CASCADE, SET DEFAULT or SET NULL).
//	**
//	** Or, assuming some other foreign key processing is required, 1.
//	*/
func _sqlite3FkRequired(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr, aChange uintptr, chngRowid int32) (r int32) {
	var bHaveFK, eRet, v3 int32
	var p uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = bHaveFK, eRet, p, v3
	eRet = int32(1) /* Value to return if bHaveFK is true */
	bHaveFK = 0     /* If FK processing is required */
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_ForeignKeys) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == TABTYP_NORM {
		if !(aChange != 0) {
			/* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the
			 ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any
			 ** foreign key constraint.  */
			bHaveFK = libc.BoolInt32(_sqlite3FkReferences(tls, pTab) != 0 || (*(*struct {
				FaddColOffset int32
				FpFKey        uintptr
				FpDfltList    uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpFKey != 0)
		} else {
			/* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
			p = (*(*struct {
				FaddColOffset int32
				FpFKey        uintptr
				FpDfltList    uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).FpFKey
			for {
				if !(p != 0) {
					break
				}
				if _fkChildIsModified(tls, pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) != 0 {
					if 0 == Xsqlite3_stricmp(tls, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName, (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzTo) {
						eRet = int32(2)
					}
					bHaveFK = int32(1)
				}
				goto _1
			_1:
				;
				p = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNextFrom
			}
			/* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
			p = _sqlite3FkReferences(tls, pTab)
			for {
				if !(p != 0) {
					break
				}
				if _fkParentIsModified(tls, pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) != 0 {
					if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).Fflags&(libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x00008))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)) == uint64(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p + 45 + 1))) != OE_None {
						return int32(2)
					}
					bHaveFK = int32(1)
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				p = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNextTo
			}
		}
	}
	if bHaveFK != 0 {
		v3 = eRet
	} else {
		v3 = 0
	}
	return v3
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append the nul-terminated string zStr to the buffer pBuf. This function
//	** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even
//	** though this byte is not included in the pBuf->n count.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(tls *libc.TLS, pRc uintptr, pBuf uintptr, zStr uintptr) {
	var nStr int32
	_ = nStr
	nStr = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Xstrlen(tls, zStr))
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, pRc, pBuf, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nStr+int32(1)), zStr)
	(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn = (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn - 1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Encode value iVal as an SQLite varint and append it to the buffer object
//	** pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set the error code in p.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(tls *libc.TLS, pRc uintptr, pBuf uintptr, iVal Ti64) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn)+libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(9)) <= libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).FnSpace) {
		v1 = 0
	} else {
		v1 = _sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(tls, pRc, pBuf, libc.Uint32FromInt32(int32(9)+(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn))
	}
	if v1 != 0 {
		return
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pBuf + 8)) += _sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn), libc.Uint64FromInt64(iVal))
}

func _sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(tls *libc.TLS, pHash uintptr, pzTerm uintptr, pnTerm uintptr, ppDoclist uintptr, pnDoclist uintptr) {
	var nTerm int32
	var p, zKey, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = nTerm, p, zKey, v1
	v1 = (*TFts5Hash)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).FpScan
	p = v1
	if v1 != 0 {
		zKey = p + 1*48
		nTerm = (*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnKey
		_fts5HashAddPoslistSize(tls, pHash, p, uintptr(0))
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pzTerm)) = zKey
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnTerm)) = nTerm
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppDoclist)) = zKey + uintptr(nTerm)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnDoclist)) = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TFts5HashEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnData) - (uint64(48) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(nTerm)))
	} else {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pzTerm)) = uintptr(0)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnTerm)) = 0
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppDoclist)) = uintptr(0)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnDoclist)) = 0
	}
}

/*
** 2014 May 31
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The
** routines in this file file implement all read and write access to the
** %_data table. Other parts of the system access this functionality via
** the interface defined in fts5Int.h.
 */

/* #include "fts5Int.h" */

/*
** Overview:
**
** The %_data table contains all the FTS indexes for an FTS5 virtual table.
** As well as the main term index, there may be up to 31 prefix indexes.
** The format is similar to FTS3/4, except that:
**
**   * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records
**     (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is
**     taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through
**     the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a
**     doclist, without loading it into memory.
**
**   * large doclists that span many pages have associated "doclist index"
**     records that contain a copy of the first rowid on each page spanned by
**     the doclist. This is used to speed up seek operations, and merges of
**     large doclists with very small doclists.
**
**   * extra fields in the "structure record" record the state of ongoing
**     incremental merge operations.
**
 */

/*
** There are two versions of the format used for the structure record:
**
**   1. the legacy format, that may be read by all fts5 versions, and
**
**   2. the V2 format, which is used by contentless_delete=1 databases.
**
** Both begin with a 4-byte "configuration cookie" value. Then, a legacy
** format structure record contains a varint - the number of levels in
** the structure. Whereas a V2 structure record contains the constant
** 4 bytes [0xff 0x00 0x00 0x01]. This is unambiguous as the value of a
** varint has to be at least 16256 to begin with "0xFF". And the default
** maximum number of levels is 64.
**
** See below for more on structure record formats.
 */

/*
** Details:
**
** The %_data table managed by this module,
**
**     CREATE TABLE %_data(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);
**
** , contains the following 6 types of records. See the comments surrounding
** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are
** assigned to each fo them.
**
** 1. Structure Records:
**
**   The set of segments that make up an index - the index structure - are
**   recorded in a single record within the %_data table. The record consists
**   of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of
**   SQLite varints.
**
**   If the structure record is a V2 record, the configuration cookie is
**   followed by the following 4 bytes: [0xFF 0x00 0x00 0x01].
**
**   Next, the record continues with three varints:
**
**     + number of levels,
**     + total number of segments on all levels,
**     + value of write counter.
**
**   Then, for each level from 0 to nMax:
**
**     + number of input segments in ongoing merge.
**     + total number of segments in level.
**     + for each segment from oldest to newest:
**         + segment id (always > 0)
**         + first leaf page number (often 1, always greater than 0)
**         + final leaf page number
**
**      Then, for V2 structures only:
**
**         + lower origin counter value,
**         + upper origin counter value,
**         + the number of tombstone hash pages.
**
** 2. The Averages Record:
**
**   A single record within the %_data table. The data is a list of varints.
**   The first value is the number of rows in the index. Then, for each column
**   from left to right, the total number of tokens in the column for all
**   rows of the table.
**
** 3. Segment leaves:
**
**   TERM/DOCLIST FORMAT:
**
**     Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The
**     general format of term/doclist, starting with the first term
**     on the leaf page, is:
**
**         varint : size of first term
**         blob:    first term data
**         doclist: first doclist
**         zero-or-more {
**           varint:  number of bytes in common with previous term
**           varint:  number of bytes of new term data (nNew)
**           blob:    nNew bytes of new term data
**           doclist: next doclist
**         }
**
**     doclist format:
**
**         varint:  first rowid
**         poslist: first poslist
**         zero-or-more {
**           varint:  rowid delta (always > 0)
**           poslist: next poslist
**         }
**
**     poslist format:
**
**         varint: size of poslist in bytes multiplied by 2, not including
**                 this field. Plus 1 if this entry carries the "delete" flag.
**         collist: collist for column 0
**         zero-or-more {
**           0x01 byte
**           varint: column number (I)
**           collist: collist for column I
**         }
**
**     collist format:
**
**         varint: first offset + 2
**         zero-or-more {
**           varint: offset delta + 2
**         }
**
**   PAGE FORMAT
**
**     Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit
**     unsigned integer fields in big-endian format. They are:
**
**       * The byte offset of the first rowid on the page, if it exists
**         and occurs before the first term (otherwise 0).
**
**       * The byte offset of the start of the page footer. If the page
**         footer is 0 bytes in size, then this field is the same as the
**         size of the leaf page in bytes.
**
**     The page footer consists of a single varint for each term located
**     on the page. Each varint is the byte offset of the current term
**     within the page, delta-compressed against the previous value. In
**     other words, the first varint in the footer is the byte offset of
**     the first term, the second is the byte offset of the second less that
**     of the first, and so on.
**
**     The term/doclist format described above is accurate if the entire
**     term/doclist data fits on a single leaf page. If this is not the case,
**     the format is changed in two ways:
**
**       + if the first rowid on a page occurs before the first term, it
**         is stored as a literal value:
**
**             varint:  first rowid
**
**       + the first term on each page is stored in the same way as the
**         very first term of the segment:
**
**             varint : size of first term
**             blob:    first term data
**
** 5. Segment doclist indexes:
**
**   Doclist indexes are themselves b-trees, however they usually consist of
**   a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page
**   is:
**
**     * Flags byte. Bits are:
**         0x01: Clear if leaf is also the root page, otherwise set.
**
**     * Page number of fts index leaf page. As a varint.
**
**     * First rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint.
**
**     * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A
**       positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid,
**       or an 0x00 byte otherwise.
**
**   Internal doclist index nodes are:
**
**     * Flags byte. Bits are:
**         0x01: Clear for root page, otherwise set.
**
**     * Page number of first child page. As a varint.
**
**     * Copy of first rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint.
**
**     * A list of delta-encoded varints - the first rowid on each subsequent
**       child page.
**
** 6. Tombstone Hash Page
**
**   These records are only ever present in contentless_delete=1 tables.
**   There are zero or more of these associated with each segment. They
**   are used to store the tombstone rowids for rows contained in the
**   associated segments.
**
**   The set of nHashPg tombstone hash pages associated with a single
**   segment together form a single hash table containing tombstone rowids.
**   To find the page of the hash on which a key might be stored:
**
**       iPg = (rowid % nHashPg)
**
**   Then, within page iPg, which has nSlot slots:
**
**       iSlot = (rowid / nHashPg) % nSlot
**
**   Each tombstone hash page begins with an 8 byte header:
**
**     1-byte:  Key-size (the size in bytes of each slot). Either 4 or 8.
**     1-byte:  rowid-0-tombstone flag. This flag is only valid on the
**              first tombstone hash page for each segment (iPg=0). If set,
**              the hash table contains rowid 0. If clear, it does not.
**              Rowid 0 is handled specially.
**     2-bytes: unused.
**     4-bytes: Big-endian integer containing number of entries on page.
**
**   Following this are nSlot 4 or 8 byte slots (depending on the key-size
**   in the first byte of the page header). The number of slots may be
**   determined based on the size of the page record and the key-size:
**
**     nSlot = (nByte - 8) / key-size
 */

/*
** Rowids for the averages and structure records in the %_data table.
 */

/*
** Macros determining the rowids used by segment leaves and dlidx leaves
** and nodes. All nodes and leaves are stored in the %_data table with large
** positive rowids.
**
** Each segment has a unique non-zero 16-bit id.
**
** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and
** the leaf page number to the FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID macro. Leaves are numbered
** sequentially starting from 1.
 */

/*
** Each time a blob is read from the %_data table, it is padded with this
** many zero bytes. This makes it easier to decode the various record formats
** without overreading if the records are corrupt.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add iRowid to the tombstone list of the segment or segments that contain
//	** rows from origin iOrigin. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite
//	** error code otherwise.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5IndexContentlessDelete(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iOrigin Ti64, iRowid Ti64) (r int32) {
	var bFound, iLvl, iSeg int32
	var pSeg, pStruct uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = bFound, iLvl, iSeg, pSeg, pStruct
	pStruct = _fts5StructureRead(tls, p)
	if pStruct != 0 {
		bFound = 0
		iLvl = (*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnLevel - int32(1)
		for {
			if !(iLvl >= 0) {
				break
			}
			iSeg = (*(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct + 32 + uintptr(iLvl)*16))).FnSeg - int32(1)
			for {
				if !(iSeg >= 0) {
					break
				}
				pSeg = (*(*TFts5StructureLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct + 32 + uintptr(iLvl)*16))).FaSeg + uintptr(iSeg)*56
				if (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiOrigin1 <= libc.Uint64FromInt64(iOrigin) && (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiOrigin2 >= libc.Uint64FromInt64(iOrigin) {
					if bFound == 0 {
						(*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnEntryTombstone = (*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FnEntryTombstone + 1
						bFound = int32(1)
					}
					_fts5IndexTombstoneAdd(tls, p, pSeg, libc.Uint64FromInt64(iRowid))
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				iSeg = iSeg - 1
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			iLvl = iLvl - 1
		}
		_fts5StructureRelease(tls, pStruct)
	}
	return _fts5IndexReturn(tls, p)
}

/*************************************************************************
**************************************************************************
** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check
** functionality.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set a token-mapping for the iterator passed as the first argument. This
//	** is used in detail=column or detail=none mode when a token is requested
//	** using the xInstToken() API. In this case the caller tokenizers the
//	** current row and configures the token-mapping via multiple calls to this
//	** function.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5IndexIterWriteTokendata(tls *libc.TLS, pIndexIter uintptr, pToken uintptr, nToken int32, iRowid Ti64, iCol int32, iOff int32) (r int32) {
	var iPos Ti64
	var ii int32
	var p, pIter, pT, pTerm uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = iPos, ii, p, pIter, pT, pTerm
	pIter = pIndexIter
	pT = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpTokenDataIter
	p = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex
	iPos = int64(iCol)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32) + int64(iOff)
	if (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnSeg > 0 {
		/* This is a prefix term iterator. */
		if pT == uintptr(0) {
			pT = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, p+60, libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+72)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(104)))
			(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpTokenDataIter = pT
		}
		if pT != 0 {
			_fts5TokendataIterAppendMap(tls, p, pT, (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).Fterms.Fn, nToken, iRowid, iPos)
			_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, p+60, pT+24, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nToken), pToken)
		}
	} else {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(int64(ii) < (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnIter) {
				break
			}
			pTerm = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pT + 72 + uintptr(ii)*8)) + 104 + 96
			if nToken == (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).Fn-int32(1) && libc.Xmemcmp(tls, pToken, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).Fp+uintptr(1), libc.Uint64FromInt32(nToken)) == 0 {
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		if int64(ii) < (*TFts5TokenDataIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pT)).FnIter {
			_fts5TokendataIterAppendMap(tls, p, pT, ii, 0, iRowid, iPos)
		}
	}
	return _fts5IndexReturn(tls, p)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the value passed as the only argument is an
//	** fts5_locale() value.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5IsLocaleValue(tls *libc.TLS, pConfig uintptr, pVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	var nBlob, ret int32
	var pBlob uintptr
	_, _, _ = nBlob, pBlob, ret
	ret = 0
	if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, pVal) == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
		/* Call sqlite3_value_bytes() after sqlite3_value_blob() in this case.
		 ** If the blob was created using zeroblob(), then sqlite3_value_blob()
		 ** may call malloc(). If this malloc() fails, then the values returned
		 ** by both value_blob() and value_bytes() will be 0. If value_bytes() were
		 ** called first, then the NULL pointer returned by value_blob() might
		 ** be dereferenced.  */
		pBlob = Xsqlite3_value_blob(tls, pVal)
		nBlob = Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, pVal)
		if nBlob > libc.Int32FromInt64(16) && 0 == libc.Xmemcmp(tls, pBlob, (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FpGlobal+96, libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt64(16))) {
			ret = int32(1)
		}
	}
	return ret
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move to the next matching term/rowid. Used by the fts5vocab module.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(tls *libc.TLS, pIndexIter uintptr) (r int32) {
	var p, pIter, pSeg uintptr
	_, _, _ = p, pIter, pSeg
	pIter = pIndexIter
	p = (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex
	_fts5MultiIterNext(tls, p, pIter, 0, 0)
	if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		pSeg = pIter + 104 + uintptr((**(**TFts5CResult)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FaFirst + 1*4))).FiFirst)*128
		if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpLeaf != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).Fterm.Fp))) != int32('0') {
			_fts5DataRelease(tls, (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpLeaf)
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FpLeaf = uintptr(0)
			(*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fbase.FbEof = uint8(1)
		}
	}
	return _fts5IndexReturn(tls, (*TFts5Iter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpIndex)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate and return an Fts5Colset object specifying the inverse of
//	** the colset passed as the second argument. Free the colset passed
//	** as the second argument before returning.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var i, iOld, nCol, v2 int32
	var pRet, v3 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iOld, nCol, pRet, v2, v3
	nCol = (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Parse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpConfig)).FnCol
	pRet = _sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(tls, pParse+16, libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32((nCol+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)+libc.Int32FromInt32(2))/libc.Int32FromInt32(2))))
	if pRet != 0 {
		iOld = 0
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nCol) {
				break
			}
			if iOld >= (*TFts5Colset)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol || *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 4 + uintptr(iOld)*4)) != i {
				v3 = pRet
				v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
				*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
				*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet + 4 + uintptr(v2)*4)) = i
			} else {
				iOld = iOld + 1
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, p)
	return pRet
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* The main parser program.
//	** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
//	** "sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
//	** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
//	** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
//	** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
//	** use by the action routines.
//	**
//	** Inputs:
//	** <ul>
//	** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
//	** <li> The major token number.
//	** <li> The minor token number.
//	** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
//	** </ul>
//	**
//	** Outputs:
//	** None.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5Parser(tls *libc.TLS, fts5yyp uintptr, fts5yymajor int32, fts5yyminor TFts5Token, pParse uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var fts5yyact uint8
	var fts5yypParser uintptr
	var fts5yyruleno uint32
	var _ /* fts5yyminorunion at bp+0 */ Tfts5YYMINORTYPE
	_, _, _ = fts5yyact, fts5yypParser, fts5yyruleno /* The parser action. */
	fts5yypParser = fts5yyp                          /* The parser */
	(*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).FpParse = pParse
	fts5yyact = (*Tfts5yyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos)).Fstateno
	for int32(1) != 0 { /* Exit by "break" */
		fts5yyact = _fts5yy_find_shift_action(tls, libc.Uint8FromInt32(fts5yymajor), fts5yyact)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(fts5yyact) >= int32(fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE) {
			fts5yyruleno = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(fts5yyact) - int32(fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE)) /* Reduce by this rule */
			/* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry
			 ** if the RHS of the rule is empty.  This ensures that there is room
			 ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */
			if int32(_fts5yyRuleInfoNRhs[fts5yyruleno]) == 0 {
				if (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos >= (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yystackEnd {
					if int32(1) != 0 {
						_fts5yyStackOverflow(tls, fts5yypParser)
						break
					}
				}
			}
			fts5yyact = _fts5yy_reduce(tls, fts5yypParser, fts5yyruleno, fts5yymajor, fts5yyminor)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(fts5yyact) <= int32(fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE) {
				_fts5yy_shift(tls, fts5yypParser, fts5yyact, libc.Uint8FromInt32(fts5yymajor), fts5yyminor)
				break
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(fts5yyact) == int32(fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION) {
					(*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).Ffts5yytos -= 24
					_fts5yy_accept(tls, fts5yypParser)
					return
				} else {
					*(*TFts5Token)(unsafe.Pointer(bp)) = fts5yyminor
					/* If the fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
					 ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
					 ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
					 **
					 ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
					 ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
					 */
					_fts5yy_syntax_error(tls, fts5yypParser, fts5yymajor, fts5yyminor)
					_fts5yy_destructor(tls, fts5yypParser, libc.Uint8FromInt32(fts5yymajor), bp)
					break
				}
			}
		}
	}
	return
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5ParserFinalize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var fts5yytos, pParser uintptr
	_, _ = fts5yytos, pParser
	pParser = p
	/* In-lined version of calling fts5yy_pop_parser_stack() for each
	 ** element left in the stack */
	fts5yytos = (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(pParser)).Ffts5yytos
	for fts5yytos > (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(pParser)).Ffts5yystack {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tfts5yyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yytos)).Fmajor) >= int32(fts5YY_MIN_DSTRCTR) {
			_fts5yy_destructor(tls, pParser, (*Tfts5yyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yytos)).Fmajor, fts5yytos+8)
		}
		fts5yytos -= 24
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Advance the iterator object passed as the only argument. Return true
//	** if the iterator reaches EOF, or false otherwise.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(tls *libc.TLS, pIter uintptr) (r int32) {
	if _sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(tls, (*TFts5PoslistReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa, (*TFts5PoslistReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fn, pIter+12, pIter+24) != 0 {
		(*TFts5PoslistReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbEof = uint8(1)
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5PoslistReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbEof)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append position iPos to the position list being accumulated in buffer
//	** pBuf, which must be already be large enough to hold the new data.
//	** The previous position written to this list is *piPrev. *piPrev is set
//	** to iPos before returning.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(tls *libc.TLS, pBuf uintptr, piPrev uintptr, iPos Ti64) {
	var v1 int32
	var v2 uintptr
	_, _ = v1, v2
	if iPos >= **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piPrev)) {
		if iPos&_colmask != **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piPrev))&_colmask {
			v2 = pBuf + 8
			v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
			**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp + uintptr(v1))) = uint8(1)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pBuf + 8)) += _sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn), libc.Uint64FromInt64(iPos>>libc.Int32FromInt32(32)))
			**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piPrev)) = iPos & _colmask
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pBuf + 8)) += _sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp+uintptr((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn), libc.Uint64FromInt64(iPos-**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piPrev))+int64(2)))
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piPrev)) = iPos
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close a handle opened by an earlier call to sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen().
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, rc int32
	_, _ = i, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if p != 0 {
		/* Finalize all SQL statements */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(96)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(8))) {
				break
			}
			Xsqlite3_finalize(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + 48 + uintptr(i)*8)))
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, p)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Insert a new row into the FTS content table.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, bReplace int32, apVal uintptr, piRowid uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var bUnindexed, i, iLoc, rc int32
	var pConfig, pVal uintptr
	var _ /* nLoc at bp+28 */ int32
	var _ /* nText at bp+24 */ int32
	var _ /* pInsert at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pLoc at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pText at bp+8 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = bUnindexed, i, iLoc, pConfig, pVal, rc
	pConfig = (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	/* Insert the new row into the %_content table. */
	if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FeContent != FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL && (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FeContent != int32(FTS5_CONTENT_UNINDEXED) {
		if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apVal + 1*8))) == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) {
			**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piRowid)) = Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apVal + 1*8)))
		} else {
			rc = _fts5StorageNewRowid(tls, p, piRowid)
		}
	} else {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0) /* Counter variable */
		rc = _fts5StorageGetStmt(tls, p, int32(FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT)+bReplace, bp, uintptr(0))
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
			Xsqlite3_clear_bindings(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		}
		/* Bind the rowid value */
		Xsqlite3_bind_value(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), int32(1), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apVal + 1*8)))
		/* Loop through values for user-defined columns. i=2 is the leftmost
		 ** user-defined column. As is column 1 of pSavedRow.  */
		i = int32(2)
		for {
			if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && i <= (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol+int32(1)) {
				break
			}
			bUnindexed = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FabUnindexed + uintptr(i-int32(2)))))
			if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FeContent == FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL || bUnindexed != 0 {
				pVal = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apVal + uintptr(i)*8))
				if Xsqlite3_value_nochange(tls, pVal) != 0 && (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSavedRow != 0 {
					/* This is an UPDATE statement, and user-defined column (i-2) was not
					 ** modified.  Retrieve the value from Fts5Storage.pSavedRow.  */
					pVal = Xsqlite3_column_value(tls, (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSavedRow, i-int32(1))
					if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FbLocale != 0 && bUnindexed == 0 {
						Xsqlite3_bind_value(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol+i, Xsqlite3_column_value(tls, (*TFts5Storage)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSavedRow, (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol+i-int32(1)))
					}
				} else {
					if _sqlite3Fts5IsLocaleValue(tls, pConfig, pVal) != 0 {
						**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uintptr(0)
						**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = uintptr(0)
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) = 0
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 28)) = 0
						rc = _sqlite3Fts5DecodeLocaleValue(tls, pVal, bp+8, bp+24, bp+16, bp+28)
						if rc == SQLITE_OK {
							Xsqlite3_bind_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), i, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
							if bUnindexed == 0 {
								iLoc = (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FnCol + i
								Xsqlite3_bind_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), iLoc, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 28)), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
							}
						}
						goto _1
					}
				}
				rc = Xsqlite3_bind_value(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), i, pVal)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			Xsqlite3_step(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			rc = Xsqlite3_reset(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		}
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piRowid)) = Xsqlite3_last_insert_rowid(tls, (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).Fdb)
	}
	return rc
}

func _sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var i Tu32
	var pDel, pEntry uintptr
	_, _, _ = i, pDel, pEntry
	if p != 0 {
		i = uint32(0)
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(4096)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)))) {
				break
			}
			pEntry = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(p + uintptr(i)*8))
			for pEntry != 0 {
				pDel = pEntry
				pEntry = (*TFts5TermsetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pEntry)).FpNext
				Xsqlite3_free(tls, pDel)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, p)
	}
}

/*
** 2014 Jun 09
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
 */

/* #include "fts5Int.h" */

/* Maximum allowed page size */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint
//	** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent,
//	** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version.
//	** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument.
//	**
//	** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
//	** is less than zero.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(tls *libc.TLS, c int32, eRemoveDiacritic int32) (r int32) {
	var cmp, iHi, iLo, iRes, iTest, ret int32
	var p uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = cmp, iHi, iLo, iRes, iTest, p, ret
	ret = c
	if c < int32(128) {
		if c >= int32('A') && c <= int32('Z') {
			ret = c + (libc.Int32FromUint8('a') - libc.Int32FromUint8('A'))
		}
	} else {
		if c < int32(65536) {
			iHi = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(652)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(4) - libc.Uint64FromInt32(1))
			iLo = 0
			iRes = -int32(1)
			for iHi >= iLo {
				iTest = (iHi + iLo) / int32(2)
				cmp = c - libc.Int32FromUint16(_aEntry[iTest].FiCode)
				if cmp >= 0 {
					iRes = iTest
					iLo = iTest + int32(1)
				} else {
					iHi = iTest - int32(1)
				}
			}
			p = uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_aEntry)) + uintptr(iRes)*4
			if c < libc.Int32FromUint16((*struct {
				FiCode  uint16
				Fflags  uint8
				FnRange uint8
			})(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCode)+libc.Int32FromUint8((*struct {
				FiCode  uint16
				Fflags  uint8
				FnRange uint8
			})(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRange) && 0 == int32(0x01)&libc.Int32FromUint8((*struct {
				FiCode  uint16
				Fflags  uint8
				FnRange uint8
			})(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromUint16((*struct {
				FiCode  uint16
				Fflags  uint8
				FnRange uint8
			})(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCode)^c) {
				ret = (c + libc.Int32FromUint16(_aiOff[libc.Int32FromUint8((*struct {
					FiCode  uint16
					Fflags  uint8
					FnRange uint8
				})(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)>>int32(1)])) & int32(0x0000FFFF)
			}
			if eRemoveDiacritic != 0 {
				ret = _fts5_remove_diacritic(tls, ret, libc.BoolInt32(eRemoveDiacritic == int32(2)))
			}
		} else {
			if c >= int32(66560) && c < int32(66600) {
				ret = c + int32(40)
			}
		}
	}
	return ret
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register
//	** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
//	** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
//	** the entry that needs indexing.  If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
//	** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index.
//	**
//	** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
//	** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
//	** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
//	** this routine returns.
//	**
//	** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump
//	** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped.
//	** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
//	** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates
//	** to false or null.  If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel
//	** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by
//	** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
//	**
//	** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to
//	** avoid unnecessary register loads.  If pPrior is not NULL, then it is
//	** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been
//	** computed into register regPrior.  If the current pIdx index is generating
//	** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share
//	** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already
//	** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped.
//	** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK
//	** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or
//	** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index.
//	*/
func _sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pIdx uintptr, iDataCur int32, regOut int32, prefixOnly int32, piPartIdxLabel uintptr, pPrior uintptr, regPrior int32) (r int32) {
	var j, nCol, regBase, v1 int32
	var v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = j, nCol, regBase, v, v1
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	if piPartIdxLabel != 0 {
		if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpPartIdxWhere != 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piPartIdxLabel)) = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FiSelfTab = iDataCur + int32(1)
			_sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(tls, pParse, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpPartIdxWhere, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piPartIdxLabel)), int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL))
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FiSelfTab = 0
			pPrior = uintptr(0) /* Ticket a9efb42811fa41ee 2019-11-02;
			 ** pPartIdxWhere may have corrupted regPrior registers */
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piPartIdxLabel)) = 0
		}
	}
	if prefixOnly != 0 && int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x8>>3)) != 0 {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)
	}
	nCol = v1
	regBase = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, nCol)
	if pPrior != 0 && (regBase != regPrior || (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrior)).FpPartIdxWhere != 0) {
		pPrior = uintptr(0)
	}
	j = 0
	for {
		if !(j < nCol) {
			break
		}
		if pPrior != 0 && int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrior)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2))) == int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2))) && int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrior)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2))) != -int32(2) {
			/* This column was already computed by the previous index */
			goto _2
		}
		_sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(tls, pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, j, regBase+j)
		if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2))) >= 0 {
			/* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it
			 ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact
			 ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode.
			 ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where
			 ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again.  So omit the
			 ** OP_RealAffinity opcode if it is present */
			_sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(tls, v, uint8(OP_RealAffinity))
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		j = j + 1
	}
	if regOut != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_MakeRecord), regBase, nCol, regOut)
	}
	_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regBase, nCol)
	return regBase
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
//	** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab
//	**
//	** Preconditions:
//	**
//	**   1.  A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage
//	**       btree for the table pTab.  (This will be either the table itself
//	**       for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID
//	**       tables.)
//	**
//	**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
//	**       cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.  (The pTab->pIndex
//	**       index is the 0-th index.)
//	**
//	**   3.  The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row
//	**       that is to be deleted.
//	*/
func _sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr, iDataCur int32, iIdxCur int32, aRegIdx uintptr, iIdxNoSeek int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i, r1, v3 int32
	var pIdx, pPk, pPrior, v, v1 uintptr
	var _ /* iPartIdxLabel at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, pIdx, pPk, pPrior, r1, v, v1, v3 /* Index loop counter */
	r1 = -int32(1)                                               /* Current index */
	pPrior = uintptr(0)                                          /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_WithoutRowid) == uint32(0) {
		v1 = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		v1 = _sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(tls, pTab)
	}
	pPk = v1
	i = 0
	pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
	for {
		if !(pIdx != 0) {
			break
		}
		if aRegIdx != uintptr(0) && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aRegIdx + uintptr(i)*4)) == 0 {
			goto _2
		}
		if pIdx == pPk {
			goto _2
		}
		if iIdxCur+i == iIdxNoSeek {
			goto _2
		}
		r1 = _sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(tls, pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, int32(1), bp, pPrior, r1)
		if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x8>>3)) != 0 {
			v3 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)
		} else {
			v3 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_IdxDelete), iIdxCur+i, r1, v3)
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(tls, v, -int32(1), pIdx, -int32(6))
		_sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(tls, pParse, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		pPrior = pIdx
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
//	*/
func _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 int32
	var v2 uintptr
	var v3 Tu8
	_, _, _ = v1, v2, v3
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTempReg) == 0 {
		v2 = pParse + 60
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
		v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
		return v1
	}
	v2 = pParse + 31
	*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) - 1
	v3 = *(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pParse + 192 + uintptr(v3)*4))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
//	** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
//	*/
func _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe != 0 {
		return (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	}
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel == uintptr(0) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FactorOutConst)) == uint32(0) {
		libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pParse+40, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 7, 0x80)
	}
	return _sqlite3VdbeCreate(tls, pParse)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the size of the header added to each page by this module.
//	*/
func _sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(tls *libc.TLS) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint64((libc.Uint64FromInt64(136) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(7)) & libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the size of the header added by this middleware layer
//	** in the page-cache hierarchy.
//	*/
func _sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(tls *libc.TLS) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint64((libc.Uint64FromInt64(80) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(7)) & libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the size of the header on each page of this PCACHE implementation.
//	*/
func _sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(tls *libc.TLS) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint64((libc.Uint64FromInt64(56) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(7)) & libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
//	** need be.
//	**
//	** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
//	*/
func _sqlite3IdListAppend(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pList uintptr, pToken uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var db, pNew, v2 uintptr
	var i, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = db, i, pNew, v1, v2
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	if pList == uintptr(0) {
		pList = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, db, uint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+8)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)))
		if pList == uintptr(0) {
			return uintptr(0)
		}
	} else {
		pNew = _sqlite3DbRealloc(tls, db, pList, uint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+8)+libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TIdList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnId+libc.Int32FromInt32(1))*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)))
		if pNew == uintptr(0) {
			_sqlite3IdListDelete(tls, db, pList)
			return uintptr(0)
		}
		pList = pNew
	}
	v2 = pList
	v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
	i = v1
	(*(*TIdList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*8))).FzName = _sqlite3NameFromToken(tls, db, pToken)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) && (*(*TIdList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*8))).FzName != 0 {
		_sqlite3RenameTokenMap(tls, pParse, (*(*TIdList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*8))).FzName, pToken)
	}
	return pList
}

func _sqlite3IdListDup(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pNew, pNewItem, pOldItem uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, pNew, pNewItem, pOldItem
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	pNew = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, db, uint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+8)+libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TIdList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnId)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)))
	if pNew == uintptr(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	(*TIdList)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnId = (*TIdList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnId
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TIdList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnId) {
			break
		}
		pNewItem = pNew + 8 + uintptr(i)*8
		pOldItem = p + 8 + uintptr(i)*8
		(*TIdList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pNewItem)).FzName = _sqlite3DbStrDup(tls, db, (*TIdList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOldItem)).FzName)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
//	** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
//	** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
//	** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
//	**
//	** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
//	** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Init(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pzErrMsg uintptr) (r int32) {
	var commit_internal, i, rc int32
	_, _, _ = commit_internal, i, rc
	commit_internal = libc.BoolInt32(!((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmDbFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(DBFLAG_SchemaChange) != 0))
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fenc = (*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb))).FpSchema)).Fenc
	/* Do the main schema first */
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb))).FpSchema)).FschemaFlags)&libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_SchemaLoaded) == libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_SchemaLoaded)) {
		rc = _sqlite3InitOne(tls, db, 0, pzErrMsg, uint32(0))
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc
		}
	}
	/* All other schemas after the main schema. The "temp" schema must be last */
	i = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i > 0) {
			break
		}
		if !(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i)*32))).FpSchema)).FschemaFlags)&libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_SchemaLoaded) == libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_SchemaLoaded)) {
			rc = _sqlite3InitOne(tls, db, i, pzErrMsg, uint32(0))
			if rc != 0 {
				return rc
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	if commit_internal != 0 {
		_sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(tls, db)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
//	** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
//	** journal-mode name.
//	*/
func _sqlite3JournalModename(tls *libc.TLS, eMode int32) (r uintptr) {
	if eMode == libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(48)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	return _azModeName[eMode]
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index.
//	**
//	** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object
//	** when it has finished using it.
//	*/
func _sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pIdx uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var i, nCol, nKey int32
	var pKey, zColl, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, nCol, nKey, pKey, zColl, v2
	nCol = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)
	nKey = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x8>>3)) != 0 {
		pKey = _sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, nKey, nCol-nKey)
	} else {
		pKey = _sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, nCol, 0)
	}
	if pKey != 0 {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nCol) {
				break
			}
			zColl = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FazColl + uintptr(i)*8))
			if zColl == uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_sqlite3StrBINARY)) {
				v2 = uintptr(0)
			} else {
				v2 = _sqlite3LocateCollSeq(tls, pParse, zColl)
			}
			*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pKey + 32 + uintptr(i)*8)) = v2
			**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKey)).FaSortFlags + uintptr(i))) = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaSortOrder + uintptr(i)))
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
			if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x100>>8)) == 0 && _sqlite3HashFind(tls, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpSchema+32, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FzName) != 0 {
				/* Deactivate the index because it contains an unknown collating
				 ** sequence.  The only way to reactive the index is to reload the
				 ** schema.  Adding the missing collating sequence later does not
				 ** reactive the index.  The application had the chance to register
				 ** the missing index using the collation-needed callback.  For
				 ** simplicity, SQLite will not give the application a second chance.
				 **
				 ** Except, do not do this if the index is not in the schema hash
				 ** table. In this case the index is currently being constructed
				 ** by a CREATE INDEX statement, and retrying will not help.  */
				libc.SetBitFieldPtr16Uint32(pIdx+100, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 8, 0x100)
				(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_ERROR) | libc.Int32FromInt32(2)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
			}
			_sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(tls, pKey)
			pKey = uintptr(0)
		}
	}
	return pKey
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close the mutex on database connection db.
//	**
//	** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there
//	** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and
//	** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has
//	** finished, then free all resources.
//	*/
func _sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) {
	var i, p, pColl, pDb, pMod, pNext uintptr
	var j int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, j, p, pColl, pDb, pMod, pNext
	/* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects
	 ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(),
	 ** then just leave the mutex and return.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FeOpenState) != int32(SQLITE_STATE_ZOMBIE) || _connectionIsBusy(tls, db) != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
		return
	}
	/* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has
	 ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been
	 ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie).  Therefore,
	 ** go ahead and free all resources.
	 */
	/* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if
	 ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction
	 ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make
	 ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */
	_sqlite3RollbackAll(tls, db, SQLITE_OK)
	/* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
	_sqlite3CloseSavepoints(tls, db)
	/* Close all database connections */
	j = 0
	for {
		if !(j < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
			break
		}
		pDb = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(j)*32
		if (*TDb)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpBt != 0 {
			_sqlite3BtreeClose(tls, (*TDb)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpBt)
			(*TDb)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpBt = uintptr(0)
			if j != int32(1) {
				(*TDb)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpSchema = uintptr(0)
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		j = j + 1
	}
	/* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */
	if (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + 1*32))).FpSchema != 0 {
		_sqlite3SchemaClear(tls, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + 1*32))).FpSchema)
	}
	_sqlite3VtabUnlockList(tls, db)
	/* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */
	_sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(tls, db)
	/* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
	 ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
	 */
	_sqlite3ConnectionClosed(tls, db)
	i = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(db + 624)).Ffirst
	for {
		if !(i != 0) {
			break
		}
		p = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(i)).Fdata
		for cond := true; cond; cond = p != 0 {
			_functionDestroy(tls, db, p)
			pNext = (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
			_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, p)
			p = pNext
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(i)).Fnext
	}
	_sqlite3HashClear(tls, db+624)
	i = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(db + 648)).Ffirst
	for {
		if !(i != 0) {
			break
		}
		pColl = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(i)).Fdata
		/* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
		j = 0
		for {
			if !(j < int32(3)) {
				break
			}
			if (**(**TCollSeq)(__ccgo_up(pColl + uintptr(j)*40))).FxDel != 0 {
				(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(**(**TCollSeq)(__ccgo_up(pColl + uintptr(j)*40))).FxDel})))(tls, (**(**TCollSeq)(__ccgo_up(pColl + uintptr(j)*40))).FpUser)
			}
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			j = j + 1
		}
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, pColl)
		goto _3
	_3:
		;
		i = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(i)).Fnext
	}
	_sqlite3HashClear(tls, db+648)
	i = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(db + 576)).Ffirst
	for {
		if !(i != 0) {
			break
		}
		pMod = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(i)).Fdata
		_sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(tls, db, pMod)
		_sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(tls, db, pMod)
		goto _5
	_5:
		;
		i = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(i)).Fnext
	}
	_sqlite3HashClear(tls, db+576)
	_sqlite3Error(tls, db, SQLITE_OK) /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
	_sqlite3ValueFree(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpErr)
	_sqlite3CloseExtensions(tls, db)
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FeOpenState = uint8(SQLITE_STATE_ERROR)
	/* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
	 ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
	 ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
	 ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
	 ** structure?
	 */
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + 1*32))).FpSchema)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxAutovacDestr != 0 {
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxAutovacDestr})))(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpAutovacPagesArg)
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FeOpenState = uint8(SQLITE_STATE_CLOSED)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_free(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbMalloced != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpStart)
	}
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, db)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called when the extension is loaded.
//	** Register the new VFS.
//	*/
func _sqlite3MemdbInit(tls *libc.TLS) (r int32) {
	var pLower uintptr
	var sz uint32
	_, _ = pLower, sz
	pLower = Xsqlite3_vfs_find(tls, uintptr(0))
	if pLower == uintptr(0) {
		return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	}
	sz = libc.Uint32FromInt32((*Tsqlite3_vfs)(unsafe.Pointer(pLower)).FszOsFile)
	_memdb_vfs.FpAppData = pLower
	/* The following conditional can only be true when compiled for
	 ** Windows x86 and SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE=0.  We always leave
	 ** it in, to be safe, but it is marked as NO_TEST since there
	 ** is no way to reach it under most builds. */
	if uint64(sz) < uint64(24) {
		sz = uint32(24)
	} /*NO_TEST*/
	_memdb_vfs.FszOsFile = libc.Int32FromUint32(sz)
	return Xsqlite3_vfs_register(tls, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_memdb_vfs)), 0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called by the parser for the second and subsequent
//	** rows of a multi-row VALUES clause. Argument pLeft is the part of
//	** the VALUES clause already parsed, argument pRow is the vector of values
//	** for the new row. The Select object returned represents the complete
//	** VALUES clause, including the new row.
//	**
//	** There are two ways in which this may be achieved - by incremental
//	** coding of a co-routine (the "co-routine" method) or by returning a
//	** Select object equivalent to the following (the "UNION ALL" method):
//	**
//	**        "pLeft UNION ALL SELECT pRow"
//	**
//	** If the VALUES clause contains a lot of rows, this compound Select
//	** object may consume a lot of memory.
//	**
//	** When the co-routine method is used, each row that will be returned
//	** by the VALUES clause is coded into part of a co-routine as it is
//	** passed to this function. The returned Select object is equivalent to:
//	**
//	**     SELECT * FROM (
//	**       Select object to read co-routine
//	**     )
//	**
//	** The co-routine method is used in most cases. Exceptions are:
//	**
//	**    a) If the current statement has a WITH clause. This is to avoid
//	**       statements like:
//	**
//	**            WITH cte AS ( VALUES('x'), ('y') ... )
//	**            SELECT * FROM cte AS a, cte AS b;
//	**
//	**       This will not work, as the co-routine uses a hard-coded register
//	**       for its OP_Yield instructions, and so it is not possible for two
//	**       cursors to iterate through it concurrently.
//	**
//	**    b) The schema is currently being parsed (i.e. the VALUES clause is part
//	**       of a schema item like a VIEW or TRIGGER). In this case there is no VM
//	**       being generated when parsing is taking place, and so generating
//	**       a co-routine is not possible.
//	**
//	**    c) There are non-constant expressions in the VALUES clause (e.g.
//	**       the VALUES clause is part of a correlated sub-query).
//	**
//	**    d) One or more of the values in the first row of the VALUES clause
//	**       has an affinity (i.e. is a CAST expression). This causes problems
//	**       because the complex rules SQLite uses (see function
//	**       sqlite3SubqueryColumnTypes() in select.c) to determine the effective
//	**       affinity of such a column for all rows require access to all values in
//	**       the column simultaneously.
//	*/
func _sqlite3MultiValues(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pLeft uintptr, pRow uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var f, v1 int32
	var p, pRet, pSelect, pSubq, pSubq1, v, v2 uintptr
	var _ /* dest at bp+0 */ TSelectDest
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = f, p, pRet, pSelect, pSubq, pSubq1, v, v1, v2
	if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse + 40))&0x40>>6)) != 0 || (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).Finit1.Fbusy != 0 || _exprListIsConstant(tls, pParse, pRow) == 0 || (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpSrc)).FnSrc == 0 && _exprListIsNoAffinity(tls, pParse, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpEList) == 0 || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) != PARSE_MODE_NORMAL {
		/* The co-routine method cannot be used. Fall back to UNION ALL. */
		pSelect = uintptr(0)
		f = libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_Values) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_MultiValue)
		if (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpSrc)).FnSrc != 0 {
			_sqlite3MultiValuesEnd(tls, pParse, pLeft)
			f = int32(SF_Values)
		} else {
			if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpPrior != 0 {
				/* In this case set the SF_MultiValue flag only if it was set on pLeft */
				f = libc.Int32FromUint32(libc.Uint32FromInt32(f) & (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FselFlags)
			}
		}
		pSelect = _sqlite3SelectNew(tls, pParse, pRow, uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), libc.Uint32FromInt32(f), uintptr(0))
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLeft + 4)) &= ^libc.Uint32FromInt32(SF_MultiValue)
		if pSelect != 0 {
			(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).Fop = uint8(TK_ALL)
			(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pSelect)).FpPrior = pLeft
			pLeft = pSelect
		}
	} else {
		p = uintptr(0) /* SrcItem that reads from co-routine */
		if (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpSrc)).FnSrc == 0 {
			/* Co-routine has not yet been started and the special Select object
			 ** that accesses the co-routine has not yet been created. This block
			 ** does both those things. */
			v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
			pRet = _sqlite3SelectNew(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uint32(0), uintptr(0))
			/* Ensure the database schema has been read. This is to ensure we have
			 ** the correct text encoding.  */
			if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FmDbFlags&uint32(DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk) == uint32(0) {
				_sqlite3ReadSchema(tls, pParse)
			}
			if pRet != 0 {
				(*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpSrc)).FnSrc = int32(1)
				(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpPrior = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpPrior
				(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).Fop = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fop
				if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpPrior != 0 {
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pRet + 4)) |= uint32(SF_Values)
				}
				(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpPrior = uintptr(0)
				(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fop = uint8(TK_SELECT)
				p = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpSrc + 8
				libc.SetBitFieldPtr32Uint32(p+24+4, libc.Uint32FromInt32(1), 6, 0x40)
				(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCursor = -int32(1)
				*(*Tu32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fu1)) = uint32(2)
				if _sqlite3SrcItemAttachSubquery(tls, pParse, p, pLeft, 0) != 0 {
					pSubq = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 72))
					(*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FaddrFillSub = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v) + int32(1)
					v2 = pParse + 60
					*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
					v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
					(*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FregReturn = v1
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_InitCoroutine), (*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FregReturn, 0, (*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FaddrFillSub)
					_sqlite3SelectDestInit(tls, bp, int32(SRT_Coroutine), (*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FregReturn)
					/* Allocate registers for the output of the co-routine. Do so so
					 ** that there are two unused registers immediately before those
					 ** used by the co-routine. This allows the code in sqlite3Insert()
					 ** to use these registers directly, instead of copying the output
					 ** of the co-routine to a separate array for processing.  */
					(**(**TSelectDest)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiSdst = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnMem + int32(3)
					(**(**TSelectDest)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnSdst = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpEList)).FnExpr
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pParse + 60)) += int32(2) + (**(**TSelectDest)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FnSdst
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLeft + 4)) |= uint32(SF_MultiValue)
					_sqlite3Select(tls, pParse, pLeft, bp)
					(*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq)).FregResult = (**(**TSelectDest)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiSdst
				}
				pLeft = pRet
			}
		} else {
			p = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FpSrc + 8
			*(*Tu32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fu1)) = *(*Tu32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fu1)) + 1
		}
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr == 0 {
			pSubq1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 72))
			if (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq1)).FpSelect)).FpEList)).FnExpr != (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pRow)).FnExpr {
				_sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(tls, pParse, (*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq1)).FpSelect)
			} else {
				_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(tls, pParse, pRow, (*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq1)).FregResult, 0, uint8(0))
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, int32(OP_Yield), (*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubq1)).FregReturn)
			}
		}
		_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pRow)
	}
	return pLeft
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine reactivates the memory allocator and clears the
//	** db->mallocFailed flag as necessary.
//	**
//	** The memory allocator is not restarted if there are running
//	** VDBEs.
//	*/
func _sqlite3OomClear(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeExec == 0 {
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed = uint8(0)
		libc.AtomicStoreNInt32(db+432, libc.Int32FromInt32(0), libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbDisable = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbDisable - 1
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbDisable != 0 {
			v1 = 0
		} else {
			v1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FszTrue)
		}
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.Fsz = libc.Uint16FromInt32(v1)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate
//	** code to open and initialized those cursors.
//	**
//	** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally
//	** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT
//	** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur.  The first index cursor is
//	** returned in *piIdxCur.  The number of indices is returned.
//	**
//	** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables
//	** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
//	** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
//	**
//	** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
//	** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
//	** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
//	** pTab->pIndex list.
//	**
//	** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the
//	** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized.
//	*/
func _sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr, op int32, p5 Tu8, iBase int32, aToOpen uintptr, piDataCur uintptr, piIdxCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, iDataCur, iDb, iIdxCur, v1 int32
	var pIdx, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iDataCur, iDb, iIdxCur, pIdx, v, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
		/* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output
		 ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur set to illegal cursor numbers
		 ** for improved error detection. */
		v1 = -libc.Int32FromInt32(999)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piIdxCur)) = v1
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piDataCur)) = v1
		return 0
	}
	iDb = _sqlite3SchemaToIndex(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpSchema)
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	if iBase < 0 {
		iBase = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTab
	}
	v1 = iBase
	iBase = iBase + 1
	iDataCur = v1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piDataCur)) = iDataCur
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_WithoutRowid) == uint32(0) && (aToOpen == uintptr(0) || **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aToOpen)) != 0) {
		_sqlite3OpenTable(tls, pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FnoSharedCache) == 0 {
			_sqlite3TableLock(tls, pParse, iDb, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Ftnum, libc.BoolUint8(op == int32(OP_OpenWrite)), (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName)
		}
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piIdxCur)) = iBase
	i = 0
	pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
	for {
		if !(pIdx != 0) {
			break
		}
		v1 = iBase
		iBase = iBase + 1
		iIdxCur = v1
		if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x3>>0)) == int32(SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) && !((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(TF_WithoutRowid) == libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piDataCur)) = iIdxCur
			p5 = uint8(0)
		}
		if aToOpen == uintptr(0) || **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aToOpen + uintptr(i+int32(1)))) != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, op, iIdxCur, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).Ftnum), iDb)
			_sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(tls, pParse, pIdx)
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(p5))
		}
		goto _3
	_3:
		;
		pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
		i = i + 1
	}
	if iBase > (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTab {
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTab = iBase
	}
	return i
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add pSelect to the Expr.x.pSelect field.  Or, if pExpr is NULL (due
//	** do a memory allocation failure) then delete the pSelect object.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PExprAddSelect(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, pSelect uintptr) {
	if pExpr != 0 {
		*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)) = pSelect
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_xIsSelect) | libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery))
		_sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(tls, pParse, pExpr)
	} else {
		_sqlite3SelectDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pSelect)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
//	** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
//	** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
//	** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
//	** content no longer matters.
//	**
//	** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
//	** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
//	** that it does not get written to disk.
//	**
//	** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
//	** DELETE operations.
//	**
//	** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
//	** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
//	** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
//	** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
//	** current transaction is rolled back.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerDontWrite(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr) {
	var pPager, v1 uintptr
	_, _ = pPager, v1
	pPager = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpPager
	if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_DIRTY) != 0 && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSavepoint == 0 {
		v1 = pPg + 52
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_DONT_WRITE))
		v1 = pPg + 52
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_WRITEABLE))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
//	** used by the pager and its associated cache.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerMemUsed(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	var perPageSize int32
	_ = perPageSize
	perPageSize = int32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize + libc.Int64FromUint16((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnExtra) + int64(libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(80)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(5)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8))))
	return int32(int64(perPageSize*_sqlite3PcachePagecount(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache)+_sqlite3MallocSize(tls, pPager)) + (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
//	**
//	** There must be no references to the page previously located at
//	** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
//	** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
//	** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
//	**
//	** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
//	** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
//	** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
//	**
//	** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
//	** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
//	** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
//	** transaction is active).
//	**
//	** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
//	** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
//	** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
//	** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
//	**
//	** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
//	** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerMovepage(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, pPg uintptr, pgno TPgno, isCommit int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var needSyncPgno, origPgno TPgno
	var pPgOld, v3 uintptr
	var rc, v1 int32
	var v2 bool
	var _ /* pPgHdr at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = needSyncPgno, origPgno, pPgOld, rc, v1, v2, v3 /* The page being overwritten. */
	needSyncPgno = uint32(0)                                             /* The original page number */
	/* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
	 ** the page we are moving from.
	 */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0 {
		rc = _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls, pPg)
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc
		}
	}
	/* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
	 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
	 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
	 **
	 **   BEGIN;
	 **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
	 **     SAVEPOINT one;
	 **       <Move page X to location Y>
	 **     ROLLBACK TO one;
	 **
	 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
	 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
	 ** statement were is processed.
	 **
	 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
	 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
	 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
	 */
	if v2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TDbPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_DIRTY) != 0; v2 {
		v1 = _subjournalPageIfRequired(tls, pPg)
		rc = v1
	}
	if v2 && SQLITE_OK != v1 {
		return rc
	}
	/* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
	 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
	 **
	 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
	 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
	 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TDbPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) != 0 && !(isCommit != 0) {
		needSyncPgno = (*TDbPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno
	}
	/* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
	 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
	 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
	 ** for the page moved there.
	 */
	v3 = pPg + 52
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
	pPgOld = _sqlite3PagerLookup(tls, pPager, pgno)
	if pPgOld != 0 {
		if (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPgOld)).FnRef > int64(1) {
			_sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(tls, pPgOld)
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(66914))
		}
		v3 = pPg + 52
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) | libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPgOld)).Fflags)&libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0 {
			/* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
			 ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
			_sqlite3PcacheMove(tls, pPgOld, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize+uint32(1))
		} else {
			_sqlite3PcacheDrop(tls, pPgOld)
		}
	}
	origPgno = (*TDbPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno
	_sqlite3PcacheMove(tls, pPg, pgno)
	_sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(tls, pPg)
	/* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
	 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
	 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
	 */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0 && pPgOld != 0 {
		_sqlite3PcacheMove(tls, pPgOld, origPgno)
		_sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(tls, pPgOld)
	}
	if needSyncPgno != 0 {
		rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, pPager, needSyncPgno, bp, 0)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			if needSyncPgno <= (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbOrigSize {
				_sqlite3BitvecClear(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal, needSyncPgno, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpTmpSpace)
			}
			return rc
		}
		v3 = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + 52
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
		_sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		_sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
//	** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
//	** created savepoint.
//	**
//	** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
//	** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
//	** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
//	** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
//	**
//	** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
//	** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
//	** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
//	** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
//	** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
//	**
//	** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
//	** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
//	** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
//	** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
//	** contents of the database to its original state.
//	**
//	** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
//	** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
//	** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
//	**
//	** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
//	** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
//	** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerSavepoint(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, op int32, iSavepoint int32) (r int32) {
	var ii, nNew, rc, v1 int32
	var pRel, pSavepoint, v3 uintptr
	var sz Ti64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = ii, nNew, pRel, pSavepoint, rc, sz, v1, v3
	rc = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint < (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSavepoint { /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
		/* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
		 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
		 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
		 */
		if op == int32(SAVEPOINT_RELEASE) {
			v1 = 0
		} else {
			v1 = int32(1)
		}
		nNew = iSavepoint + v1
		ii = nNew
		for {
			if !(ii < (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSavepoint) {
				break
			}
			_sqlite3BitvecDestroy(tls, (**(**TPagerSavepoint)(__ccgo_up((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FaSavepoint + uintptr(ii)*56))).FpInSavepoint)
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSavepoint = nNew
		/* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts
		 ** that are still in use. */
		if op == int32(SAVEPOINT_RELEASE) {
			pRel = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FaSavepoint + uintptr(nNew)*56
			if (*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pRel)).FbTruncateOnRelease != 0 && (*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fsjfd)).FpMethods != uintptr(0) {
				/* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
				if _sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fsjfd) != 0 {
					sz = ((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize + int64(4)) * libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pRel)).FiSubRec)
					rc = _sqlite3OsTruncate(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fsjfd, sz)
				}
				(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSubRec = (*TPagerSavepoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pRel)).FiSubRec
			}
		} else {
			if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != uintptr(0) || (*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)).FpMethods != uintptr(0) {
				if nNew == 0 {
					v3 = uintptr(0)
				} else {
					v3 = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FaSavepoint + uintptr(nNew-int32(1))*56
				}
				pSavepoint = v3
				rc = _pagerPlaybackSavepoint(tls, pPager, pSavepoint)
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
//	**
//	** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
//	** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
//	** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
//	** There are four levels:
//	**
//	**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
//	**              for temporary and transient files.
//	**
//	**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
//	**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
//	**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
//	**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
//	**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
//	**              when it is rolled back.
//	**
//	**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
//	**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
//	**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
//	**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
//	**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
//	**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
//	**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
//	**
//	**    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
//	**              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
//	**              journal is unlinked.
//	**
//	** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
//	** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
//	** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
//	** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
//	** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
//	** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
//	** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
//	** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
//	** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
//	**
//	** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
//	** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
//	** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
//	** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
//	** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
//	** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
//	** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
//	**
//	** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
//	** and FULL=3.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerSetFlags(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, pgFlags uint32) {
	var level uint32
	var v1 int32
	var v2 uintptr
	_, _, _ = level, v1, v2
	level = pgFlags & uint32(PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0 || level == uint32(PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF) {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnoSync = uint8(1)
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FfullSync = uint8(0)
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FextraSync = uint8(0)
	} else {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnoSync = uint8(0)
		if level >= uint32(PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL) {
			v1 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FfullSync = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1)
		/* Set Pager.extraSync if "PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA" is requested, or
		 ** if the file-system supports F2FS style atomic writes. If this flag
		 ** is set, SQLite syncs the directory to disk immediately after deleting
		 ** a journal file in "PRAGMA journal_mode=DELETE" mode.  */
		if level == uint32(PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA) {
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FextraSync = uint8(1)
		} else {
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FextraSync = uint8(0)
		}
	}
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnoSync != 0 {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsyncFlags = uint8(0)
	} else {
		if pgFlags&uint32(PAGER_FULLFSYNC) != 0 {
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsyncFlags = uint8(SQLITE_SYNC_FULL)
		} else {
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsyncFlags = uint8(SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)
		}
	}
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FwalSyncFlags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsyncFlags) << libc.Int32FromInt32(2))
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FfullSync != 0 {
		v2 = pPager + 15
		*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsyncFlags))
	}
	if pgFlags&uint32(PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) != 0 && !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnoSync != 0) {
		v2 = pPager + 15
		*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SYNC_FULL)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(2))
	}
	if pgFlags&uint32(PAGER_CACHESPILL) != 0 {
		v2 = pPager + 25
		*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(SPILLFLAG_OFF))
	} else {
		v2 = pPager + 25
		*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SPILLFLAG_OFF))
	}
}

/*
** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
** testing and analysis only.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/* The main parser program.
//	** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
//	** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
//	** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
//	** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
//	** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
//	** use by the action routines.
//	**
//	** Inputs:
//	** <ul>
//	** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
//	** <li> The major token number.
//	** <li> The minor token number.
//	** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
//	** </ul>
//	**
//	** Outputs:
//	** None.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Parser(tls *libc.TLS, yyp uintptr, yymajor int32, yyminor TToken) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var pParse, yypParser uintptr
	var yyact uint16
	var yyruleno uint32
	var _ /* yyminorunion at bp+0 */ TYYMINORTYPE
	_, _, _, _ = pParse, yyact, yypParser, yyruleno /* The parser action. */
	yypParser = yyp                                 /* The parser */
	pParse = (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).FpParse
	yyact = (*TyyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer((*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).Fyytos)).Fstateno
	for int32(1) != 0 { /* Exit by "break" */
		yyact = _yy_find_shift_action(tls, libc.Uint16FromInt32(yymajor), yyact)
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(yyact) >= int32(YY_MIN_REDUCE) {
			yyruleno = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(yyact) - int32(YY_MIN_REDUCE)) /* Reduce by this rule */
			/* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry
			 ** if the RHS of the rule is empty.  This ensures that there is room
			 ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */
			if int32(_yyRuleInfoNRhs[yyruleno]) == 0 {
				if (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).Fyytos >= (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).FyystackEnd {
					if _yyGrowStack(tls, yypParser) != 0 {
						_yyStackOverflow(tls, yypParser)
						break
					}
				}
			}
			yyact = _yy_reduce(tls, yypParser, yyruleno, yymajor, yyminor, pParse)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16(yyact) <= int32(YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE) {
				_yy_shift(tls, yypParser, yyact, libc.Uint16FromInt32(yymajor), yyminor)
				break
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint16(yyact) == int32(YY_ACCEPT_ACTION) {
					(*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).Fyytos -= 24
					_yy_accept(tls, yypParser)
					return
				} else {
					*(*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(bp)) = yyminor
					/* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
					 ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
					 ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
					 **
					 ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
					 ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
					 */
					_yy_syntax_error(tls, yypParser, yymajor, yyminor)
					_yy_destructor(tls, yypParser, libc.Uint16FromInt32(yymajor), bp)
					break
				}
			}
		}
	}
	return
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser
//	*/
func _sqlite3ParserFinalize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var pParser, yytos uintptr
	_, _ = pParser, yytos
	pParser = p
	/* In-lined version of calling yy_pop_parser_stack() for each
	 ** element left in the stack */
	yytos = (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(pParser)).Fyytos
	for yytos > (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(pParser)).Fyystack {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TyyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(yytos)).Fmajor) >= int32(YY_MIN_DSTRCTR) {
			_yy_destructor(tls, pParser, (*TyyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(yytos)).Fmajor, yytos+8)
		}
		yytos -= 24
	}
	if (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(pParser)).Fyystack != pParser+32 {
		_parserStackFree(tls, (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(pParser)).Fyystack, (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(pParser)).FpParse)
	}
}

/*
** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
 */

/* This array of booleans keeps track of the parser statement
** coverage.  The element yycoverage[X][Y] is set when the parser
** is in state X and has a lookahead token Y.  In a well-tested
** systems, every element of this matrix should end up being set.
 */

/*
** Write into out a description of every state/lookahead combination that
**
**   (1)  has not been used by the parser, and
**   (2)  is not a syntax error.
**
** Return the number of missed state/lookahead combinations.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
//	** make it so.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_CLEAN)|libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_DONT_WRITE)) != 0 { /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
		v1 = p + 52
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_DONT_WRITE))
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_CLEAN) != 0 {
			v1 = p + 52
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) ^ (libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_DIRTY) | libc.Int32FromInt32(PGHDR_CLEAN)))
			_pcacheManageDirtyList(tls, p, uint8(PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD))
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
//	** reference count drops to 0, then it is made eligible for recycling.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PcacheRelease(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var v1 Ti64
	var v2 uintptr
	_, _ = v1, v2
	(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCache)).FnRefSum = (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCache)).FnRefSum - 1
	v2 = p + 56
	*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) - 1
	v1 = *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	if v1 == 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_CLEAN) != 0 {
			_pcacheUnpin(tls, p)
		} else {
			_pcacheManageDirtyList(tls, p, uint8(PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT))
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
//	** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(tls *libc.TLS, pCache uintptr, szPage int32) (r int32) {
	var pNew uintptr
	_ = pNew
	if (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszPage != 0 {
		pNew = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, int32, int32, int32) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fpcache2.FxCreate})))(tls, szPage, libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszExtra)+(libc.Uint64FromInt64(80)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7))), libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FbPurgeable))
		if pNew == uintptr(0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fpcache2.FxCachesize})))(tls, pNew, _numberOfCachePages(tls, pCache))
		if (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpCache != 0 {
			(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fpcache2.FxDestroy})))(tls, (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpCache)
		}
		(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpCache = pNew
		(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszPage = szPage
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If pExpr has a byte offset for the start of a token, record that as
//	** as the error offset.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RecordErrorOffsetOfExpr(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pExpr uintptr) {
	for pExpr != 0 && ((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON)) != uint32(0) || *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 52)) <= 0) {
		pExpr = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
	}
	if pExpr == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_FromDDL)) != uint32(0) {
		return
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FerrByteOffset = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 52))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
//	** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
//	** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
//	**
//	** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
//	** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
//	** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
//	** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
//	** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RefillIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pIndex uintptr, memRootPage int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var addr1, addr2, iDb, iIdx, iSorter, iTab, j2, regRecord, v1, v3 int32
	var db, pKey, pTab, v, v2, v4 uintptr
	var tnum TPgno
	var _ /* iPartIdxLabel at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addr1, addr2, db, iDb, iIdx, iSorter, iTab, j2, pKey, pTab, regRecord, tnum, v, v1, v2, v3, v4
	pTab = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FpTable
	v2 = pParse + 56
	v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1 /* The table that is indexed */
	iTab = v1
	v4 = pParse + 56
	v3 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4))
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)) + 1 /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
	iIdx = v3                                                         /* Register holding assembled index record */
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb                        /* The database connection */
	iDb = _sqlite3SchemaToIndex(tls, db, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FpSchema)
	if _sqlite3AuthCheck(tls, pParse, int32(SQLITE_REINDEX), (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FzName, uintptr(0), (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FzDbSName) != 0 {
		return
	}
	/* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
	_sqlite3TableLock(tls, pParse, iDb, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Ftnum, uint8(1), (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName)
	v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
	if v == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	if memRootPage >= 0 {
		tnum = libc.Uint32FromInt32(memRootPage)
	} else {
		tnum = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).Ftnum
	}
	pKey = _sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(tls, pParse, pIndex)
	/* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
	v2 = pParse + 56
	v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
	iSorter = v1
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_SorterOpen), iSorter, 0, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FnKeyCol), _sqlite3KeyInfoRef(tls, pKey), -int32(9))
	/* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
	 ** records into the sorter. */
	_sqlite3OpenTable(tls, pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, int32(OP_OpenRead))
	addr1 = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rewind), iTab, 0)
	regRecord = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
	_sqlite3MultiWrite(tls, pParse)
	_sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(tls, pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 0, bp, uintptr(0), 0)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_SorterInsert), iSorter, regRecord)
	_sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(tls, pParse, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Next), iTab, addr1+int32(1))
	_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addr1)
	if memRootPage < 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Clear), libc.Int32FromUint32(tnum), iDb)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_OpenWrite), iIdx, libc.Int32FromUint32(tnum), iDb, pKey, -int32(9))
	if memRootPage >= 0 {
		v1 = int32(OPFLAG_P2ISREG)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, libc.Uint16FromInt32(int32(OPFLAG_BULKCSR)|v1))
	addr1 = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_SorterSort), iSorter, 0)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FonError) != OE_None {
		j2 = _sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, int32(1))
		addr2 = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, int32(OP_SorterCompare), iSorter, j2, regRecord, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FnKeyCol))
		_sqlite3UniqueConstraint(tls, pParse, int32(OE_Abort), pIndex)
		_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, j2)
	} else {
		/* Most CREATE INDEX and REINDEX statements that are not UNIQUE can not
		 ** abort. The exception is if one of the indexed expressions contains a
		 ** user function that throws an exception when it is evaluated. But the
		 ** overhead of adding a statement journal to a CREATE INDEX statement is
		 ** very small (since most of the pages written do not contain content that
		 ** needs to be restored if the statement aborts), so we call
		 ** sqlite3MayAbort() for all CREATE INDEX statements.  */
		_sqlite3MayAbort(tls, pParse)
		addr2 = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_SorterData), iSorter, regRecord, iIdx)
	if !(int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex + 100))&0x200>>9)) != 0) {
		/* This OP_SeekEnd opcode makes index insert for a REINDEX go much
		 ** faster by avoiding unnecessary seeks.  But the optimization does
		 ** not work for UNIQUE constraint indexes on WITHOUT ROWID tables
		 ** with DESC primary keys, since those indexes have there keys in
		 ** a different order from the main table.
		 ** See ticket: https://sqlite.org/src/info/bba7b69f9849b5bf
		 */
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_SeekEnd), iIdx)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_IdxInsert), iIdx, regRecord)
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT))
	_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, regRecord)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_SorterNext), iSorter, addr2)
	_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addr1)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Close), iTab)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Close), iIdx)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Close), iSorter)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** All of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
//	** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
//	** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
//	**
//	** After this routine runs
//	*/
func _sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(tls *libc.TLS) {
	_sqlite3AlterFunctions(tls)
	_sqlite3WindowFunctions(tls)
	_sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(tls)
	_sqlite3RegisterJsonFunctions(tls)
	_sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(tls, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_aBuiltinFunc)), libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(7632)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(72)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
//	** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
//	** external linkage.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(tls *libc.TLS) {
	_sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(tls, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_aDateTimeFuncs)), libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(720)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(72)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Register JSON functions.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RegisterJsonFunctions(tls *libc.TLS) {
	_sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(tls, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_aJsonFunc)), libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(2592)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(72)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
//	** purpose.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iReg int32) {
	var v1 Tu8
	var v2 uintptr
	_, _ = v1, v2
	if iReg != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTempReg) < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(32)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)) {
			v2 = pParse + 31
			v1 = *(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
			*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pParse + 192 + uintptr(v1)*4)) = iReg
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Remember that the parser tree element pPtr was created using
//	** the token pToken.
//	**
//	** In other words, construct a new RenameToken object and add it
//	** to the list of RenameToken objects currently being built up
//	** in pParse->pRename.
//	**
//	** The pPtr argument is returned so that this routine can be used
//	** with tail recursion in tokenExpr() routine, for a small performance
//	** improvement.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RenameTokenMap(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pPtr uintptr, pToken uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pNew uintptr
	_ = pNew
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) != int32(PARSE_MODE_UNMAP) {
		pNew = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, uint64(32))
		if pNew != 0 {
			(*TRenameToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fp = pPtr
			(*TRenameToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Ft = **(**TToken)(__ccgo_up(pToken))
			(*TRenameToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpNext = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpRename
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpRename = pNew
		}
	}
	return pPtr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including
//	** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pDb, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _ = i, pDb, v2
	_sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(tls, db)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
			break
		}
		pDb = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i)*32
		if (*TDb)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpSchema != 0 {
			if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnSchemaLock == uint32(0) {
				_sqlite3SchemaClear(tls, (*TDb)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpSchema)
			} else {
				v2 = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i)*32))).FpSchema + 114
				*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_ResetWanted))
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(db + 44)) &= libc.Uint32FromInt32(^(libc.Int32FromInt32(DBFLAG_SchemaChange) | libc.Int32FromInt32(DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)))
	_sqlite3VtabUnlockList(tls, db)
	_sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(tls, db)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnSchemaLock == uint32(0) {
		_sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(tls, db)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb.  Also reset the
//	** TEMP schema.  The reset is deferred if db->nSchemaLock is not zero.
//	** Deferred resets may be run by calling with iDb<0.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ResetOneSchema(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, iDb int32) {
	var i int32
	var v1 uintptr
	_, _ = i, v1
	if iDb >= 0 {
		v1 = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FpSchema + 114
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_ResetWanted))
		v1 = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + 1*32))).FpSchema + 114
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_ResetWanted))
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(db + 44)) &= libc.Uint32FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk))
	}
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnSchemaLock == uint32(0) {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i)*32))).FpSchema)).FschemaFlags)&int32(DB_ResetWanted) == int32(DB_ResetWanted) {
				_sqlite3SchemaClear(tls, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i)*32))).FpSchema)
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Resolve all names for all expression in an expression list.  This is
//	** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression
//	** list rather than a single expression.
//	**
//	** The return value is SQLITE_OK (0) for success or SQLITE_ERROR (1) for a
//	** failure.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(tls *libc.TLS, pNC uintptr, pList uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var i, savedHasAgg int32
	var pExpr uintptr
	var _ /* w at bp+0 */ TWalker
	_, _, _ = i, pExpr, savedHasAgg
	savedHasAgg = 0
	if pList == uintptr(0) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse = (*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FpParse
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxExprCallback = __ccgo_fp(_resolveExprStep)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback = __ccgo_fp(_resolveSelectStep)
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback2 = uintptr(0)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 40)) = pNC
	savedHasAgg = (*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FncFlags & (libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_MinMaxAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_OrderAgg))
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pNC + 40)) &= ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_MinMaxAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_OrderAgg))
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		pExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr
		if pExpr == uintptr(0) {
			goto _1
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse + 316)) += (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FnHeight
		if _sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(tls, (**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse)).FnHeight) != 0 {
			return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
		}
		_sqlite3WalkExprNN(tls, bp, pExpr)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse + 316)) -= (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FnHeight
		if (*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FncFlags&(libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_MinMaxAgg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin)|libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_OrderAgg)) != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FncFlags & (libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin)))
			savedHasAgg = savedHasAgg | (*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FncFlags&(libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_MinMaxAgg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin)|libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_OrderAgg))
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pNC + 40)) &= ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_MinMaxAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_OrderAgg))
		}
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse)).FnErr > 0 {
			return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pNC + 40)) |= savedHasAgg
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
//	** table columns and result-set columns.  At the same time, do error
//	** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
//	** are seen.
//	**
//	** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the
//	** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
//	**
//	**      X:   The name of a database.  Ex:  "main" or "temp" or
//	**           the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
//	**
//	**      Y:   The name of a table in a FROM clause.  Or in a trigger
//	**           one of the special names "old" or "new".
//	**
//	**      Z:   The name of a column in table Y.
//	**
//	** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
//	**
//	**    Expr.op        Changed to TK_COLUMN
//	**    Expr.pTab      Points to the Table object for X.Y
//	**    Expr.iColumn   The column index in X.Y.  -1 for the rowid.
//	**    Expr.iTable    The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
//	**
//	**
//	** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
//	** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
//	** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT.  The Z expression
//	** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
//	** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
//	** tree.  For example, in:
//	**
//	**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
//	**
//	** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
//	**
//	**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
//	**
//	** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is
//	** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
//	** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
//	** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
//	** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
//	** property on the expression is set.
//	**
//	** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
//	** if errors is returned.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ResolveExprNames(tls *libc.TLS, pNC uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var savedHasAgg int32
	var v1 uintptr
	var _ /* w at bp+0 */ TWalker
	_, _ = savedHasAgg, v1
	if pExpr == uintptr(0) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	savedHasAgg = (*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FncFlags & (libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_MinMaxAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_OrderAgg))
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pNC + 40)) &= ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_MinMaxAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_OrderAgg))
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse = (*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FpParse
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxExprCallback = __ccgo_fp(_resolveExprStep)
	if (*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FncFlags&int32(NC_NoSelect) != 0 {
		v1 = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		v1 = __ccgo_fp(_resolveSelectStep)
	}
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback = v1
	(**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FxSelectCallback2 = uintptr(0)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 40)) = pNC
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse + 316)) += (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FnHeight
	if _sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(tls, (**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse)).FnHeight) != 0 {
		return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	}
	_sqlite3WalkExprNN(tls, bp, pExpr)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse + 316)) -= (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FnHeight
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FncFlags & (libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasAgg) | libc.Int32FromInt32(NC_HasWin)))
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pNC + 40)) |= savedHasAgg
	return libc.BoolInt32((*TNameContext)(unsafe.Pointer(pNC)).FnNcErr > 0 || (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TWalker)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FpParse)).FnErr > 0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Force the INT64 value currently stored as the result to be
//	** a MEM_IntReal value.  See the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL
//	** test-control.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ResultIntReal(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Int) != 0 {
		v1 = (*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int))
		v1 = (*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* If the Expr node is a subquery or an EXISTS operator or an IN operator that
//	** uses a subquery, and if the subquery is SF_Correlated, then mark the
//	** expression as EP_VarSelect.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ReturningSubqueryVarSelect(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	_ = NotUsed
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) != uint32(0) && (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))).FselFlags&uint32(SF_Correlated) != uint32(0) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_VarSelect))
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Rollback all database files.  If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then
//	** any write cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit
//	** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further
//	** attempts to use that cursor.  Read cursors remain open and valid
//	** but are "saved" in case the table pages are moved around.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RollbackAll(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, tripCode int32) {
	var i, inTrans, schemaChange int32
	var p uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, inTrans, p, schemaChange
	inTrans = 0
	_sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(tls)
	/* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback().
	 ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has
	 ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken
	 ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between
	 ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false
	 ** corruption reports in some cases.  */
	_sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(tls, db)
	schemaChange = libc.BoolInt32((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmDbFlags&uint32(DBFLAG_SchemaChange) != uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Finit1.Fbusy) == 0)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDb) {
			break
		}
		p = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(i)*32))).FpBt
		if p != 0 {
			if _sqlite3BtreeTxnState(tls, p) == int32(SQLITE_TXN_WRITE) {
				inTrans = int32(1)
			}
			_sqlite3BtreeRollback(tls, p, tripCode, libc.BoolInt32(!(schemaChange != 0)))
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	_sqlite3VtabRollback(tls, db)
	_sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(tls)
	if schemaChange != 0 {
		_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(tls, db, 0)
		_sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(tls, db)
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(tls, db)
	/* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDeferredCons = 0
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDeferredImmCons = 0
	**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db + 48)) &= ^(libc.Uint64FromInt32(SQLITE_DeferFKs) | libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x00002))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32))
	/* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxRollbackCallback != 0 && (inTrans != 0 || !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit != 0)) {
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxRollbackCallback})))(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpRollbackArg)
	}
}

/*
** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
** specified in the argument.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a RowSet object.  Return NULL if a memory allocation
//	** error occurs.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RowSetInit(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var N int32
	var p uintptr
	_, _ = N, p
	p = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, db, uint64(56))
	if p != 0 {
		N = _sqlite3DbMallocSize(tls, db, p)
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpChunk = uintptr(0)
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb = db
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEntry = uintptr(0)
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLast = uintptr(0)
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpForest = uintptr(0)
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpFresh = uintptr((libc.Uint64FromInt64(56)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7))) + p
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnFresh = uint16((libc.Uint64FromInt32(N) - (libc.Uint64FromInt64(56)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7))) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(24))
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrsFlags = uint16(ROWSET_SORTED)
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiBatch = 0
	}
	return p
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
//	** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
//	** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
//	**
//	** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
//	** routine may not be called again.
//	**
//	** This routine may not be called after sqlite3RowSetTest() has
//	** been used.  Older versions of RowSet allowed that, but as the
//	** capability was not used by the code generator, it was removed
//	** for code economy.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RowSetNext(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pRowid uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	/* Cannot be used with sqlite3RowSetText() */
	/* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrsFlags)&int32(ROWSET_NEXT) == 0 { /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrsFlags)&int32(ROWSET_SORTED) == 0 { /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
			(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEntry = _rowSetEntrySort(tls, (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEntry)
		}
		v1 = p + 50
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | (libc.Int32FromInt32(ROWSET_SORTED) | libc.Int32FromInt32(ROWSET_NEXT)))
	}
	/* Return the next entry on the list */
	if (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEntry != 0 {
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pRowid)) = (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer((*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEntry)).Fv
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEntry = (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer((*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEntry)).FpRight
		if (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEntry == uintptr(0) { /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
			/* Free memory immediately, rather than waiting on sqlite3_finalize() */
			_sqlite3RowSetClear(tls, p)
		}
		return int32(1)
	} else {
		return 0
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
//	** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
//	**
//	** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entries
//	** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entries into the forest at
//	** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
//	*/
func _sqlite3RowSetTest(tls *libc.TLS, pRowSet uintptr, iBatch int32, iRowid Tsqlite3_int64) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var p, pTree, ppPrevTree, v2 uintptr
	var _ /* pAux at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pTail at bp+8 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = p, pTree, ppPrevTree, v2
	/* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
	/* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch.
	 ** To save unnecessary work, only do this when the batch number changes.
	 */
	if iBatch != (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowSet)).FiBatch { /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
		p = (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowSet)).FpEntry
		if p != 0 {
			ppPrevTree = pRowSet + 40
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowSet)).FrsFlags)&int32(ROWSET_SORTED) == 0 { /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
				/* Only sort the current set of entries if they need it */
				p = _rowSetEntrySort(tls, p)
			}
			pTree = (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowSet)).FpForest
			for {
				if !(pTree != 0) {
					break
				}
				ppPrevTree = pTree + 8
				if (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpLeft == uintptr(0) {
					(*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpLeft = _rowSetListToTree(tls, p)
					break
				} else {
					_rowSetTreeToList(tls, (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpLeft, bp, bp+8)
					(*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpLeft = uintptr(0)
					p = _rowSetEntryMerge(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), p)
				}
				goto _1
			_1:
				;
				pTree = (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpRight
			}
			if pTree == uintptr(0) {
				v2 = _rowSetEntryAlloc(tls, pRowSet)
				pTree = v2
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPrevTree)) = v2
				if pTree != 0 {
					(*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).Fv = 0
					(*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpRight = uintptr(0)
					(*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpLeft = _rowSetListToTree(tls, p)
				}
			}
			(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowSet)).FpEntry = uintptr(0)
			(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowSet)).FpLast = uintptr(0)
			v2 = pRowSet + 50
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(ROWSET_SORTED))
		}
		(*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowSet)).FiBatch = iBatch
	}
	/* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest.
	 ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
	 */
	pTree = (*TRowSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowSet)).FpForest
	for {
		if !(pTree != 0) {
			break
		}
		p = (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpLeft
		for p != 0 {
			if (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fv < iRowid {
				p = (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight
			} else {
				if (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fv > iRowid {
					p = (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft
				} else {
					return int32(1)
				}
			}
		}
		goto _4
	_4:
		;
		pTree = (*TRowSetEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(pTree)).FpRight
	}
	return 0
}

/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
**
** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
** another is writing.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
/*
** 2010 February 1
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
 */

/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

/* Macros for extracting appropriate sync flags for either transaction
** commits (WAL_SYNC_FLAGS(X)) or for checkpoint ops (CKPT_SYNC_FLAGS(X)):
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
//	** a new one if necessary.
//	*/
func _sqlite3SchemaGet(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pBt uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	if pBt != 0 {
		p = _sqlite3BtreeSchema(tls, pBt, int32(120), __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3SchemaClear))
	} else {
		p = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, uintptr(0), uint64(120))
	}
	if !(p != 0) {
		_sqlite3OomFault(tls, db)
	} else {
		if 0 == libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Ffile_format) {
			_sqlite3HashInit(tls, p+8)
			_sqlite3HashInit(tls, p+32)
			_sqlite3HashInit(tls, p+56)
			_sqlite3HashInit(tls, p+80)
			(*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fenc = uint8(SQLITE_UTF8)
		}
	}
	return p
}

/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

func _sqlite3SelectDup(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pDup uintptr, flags int32) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var p, pNew, pNext, pp uintptr
	var _ /* pRet at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = p, pNew, pNext, pp
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	pNext = uintptr(0)
	pp = bp
	p = pDup
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		pNew = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, db, uint64(120))
		if pNew == uintptr(0) {
			break
		}
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpEList = _sqlite3ExprListDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEList, flags)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpSrc = _sqlite3SrcListDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc, flags)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpWhere = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWhere, flags)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpGroupBy = _sqlite3ExprListDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpGroupBy, flags)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpHaving = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHaving, flags)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpOrderBy = _sqlite3ExprListDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpOrderBy, flags)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fop = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpNext = pNext
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpPrior = uintptr(0)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpLimit = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLimit, flags)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiLimit = 0
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiOffset = 0
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FselFlags = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FselFlags
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSelectRow = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSelectRow
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpWith = _sqlite3WithDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWith)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpWin = uintptr(0)
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpWinDefn = _sqlite3WindowListDup(tls, db, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWinDefn)
		if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWin != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed) == 0 {
			_gatherSelectWindows(tls, pNew)
		}
		(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FselId = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FselId
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
			/* Any prior OOM might have left the Select object incomplete.
			 ** Delete the whole thing rather than allow an incomplete Select
			 ** to be used by the code generator. */
			(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpNext = uintptr(0)
			_sqlite3SelectDelete(tls, db, pNew)
			break
		}
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) = pNew
		pp = pNew + 72
		pNext = pNew
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpPrior
	}
	return **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
//	** structure.
//	*/
func _sqlite3SelectNew(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pEList uintptr, pSrc uintptr, pWhere uintptr, pGroupBy uintptr, pHaving uintptr, pOrderBy uintptr, selFlags Tu32, pLimit uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(128)
	defer tls.Free(128)
	var pAllocated, pNew, v1 uintptr
	var v2 int32
	var _ /* standin at bp+0 */ TSelect
	_, _, _, _ = pAllocated, pNew, v1, v2
	v1 = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, uint64(120))
	pNew = v1
	pAllocated = v1
	if pNew == uintptr(0) {
		pNew = bp
	}
	if pEList == uintptr(0) {
		pEList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), _sqlite3Expr(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, int32(TK_ASTERISK), uintptr(0)))
	}
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpEList = pEList
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fop = uint8(TK_SELECT)
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FselFlags = selFlags
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiLimit = 0
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiOffset = 0
	v1 = pParse + 132
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) + 1
	v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FselId = libc.Uint32FromInt32(v2)
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSelectRow = 0
	if pSrc == uintptr(0) {
		pSrc = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, uint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+8)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(80)))
	}
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpSrc = pSrc
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpWhere = pWhere
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpGroupBy = pGroupBy
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpHaving = pHaving
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpOrderBy = pOrderBy
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpPrior = uintptr(0)
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpNext = uintptr(0)
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpLimit = pLimit
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpWith = uintptr(0)
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpWin = uintptr(0)
	(*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpWinDefn = uintptr(0)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
		_clearSelect(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pNew, libc.BoolInt32(pNew != bp))
		pAllocated = uintptr(0)
	} else {
	}
	return pAllocated
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if zName is a shadow table name in the current database
//	** connection.
//	**
//	** zName is temporarily modified while this routine is running, but is
//	** restored to its original value prior to this routine returning.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ShadowTableName(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, zName uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pTab, zCopy, zTail, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = pTab, zCopy, zTail, v1
	zTail = libc.Xstrrchr(tls, zName, int32('_'))
	if zTail == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	zCopy = _sqlite3DbStrNDup(tls, db, zName, libc.Uint64FromInt32(int32(int64(zTail)-int64(zName))))
	if zCopy != 0 {
		v1 = _sqlite3FindTable(tls, db, zCopy, uintptr(0))
	} else {
		v1 = uintptr(0)
	}
	pTab = v1
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, zCopy)
	if pTab == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == libc.Int32FromInt32(TABTYP_VTAB)) {
		return 0
	}
	return _sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(tls, db, pTab, zName)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
//	** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
//	** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
//	** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
//	** clause.
//	**
//	** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
//	**
//	**           A natural cross join B
//	**
//	** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
//	** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
//	** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
//	**
//	** Additional changes:
//	**
//	**   *   All tables to the left of the right-most RIGHT JOIN are tagged with
//	**       JT_LTORJ (mnemonic: Left Table Of Right Join) so that the
//	**       code generator can easily tell that the table is part of
//	**       the left operand of at least one RIGHT JOIN.
//	*/
func _sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr) {
	var allFlags, v3 Tu8
	var i, v1 int32
	var v7 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = allFlags, i, v1, v3, v7
	_ = pParse
	if p != 0 && (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSrc > int32(1) {
		i = (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSrc - int32(1)
		allFlags = uint8(0)
		for {
			v3 = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + uintptr(i-int32(1))*80))).Ffg.Fjointype
			(*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + uintptr(i)*80))).Ffg.Fjointype = v3
			allFlags = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(allFlags) | libc.Int32FromUint8(v3))
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i - 1
			v1 = i
			if !(v1 > 0) {
				break
			}
		}
		(*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8))).Ffg.Fjointype = uint8(0)
		/* All terms to the left of a RIGHT JOIN should be tagged with the
		 ** JT_LTORJ flags */
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(allFlags)&int32(JT_RIGHT) != 0 {
			i = (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSrc - int32(1)
			for {
				if !(i > 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + uintptr(i)*80))).Ffg.Fjointype)&int32(JT_RIGHT) == 0) {
					break
				}
				goto _4
			_4:
				;
				i = i - 1
			}
			i = i - 1
			for {
				v7 = p + 8 + uintptr(i)*80 + 24
				*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v7)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v7))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LTORJ))
				goto _6
			_6:
				;
				i = i - 1
				v1 = i
				if !(v1 >= 0) {
					break
				}
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned
//	** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes
//	** the object.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(tls *libc.TLS, pRec uintptr) {
	var aMem, db uintptr
	var i, nCol int32
	_, _, _, _ = aMem, db, i, nCol
	if pRec != 0 {
		nCol = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FpKeyInfo)).FnAllField)
		aMem = (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FaMem
		db = (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(aMem))).Fdb
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nCol) {
				break
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(tls, aMem+uintptr(i)*56)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		_sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(tls, (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FpKeyInfo)
		_sqlite3DbFreeNN(tls, db, pRec)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
//	** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
//	**
//	** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
//	** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
//	** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
//	** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Step(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = db, rc
	db = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeVdbeState) != int32(VDBE_RUN_STATE) {
		goto restart_step
	restart_step:
		;
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeVdbeState) == int32(VDBE_READY_STATE) {
			if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x3>>0)) != 0 {
				(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_SCHEMA)
				rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FprepFlags)&int32(SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL) != 0 {
					/* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an
					 ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
					 ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same
					 ** value.
					 */
					rc = _sqlite3VdbeTransferError(tls, p)
				}
				goto end_of_step
			}
			/* If there are no other statements currently running, then
			 ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
			 ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
			 */
			if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeActive == 0 {
				libc.AtomicStoreNInt32(db+432, libc.Int32FromInt32(0), libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmTrace)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_TRACE_XPROFILE)) != 0 && !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Finit1.Fbusy != 0) && (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzSql != 0 {
				_sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpVfs, p+184)
			} else {
			}
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeActive = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeActive + 1
			if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x40>>6)) == 0 {
				(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeWrite = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeWrite + 1
			}
			if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x80>>7)) != 0 {
				(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeRead = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeRead + 1
			}
			(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpc = 0
			(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeVdbeState = uint8(VDBE_RUN_STATE)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeVdbeState) == int32(VDBE_HALT_STATE) {
				/* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
				 ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE.  But beginning
				 ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
				 ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
				 ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility,
				 ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
				 ** definition.
				 **
				 ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
				 ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE
				 ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
				 ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
				 ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the
				 ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
				 ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
				 */
				Xsqlite3_reset(tls, p)
				goto restart_step
			}
		}
	}
	if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0xc>>2)) != 0 {
		rc = _sqlite3VdbeList(tls, p)
	} else {
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeExec = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeExec + 1
		rc = _sqlite3VdbeExec(tls, p)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeExec = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeExec - 1
	}
	if rc == int32(SQLITE_ROW) {
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FerrCode = int32(SQLITE_ROW)
		return int32(SQLITE_ROW)
	} else {
		/* If the statement completed successfully, invoke the profile callback */
		if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FstartTime > 0 {
			_invokeProfileCallback(tls, db, p)
		}
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpResultRow = uintptr(0)
		if rc == int32(SQLITE_DONE) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit != 0 {
			(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = _doWalCallbacks(tls, db)
			if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != SQLITE_OK {
				rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
			}
		} else {
			if rc != int32(SQLITE_DONE) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FprepFlags)&int32(SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL) != 0 {
				/* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an
				 ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
				 ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
				 */
				rc = _sqlite3VdbeTransferError(tls, p)
			}
		}
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FerrCode = rc
	if int32(SQLITE_NOMEM) == _sqlite3ApiExit(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc) {
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FprepFlags)&int32(SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL) != 0 {
			rc = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc
		}
	}
	goto end_of_step
end_of_step:
	;
	/* There are only a limited number of result codes allowed from the
	 ** statements prepared using the legacy sqlite3_prepare() interface */
	return rc & (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FerrMask
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Convert a storage column number into a table column number.
//	**
//	** The storage column number (0,1,2,....) is the index of the value
//	** as it appears in the record on disk.  The true column number
//	** is the index (0,1,2,...) of the column in the CREATE TABLE statement.
//	**
//	** The storage column number is less than the table column number if
//	** and only there are VIRTUAL columns to the left.
//	**
//	** If SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS, this routine is a no-op macro.
//	*/
func _sqlite3StorageColumnToTable(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, iCol Ti16) (r Ti16) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_HasVirtual) != 0 {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i <= int32(iCol)) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) != 0 {
				iCol = iCol + 1
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	return iCol
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
//	** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
//	**
//	** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
//	** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
//	** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Strlen30(tls *libc.TLS, z uintptr) (r int32) {
	if z == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	return int32(0x3fffffff) & libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Xstrlen(tls, z))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Make changes to the evolving bytecode to do affinity transformations
//	** of values that are about to be gathered into a row for table pTab.
//	**
//	** For ordinary (legacy, non-strict) tables:
//	** -----------------------------------------
//	**
//	** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been
//	** computed.  As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_BLOB affinities.
//	**
//	** If the affinity string is empty (because it was all SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries
//	** which were then optimized out) then this routine becomes a no-op.
//	**
//	** Otherwise if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the
//	** affinities for register iReg and following.  Or if iReg==0,
//	** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should  be
//	** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string.
//	**
//	** A column affinity string has one character per column:
//	**
//	**    Character      Column affinity
//	**    ---------      ---------------
//	**    'A'            BLOB
//	**    'B'            TEXT
//	**    'C'            NUMERIC
//	**    'D'            INTEGER
//	**    'E'            REAL
//	**
//	** For STRICT tables:
//	** ------------------
//	**
//	** Generate an appropriate OP_TypeCheck opcode that will verify the
//	** datatypes against the column definitions in pTab.  If iReg==0, that
//	** means an OP_MakeRecord opcode has already been generated and should be
//	** the last opcode generated.  The new OP_TypeCheck needs to be inserted
//	** before the OP_MakeRecord.  The new OP_TypeCheck should use the same
//	** register set as the OP_MakeRecord.  If iReg>0 then register iReg is
//	** the first of a series of registers that will form the new record.
//	** Apply the type checking to that array of registers.
//	*/
func _sqlite3TableAffinity(tls *libc.TLS, v uintptr, pTab uintptr, iReg int32) {
	var i, p3 int32
	var pPrev, zColAff uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, p3, pPrev, zColAff
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_Strict) != 0 {
		if iReg == 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, pTab, -int32(5))
			pPrev = _sqlite3VdbeGetLastOp(tls, v)
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrev)).Fopcode = uint8(OP_TypeCheck)
			p3 = (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrev)).Fp3
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrev)).Fp3 = 0
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_MakeRecord), (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrev)).Fp1, (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrev)).Fp2, p3)
		} else {
			/* Insert an isolated OP_Typecheck */
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_TypeCheck), iReg, int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnNVCol))
			_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, pTab, -int32(5))
		}
		return
	}
	zColAff = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzColAff
	if zColAff == uintptr(0) {
		zColAff = _sqlite3TableAffinityStr(tls, uintptr(0), pTab)
		if !(zColAff != 0) {
			_sqlite3OomFault(tls, _sqlite3VdbeDb(tls, v))
			return
		}
		(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzColAff = zColAff
	}
	i = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Xstrlen(tls, zColAff) & libc.Uint64FromInt32(0x3fffffff))
	if i != 0 {
		if iReg != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_Affinity), iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i)
		} else {
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(tls, v, -int32(1), zColAff, i)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Convert a table column number into a storage column number.
//	**
//	** The storage column number (0,1,2,....) is the index of the value
//	** as it appears in the record on disk.  Or, if the input column is
//	** the N-th virtual column (zero-based) then the storage number is
//	** the number of non-virtual columns in the table plus N.
//	**
//	** The true column number is the index (0,1,2,...) of the column in
//	** the CREATE TABLE statement.
//	**
//	** If the input column is a VIRTUAL column, then it should not appear
//	** in storage.  But the value sometimes is cached in registers that
//	** follow the range of registers used to construct storage.  This
//	** avoids computing the same VIRTUAL column multiple times, and provides
//	** values for use by OP_Param opcodes in triggers.  Hence, if the
//	** input column is a VIRTUAL table, put it after all the other columns.
//	**
//	** In the following, N means "normal column", S means STORED, and
//	** V means VIRTUAL.  Suppose the CREATE TABLE has columns like this:
//	**
//	**        CREATE TABLE ex(N,S,V,N,S,V,N,S,V);
//	**                     -- 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
//	**
//	** Then the mapping from this function is as follows:
//	**
//	**    INPUTS:     0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
//	**    OUTPUTS:    0 1 6 2 3 7 4 5 8
//	**
//	** So, in other words, this routine shifts all the virtual columns to
//	** the end.
//	**
//	** If SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS then there are no virtual columns and
//	** this routine is a no-op macro.  If the pTab does not have any virtual
//	** columns, then this routine is no-op that always return iCol.  If iCol
//	** is negative (indicating the ROWID column) then this routine return iCol.
//	*/
func _sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, iCol Ti16) (r Ti16) {
	var i int32
	var n Ti16
	_, _ = i, n
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_HasVirtual) == uint32(0) || int32(iCol) < 0 {
		return iCol
	}
	i = 0
	n = libc.Int16FromInt32(0)
	for {
		if !(i < int32(iCol)) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) == 0 {
			n = n + 1
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FaCol + uintptr(i)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) != 0 {
		/* iCol is a virtual column itself */
		return int16(int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnNVCol) + i - int32(n))
	} else {
		/* iCol is a normal or stored column */
		return n
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table.
//	** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the
//	** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information
//	** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
//	** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
//	**
//	** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
//	** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
//	** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
//	** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
//	** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
//	**
//	** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is
//	** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
//	**
//	** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
//	** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
//	**
//	** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
//	** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
//	** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
//	** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
//	** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
//	*/
func _sqlite3TriggerColmask(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTrigger uintptr, pChanges uintptr, isNew int32, tr_tm int32, pTab uintptr, orconf int32) (r Tu32) {
	var mask Tu32
	var op, v1 int32
	var p, pPrg uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = mask, op, p, pPrg, v1
	if pChanges != 0 {
		v1 = int32(TK_UPDATE)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(TK_DELETE)
	}
	op = v1
	mask = uint32(0)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VIEW) {
		return uint32(0xffffffff)
	}
	p = pTrigger
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == op && tr_tm&libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Ftr_tm) != 0 && _checkColumnOverlap(tls, (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpColumns, pChanges) != 0 {
			if (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbReturning != 0 {
				mask = uint32(0xffffffff)
			} else {
				pPrg = _getRowTrigger(tls, pParse, p, pTab, orconf)
				if pPrg != 0 {
					mask = mask | **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pPrg + 28 + uintptr(isNew)*4))
				}
			}
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		p = (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
	}
	return mask
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to
//	** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
//	**
//	** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
//	** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger.  But there might be additional
//	** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema.  This routine prepends all
//	** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
//	** and returns the combined list.
//	**
//	** To state it another way:  This routine returns a list of all triggers
//	** that fire off of pTab.  The list will include any TEMP triggers on
//	** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
//	*/
func _sqlite3TriggerList(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var p, pList, pTmpSchema, pTrig uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = p, pList, pTmpSchema, pTrig /* Loop variable for TEMP triggers */
	pTmpSchema = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FaDb + 1*32))).FpSchema
	p = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer(pTmpSchema + 56)).Ffirst
	pList = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpTrigger
	for p != 0 {
		pTrig = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdata
		if (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).FpTabSchema == (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpSchema && (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).Ftable != 0 && 0 == _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).Ftable, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName) && ((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).FpTabSchema != pTmpSchema || (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).FbReturning != 0) {
			(*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).FpNext = pList
			pList = pTrig
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).Fop) == int32(TK_RETURNING) {
				(*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).Ftable = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName
				(*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).FpTabSchema = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpSchema
				(*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(pTrig)).FpNext = pList
				pList = pTrig
			}
		}
		p = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fnext
	}
	return pList
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add an OP_Function or OP_PureFunc opcode.
//	**
//	** The eCallCtx argument is information (typically taken from Expr.op2)
//	** that describes the calling context of the function.  0 means a general
//	** function call.  NC_IsCheck means called by a check constraint,
//	** NC_IdxExpr means called as part of an index expression.  NC_PartIdx
//	** means in the WHERE clause of a partial index.  NC_GenCol means called
//	** while computing a generated column value.  0 is the usual case.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p1 int32, p2 int32, p3 int32, nArg int32, pFunc uintptr, eCallCtx int32) (r int32) {
	var addr, v1 int32
	var pCtx, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = addr, pCtx, v, v1
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	pCtx = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, uint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+48)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(nArg)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)))
	if pCtx == uintptr(0) {
		_freeEphemeralFunction(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pFunc)
		return 0
	}
	(*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut = uintptr(0)
	(*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpFunc = pFunc
	(*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpVdbe = uintptr(0)
	(*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FisError = 0
	(*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).Fargc = libc.Uint16FromInt32(nArg)
	(*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FiOp = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
	if eCallCtx != 0 {
		v1 = int32(OP_PureFunc)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(OP_Function)
	}
	addr = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, v1, p1, p2, p3, pCtx, -int32(16))
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, libc.Uint16FromInt32(eCallCtx&int32(NC_SelfRef)))
	_sqlite3MayAbort(tls, pParse)
	return addr
}

func _sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, op int32, p1 int32, p2 int32, p3 int32) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var pOp uintptr
	_, _ = i, pOp
	i = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOpAlloc <= i {
		return _growOp3(tls, p, op, p1, p2, p3)
	}
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp + 1
	pOp = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp + uintptr(i)*24
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(op)
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp5 = uint16(0)
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1 = p1
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 = p2
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3 = p3
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp + 16)) = uintptr(0)
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4type = P4_NOTUSED
	/* Replicate this logic in sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int()
	 ** vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv   */
	/* ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
	 ** Replicate in sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int() */
	return i
}

func _sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, op int32, p1 int32, p2 int32, p3 int32, p4 int32) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var pOp uintptr
	_, _ = i, pOp
	i = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOpAlloc <= i {
		return _addOp4IntSlow(tls, p, op, p1, p2, p3, p4)
	}
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp + 1
	pOp = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp + uintptr(i)*24
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(op)
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp5 = uint16(0)
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1 = p1
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 = p2
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3 = p3
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4.Fi = p4
	(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4type = int8(-libc.Int32FromInt32(3))
	/* Replicate this logic in sqlite3VdbeAddOp3()
	 ** vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv   */
	/* ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
	 ** Replicate in sqlite3VdbeAddOp3() */
	return i
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return a
//	** pointer to the first operation inserted.
//	**
//	** Non-zero P2 arguments to jump instructions are automatically adjusted
//	** so that the jump target is relative to the first operation inserted.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, nOp int32, aOp uintptr, iLineno int32) (r uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pFirst, pOut, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, pFirst, pOut, v1
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp+nOp > (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOpAlloc && _growOpArray(tls, p, nOp) != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	v1 = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp + uintptr((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp)*24
	pOut = v1
	pFirst = v1
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < nOp) {
			break
		}
		(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fopcode = (*TVdbeOpList)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp)).Fopcode
		(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fp1 = int32((*TVdbeOpList)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp)).Fp1)
		(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fp2 = int32((*TVdbeOpList)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp)).Fp2)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3OpcodeProperty[(*TVdbeOpList)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp)).Fopcode])&int32(OPFLG_JUMP) != 0 && int32((*TVdbeOpList)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp)).Fp2) > 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pOut + 8)) += (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp
		}
		(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fp3 = int32((*TVdbeOpList)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp)).Fp3)
		(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fp4type = P4_NOTUSED
		*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut + 16)) = uintptr(0)
		(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).Fp5 = uint16(0)
		_ = iLineno
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
		aOp += 4
		pOut += 24
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(p + 144)) += nOp
	return pFirst
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord structure large enough
//	** to hold a decoded index record for pKeyInfo.
//	**
//	** The space is allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw().  If an OOM error
//	** occurs, NULL is returned.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(tls *libc.TLS, pKeyInfo uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var nByte Tu64
	var p uintptr
	_, _ = nByte, p /* Number of bytes required for *p */
	nByte = uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(40) + uint64(56)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo)).FnKeyField)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	p = _sqlite3DbMallocRaw(tls, (*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo)).Fdb, nByte)
	if !(p != 0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem = p + uintptr(libc.Uint64FromInt64(40))
	(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpKeyInfo = pKeyInfo
	(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnField = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo)).FnKeyField) + int32(1))
	return p
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for
//	** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as
//	** the first argument.
//	**
//	** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is
//	** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user
//	** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of
//	** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
//	**
//	**    * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
//	**      from left to right), or
//	**
//	**    * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first
//	**      function parameter corresponds to bit 0 etc.).
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pp uintptr, iOp int32, mask int32) {
	var pAux uintptr
	_ = pAux
	for **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) != 0 {
		pAux = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp))
		if iOp < 0 || (*TAuxData)(unsafe.Pointer(pAux)).FiAuxOp == iOp && (*TAuxData)(unsafe.Pointer(pAux)).FiAuxArg >= 0 && ((*TAuxData)(unsafe.Pointer(pAux)).FiAuxArg > int32(31) || !(libc.Uint32FromInt32(mask)&(libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)<<(*TAuxData)(unsafe.Pointer(pAux)).FiAuxArg) != 0)) {
			if (*TAuxData)(unsafe.Pointer(pAux)).FxDeleteAux != 0 {
				(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TAuxData)(unsafe.Pointer(pAux)).FxDeleteAux})))(tls, (*TAuxData)(unsafe.Pointer(pAux)).FpAux)
			}
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) = (*TAuxData)(unsafe.Pointer(pAux)).FpNextAux
			_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, pAux)
		} else {
			pp = pAux + 24
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the last opcode is "op" and it is not a jump destination,
//	** then remove it.  Return true if and only if an opcode was removed.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, op Tu8) (r int32) {
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp > 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TOp)(__ccgo_up((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp + uintptr((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp-int32(1))*24))).Fopcode) == libc.Int32FromUint8(op) {
		return _sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(tls, p, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp-int32(1))
	} else {
		return 0
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function
//	** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed
//	** as the only argument.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r TRecordCompare) {
	var flags int32
	_ = flags
	/* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume
	 ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record
	 ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt()
	 ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the
	 ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is
	 ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each
	 ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to
	 ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field
	 ** is an integer.
	 **
	 ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with
	 ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal
	 ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes.  */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpKeyInfo)).FnAllField) <= int32(13) {
		flags = libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem))).Fflags)
		if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpKeyInfo)).FaSortFlags)) != 0 {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpKeyInfo)).FaSortFlags)))&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) != 0 {
				return __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare)
			}
			(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fr1 = int8(1)
			(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fr2 = int8(-int32(1))
		} else {
			(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fr1 = int8(-int32(1))
			(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fr2 = int8(1)
		}
		if flags&int32(MEM_Int) != 0 {
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 16)) = *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem))
			return __ccgo_fp(_vdbeRecordCompareInt)
		}
		if flags&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Real)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Null)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)) == 0 && *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpKeyInfo + 32)) == uintptr(0) {
			*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 16)) = (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem))).Fz
			(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn = (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem))).Fn
			return __ccgo_fp(_vdbeRecordCompareString)
		}
	}
	return __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is called when the record in (*p) should be found in the index
//	** opened by cursor pCur, but was not. This may happen as part of a DELETE
//	** operation or an integrity check.
//	**
//	** One reason that an exact match was not found may be the EIIB bug - that
//	** a text-to-float conversion may have caused a real value in record (*p)
//	** to be slightly different from its counterpart on disk. This function
//	** attempts to find the right index record. If it does find the right
//	** record, it leaves *pCur pointing to it and sets (*pRes) to 0 before
//	** returning. Otherwise, (*pRes) is set to non-zero and an SQLite error
//	** code returned.
//	**
//	** The algorithm used to find the correct record is:
//	**
//	**   * Scan up to BTREE_FDK_RANGE entries either side of the current entry.
//	**     If parameter bIntegrity is false, then all fields that are indexed
//	**     expressions or virtual table columns are omitted from the comparison.
//	**     If bIntegrity is true, then small differences in real values in
//	**     such fields are overlooked, but they are not omitted from the comparison
//	**     altogether.
//	**
//	**   * If the above fails to find an entry and bIntegrity is false, search
//	**     the entire index.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeFindIndexKey(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pIdx uintptr, p uintptr, pRes uintptr, bIntegrity int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iCol, ii, nStep, rc, v2 int32
	var mask TBitmask
	var _ /* res at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = iCol, ii, mask, nStep, rc, v2
	nStep = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(1)
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	ii = 0
	/* Calculate a mask based on the first 64 columns of the index. The mask
	 ** bit is set if the corresponding index field is either an expression
	 ** or a virtual column of the table.  */
	mask = uint64(0)
	ii = 0
	for {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn) < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) {
			v2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)
		} else {
			v2 = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8) * libc.Uint64FromInt32(8))
		}
		if !(ii < v2) {
			break
		}
		iCol = int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(ii)*2)))
		if iCol == -int32(2) || iCol >= 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TColumn)(__ccgo_up((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpTable)).FaCol + uintptr(iCol)*16))).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) != 0 {
			mask = mask | libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<ii
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
	/* If the mask is 0 at this point, then the index contains no expressions
	 ** or virtual columns. So do not search for a match - return so that the
	 ** caller may declare the db corrupt immediately. Or, if mask is non-zero,
	 ** proceed.  */
	if mask != uint64(0) {
		/* Move the cursor back BTREE_FDK_RANGE entries. If this hits an EOF,
		 ** position the cursor at the first entry in the index and set nStep
		 ** to -1 so that the first loop below scans the entire index. Otherwise,
		 ** set nStep to BTREE_FDK_RANGE*2 so that the first loop below scans
		 ** just that many entries.  */
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(_sqlite3BtreeEof(tls, pCur) == 0 && ii < int32(BTREE_FDK_RANGE)) {
				break
			}
			rc = _sqlite3BtreePrevious(tls, pCur, 0)
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		if rc == int32(SQLITE_DONE) {
			rc = _sqlite3BtreeFirst(tls, pCur, bp)
			nStep = -int32(1)
		} else {
			nStep = libc.Int32FromInt32(BTREE_FDK_RANGE) * libc.Int32FromInt32(2)
		}
		/* This loop runs at most twice to search for a key with matching PK
		 ** fields in the index. The second iteration always searches the entire
		 ** index. The first iteration searches nStep entries starting with the
		 ** current cursor entry if (nStep>=0), or the entire index if (nStep<0).  */
		for _sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(tls, pCur) != 0 {
			ii = 0
			for {
				if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && (ii < nStep || nStep < 0)) {
					break
				}
				rc = _vdbeIsMatchingIndexKey(tls, pCur, bIntegrity, mask, p, bp)
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 || rc != SQLITE_OK {
					break
				}
				rc = _sqlite3BtreeNext(tls, pCur, 0)
				goto _4
			_4:
				;
				ii = ii + 1
			}
			if rc == int32(SQLITE_DONE) {
				rc = SQLITE_OK
			}
			if nStep < 0 || rc != SQLITE_OK || **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 || bIntegrity != 0 {
				break
			}
			/* The first, non-exhaustive, search failed to find an entry with
			 ** matching PK fields. So restart for an exhaustive search of the
			 ** entire index.  */
			nStep = -int32(1)
			rc = _sqlite3BtreeFirst(tls, pCur, bp)
		}
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRes)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
//	** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var aMem, apCsr uintptr
	var i int32
	_, _, _ = aMem, apCsr, i
	aMem = p + uintptr((libc.Uint64FromInt64(112)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
	apCsr = aMem + uintptr((*TVdbeFrame)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChildMem)*56
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TVdbeFrame)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChildCsr) {
			break
		}
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apCsr + uintptr(i)*8)) != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeFreeCursorNN(tls, (*TVdbeFrame)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fv, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apCsr + uintptr(i)*8)))
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	_releaseMemArray(tls, aMem, (*TVdbeFrame)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChildMem)
	_sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbeFrame)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fv)).Fdb, p+64, -int32(1), 0)
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbeFrame)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fv)).Fdb, p)
}

func _sqlite3VdbeFreeCursorNN(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pCx uintptr) {
	var pModule, pVCur uintptr
	_, _ = pModule, pVCur
	if int32(TBool(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(pCx + 8))&0x10>>4)) != 0 {
		_freeCursorWithCache(tls, p, pCx)
		return
	}
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCx)).FeCurType) {
	case int32(CURTYPE_SORTER):
		_sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, pCx)
	case CURTYPE_BTREE:
		_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCx + 48)))
	case int32(CURTYPE_VTAB):
		pVCur = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCx + 48))
		pModule = (*Tsqlite3_vtab)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pVCur)).FpVtab)).FpModule
		(*Tsqlite3_vtab)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pVCur)).FpVtab)).FnRef = (*Tsqlite3_vtab)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pVCur)).FpVtab)).FnRef - 1
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3_module)(unsafe.Pointer(pModule)).FxClose})))(tls, pVCur)
		break
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
//	** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return
//	** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
//	** constants) to the value before returning it.
//	**
//	** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(tls *libc.TLS, v uintptr, iVar int32, aff Tu8) (r uintptr) {
	var pMem, pRet uintptr
	_, _ = pMem, pRet
	if v != 0 {
		pMem = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FaVar + uintptr(iVar-int32(1))*56
		if 0 == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Null) {
			pRet = _sqlite3ValueNew(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).Fdb)
			if pRet != 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(tls, pRet, pMem)
				_sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(tls, pRet, aff, uint8(SQLITE_UTF8))
			}
			return pRet
		}
	}
	return uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
//	** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
//	** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
//	**
//	** This routine is the only way to move the sqlite3eOpenState of a VM from
//	** SQLITE_STATE_RUN to SQLITE_STATE_HALT.  It is harmless to
//	** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_STATE_HALT state.
//	**
//	** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
//	** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
//	** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeHalt(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db uintptr
	var eStatementOp, isSpecialError, mrc, rc, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = db, eStatementOp, isSpecialError, mrc, rc, v1 /* Used to store transient return codes */
	db = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
	/* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
	 ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
	 ** execution of this virtual machine.
	 **
	 ** If any of the following errors occur:
	 **
	 **     SQLITE_NOMEM
	 **     SQLITE_IOERR
	 **     SQLITE_FULL
	 **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
	 **
	 ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
	 ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
	 ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
	 */
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	_closeAllCursors(tls, p)
	/* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the
	 ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file.  */
	if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x80>>7)) != 0 { /* Primary error code from p->rc */
		eStatementOp = 0 /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
		/* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
		_sqlite3VdbeEnter(tls, p)
		/* Check for one of the special errors */
		if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != 0 {
			mrc = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc & int32(0xff)
			isSpecialError = libc.BoolInt32(mrc == int32(SQLITE_NOMEM) || mrc == int32(SQLITE_IOERR) || mrc == int32(SQLITE_INTERRUPT) || mrc == int32(SQLITE_FULL))
		} else {
			v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(0)
			isSpecialError = v1
			mrc = v1
		}
		if isSpecialError != 0 {
			/* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT,
			 ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint
			 ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a
			 ** consistent state.
			 **
			 ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
			 ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error
			 ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
			 ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
			 ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore
			 ** the pager to a consistent state.
			 */
			if !(int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x40>>6)) != 0) || mrc != int32(SQLITE_INTERRUPT) {
				if (mrc == int32(SQLITE_NOMEM) || mrc == int32(SQLITE_FULL)) && int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x20>>5)) != 0 {
					eStatementOp = int32(SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK)
				} else {
					/* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
					 ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
					 */
					_sqlite3RollbackAll(tls, db, libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_ABORT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(2)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8))
					_sqlite3CloseSavepoints(tls, db)
					(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit = uint8(1)
					(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChange = 0
				}
			}
		}
		/* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
		if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FerrorAction) == int32(OE_Fail) && !(isSpecialError != 0) {
			_sqlite3VdbeCheckFkImmediate(tls, p)
		}
		/* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
		 ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
		 **
		 ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
		 ** above has occurred.
		 */
		if !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVTrans > 0 && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaVTrans == uintptr(0)) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit != 0 && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeWrite == libc.BoolInt32(int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x40>>6)) == 0) {
			if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FerrorAction) == int32(OE_Fail) && !(isSpecialError != 0) {
				rc = _sqlite3VdbeCheckFkDeferred(tls, p)
				if rc != SQLITE_OK {
					if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x40>>6)) != 0 {
						_sqlite3VdbeLeave(tls, p)
						return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
					}
					rc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(3)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
				} else {
					if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&(libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x00002))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)) != 0 {
						rc = int32(SQLITE_CORRUPT)
						**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db + 48)) &= ^(libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x00002)) << libc.Int32FromInt32(32))
					} else {
						/* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
						 ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
						 ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
						 ** is required. */
						rc = _vdbeCommit(tls, db, p)
					}
				}
				if rc == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) && int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x40>>6)) != 0 {
					_sqlite3VdbeLeave(tls, p)
					return int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
				} else {
					if rc != SQLITE_OK {
						_sqlite3SystemError(tls, db, rc)
						(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = rc
						_sqlite3RollbackAll(tls, db, SQLITE_OK)
						(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChange = 0
					} else {
						(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDeferredCons = 0
						(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnDeferredImmCons = 0
						**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db + 48)) &= ^libc.Uint64FromInt32(SQLITE_DeferFKs)
						_sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(tls, db)
					}
				}
			} else {
				if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == int32(SQLITE_SCHEMA) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeActive > int32(1) {
					(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChange = 0
				} else {
					_sqlite3RollbackAll(tls, db, SQLITE_OK)
					(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChange = 0
				}
			}
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnStatement = 0
		} else {
			if eStatementOp == 0 {
				if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FerrorAction) == int32(OE_Fail) {
					eStatementOp = int32(SAVEPOINT_RELEASE)
				} else {
					if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FerrorAction) == int32(OE_Abort) {
						eStatementOp = int32(SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK)
					} else {
						_sqlite3RollbackAll(tls, db, libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_ABORT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(2)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8))
						_sqlite3CloseSavepoints(tls, db)
						(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit = uint8(1)
						(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChange = 0
					}
				}
			}
		}
		/* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
		 ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
		 ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
		 ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
		 ** current statement error code.
		 */
		if eStatementOp != 0 {
			rc = _sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(tls, p, eStatementOp)
			if rc != 0 {
				if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK || (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc&int32(0xff) == int32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) {
					(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = rc
					_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzErrMsg)
					(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzErrMsg = uintptr(0)
				}
				_sqlite3RollbackAll(tls, db, libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_ABORT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(2)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8))
				_sqlite3CloseSavepoints(tls, db)
				(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit = uint8(1)
				(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChange = 0
			}
		}
		/* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
		 ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
		 */
		if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x10>>4)) != 0 {
			if eStatementOp != int32(SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) {
				_sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChange)
			} else {
				_sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(tls, db, 0)
			}
			(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChange = 0
		}
		/* Release the locks */
		_sqlite3VdbeLeave(tls, p)
	}
	/* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeActive = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeActive - 1
	if !(int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x40>>6)) != 0) {
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeWrite = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeWrite - 1
	}
	if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0x80>>7)) != 0 {
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeRead = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeRead - 1
	}
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeVdbeState = uint8(VDBE_HALT_STATE)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	/* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
	 ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
	 ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
	 */
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit != 0 {
		_sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(tls, db)
	}
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
		v1 = int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
	} else {
		v1 = SQLITE_OK
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
//	** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
//	** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
//	** or greater than pUnpacked.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
//	**
//	** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
//	** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
//	** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
//	** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pC uintptr, pUnpacked uintptr, res uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(64)
	defer tls.Free(64)
	var nCellKey Ti64
	var pCur uintptr
	var rc int32
	var _ /* m at bp+0 */ TMem
	_, _, _ = nCellKey, pCur, rc
	nCellKey = 0
	pCur = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pC + 48))
	nCellKey = libc.Int64FromUint32(_sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(tls, pCur))
	/* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way
	 ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
	if nCellKey <= 0 || nCellKey > int64(0x7fffffff) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(res)) = 0
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(93164))
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeMemInit(tls, bp, db, uint16(0))
	rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(tls, pCur, libc.Uint32FromInt64(nCellKey), bp)
	if rc != 0 {
		return rc
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(res)) = _sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(tls, (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Fn, (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Fz, pUnpacked, 0)
	_sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseMalloc(tls, bp)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
//	** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
//	** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
//	**
//	** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
//	** So the content cannot be trusted.  Do appropriate checks on the content.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pCur uintptr, rowid uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(128)
	defer tls.Free(128)
	var lenRowid Tu32
	var nCellKey Ti64
	var rc int32
	var _ /* m at bp+8 */ TMem
	var _ /* szHdr at bp+0 */ Tu32
	var _ /* typeRowid at bp+4 */ Tu32
	var _ /* v at bp+64 */ TMem
	_, _, _ = lenRowid, nCellKey, rc
	nCellKey = 0
	/* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
	 ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
	 ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
	 ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
	 */
	nCellKey = libc.Int64FromUint32(_sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(tls, pCur))
	/* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
	_sqlite3VdbeMemInit(tls, bp+8, db, uint16(0))
	rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(tls, pCur, libc.Uint32FromInt64(nCellKey), bp+8)
	if rc != 0 {
		return rc
	}
	/* The index entry must begin with a header size */
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fz)))
	if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= uint32(0x80) {
		_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fz, bp)
	}
	if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < uint32(3) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) > libc.Uint32FromInt32((**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fn) {
		goto idx_rowid_corruption
	}
	/* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
	 ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fz + uintptr(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))-uint32(1)))))
	if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) >= uint32(0x80) {
		_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fz+uintptr(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))-uint32(1)), bp+4)
	}
	if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) < uint32(1) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) > uint32(9) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) == uint32(7) {
		goto idx_rowid_corruption
	}
	lenRowid = uint32(_sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))])
	if libc.Uint32FromInt32((**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fn) < **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+lenRowid {
		goto idx_rowid_corruption
	}
	/* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
	_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(tls, (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fz+uintptr(libc.Uint32FromInt32((**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fn)-lenRowid), **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), bp+64)
	**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(rowid)) = *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 64))
	_sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseMalloc(tls, bp+8)
	return SQLITE_OK
	/* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
	 ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
	goto idx_rowid_corruption
idx_rowid_corruption:
	;
	_sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseMalloc(tls, bp+8)
	return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(93131))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
//	**
//	** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
//	** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
//	** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
//	**
//	** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
//	** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
//	** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
//	** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
//	** 2018-04-24:  In p->explain==2 mode, the OP_Init opcodes of triggers
//	** are also shown, so that the boundaries between the main program and
//	** each trigger are clear.
//	**
//	** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
//	** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeList(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var bListSubprogs, rc int32
	var db, pMem, pOp, pSub, zP4 uintptr
	var _ /* aOp at bp+8 */ uintptr
	var _ /* i at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bListSubprogs, db, pMem, pOp, pSub, rc, zP4
	pSub = uintptr(0)                                                                                                                                                                    /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
	db = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb                                                                                                                                                 /* Loop counter */
	rc = SQLITE_OK                                                                                                                                                                       /* Return code */
	pMem = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem + 1*56                                                                                                                                      /* First Mem of result set */
	bListSubprogs = libc.BoolInt32(int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0xc>>2)) == int32(1) || (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_TriggerEQP) != uint64(0)) /* Current opcode */
	/* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
	 ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
	 ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
	 */
	_releaseMemArray(tls, pMem, int32(8))
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == int32(SQLITE_NOMEM) {
		/* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
		 ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
		_sqlite3OomFault(tls, db)
		return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	}
	if bListSubprogs != 0 {
		/* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set.  So we will
		 ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
		 ** to trigger subprograms.  The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
		 ** cells.  */
		pSub = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem + 9*56
	} else {
		pSub = uintptr(0)
	}
	/* Figure out which opcode is next to display */
	rc = _sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode(tls, p, pSub, libc.BoolInt32(int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0xc>>2)) == int32(2)), p+48, bp, bp+8)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		pOp = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))*24
		if libc.AtomicLoadNInt32(db+432, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED)) != 0 {
			(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_INTERRUPT)
			rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
			_sqlite3VdbeError(tls, p, _sqlite3ErrStr(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc), 0)
		} else {
			zP4 = _sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(tls, db, pOp)
			if int32(Tbft(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 200))&0xc>>2)) == int32(2) {
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem, int64((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1))
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem+uintptr(1)*56, int64((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2))
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem+uintptr(2)*56, int64((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3))
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(tls, pMem+uintptr(3)*56, zP4, int64(-int32(1)), uint8(SQLITE_UTF8), __ccgo_fp(Xsqlite3_free))
			} else {
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem+uintptr(0)*56, int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))))
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(tls, pMem+uintptr(1)*56, _sqlite3OpcodeName(tls, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode)), int64(-int32(1)), uint8(SQLITE_UTF8), libc.UintptrFromInt32(0))
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem+uintptr(2)*56, int64((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1))
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem+uintptr(3)*56, int64((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2))
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem+uintptr(4)*56, int64((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3))
				/* pMem+5 for p4 is done last */
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls, pMem+uintptr(6)*56, libc.Int64FromUint16((*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp5))
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(tls, pMem+uintptr(7)*56)
				_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(tls, pMem+uintptr(5)*56, zP4, int64(-int32(1)), uint8(SQLITE_UTF8), __ccgo_fp(Xsqlite3_free))
			}
			(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpResultRow = pMem
			if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
				(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
			} else {
				(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = SQLITE_OK
				rc = int32(SQLITE_ROW)
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Cast the datatype of the value in pMem according to the affinity
//	** "aff".  Casting is different from applying affinity in that a cast
//	** is forced.  In other words, the value is converted into the desired
//	** affinity even if that results in loss of data.  This routine is
//	** used (for example) to implement the SQL "cast()" operator.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemCast(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr, aff Tu8, encoding Tu8) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	var v1 uintptr
	_, _ = rc, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Null) != 0 {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8(aff) {
	case int32(SQLITE_AFF_BLOB): /* Really a cast to BLOB */
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Blob) == 0 {
			_sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(tls, pMem, uint8(SQLITE_AFF_TEXT), encoding)
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Str) != 0 {
				(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) | int32(MEM_Blob))
			}
		} else {
			v1 = pMem + 20
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)))
		}
	case int32(SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC):
		_sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(tls, pMem)
	case int32(SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER):
		_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(tls, pMem)
	case int32(SQLITE_AFF_REAL):
		_sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(tls, pMem)
	default:
		v1 = pMem + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)>>libc.Int32FromInt32(3))
		_sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(tls, pMem, uint8(SQLITE_AFF_TEXT), encoding)
		v1 = pMem + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Real) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)))
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(encoding) != int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pMem + 16)) &= ^libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
		}
		rc = _sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(tls, pMem, libc.Int32FromUint8(encoding))
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeMemZeroTerminateIfAble(tls, pMem)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Change pMem so that its MEM_Str or MEM_Blob value is stored in
//	** MEM.zMalloc, where it can be safely written.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc, v1 int32
	var v2 uintptr
	_, _, _ = rc, v1, v2
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
			v1 = _sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(tls, pMem)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		if v1 != 0 {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		if (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).FszMalloc == 0 || (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz != (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).FzMalloc {
			rc = _vdbeMemAddTerminator(tls, pMem)
			if rc != 0 {
				return rc
			}
		}
	}
	v2 = pMem + 20
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Ephem))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert pMem so that it has type MEM_Real or MEM_Int.
//	** Invalidate any prior representations.
//	**
//	** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
//	** is a string that does not look completely like a number.  Convert
//	** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var rc int32
	var v1 Tsqlite3_int64
	var v2 bool
	var v3 uintptr
	var _ /* ix at bp+0 */ Tsqlite3_int64
	_, _, _, _ = rc, v1, v2, v3
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Real)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Null)) == 0 {
		rc = _sqlite3MemRealValueRC(tls, pMem, pMem)
		if v2 = rc&int32(2) == 0 && _sqlite3Atoi64(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz, bp, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc) < int32(2); !v2 {
			v1 = _sqlite3RealToI64(tls, *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)))
			**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = v1
		}
		if v2 || _sqlite3RealSameAsInt(tls, *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)), v1) != 0 {
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = **(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) | int32(MEM_Int))
		} else {
			(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) | int32(MEM_Real))
		}
	}
	v3 = pMem + 20
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  This
//	** routine is only called if pMem is a number of some kind, not a NULL
//	** or a BLOB.
//	**
//	** Existing representations MEM_Int, MEM_Real, or MEM_IntReal are invalidated
//	** if bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false.
//	**
//	** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
//	** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
//	** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
//	** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
//	** user and the latter is an internal programming error.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr, enc Tu8, bForce Tu8) (r int32) {
	var nByte int32
	var v1 uintptr
	_, _ = nByte, v1
	nByte = int32(32)
	if _sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(tls, pMem, nByte) != 0 {
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc = uint8(0)
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	_vdbeMemRenderNum(tls, nByte, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz, pMem)
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc = uint8(SQLITE_UTF8)
	v1 = pMem + 20
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | (libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term)))
	if bForce != 0 {
		v1 = pMem + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Real) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)))
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(tls, pMem, libc.Int32FromUint8(enc))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
//	** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var n int32
	_ = n
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)) != 0 {
		n = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
			n = n + *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fu))
		}
		return libc.BoolInt32(n > **(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb + 136)))
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
//	** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
//	** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr, desiredEnc Tu8) (r int32) {
	var c uint32
	var c2, c21, rc int32
	var len1 Tsqlite3_int64
	var temp Tu8
	var z, zIn, zOut, zTerm, v1, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = c, c2, c21, len1, rc, temp, z, zIn, zOut, zTerm, v1, v2
	/* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then
	 ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
	 ** differently from the others.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc) != int32(SQLITE_UTF8) && libc.Int32FromUint8(desiredEnc) != int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
		rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(tls, pMem)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		zIn = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz
		zTerm = zIn + uintptr((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
		for zIn < zTerm {
			temp = **(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zIn))
			**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zIn)) = **(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zIn + libc.UintptrFromInt32(1)))
			zIn = zIn + 1
			v1 = zIn
			zIn = zIn + 1
			**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = temp
		}
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc = desiredEnc
		goto translate_out
	}
	/* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(desiredEnc) == int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
		/* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
		 ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
		 ** A single byte is required for the output string
		 ** nul-terminator.
		 */
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pMem + 16)) &= ^libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
		len1 = int64(2)*int64((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn) + int64(1)
	} else {
		/* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
		 ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
		 ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
		 ** nul-terminator.
		 */
		len1 = int64(2)*int64((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn) + int64(2)
	}
	/* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
	 ** byte past the end.
	 **
	 ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
	 ** from sqlite3_malloc().
	 */
	zIn = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz
	zTerm = zIn + uintptr((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn)
	zOut = _sqlite3DbMallocRaw(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fdb, libc.Uint64FromInt64(len1))
	if !(zOut != 0) {
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	z = zOut
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc) == int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(desiredEnc) == int32(SQLITE_UTF16LE) {
			/* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
			for zIn < zTerm {
				v1 = zIn
				zIn = zIn + 1
				c = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))
				if c >= uint32(0xc0) {
					c = uint32(_sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-uint32(0xc0)])
					for zIn < zTerm && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zIn)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
						v1 = zIn
						zIn = zIn + 1
						c = c<<int32(6) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x3f)&libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1))))
					}
					if c < uint32(0x80) || c&uint32(0xFFFFF800) == uint32(0xD800) || c&uint32(0xFFFFFFFE) == uint32(0xFFFE) {
						c = uint32(0xFFFD)
					}
				}
				if c <= uint32(0xFFFF) {
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00FF))
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c >> libc.Int32FromInt32(8) & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00FF))
				} else {
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(10)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x003F) + (c-libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x10000))>>libc.Int32FromInt32(10)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00C0))
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00D8) + (c-libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x10000))>>libc.Int32FromInt32(18)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x03))
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00FF))
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00DC) + c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(8)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x03))
				}
			}
		} else {
			/* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
			for zIn < zTerm {
				v1 = zIn
				zIn = zIn + 1
				c = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))
				if c >= uint32(0xc0) {
					c = uint32(_sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-uint32(0xc0)])
					for zIn < zTerm && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(zIn)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
						v1 = zIn
						zIn = zIn + 1
						c = c<<int32(6) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x3f)&libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1))))
					}
					if c < uint32(0x80) || c&uint32(0xFFFFF800) == uint32(0xD800) || c&uint32(0xFFFFFFFE) == uint32(0xFFFE) {
						c = uint32(0xFFFD)
					}
				}
				if c <= uint32(0xFFFF) {
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c >> libc.Int32FromInt32(8) & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00FF))
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00FF))
				} else {
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00D8) + (c-libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x10000))>>libc.Int32FromInt32(18)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x03))
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(10)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x003F) + (c-libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x10000))>>libc.Int32FromInt32(10)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00C0))
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00DC) + c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(8)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x03))
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x00FF))
				}
			}
		}
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn = int32(int64(z) - int64(zOut))
		v1 = z
		z = z + 1
		**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(0)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc) == int32(SQLITE_UTF16LE) {
			/* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
			for zIn < zTerm {
				v1 = zIn
				zIn = zIn + 1
				c = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))
				v1 = zIn
				zIn = zIn + 1
				c = c + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))<<int32(8))
				if c >= uint32(0xd800) && c < uint32(0xe000) {
					if zIn < zTerm {
						v1 = zIn
						zIn = zIn + 1
						c2 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))
						v2 = zIn
						zIn = zIn + 1
						c2 = c2 + libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v2)))<<int32(8)
						c = libc.Uint32FromInt32(c2&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x03FF)) + c&uint32(0x003F)<<int32(10) + (c&uint32(0x03C0)+uint32(0x0040))<<int32(10)
					}
				}
				if c < uint32(0x00080) {
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0xFF))
				} else {
					if c < uint32(0x00800) {
						v1 = z
						z = z + 1
						**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xC0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x1F))))
						v1 = z
						z = z + 1
						**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
					} else {
						if c < uint32(0x10000) {
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xE0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(12)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x0F))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
						} else {
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xF0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(18)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x07))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(12)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
						}
					}
				}
			}
		} else {
			/* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
			for zIn < zTerm {
				v1 = zIn
				zIn = zIn + 1
				c = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1))) << int32(8))
				v1 = zIn
				zIn = zIn + 1
				c = c + uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))
				if c >= uint32(0xd800) && c < uint32(0xe000) {
					if zIn < zTerm {
						v1 = zIn
						zIn = zIn + 1
						c21 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1))) << int32(8)
						v2 = zIn
						zIn = zIn + 1
						c21 = c21 + libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v2)))
						c = libc.Uint32FromInt32(c21&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x03FF)) + c&uint32(0x003F)<<int32(10) + (c&uint32(0x03C0)+uint32(0x0040))<<int32(10)
					}
				}
				if c < uint32(0x00080) {
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = uint8(c & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0xFF))
				} else {
					if c < uint32(0x00800) {
						v1 = z
						z = z + 1
						**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xC0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x1F))))
						v1 = z
						z = z + 1
						**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
					} else {
						if c < uint32(0x10000) {
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xE0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(12)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x0F))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
						} else {
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0xF0) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(18)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x07))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(12)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c>>libc.Int32FromInt32(6)&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
							v1 = z
							z = z + 1
							**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(0x80) + libc.Int32FromUint8(uint8(c&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x3F))))
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn = int32(int64(z) - int64(zOut))
	}
	**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)) = uint8(0)
	c = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term) | libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_AffMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Subtype)))
	_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(tls, pMem)
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(c)
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc = desiredEnc
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz = zOut
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).FzMalloc = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).FszMalloc = _sqlite3DbMallocSize(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fdb, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz)
	goto translate_out
translate_out:
	;
	return SQLITE_OK
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Locate the next opcode to be displayed in EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN
//	** QUERY PLAN output.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_ROW on success.  Return SQLITE_DONE if there are no
//	** more opcodes to be displayed.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pSub uintptr, eMode int32, piPc uintptr, piAddr uintptr, paOp uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aOp, apSub uintptr
	var i, iPc, j, j1, nByte, nRow, nSub, rc, v2 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aOp, apSub, i, iPc, j, j1, nByte, nRow, nSub, rc, v2 /* Stop when row count reaches this */
	nSub = 0                                                                               /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
	apSub = uintptr(0)                                                                     /* Next instruction address */
	rc = SQLITE_OK                                                                         /* Result code */
	aOp = uintptr(0)                                                                       /* Rowid.  Copy of value in *piPc */
	/* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
	 ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
	 ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
	 ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
	 ** so far.  The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
	 ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
	 */
	nRow = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp
	if pSub != uintptr(0) {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Blob) != 0 {
			/* pSub is initiallly NULL.  It is initialized to a BLOB by
			 ** the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
			nSub = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).Fn) / uint64(8))
			apSub = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).Fz
		}
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nSub) {
				break
			}
			nRow = nRow + (*TSubProgram)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apSub + uintptr(i)*8)))).FnOp
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	iPc = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piPc))
	for int32(1) != 0 { /* Loop exits via break */
		v2 = iPc
		iPc = iPc + 1
		i = v2
		if i >= nRow {
			(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = SQLITE_OK
			rc = int32(SQLITE_DONE)
			break
		}
		if i < (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp {
			/* The rowid is small enough that we are still in the
			 ** main program. */
			aOp = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp
		} else {
			i = i - (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp
			j = 0
			for {
				if !(i >= (*TSubProgram)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apSub + uintptr(j)*8)))).FnOp) {
					break
				}
				i = i - (*TSubProgram)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apSub + uintptr(j)*8)))).FnOp
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				j = j + 1
			}
			aOp = (*TSubProgram)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apSub + uintptr(j)*8)))).FaOp
		}
		/* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
		 ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
		 ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
		 ** has not already been seen.
		 */
		if pSub != uintptr(0) && int32((**(**TOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + uintptr(i)*24))).Fp4type) == -int32(4) {
			nByte = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(nSub+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) * uint64(8))
			j1 = 0
			for {
				if !(j1 < nSub) {
					break
				}
				if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apSub + uintptr(j1)*8)) == *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp + uintptr(i)*24 + 16)) {
					break
				}
				goto _4
			_4:
				;
				j1 = j1 + 1
			}
			if j1 == nSub {
				(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = _sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(tls, pSub, nByte, libc.BoolInt32(nSub != 0))
				if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != SQLITE_OK {
					rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
					break
				}
				apSub = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).Fz
				v2 = nSub
				nSub = nSub + 1
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(apSub + uintptr(v2)*8)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp + uintptr(i)*24 + 16))
				(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).Fflags) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) | int32(MEM_Blob))
				(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).Fn = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(nSub) * uint64(8))
				nRow = nRow + (*TSubProgram)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(aOp + uintptr(i)*24 + 16)))).FnOp
			}
		}
		if eMode == 0 {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + uintptr(i)*24))).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Explain) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TOp)(__ccgo_up(aOp + uintptr(i)*24))).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Init) && iPc > int32(1) {
			break
		}
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piPc)) = iPc
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piAddr)) = i
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(paOp)) = aOp
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function compares the two table rows or index records
//	** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
//	** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
//	** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
//	** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
//	** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
//	** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
//	**
//	** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
//	** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
//	**
//	** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all
//	** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is
//	** returned.
//	**
//	** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to
//	** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered,
//	** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
//	** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(tls *libc.TLS, nKey1 int32, pKey1 uintptr, pPKey2 uintptr, bSkip int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(80)
	defer tls.Free(80)
	var aKey1, pKeyInfo, pRhs, v4 uintptr
	var d1, idx1, v1 Tu32
	var i, nCmp, nCmp1, nStr, rc, sortFlags, v2 int32
	var lhs, rhs Ti64
	var v5 bool
	var _ /* mem1 at bp+8 */ TMem
	var _ /* s1 at bp+64 */ Tu32
	var _ /* serial_type at bp+68 */ Tu32
	var _ /* szHdr1 at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aKey1, d1, i, idx1, lhs, nCmp, nCmp1, nStr, pKeyInfo, pRhs, rc, rhs, sortFlags, v1, v2, v4, v5 /* Offset of first type in header */
	rc = 0                                                                                                                                             /* Return value */
	pRhs = (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FaMem
	aKey1 = pKey1
	/* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first
	 ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so
	 ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */
	if bSkip != 0 {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 64)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1 + 1)))
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 64)) < uint32(0x80) {
			idx1 = uint32(2)
		} else {
			idx1 = libc.Uint32FromInt32(int32(1) + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, aKey1+1, bp+64)))
		}
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1)))
		d1 = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + _sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(tls, **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 64)))
		i = int32(1)
		pRhs += 56
	} else {
		v1 = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1)))
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = v1
		if v1 < uint32(0x80) {
			idx1 = uint32(1)
		} else {
			idx1 = uint32(_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, aKey1, bp))
		}
		d1 = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		i = 0
	}
	if d1 > libc.Uint32FromInt32(nKey1) {
		(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FerrCode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(_sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(92647)))
		return 0 /* Corruption */
	}
	/* Only needed by assert() statements */
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		/* RHS is an integer */
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1 + uintptr(idx1))))
			if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) >= uint32(10) {
				if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(10) {
					v2 = -int32(1)
				} else {
					v2 = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
				}
				rc = v2
			} else {
				if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(0) {
					rc = -int32(1)
				} else {
					if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(7) {
						_serialGet7(tls, aKey1+uintptr(d1), bp+8)
						rc = -_sqlite3IntFloatCompare(tls, *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)), *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 8)))
					} else {
						lhs = _vdbeRecordDecodeInt(tls, **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)), aKey1+uintptr(d1))
						rhs = *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs))
						if lhs < rhs {
							rc = -int32(1)
						} else {
							if lhs > rhs {
								rc = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
							}
						}
					}
				}
			}
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Real) != 0 {
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1 + uintptr(idx1))))
				if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) >= uint32(10) {
					/* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than
					 ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future
					 ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing
					 ** them to numeric values are.  */
					if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(10) {
						v2 = -int32(1)
					} else {
						v2 = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
					}
					rc = v2
				} else {
					if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(0) {
						rc = -int32(1)
					} else {
						if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(7) {
							if _serialGet7(tls, aKey1+uintptr(d1), bp+8) != 0 {
								rc = -int32(1) /* mem1 is a NaN */
							} else {
								if *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 8)) < *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)) {
									rc = -int32(1)
								} else {
									if *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 8)) > *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)) {
										rc = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
									} else {
									}
								}
							}
						} else {
							_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(tls, aKey1+uintptr(d1), **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)), bp+8)
							rc = _sqlite3IntFloatCompare(tls, *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(bp + 8)), *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)))
						}
					}
				}
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Str) != 0 {
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1 + uintptr(idx1))))
					if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) >= uint32(0x80) {
						_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, aKey1+uintptr(idx1), bp+68)
					}
					if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) < uint32(12) {
						rc = -int32(1)
					} else {
						if !(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68))&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x01) != 0) {
							rc = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
						} else {
							(**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fn = libc.Int32FromUint32((**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) - uint32(12)) / uint32(2))
							if v5 = d1+libc.Uint32FromInt32((**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fn) > libc.Uint32FromInt32(nKey1); !v5 {
								v4 = (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FpKeyInfo
								pKeyInfo = v4
							}
							if v5 || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)).FnAllField) <= i {
								(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FerrCode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(_sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(92728)))
								return 0 /* Corruption */
							} else {
								if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo + 32 + uintptr(i)*8)) != 0 {
									(**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fenc = (*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo)).Fenc
									(**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fdb = (*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo)).Fdb
									(**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Str)
									(**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fz = aKey1 + uintptr(d1)
									rc = _vdbeCompareMemString(tls, bp+8, pRhs, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo + 32 + uintptr(i)*8)), pPKey2+31)
								} else {
									if (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fn < (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fn {
										v2 = (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fn
									} else {
										v2 = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fn
									}
									nCmp = v2
									rc = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, aKey1+uintptr(d1), (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fz, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCmp))
									if rc == 0 {
										rc = (**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).Fn - (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fn
									}
								}
							}
						}
					}
				} else {
					if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Blob) != 0 {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1 + uintptr(idx1))))
						if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) >= uint32(0x80) {
							_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, aKey1+uintptr(idx1), bp+68)
						}
						if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) < uint32(12) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68))&uint32(0x01) != 0 {
							rc = -int32(1)
						} else {
							nStr = libc.Int32FromUint32((**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) - uint32(12)) / uint32(2))
							if d1+libc.Uint32FromInt32(nStr) > libc.Uint32FromInt32(nKey1) {
								(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FerrCode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(_sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(92758)))
								return 0 /* Corruption */
							} else {
								if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
									if !(_isAllZero(tls, aKey1+uintptr(d1), nStr) != 0) {
										rc = int32(1)
									} else {
										rc = nStr - *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fu))
									}
								} else {
									if nStr < (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fn {
										v2 = nStr
									} else {
										v2 = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fn
									}
									nCmp1 = v2
									rc = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, aKey1+uintptr(d1), (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fz, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCmp1))
									if rc == 0 {
										rc = nStr - (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fn
									}
								}
							}
						}
					} else {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1 + uintptr(idx1))))
						if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(0) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(10) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(7) && _serialGet7(tls, aKey1+uintptr(d1), bp+8) != 0 {
						} else {
							rc = int32(1)
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
		if rc != 0 {
			sortFlags = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FpKeyInfo)).FaSortFlags + uintptr(i))))
			if sortFlags != 0 {
				if sortFlags&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) == 0 || sortFlags&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) != libc.BoolInt32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)) == uint32(0) || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pRhs)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Null) != 0) {
					rc = -rc
				}
			}
			/* See comment below */
			return rc
		}
		i = i + 1
		if i == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FnField) {
			break
		}
		pRhs += 56
		d1 = d1 + _sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(tls, **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)))
		if d1 > libc.Uint32FromInt32(nKey1) {
			break
		}
		idx1 = idx1 + libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3VarintLen(tls, uint64(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 68)))))
		if idx1 >= **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) {
			(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FerrCode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(_sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(92809)))
			return 0 /* Corrupt index */
		}
	}
	/* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
	 ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
	 ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).  */
	/* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
	 ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
	 ** value.  */
	(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FeqSeen = uint8(1)
	return int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fdefault_rc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the
//	** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
//	** contents of the decoded record.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(tls *libc.TLS, nKey int32, pKey uintptr, p uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var aKey, pKeyInfo, pMem uintptr
	var d, idx Tu32
	var u, v3 Tu16
	var v1 int32
	var _ /* serial_type at bp+4 */ Tu32
	var _ /* szHdr at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aKey, d, idx, pKeyInfo, pMem, u, v1, v3
	aKey = pKey
	pMem = (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMem
	pKeyInfo = (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpKeyInfo
	(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdefault_rc = 0
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey))) < libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80)) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))
		v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, aKey, bp))
	}
	idx = uint32(libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1))
	d = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	u = uint16(0)
	for idx < **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) && d <= libc.Uint32FromInt32(nKey) {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + uintptr(idx)))) < libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80)) {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + uintptr(idx))))
			v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, aKey+uintptr(idx), bp+4))
		}
		idx = idx + uint32(libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc = (*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo)).Fenc
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fdb = (*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo)).Fdb
		/* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).FszMalloc = 0
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz = uintptr(0)
		_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(tls, aKey+uintptr(d), **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), pMem)
		d = d + _sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(tls, **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)))
		u = u + 1
		v3 = u
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(v3) >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnField) {
			break
		}
		pMem += 56
	}
	if d > libc.Uint32FromInt32(nKey) && u != 0 {
		/* In a corrupt record entry, the last pMem might have been set up using
		 ** uninitialized memory. Overwrite its value with NULL, to prevent
		 ** warnings from MSAN. */
		_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(tls, pMem-libc.BoolUintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16(u) < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnField))*56)
	}
	(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnField = u
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Mark the VDBE as one that can be run multiple times.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeReusable(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	i = int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i < (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TOp)(__ccgo_up((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp + uintptr(i)*24))).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Expire) {
			(**(**TOp)(__ccgo_up((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp + 1*24))).Fopcode = uint8(OP_Noop)
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
//	** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
//	**
//	** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
//	**
//	** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
//	** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
//	** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeSetColName(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, idx int32, var1 int32, zName uintptr, __ccgo_fp_xDel uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pColName uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pColName, rc
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	pColName = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName + uintptr(idx+var1*libc.Int32FromUint16((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnResAlloc))*56
	rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemSetText(tls, pColName, zName, int64(-int32(1)), __ccgo_fp_xDel)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
//	** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
//	** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
//	** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, nResColumn int32) {
	var db uintptr
	var n int32
	var v1 Tu16
	_, _, _ = db, n, v1
	db = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnResAlloc != 0 {
		_releaseMemArray(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnResAlloc)*int32(COLNAME_N))
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName)
	}
	n = nResColumn * int32(COLNAME_N)
	v1 = libc.Uint16FromInt32(nResColumn)
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnResAlloc = v1
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnResColumn = v1
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName = _sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(tls, db, uint64(uint64(56)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(n)))
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	_initMemArray(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName, n, db, uint16(MEM_Null))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pCsr uintptr) {
	var ii int32
	var pSorter uintptr
	_, _ = ii, pSorter
	pSorter = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr + 48))
	if pSorter != 0 {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask)) {
				break
			}
			**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(db + 816)) += (*(*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter + 96 + uintptr(ii)*104))).FnSpill
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(tls, db, pSorter)
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FaMemory)
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, pSorter)
		*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr + 48)) = uintptr(0)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor
//	** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of
//	** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record.
//	**
//	** If the sorter cursor key contains any NULL values, consider it to be
//	** less than pVal. Even if pVal also contains NULL values.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM).
//	** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
//	** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
//	** key.
//	**
//	** This routine forms the core of the OP_SorterCompare opcode, which in
//	** turn is used to verify uniqueness when constructing a UNIQUE INDEX.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pCsr uintptr, pVal uintptr, nKeyCol int32, pRes uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i int32
	var pKey, pKeyInfo, pSorter, r2, v1 uintptr
	var _ /* nKey at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, pKey, pKeyInfo, pSorter, r2, v1 /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */
	pSorter = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr + 48))
	r2 = (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpUnpacked
	pKeyInfo = (*TVdbeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpKeyInfo
	if r2 == uintptr(0) {
		v1 = _sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(tls, pKeyInfo)
		(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpUnpacked = v1
		r2 = v1
		if r2 == uintptr(0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(r2)).FnField = libc.Uint16FromInt32(nKeyCol)
	}
	pKey = _vdbeSorterRowkey(tls, pSorter, bp)
	_sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(tls, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), pKey, r2)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < nKeyCol) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(r2)).FaMem + uintptr(i)*56))).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Null) != 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRes)) = -int32(1)
			return SQLITE_OK
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRes)) = _sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fn, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fz, r2)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbevtab.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2020-03-23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file implements virtual-tables for examining the bytecode content
** of a prepared statement.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

/************** End of vdbevtab.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
/*
** 2008 October 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
**
** Update:  The in-memory journal is also used to temporarily cache
** smaller journals that are not critical for power-loss recovery.
** For example, statement journals that are not too big will be held
** entirely in memory, thus reducing the number of file I/O calls, and
** more importantly, reducing temporary file creation events.  If these
** journals become too large for memory, they are spilled to disk.  But
** in the common case, they are usually small and no file I/O needs to
** occur.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pSorter uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pTask uintptr
	_, _ = i, pTask
	_vdbeSorterJoinAll(tls, pSorter, SQLITE_OK)
	if (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpReader != 0 {
		_vdbePmaReaderClear(tls, (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpReader)
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpReader)
		(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpReader = uintptr(0)
	}
	_vdbeMergeEngineFree(tls, (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpMerger)
	(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpMerger = uintptr(0)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask)) {
			break
		}
		pTask = pSorter + 96 + uintptr(i)*104
		_vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(tls, db, pTask)
		(*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpSorter = pSorter
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FaMemory == uintptr(0) {
		_vdbeSorterRecordFree(tls, uintptr(0), (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FpList)
	}
	(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FpList = uintptr(0)
	(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FszPMA = 0
	(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FbUsePMA = uint8(0)
	(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FiMemory = 0
	(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FmxKeysize = 0
	_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpUnpacked)
	(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpUnpacked = uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Once the sorter has been populated by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite,
//	** this function is called to prepare for iterating through the records
//	** in sorted order.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(tls *libc.TLS, pCsr uintptr, pbEof uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pSorter uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pSorter, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK /* Return code */
	pSorter = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr + 48))
	/* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead,
	 ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly
	 ** from the in-memory list.  */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FbUsePMA) == 0 {
		if (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FpList != 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbEof)) = 0
			rc = _vdbeSorterSort(tls, pSorter+96, pSorter+56)
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbEof)) = int32(1)
		}
		return rc
	}
	/* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite()
	 ** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always
	 ** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards.
	 ** So the list is never empty at this point.  */
	rc = _vdbeSorterFlushPMA(tls, pSorter)
	/* Join all threads */
	rc = _vdbeSorterJoinAll(tls, pSorter, rc)
	/* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to
	 ** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs.  */
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		rc = _vdbeSorterSetupMerge(tls, pSorter)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbEof)) = 0
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return a pointer to a subexpression of pVector that is the i-th
//	** column of the vector (numbered starting with 0).  The caller must
//	** ensure that i is within range.
//	**
//	** If pVector is really a scalar (and "scalar" here includes subqueries
//	** that return a single column!) then return pVector unmodified.
//	**
//	** pVector retains ownership of the returned subexpression.
//	**
//	** If the vector is a (SELECT ...) then the expression returned is
//	** just the expression for the i-th term of the result set, and may
//	** not be ready for evaluation because the table cursor has not yet
//	** been positioned.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(tls *libc.TLS, pVector uintptr, i int32) (r uintptr) {
	if _sqlite3ExprIsVector(tls, pVector) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector)).Fop) == int32(TK_SELECT) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector)).Fop2) == int32(TK_SELECT) {
			return (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector + 32)))).FpEList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr
		} else {
			return (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVector + 32)) + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr
		}
	}
	return pVector
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
//	** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VtabArgExtend(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr) {
	var pArg uintptr
	_ = pArg
	pArg = pParse + 384
	if (*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pArg)).Fz == uintptr(0) {
		(*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pArg)).Fz = (*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fz
		(*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pArg)).Fn = (*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn
	} else {
		(*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pArg)).Fn = libc.Uint32FromInt32(int32(t__predefined_ptrdiff_t((*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fz+uintptr((*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn)) - int64((*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pArg)).Fz)))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
//	** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
//	** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VtabBeginParse(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pName1 uintptr, pName2 uintptr, pModuleName uintptr, ifNotExists int32) {
	var db, pTable uintptr
	var iDb int32
	_, _, _ = db, iDb, pTable /* Database connection */
	_sqlite3StartTable(tls, pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, int32(1), ifNotExists)
	pTable = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpNewTable
	if pTable == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FeTabType = uint8(TABTYP_VTAB)
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	_addModuleArgument(tls, pParse, pTable, _sqlite3NameFromToken(tls, db, pModuleName))
	_addModuleArgument(tls, pParse, pTable, uintptr(0))
	_addModuleArgument(tls, pParse, pTable, _sqlite3DbStrDup(tls, db, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FzName))
	(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FsNameToken.Fn = libc.Uint32FromInt32(int32(t__predefined_ptrdiff_t((*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pModuleName)).Fz+uintptr((*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pModuleName)).Fn)) - int64((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FsNameToken.Fz)))
	/* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
	 ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
	 ** sqlite_schema table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
	 ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
	 */
	if (*(*struct {
		FnArg  int32
		FazArg uintptr
		Fp     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pTable + 64))).FazArg != 0 {
		iDb = _sqlite3SchemaToIndex(tls, db, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FpSchema)
		/* The database the table is being created in */
		_sqlite3AuthCheck(tls, pParse, int32(SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE), (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FzName, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*(*struct {
			FnArg  int32
			FazArg uintptr
			Fp     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pTable + 64))).FazArg)), (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FzDbSName)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
//	** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
//	** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
//	**
//	** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, iDb int32, zTab uintptr) (r int32) {
	var p, pTab, xDestroy uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _, _ = p, pTab, rc, xDestroy
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pTab = _sqlite3FindTable(tls, db, zTab, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FzDbSName)
	if pTab != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) && (*(*struct {
		FnArg  int32
		FazArg uintptr
		Fp     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).Fp != uintptr(0) {
		p = (*(*struct {
			FnArg  int32
			FazArg uintptr
			Fp     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).Fp
		for {
			if !(p != 0) {
				break
			}
			if (*Tsqlite3_vtab)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVtab)).FnRef > 0 {
				return int32(SQLITE_LOCKED)
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			p = (*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
		}
		p = _vtabDisconnectAll(tls, db, pTab)
		xDestroy = (*Tsqlite3_module)(unsafe.Pointer((*TModule)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpMod)).FpModule)).FxDestroy
		if xDestroy == uintptr(0) {
			xDestroy = (*Tsqlite3_module)(unsafe.Pointer((*TModule)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpMod)).FpModule)).FxDisconnect
		}
		(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnTabRef = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnTabRef + 1
		rc = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{xDestroy})))(tls, (*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVtab)
		/* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			(*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVtab = uintptr(0)
			(*(*struct {
				FnArg  int32
				FazArg uintptr
				Fp     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pTab + 64))).Fp = uintptr(0)
			_sqlite3VtabUnlock(tls, p)
		}
		_sqlite3DeleteTable(tls, db, pTab)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the
//	** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VtabCommit(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) (r int32) {
	_callFinaliser(tls, db, libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+128)))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
//	** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
//	** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
//	** is a no-op.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr) {
	var apVtabLock, pToplevel, v1 uintptr
	var i, n, v3 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = apVtabLock, i, n, pToplevel, v1, v3
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel != 0 {
		v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel
	} else {
		v1 = pParse
	}
	pToplevel = v1
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FnVtabLock) {
			break
		}
		if pTab == **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FapVtabLock + uintptr(i)*8)) {
			return
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	n = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FnVtabLock+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) * uint64(8))
	apVtabLock = _sqlite3Realloc(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FapVtabLock, libc.Uint64FromInt32(n))
	if apVtabLock != 0 {
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FapVtabLock = apVtabLock
		v1 = pToplevel + 312
		v3 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) + 1
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).FapVtabLock + uintptr(v3)*8)) = pTab
	} else {
		_sqlite3OomFault(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pToplevel)).Fdb)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the
//	** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VtabRollback(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) (r int32) {
	_callFinaliser(tls, db, libc.Int32FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+136)))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must
//	** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
//	** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
//	**
//	** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
//	** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
//	** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
//	** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
//	** system would be badly broken.
//	**
//	** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and
//	** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
//	** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalOpen(tls *libc.TLS, pVfs uintptr, pDbFd uintptr, zWalName uintptr, bNoShm int32, mxWalSize Ti64, ppWal uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iDC, rc, v1 int32
	var pRet uintptr
	var _ /* flags at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = iDC, pRet, rc, v1 /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
	/* Verify the values of various constants.  Any changes to the values
	 ** of these constants would result in an incompatible on-disk format
	 ** for the -shm file.  Any change that causes one of these asserts to
	 ** fail is a backward compatibility problem, even if the change otherwise
	 ** works.
	 **
	 ** This table also serves as a helpful cross-reference when trying to
	 ** interpret hex dumps of the -shm file.
	 */
	/* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
	 ** this source file.  Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
	 ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
	 ** For that matter, if the lock offset ever changes from its initial design
	 ** value of 120, we need to know that so there is an assert() to check it.
	 */
	/* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppWal)) = uintptr(0)
	pRet = _sqlite3MallocZero(tls, uint64(uint64(160)+libc.Uint64FromInt32((*Tsqlite3_vfs)(unsafe.Pointer(pVfs)).FszOsFile)))
	if !(pRet != 0) {
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpVfs = pVfs
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpWalFd = pRet + 1*160
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpDbFd = pDbFd
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FreadLock = int16(-int32(1))
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FmxWalSize = mxWalSize
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FzWalName = zWalName
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FsyncHeader = uint8(1)
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpadToSectorBoundary = uint8(1)
	if bNoShm != 0 {
		v1 = int32(WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE)
	} else {
		v1 = WAL_NORMAL_MODE
	}
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FexclusiveMode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1)
	/* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
	rc = _sqlite3OsOpen(tls, pVfs, zWalName, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpWalFd, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), bp)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))&int32(SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) != 0 {
		(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FreadOnly = uint8(WAL_RDONLY)
	}
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		_walIndexClose(tls, pRet, 0)
		_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpWalFd)
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, pRet)
	} else {
		iDC = _sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(tls, pDbFd)
		if iDC&int32(SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) != 0 {
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FsyncHeader = uint8(0)
		}
		if iDC&int32(SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) != 0 {
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FpadToSectorBoundary = uint8(0)
		}
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppWal)) = pRet
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
//	** of the expression, while descending.  (In other words, the callback
//	** is invoked before visiting children.)
//	**
//	** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
//	** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
//	**
//	**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
//	**
//	**    WRC_Prune         Do not descend into child nodes, but allow
//	**                      the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
//	**
//	**    WRC_Abort         Do no more callbacks.  Unwind the stack and
//	**                      return from the top-level walk call.
//	**
//	** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
//	** and WRC_Continue to continue.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalkExprNN(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		rc = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FxExprCallback})))(tls, pWalker, pExpr)
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc & int32(WRC_Abort)
		}
		if !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_TokenOnly)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Leaf)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft != 0 && _sqlite3WalkExprNN(tls, pWalker, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft) != 0 {
				return int32(WRC_Abort)
			}
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight != 0 {
				pExpr = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
				continue
			} else {
				if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) != uint32(0) {
					if _sqlite3WalkSelect(tls, pWalker, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32))) != 0 {
						return int32(WRC_Abort)
					}
				} else {
					if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)) != 0 {
						if _sqlite3WalkExprList(tls, pWalker, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32))) != 0 {
							return int32(WRC_Abort)
						}
					}
					if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
						if _walkWindowList(tls, pWalker, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 64)), int32(1)) != 0 {
							return int32(WRC_Abort)
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
		break
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Possibly add terms corresponding to the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses of the
//	** SELECT statement passed as the second argument. These terms are only
//	** added if:
//	**
//	**   1. The SELECT statement has a LIMIT clause, and
//	**   2. The SELECT statement is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
//	**   3. The SELECT statement has exactly one object in its FROM clause, and
//	**      that object is a virtual table, and
//	**   4. There are no terms in the WHERE clause that will not be passed
//	**      to the virtual table xBestIndex method.
//	**   5. The ORDER BY clause, if any, will be made available to the xBestIndex
//	**      method.
//	**
//	** LIMIT and OFFSET terms are ignored by most of the planner code. They
//	** exist only so that they may be passed to the xBestIndex method of the
//	** single virtual table in the FROM clause of the SELECT.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereAddLimit(tls *libc.TLS, pWC uintptr, p uintptr) {
	var iCsr, ii int32
	var pExpr, pOrderBy, pParent uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = iCsr, ii, pExpr, pOrderBy, pParent
	/* 1 -- checked by caller */
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpGroupBy == uintptr(0) && (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FselFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_Distinct)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_Aggregate)) == uint32(0) && ((*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc)).FnSrc == int32(1) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc + 8))).FpSTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB)) {
		pOrderBy = (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpOrderBy
		iCsr = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSrc + 8))).FiCursor
		/* Check condition (4). Return early if it is not met. */
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnTerm) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((**(**TWhereTerm)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr(ii)*56))).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_CODED) != 0 {
				/* This term is a vector operation that has been decomposed into
				 ** other, subsequent terms.  It can be ignored. See tag-20220128a */
				goto _1
			}
			if (**(**TWhereTerm)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr(ii)*56))).FnChild != 0 {
				/* If this term has child terms, then they are also part of the
				 ** pWC->a[] array. So this term can be ignored, as a LIMIT clause
				 ** will only be added if each of the child terms passes the
				 ** (leftCursor==iCsr) test below.  */
				goto _1
			}
			if (**(**TWhereTerm)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr(ii)*56))).FleftCursor == iCsr && (**(**TWhereTerm)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr(ii)*56))).FprereqRight == uint64(0) {
				goto _1
			}
			/* If this term has a parent with exactly one child, and the parent will
			 ** be passed through to xBestIndex, then this term can be ignored.  */
			if (**(**TWhereTerm)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr(ii)*56))).FiParent >= 0 {
				pParent = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr((**(**TWhereTerm)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr(ii)*56))).FiParent)*56
				if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FleftCursor == iCsr && (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FprereqRight == uint64(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pParent)).FnChild) == int32(1) {
					goto _1
				}
			}
			/* This term will not be passed through. Do not add a LIMIT clause. */
			return
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		/* Check condition (5). Return early if it is not met. */
		if pOrderBy != 0 {
			ii = 0
			for {
				if !(ii < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy)).FnExpr) {
					break
				}
				pExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(ii)*32))).FpExpr
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_COLUMN) {
					return
				}
				if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable != iCsr {
					return
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(ii)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags)&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) != 0 {
					return
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				ii = ii + 1
			}
		}
		/* All conditions are met. Add the terms to the where-clause object. */
		if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOffset != 0 && (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FselFlags&uint32(SF_Compound) == uint32(0) {
			_whereAddLimitExpr(tls, pWC, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOffset, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLimit)).FpRight, iCsr, int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_OFFSET))
		}
		if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOffset == 0 || (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FselFlags&uint32(SF_Compound) == uint32(0) {
			_whereAddLimitExpr(tls, pWC, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiLimit, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLimit)).FpLeft, iCsr, int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIMIT))
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
//	** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of
//	** sqlite3WhereClauseInit().
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereClauseClear(tls *libc.TLS, pWC uintptr) {
	var a, aLast, db uintptr
	_, _, _ = a, aLast, db
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FpWInfo)).FpParse)).Fdb
	if (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnTerm > 0 {
		a = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa
		aLast = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnTerm-int32(1))*56
		for int32(1) != 0 {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(a)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_DYNAMIC) != 0 {
				_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(a)).FpExpr)
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(a)).FwtFlags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_ORINFO)|libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_ANDINFO)) != 0 {
				if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(a)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_ORINFO) != 0 {
					_whereOrInfoDelete(tls, db, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(a + 32)))
				} else {
					_whereAndInfoDelete(tls, db, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(a + 32)))
				}
			}
			if a == aLast {
				break
			}
			a += 56
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereClauseInit(tls *libc.TLS, pWC uintptr, pWInfo uintptr) {
	(*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FpWInfo = pWInfo
	(*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FhasOr = uint8(0)
	(*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FpOuter = uintptr(0)
	(*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnTerm = 0
	(*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnBase = 0
	(*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnSlot = libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(448) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(56))
	(*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa = pWC + 40
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate
//	** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
//	** tree.
//	**
//	** sqlite3WhereExprUsage(MaskSet, Expr) ->
//	**
//	**       Return a Bitmask of all tables referenced by Expr.  Expr can be
//	**       be NULL, in which case 0 is returned.
//	**
//	** sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(MaskSet, Expr) ->
//	**
//	**       Same as sqlite3WhereExprUsage() except that Expr must not be
//	**       NULL.  The "NN" suffix on the name stands for "Not Null".
//	**
//	** sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(MaskSet, ExprList) ->
//	**
//	**       Return a Bitmask of all tables referenced by every expression
//	**       in the expression list ExprList.  ExprList can be NULL, in which
//	**       case 0 is returned.
//	**
//	** sqlite3WhereExprUsageFull(MaskSet, ExprList) ->
//	**
//	**       Internal use only.  Called only by sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN() for
//	**       complex expressions that require pushing register values onto
//	**       the stack.  Many calls to sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN() do not need
//	**       the more complex analysis done by this routine.  Hence, the
//	**       computations done by this routine are broken out into a separate
//	**       "no-inline" function to avoid the stack push overhead in the
//	**       common case where it is not needed.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereExprUsageFull(tls *libc.TLS, pMaskSet uintptr, p uintptr) (r TBitmask) {
	var mask TBitmask
	var v1 uint64
	_, _ = mask, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_IF_NULL_ROW) {
		v1 = _sqlite3WhereGetMask(tls, pMaskSet, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTable)
	} else {
		v1 = uint64(0)
	}
	mask = v1
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft != 0 {
		mask = mask | _sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(tls, pMaskSet, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft)
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight != 0 {
		mask = mask | _sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(tls, pMaskSet, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight)
	} else {
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) != uint32(0) {
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_VarSelect)) != uint32(0) {
				(*TWhereMaskSet)(unsafe.Pointer(pMaskSet)).FbVarSelect = int32(1)
			}
			mask = mask | _exprSelectUsage(tls, pMaskSet, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)))
		} else {
			if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)) != 0 {
				mask = mask | _sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(tls, pMaskSet, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)))
			}
		}
	}
	if (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_FUNCTION) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_FUNCTION)) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&uint32(EP_WinFunc) != uint32(0) {
		mask = mask | _sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(tls, pMaskSet, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)))).FpPartition)
		mask = mask | _sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(tls, pMaskSet, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)))).FpOrderBy)
		mask = mask | _sqlite3WhereExprUsage(tls, pMaskSet, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 64)))).FpFilter)
	}
	return mask
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
//	** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur or of index pIdx
//	** if pIdx!=0 and <op> is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by
//	** the op parameter.  Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
//	**
//	** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur.
//	** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx
//	** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur.
//	**
//	** The term returned might by Y=<expr> if there is another constraint in
//	** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y.  Any such constraints will be
//	** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field.  The
//	** aiCur[]/iaColumn[] arrays hold X and all its equivalents. There are 11
//	** slots in aiCur[]/aiColumn[] so that means we can look for X plus up to 10
//	** other equivalent values.  Hence a search for X will return <expr> if X=A1
//	** and A1=A2 and A2=A3 and ... and A9=A10 and A10=<expr>.
//	**
//	** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X <op> <expr>"
//	** then try for the one with no dependencies on <expr> - in other words where
//	** <expr> is a constant expression of some kind.  Only return entries of
//	** the form "X <op> Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of
//	** the form "X <op> <const-expr>" exist.   If no terms with a constant RHS
//	** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereFindTerm(tls *libc.TLS, pWC uintptr, iCur int32, iColumn int32, notReady TBitmask, op Tu32, pIdx uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(112)
	defer tls.Free(112)
	var p, pResult uintptr
	var _ /* scan at bp+0 */ TWhereScan
	_, _ = p, pResult
	pResult = uintptr(0)
	p = _whereScanInit(tls, bp, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx)
	op = op & libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS))
	for p != 0 {
		if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FprereqRight&notReady == uint64(0) {
			if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FprereqRight == uint64(0) && uint32((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeOperator)&op != uint32(0) {
				return p
			}
			if pResult == uintptr(0) {
				pResult = p
			}
		}
		p = _whereScanNext(tls, bp)
	}
	return pResult
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** While generating code for the min/max optimization, after handling
//	** the aggregate-step call to min() or max(), check to see if any
//	** additional looping is required.  If the output order is such that
//	** we are certain that the correct answer has already been found, then
//	** code an OP_Goto to by pass subsequent processing.
//	**
//	** Any extra OP_Goto that is coded here is an optimization.  The
//	** correct answer should be obtained regardless.  This OP_Goto just
//	** makes the answer appear faster.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereMinMaxOptEarlyOut(tls *libc.TLS, v uintptr, pWInfo uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pInner uintptr
	_, _ = i, pInner
	if !(int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo + 68))&0x4>>2)) != 0) {
		return
	}
	if int32((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnOBSat) == 0 {
		return
	}
	i = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnLevel) - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i >= 0) {
			break
		}
		pInner = pWInfo + 856 + uintptr(i)*112
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pInner)).FpWLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_COLUMN_IN) != uint32(0) {
			_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pInner)).FaddrNxt)
			return
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FiBreak)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** In the ORDER BY LIMIT optimization, if the inner-most loop is known
//	** to emit rows in increasing order, and if the last row emitted by the
//	** inner-most loop did not fit within the sorter, then we can skip all
//	** subsequent rows for the current iteration of the inner loop (because they
//	** will not fit in the sorter either) and continue with the second inner
//	** loop - the loop immediately outside the inner-most.
//	**
//	** When a row does not fit in the sorter (because the sorter already
//	** holds LIMIT+OFFSET rows that are smaller), then a jump is made to the
//	** label returned by this function.
//	**
//	** If the ORDER BY LIMIT optimization applies, the jump destination should
//	** be the continuation for the second-inner-most loop.  If the ORDER BY
//	** LIMIT optimization does not apply, then the jump destination should
//	** be the continuation for the inner-most loop.
//	**
//	** It is always safe for this routine to return the continuation of the
//	** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result.
//	** Returning the continuation the second inner loop is an optimization
//	** that might make the code run a little faster, but should not change
//	** the final answer.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pInner uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = pInner, v1
	if !(int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo + 68))&0x4>>2)) != 0) {
		/* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply.  Jump to the
		 ** continuation of the inner-most loop. */
		return (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FiContinue
	}
	pInner = pWInfo + 856 + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnLevel)-int32(1))*112
	if (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pInner)).FpRJ != 0 {
		v1 = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FiContinue
	} else {
		v1 = (*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pInner)).FaddrNxt
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Register those built-in window functions that are not also aggregates.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WindowFunctions(tls *libc.TLS) {
	_sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(tls, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_aWindowFuncs)), libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(1080)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(72)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second
//	** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned
//	** and the db->mallocFailed flag set.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WithDup(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var nByte Tsqlite3_int64
	var pRet uintptr
	_, _, _ = i, nByte, pRet
	pRet = uintptr(0)
	if p != 0 {
		nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)+16) + libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TWith)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCte)*libc.Uint64FromInt64(48))
		pRet = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, db, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nByte))
		if pRet != 0 {
			(*TWith)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet)).FnCte = (*TWith)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCte
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < (*TWith)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCte) {
					break
				}
				(*(*TCte)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet + 16 + uintptr(i)*48))).FpSelect = _sqlite3SelectDup(tls, db, (*(*TCte)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 16 + uintptr(i)*48))).FpSelect, 0)
				(*(*TCte)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet + 16 + uintptr(i)*48))).FpCols = _sqlite3ExprListDup(tls, db, (*(*TCte)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 16 + uintptr(i)*48))).FpCols, 0)
				(*(*TCte)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet + 16 + uintptr(i)*48))).FzName = _sqlite3DbStrDup(tls, db, (*(*TCte)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 16 + uintptr(i)*48))).FzName)
				(*(*TCte)(unsafe.Pointer(pRet + 16 + uintptr(i)*48))).FeM10d = (*(*TCte)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 16 + uintptr(i)*48))).FeM10d
				goto _1
			_1:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
		}
	}
	return pRet
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
//	** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
//	** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
//	** argument.
//	**
//	** Return non-zero to retry the lock.  Return zero to stop trying
//	** and cause SQLite to return SQLITE_BUSY.
//	*/
func _sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(tls *libc.TLS, ptr uintptr, count int32) (r int32) {
	var db uintptr
	var delay, prior, tmout int32
	_, _, _, _ = db, delay, prior, tmout
	db = ptr
	tmout = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FbusyTimeout
	if count < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(12)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(1)) {
		delay = libc.Int32FromUint8(_delays[count])
		prior = libc.Int32FromUint8(_totals[count])
	} else {
		delay = libc.Int32FromUint8(_delays[libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(12)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(1))-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)])
		prior = libc.Int32FromUint8(_totals[libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(12)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(1))-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)]) + delay*(count-(libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(12)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(1))-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	}
	if prior+delay > tmout {
		delay = tmout - prior
		if delay <= 0 {
			return 0
		}
	}
	_sqlite3OsSleep(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpVfs, delay*int32(1000))
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
//	*/
func _sqliteViewResetAll(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, idx int32) {
	var i, pTab, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _ = i, pTab, v2
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TSchema)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(idx)*32))).FpSchema)).FschemaFlags)&libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_UnresetViews) == libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_UnresetViews)) {
		return
	}
	i = (*THash)(unsafe.Pointer((**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(idx)*32))).FpSchema + 8)).Ffirst
	for {
		if !(i != 0) {
			break
		}
		pTab = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(i)).Fdata
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VIEW) {
			_sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(tls, db, pTab)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = (*THashElem)(unsafe.Pointer(i)).Fnext
	}
	v2 = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(idx)*32))).FpSchema + 114
	*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(DB_UnresetViews))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Attempt to extract a value from pExpr and use it to construct *ppVal.
//	**
//	** If pAlloc is not NULL, then an UnpackedRecord object is created for
//	** pAlloc if one does not exist and the new value is added to the
//	** UnpackedRecord object.
//	**
//	** A value is extracted in the following cases:
//	**
//	**  * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL,
//	**
//	**  * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
//	**
//	**  * The expression is a literal value.
//	**
//	** On success, *ppVal is made to point to the extracted value.  The caller
//	** is responsible for ensuring that the value is eventually freed.
//	*/
func _stat4ValueFromExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, affinity Tu8, pAlloc uintptr, ppVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, v, v1 uintptr
	var iBindVar, rc int32
	var _ /* pVal at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = db, iBindVar, rc, v, v1
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	/* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */
	pExpr = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(tls, pExpr)
	if !(pExpr != 0) {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _valueNew(tls, db, pAlloc)
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		}
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_VARIABLE) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_EnableQPSG) == uint64(0) {
			iBindVar = int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn)
			_sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, iBindVar)
			v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpReprepare
			v = v1
			if v1 != uintptr(0) {
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _valueNew(tls, db, pAlloc)
				if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
					rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FaVar+uintptr(iBindVar-int32(1))*56)
					_sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), affinity, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fenc)
					(*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).Fdb = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
				}
			}
		} else {
			rc = _valueFromExpr(tls, db, pExpr, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fenc, affinity, bp, pAlloc)
		}
	}
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppVal)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute the best query strategy and return the result in idxNum.
//	**
//	**   idxNum-Bit        Meaning
//	**   ----------        ----------------------------------------------
//	**      0x01           There is a schema=? term in the WHERE clause
//	**      0x02           There is a name=? term in the WHERE clause
//	**      0x04           There is an aggregate=? term in the WHERE clause
//	**      0x08           Output should be ordered by name and path
//	*/
func _statBestIndex(tls *libc.TLS, tab uintptr, pIdxInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, iAgg, iName, iSchema, v2 int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, iAgg, iName, iSchema, v2
	iSchema = -int32(1)
	iName = -int32(1)
	iAgg = -int32(1)
	_ = tab
	/* Look for a valid schema=? constraint.  If found, change the idxNum to
	 ** 1 and request the value of that constraint be sent to xFilter.  And
	 ** lower the cost estimate to encourage the constrained version to be
	 ** used.
	 */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnConstraint) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraint + uintptr(i)*12))).Fop) != int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ) {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraint + uintptr(i)*12))).Fusable) == 0 {
			/* Force DBSTAT table should always be the right-most table in a join */
			return int32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT)
		}
		switch (**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraint + uintptr(i)*12))).FiColumn {
		case 0: /* name */
			iName = i
		case int32(10): /* schema */
			iSchema = i
		case int32(11): /* aggregate */
			iAgg = i
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	i = 0
	if iSchema >= 0 {
		i = i + 1
		v2 = i
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(iSchema)*8))).FargvIndex = v2
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(iSchema)*8))).Fomit = uint8(1)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIdxInfo + 40)) |= int32(0x01)
	}
	if iName >= 0 {
		i = i + 1
		v2 = i
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(iName)*8))).FargvIndex = v2
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIdxInfo + 40)) |= int32(0x02)
	}
	if iAgg >= 0 {
		i = i + 1
		v2 = i
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(iAgg)*8))).FargvIndex = v2
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIdxInfo + 40)) |= int32(0x04)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedCost = float64(1)
	/* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path).
	 ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that
	 ** SQLite does not do an external sort.
	 */
	if (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnOrderBy == int32(1) && (**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy))).FiColumn == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy))).Fdesc) == 0 || (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnOrderBy == int32(2) && (**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy))).FiColumn == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy))).Fdesc) == 0 && (**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy + 1*8))).FiColumn == int32(1) && libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy + 1*8))).Fdesc) == 0 {
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).ForderByConsumed = int32(1)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIdxInfo + 40)) |= int32(0x08)
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pIdxInfo + 80)) |= int32(SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_HEX)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

func _statColumn(tls *libc.TLS, pCursor uintptr, ctx uintptr, i int32) (r int32) {
	var db, pCsr uintptr
	var iDb int32
	_, _, _ = db, iDb, pCsr
	pCsr = pCursor
	switch i {
	case 0: /* name */
		Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, ctx, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FzName, -int32(1), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	case int32(1): /* path */
		if !((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FisAgg != 0) {
			Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, ctx, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FzPath, -int32(1), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
		}
	case int32(2): /* pageno */
		if (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FisAgg != 0 {
			Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, int64((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnPage))
		} else {
			Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, libc.Int64FromUint32((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiPageno))
		}
	case int32(3): /* pagetype */
		if !((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FisAgg != 0) {
			Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, ctx, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FzPagetype, -int32(1), libc.UintptrFromInt32(0))
		}
	case int32(4): /* ncell */
		Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, int64((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnCell))
	case int32(5): /* payload */
		Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnPayload)
	case int32(6): /* unused */
		Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnUnused)
	case int32(7): /* mx_payload */
		Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, int64((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FnMxPayload))
	case int32(8): /* pgoffset */
		if !((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FisAgg != 0) {
			Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiOffset)
		}
	case int32(9): /* pgsize */
		Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, ctx, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FszPage)
	case int32(10): /* schema */
		db = Xsqlite3_context_db_handle(tls, ctx)
		iDb = (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiDb
		Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, ctx, (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FaDb + uintptr(iDb)*32))).FzDbSName, -int32(1), libc.UintptrFromInt32(0))
	default: /* aggregate */
		Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, ctx, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FisAgg))
		break
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C,L) SQL function. The four parameters
//	** are:
//	**     N:    The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1)
//	**     K:    The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk.
//	**     C:    Estimated number of rows in the index
//	**     L:    A limit on the number of rows to scan, or 0 for no-limit
//	**
//	** Note 1:  In the special case of the covering index that implements a
//	** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the
//	** total number of columns in the table.
//	**
//	** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for indexes on
//	** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
//	** PRIMARY KEY of the table.  The covering index that implements the
//	** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
//	**
//	** This routine allocates the StatAccum object in heap memory. The return
//	** value is a pointer to the StatAccum object.  The datatype of the
//	** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the StatAccum
//	** object.
//	*/
func _statInit(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var db, p, pSpace uintptr
	var i, mxSample, nCol, nColUp, nKeyCol, v1 int32
	var n Ti64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, mxSample, n, nCol, nColUp, nKeyCol, p, pSpace, v1 /* Bytes of space to allocate */
	db = Xsqlite3_context_db_handle(tls, context)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_Stat4)) == uint32(0) {
		v1 = int32(SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	} /* Database connection */
	/* Maximum number of samples.  0 if STAT4 data is not collected */
	mxSample = v1
	/* Decode the three function arguments */
	_ = argc
	nCol = Xsqlite3_value_int(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
	nColUp = nCol
	nKeyCol = Xsqlite3_value_int(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
	/* Allocate the space required for the StatAccum object */
	n = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(136) + uint64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nColUp))                     /* StatAccum.anDLt */
	n = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(n) + uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nColUp))) /* StatAccum.anEq */
	if mxSample != 0 {
		n = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(n) + uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nColUp)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(48)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol+mxSample)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(3)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nColUp)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol+mxSample)))
	}
	p = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, db, libc.Uint64FromInt64(n))
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		Xsqlite3_result_error_nomem(tls, context)
		return
	}
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb = db
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnEst = libc.Uint64FromInt64(Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8))))
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRow = uint64(0)
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLimit = Xsqlite3_value_int(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 3*8)))
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol = nCol
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnKeyCol = nKeyCol
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSkipAhead = uint8(0)
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanDLt = p + 1*136
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanEq = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanDLt + uintptr(nColUp)*8
	if (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLimit == 0 {
		v1 = mxSample
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FmxSample = v1
	if mxSample != 0 { /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */
		(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiGet = -int32(1)
		(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnPSample = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnEst/libc.Uint64FromInt32(mxSample/libc.Int32FromInt32(3)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)
		(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanLt = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanEq + uintptr(nColUp)*8
		(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiPrn = uint32(0x689e962d)*libc.Uint32FromInt32(nCol) ^ uint32(0xd0944565)*libc.Uint32FromInt32(Xsqlite3_value_int(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8))))
		/* Set up the StatAccum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
		(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fa = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanLt + uintptr(nColUp)*8
		(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBest = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fa + uintptr(mxSample)*48
		pSpace = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fa + uintptr(mxSample+nCol)*48
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < mxSample+nCol) {
				break
			}
			(**(**TStatSample)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fa + uintptr(i)*48))).FanEq = pSpace
			pSpace = pSpace + uintptr(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nColUp))
			(**(**TStatSample)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fa + uintptr(i)*48))).FanLt = pSpace
			pSpace = pSpace + uintptr(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nColUp))
			(**(**TStatSample)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fa + uintptr(i)*48))).FanDLt = pSpace
			pSpace = pSpace + uintptr(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nColUp))
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nCol) {
				break
			}
			(**(**TStatSample)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBest + uintptr(i)*48))).FiCol = i
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	/* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller.  Note that
	 ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters.  The size of the object
	 ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive
	 ** value. */
	Xsqlite3_result_blob(tls, context, p, int32(136), __ccgo_fp(_statAccumDestructor))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function:  stat_push(P,C,R)
//	** Arguments:
//	**
//	**    P     Pointer to the StatAccum object created by stat_init()
//	**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
//	**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
//	**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
//	**
//	** The purpose of this routine is to collect statistical data and/or
//	** samples from the index being analyzed into the StatAccum object.
//	** The stat_get() SQL function will be used afterwards to
//	** retrieve the information gathered.
//	**
//	** This SQL function usually returns NULL, but might return an integer
//	** if it wants the byte-code to do special processing.
//	**
//	** The R parameter is only used for STAT4
//	*/
func _statPush(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var i, iChng int32
	var nLt TtRowcnt
	var p uintptr
	var v4 Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, iChng, nLt, p, v4
	/* The three function arguments */
	p = Xsqlite3_value_blob(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
	iChng = Xsqlite3_value_int(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
	_ = argc
	_ = context
	if (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRow == uint64(0) {
		/* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol) {
				break
			}
			**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanEq + uintptr(i)*8)) = uint64(1)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	} else {
		/* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
		if (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FmxSample != 0 {
			_samplePushPrevious(tls, p, iChng)
		}
		/* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply
		 ** to the current row of the index. */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < iChng) {
				break
			}
			**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanEq + uintptr(i)*8)) = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanEq + uintptr(i)*8)) + 1
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		i = iChng
		for {
			if !(i < (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol) {
				break
			}
			**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanDLt + uintptr(i)*8)) = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanDLt + uintptr(i)*8)) + 1
			if (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FmxSample != 0 {
				**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanLt + uintptr(i)*8)) += **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanEq + uintptr(i)*8))
			}
			**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanEq + uintptr(i)*8)) = uint64(1)
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRow = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRow + 1
	if (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FmxSample != 0 {
		if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8))) == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) {
			_sampleSetRowidInt64(tls, (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, p+40, Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8))))
		} else {
			_sampleSetRowid(tls, (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, p+40, Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8))), Xsqlite3_value_blob(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8))))
		}
		v4 = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiPrn*libc.Uint32FromInt32(1103515245) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(12345)
		(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiPrn = v4
		(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FiHash = v4
		nLt = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanLt + uintptr((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol-int32(1))*8))
		/* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
		if nLt/(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnPSample != (nLt+uint64(1))/(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnPSample {
			(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FisPSample = uint8(1)
			(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FiCol = 0
			_sampleInsert(tls, p, p+40, (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol-int32(1))
			(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FisPSample = uint8(0)
		}
		/* Update the aBest[] array. */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnCol-int32(1)) {
				break
			}
			(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FiCol = i
			if i >= iChng || _sampleIsBetterPost(tls, p, p+40, (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBest+uintptr(i)*48) != 0 {
				_sampleCopy(tls, p, (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBest+uintptr(i)*48, p+40)
			}
			goto _5
		_5:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	} else {
		if (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLimit != 0 && (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRow > libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLimit)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSkipAhead)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) {
			(*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSkipAhead = (*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSkipAhead + 1
			Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, libc.BoolInt32(**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TStatAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.FanDLt)) > uint64(0)))
		}
	}
}

func _statResetCsr(tls *libc.TLS, pCsr uintptr) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	/* In some circumstances, specifically if an OOM has occurred, the call
	 ** to sqlite3_reset() may cause the pager to be reset (emptied). It is
	 ** important that statClearPage() is called to free any page refs before
	 ** this happens. dbsqlfuzz 9ed3e4e3816219d3509d711636c38542bf3f40b1. */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(2048)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(64))) {
			break
		}
		_statClearPage(tls, pCsr+24+uintptr(i)*64)
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (**(**TStatPage)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 24 + uintptr(i)*64))).FaPg)
		(**(**TStatPage)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 24 + uintptr(i)*64))).FaPg = uintptr(0)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	Xsqlite3_reset(tls, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpStmt)
	(*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiPage = 0
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FzPath)
	(*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FzPath = uintptr(0)
	(*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FisEof = uint8(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Populate the pCsr->iOffset and pCsr->szPage member variables. Based on
//	** the current value of pCsr->iPageno.
//	*/
func _statSizeAndOffset(tls *libc.TLS, pCsr uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var fd, pBt, pPager, pTab uintptr
	var _ /* x at bp+0 */ [2]Tsqlite3_int64
	_, _, _, _ = fd, pBt, pPager, pTab
	pTab = (*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpVtab
	pBt = (**(**TDb)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TStatTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Fdb)).FaDb + uintptr((*TStatTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiDb)*32))).FpBt
	pPager = _sqlite3BtreePager(tls, pBt)
	/* If connected to a ZIPVFS backend, find the page size and
	 ** offset from ZIPVFS.
	 */
	fd = _sqlite3PagerFile(tls, pPager)
	(**(**[2]Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))[0] = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiPageno)
	if _sqlite3OsFileControl(tls, fd, int32(230440), bp) == SQLITE_OK {
		(*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiOffset = (**(**[2]Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))[0]
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 2144)) += (**(**[2]Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))[int32(1)]
	} else {
		/* Not ZIPVFS: The default page size and offset */
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(pCsr + 2144)) += int64(_sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(tls, pBt))
		(*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiOffset = (*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FszPage * libc.Int64FromUint32((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiPageno-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the substr() function.
//	**
//	** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
//	** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
//	** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
//	** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
//	**
//	** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
//	**
//	** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1.
//	*/
func _substrFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var len1, p0type int32
	var p1, p2, v6 Ti64
	var z, z2, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = len1, p0type, p1, p2, z, z2, v2, v6
	p0type = Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
	p1 = Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
	if p0type == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
		len1 = Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
		z = Xsqlite3_value_blob(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
		if z == uintptr(0) {
			return
		}
	} else {
		z = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
		if z == uintptr(0) {
			return
		}
		len1 = 0
		if p1 < 0 {
			z2 = z
			for {
				if !(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z2)) != 0) {
					break
				}
				v2 = z2
				z2 = z2 + 1
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v2))) >= int32(0xc0) {
					for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z2)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
						z2 = z2 + 1
					}
				}
				goto _1
			_1:
				;
				len1 = len1 + 1
			}
		}
	}
	if argc == int32(3) {
		p2 = Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8)))
		if p2 == 0 && Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 2*8))) == int32(SQLITE_NULL) {
			return
		}
	} else {
		p2 = int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(Xsqlite3_context_db_handle(tls, context) + 136)))
	}
	if p1 == 0 {
		if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8))) == int32(SQLITE_NULL) {
			return
		}
	}
	if p1 < 0 {
		p1 = p1 + int64(len1)
		if p1 < 0 {
			if p2 < 0 {
				p2 = 0
			} else {
				p2 = p2 + p1
			}
			p1 = 0
		}
	} else {
		if p1 > 0 {
			p1 = p1 - 1
		} else {
			if p2 > 0 {
				p2 = p2 - 1
			}
		}
	}
	if p2 < 0 {
		if p2 < -p1 {
			p2 = p1
		} else {
			p2 = -p2
		}
		p1 = p1 - p2
	}
	if p0type != int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
		for **(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)) != 0 && p1 != 0 {
			v2 = z
			z = z + 1
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v2))) >= int32(0xc0) {
				for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
					z = z + 1
				}
			}
			p1 = p1 - 1
		}
		z2 = z
		for {
			if !(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z2)) != 0 && p2 != 0) {
				break
			}
			v2 = z2
			z2 = z2 + 1
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v2))) >= int32(0xc0) {
				for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z2)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
					z2 = z2 + 1
				}
			}
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			p2 = p2 - 1
		}
		Xsqlite3_result_text64(tls, context, z, libc.Uint64FromInt64(int64(z2)-int64(z)), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)), uint8(SQLITE_UTF8))
	} else {
		if p1 >= int64(len1) {
			v6 = libc.Int64FromInt32(0)
			p2 = v6
			p1 = v6
		} else {
			if p2 > int64(len1)-p1 {
				p2 = int64(len1) - p1
			}
		}
		Xsqlite3_result_blob64(tls, context, z+uintptr(p1), libc.Uint64FromInt64(p2), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Search the tables iStart..iEnd (inclusive) in pSrc, looking for a
//	** table that has a column named zCol.  The search is left-to-right.
//	** The first match found is returned.
//	**
//	** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
//	** of the matching column and return TRUE.
//	**
//	** If not found, return FALSE.
//	*/
func _tableAndColumnIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pSrc uintptr, iStart int32, iEnd int32, zCol uintptr, piTab uintptr, piCol uintptr, bIgnoreHidden int32) (r int32) {
	var i, iCol int32
	_, _ = i, iCol /* Index of column matching zCol */
	/* Both or neither are NULL */
	i = iStart
	for {
		if !(i <= iEnd) {
			break
		}
		iCol = _sqlite3ColumnIndex(tls, (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80))).FpSTab, zCol)
		if iCol >= 0 && (bIgnoreHidden == 0 || libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TColumn)(unsafe.Pointer((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8 + uintptr(i)*80))).FpSTab)).FaCol+uintptr(iCol)*16)).FcolFlags)&int32(COLFLAG_HIDDEN) != 0) == 0) {
			if piTab != 0 {
				_sqlite3SrcItemColumnUsed(tls, pSrc+8+uintptr(i)*80, iCol)
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piTab)) = i
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piCol)) = iCol
			}
			return int32(1)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
//	** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
//	*/
func _transferJoinMarkings(tls *libc.TLS, pDerived uintptr, pBase uintptr) {
	if pDerived != 0 && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pBase)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON)) != uint32(0) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pDerived + 4)) |= (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pBase)).Fflags & libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON))
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pDerived + 52)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pBase + 52))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code.
//	**
//	** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column
//	** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine
//	** instead of via table lookup.
//	**
//	** If the iAutoidxCur is not zero, then any OP_Rowid instructions on
//	** cursor iTabCur are transformed into OP_Sequence opcode for the
//	** iAutoidxCur cursor, in order to generate unique rowids for the
//	** automatic index being generated.
//	*/
func _translateColumnToCopy(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iStart int32, iTabCur int32, iRegister int32, iAutoidxCur int32) {
	var iEnd int32
	var pOp, v uintptr
	_, _, _ = iEnd, pOp, v
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	pOp = _sqlite3VdbeGetOp(tls, v, iStart)
	iEnd = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
		return
	}
	for {
		if !(iStart < iEnd) {
			break
		}
		if (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1 != iTabCur {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Column) {
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode = uint8(OP_Copy)
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1 = (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 + iRegister
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 = (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3 = 0
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp5 = uint16(2) /* Cause the MEM_Subtype flag to be cleared */
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Rowid) {
				(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode = uint8(OP_Sequence)
				(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1 = iAutoidxCur
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iStart = iStart + 1
		pOp += 24
	}
}

/*
** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
** are no-ops.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
//	** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
//	*/
func _trimFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var aLen, azChar, z, zCharSet, zIn, v1 uintptr
	var flags, i, nChar int32
	var len1, len11, nIn uint32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aLen, azChar, flags, i, len1, len11, nChar, nIn, z, zCharSet, zIn, v1 /* Loop counter */
	aLen = uintptr(0)                                                                                          /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
	azChar = uintptr(0)                                                                                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
	if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))) == int32(SQLITE_NULL) {
		return
	}
	zIn = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
	if zIn == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	nIn = libc.Uint32FromInt32(Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))))
	if argc == int32(1) {
		nChar = int32(1)
		aLen = uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_lenOne))
		azChar = uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_azOne))
		zCharSet = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		v1 = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv + 1*8)))
		zCharSet = v1
		if v1 == uintptr(0) {
			return
		} else {
			z = zCharSet
			nChar = libc.Int32FromInt32(0)
			for {
				if !(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)) != 0) {
					break
				}
				v1 = z
				z = z + 1
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1))) >= int32(0xc0) {
					for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
						z = z + 1
					}
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				nChar = nChar + 1
			}
			if nChar > 0 {
				azChar = _contextMalloc(tls, context, libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(int64(nChar))*uint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(4))))
				if azChar == uintptr(0) {
					return
				}
				aLen = azChar + uintptr(nChar)*8
				z = zCharSet
				nChar = libc.Int32FromInt32(0)
				for {
					if !(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)) != 0) {
						break
					}
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(azChar + uintptr(nChar)*8)) = z
					v1 = z
					z = z + 1
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1))) >= int32(0xc0) {
						for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
							z = z + 1
						}
					}
					**(**uint32)(__ccgo_up(aLen + uintptr(nChar)*4)) = libc.Uint32FromInt64(int64(z) - int64(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(azChar + uintptr(nChar)*8))))
					goto _4
				_4:
					;
					nChar = nChar + 1
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if nChar > 0 {
		flags = int32(int64(Xsqlite3_user_data(tls, context)))
		if flags&int32(1) != 0 {
			for nIn > uint32(0) {
				len1 = uint32(0)
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < nChar) {
						break
					}
					len1 = **(**uint32)(__ccgo_up(aLen + uintptr(i)*4))
					if len1 <= nIn && libc.Xmemcmp(tls, zIn, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(azChar + uintptr(i)*8)), uint64(len1)) == 0 {
						break
					}
					goto _6
				_6:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
				if i >= nChar {
					break
				}
				zIn = zIn + uintptr(len1)
				nIn = nIn - len1
			}
		}
		if flags&int32(2) != 0 {
			for nIn > uint32(0) {
				len11 = uint32(0)
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < nChar) {
						break
					}
					len11 = **(**uint32)(__ccgo_up(aLen + uintptr(i)*4))
					if len11 <= nIn && libc.Xmemcmp(tls, zIn+uintptr(nIn-len11), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(azChar + uintptr(i)*8)), uint64(len11)) == 0 {
						break
					}
					goto _7
				_7:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
				if i >= nChar {
					break
				}
				nIn = nIn - len11
			}
		}
		if zCharSet != 0 {
			Xsqlite3_free(tls, azChar)
		}
	}
	Xsqlite3_result_text(tls, context, zIn, libc.Int32FromUint32(nIn), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
//	** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
//	** is currently undefined.
//	*/
func _unixGetSystemCall(tls *libc.TLS, pNotUsed uintptr, zName uintptr) (r Tsqlite3_syscall_ptr) {
	var i uint32
	_ = i
	_ = pNotUsed
	i = uint32(0)
	for {
		if !(uint64(i) < libc.Uint64FromInt64(696)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(24)) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Xstrcmp(tls, zName, _aSyscall[i].FzName) == 0 {
			return _aSyscall[i].FpCurrent
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
//	** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
//	**
//	** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
//	*/
func _unixModeBit(tls *libc.TLS, pFile uintptr, mask uint8, pArg uintptr) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pArg)) < 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pArg)) = libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FctrlFlags)&libc.Int32FromUint8(mask) != 0)
	} else {
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pArg)) == 0 {
			v1 = pFile + 30
			*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = uint16(int32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^libc.Int32FromUint8(mask))
		} else {
			v1 = pFile + 30
			*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = uint16(int32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromUint8(mask))
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
//	** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
//	** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
//	** system call.
//	*/
func _unixNextSystemCall(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, zName uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	i = -int32(1)
	_ = p
	if zName != 0 {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(696)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(24))-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Xstrcmp(tls, zName, _aSyscall[i].FzName) == 0 {
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	i = i + 1
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(696)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(24))) {
			break
		}
		if _aSyscall[i].FpCurrent != uintptr(0) {
			return _aSyscall[i].FzName
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return uintptr(0)
}

/*
** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for
** standard input, output, and error.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
//	** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK upon successfully updating the
//	** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
//	** system call named zName.
//	*/
func _unixSetSystemCall(tls *libc.TLS, pNotUsed uintptr, zName uintptr, __ccgo_fp_pNewFunc Tsqlite3_syscall_ptr) (r int32) {
	var i uint32
	var rc int32
	_, _ = i, rc
	rc = int32(SQLITE_NOTFOUND)
	_ = pNotUsed
	if zName == uintptr(0) {
		/* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
		 ** settings and return NULL
		 */
		rc = SQLITE_OK
		i = uint32(0)
		for {
			if !(uint64(i) < libc.Uint64FromInt64(696)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(24)) {
				break
			}
			if _aSyscall[i].FpDefault != 0 {
				_aSyscall[i].FpCurrent = _aSyscall[i].FpDefault
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	} else {
		/* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
		 ** specified.
		 */
		i = uint32(0)
		for {
			if !(uint64(i) < libc.Uint64FromInt64(696)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(24)) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Xstrcmp(tls, zName, _aSyscall[i].FzName) == 0 {
				if _aSyscall[i].FpDefault == uintptr(0) {
					_aSyscall[i].FpDefault = _aSyscall[i].FpCurrent
				}
				rc = SQLITE_OK
				if __ccgo_fp_pNewFunc == uintptr(0) {
					__ccgo_fp_pNewFunc = _aSyscall[i].FpDefault
				}
				_aSyscall[i].FpCurrent = __ccgo_fp_pNewFunc
				break
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
//	**
//	** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
//	** by VFS shared-memory methods.
//	*/
func _unixShmPurge(tls *libc.TLS, pFd uintptr) {
	var i, nShmPerMap int32
	var p uintptr
	_, _, _ = i, nShmPerMap, p
	p = (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFd)).FpInode)).FpShmNode
	if p != 0 && (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRef == 0 {
		nShmPerMap = _unixShmRegionPerMap(tls)
		Xsqlite3_mutex_free(tls, (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpShmMutex)
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRegion)) {
				break
			}
			if (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FhShm >= 0 {
				(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, Tsize_t) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_aSyscall[int32(23)].FpCurrent})))(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FapRegion + uintptr(i)*8)), libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszRegion))
			} else {
				Xsqlite3_free(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FapRegion + uintptr(i)*8)))
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + nShmPerMap
		}
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FapRegion)
		if (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FhShm >= 0 {
			_robust_close(tls, pFd, (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FhShm, int32(45030))
			(*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FhShm = -int32(1)
		}
		(*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpInode)).FpShmNode = uintptr(0)
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, p)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying
//	** storage if deleteFlag is true.
//	**
//	** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
//	** routine is a harmless no-op.
//	*/
func _unixShmUnmap(tls *libc.TLS, fd uintptr, deleteFlag int32) (r int32) {
	var p, pDbFd, pShmNode, pp uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = p, pDbFd, pShmNode, pp /* The underlying database file */
	pDbFd = fd
	p = (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pDbFd)).FpShm
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	pShmNode = (*TunixShm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpShmNode
	/* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
	 ** with pShmNode */
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pShmNode)).FpShmMutex)
	pp = pShmNode + 56
	for {
		if !(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) != p) {
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pp = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) + 8
	}
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pp)) = (*TunixShm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
	/* Free the connection p */
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, p)
	(*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pDbFd)).FpShm = uintptr(0)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pShmNode)).FpShmMutex)
	/* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
	 ** shared-memory file, too */
	_unixEnterMutex(tls)
	(*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pShmNode)).FnRef = (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pShmNode)).FnRef - 1
	if (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pShmNode)).FnRef == 0 {
		if deleteFlag != 0 && (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pShmNode)).FhShm >= 0 {
			(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_aSyscall[int32(16)].FpCurrent})))(tls, (*TunixShmNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pShmNode)).FzFilename)
		}
		_unixShmPurge(tls, pDbFd)
	}
	_unixLeaveMutex(tls)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
//	** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
//	** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
//	** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
//	** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
//	** than the argument.
//	*/
func _unixSleep(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, microseconds int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var _ /* sp at bp+0 */ Ttimespec
	(**(**Ttimespec)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Ftv_sec = int64(microseconds / int32(1000000))
	(**(**Ttimespec)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Ftv_nsec = int64(microseconds % int32(1000000) * int32(1000))
	/* Almost all modern unix systems support nanosleep().  But if you are
	 ** compiling for one of the rare exceptions, you can use
	 ** -DHAVE_NANOSLEEP=0 (perhaps in conjunction with -DHAVE_USLEEP if
	 ** usleep() is available) in order to bypass the use of nanosleep() */
	libc.Xnanosleep(tls, bp, libc.UintptrFromInt32(0))
	_ = NotUsed
	return microseconds
}

/*
** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/* Undo the work of sqlite3SetJoinExpr().  This is used when a LEFT JOIN
//	** is simplified into an ordinary JOIN, and when an ON expression is
//	** "pushed down" into the WHERE clause of a subquery.
//	**
//	** Convert every term that is marked with EP_OuterON and w.iJoin==iTable into
//	** an ordinary term that omits the EP_OuterON mark.  Or if iTable<0, then
//	** just clear every EP_OuterON and EP_InnerON mark from the expression tree.
//	**
//	** If nullable is true, that means that Expr p might evaluate to NULL even
//	** if it is a reference to a NOT NULL column.  This can happen, for example,
//	** if the table that p references is on the left side of a RIGHT JOIN.
//	** If nullable is true, then take care to not remove the EP_CanBeNull bit.
//	** See forum thread https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/b40696f50145d21c
//	*/
func _unsetJoinExpr(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iTable int32, nullable int32) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	for p != 0 {
		if iTable < 0 || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != uint32(0) && *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 52)) == iTable {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 4)) &= ^libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON) | libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON))
			if iTable >= 0 {
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON))
			}
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTable == iTable && !(nullable != 0) {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 4)) &= ^libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_CanBeNull))
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_FUNCTION) {
			if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)) != 0 {
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)))).FnExpr) {
						break
					}
					_unsetJoinExpr(tls, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 32)) + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, iTable, nullable)
					goto _1
				_1:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
			}
		}
		_unsetJoinExpr(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, iTable, nullable)
		p = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that will update the accumulator memory cells for an
//	** aggregate based on the current cursor position.
//	**
//	** If regAcc is non-zero and there are no min() or max() aggregates
//	** in pAggInfo, then only populate the pAggInfo->nAccumulator accumulator
//	** registers if register regAcc contains 0. The caller will take care
//	** of setting and clearing regAcc.
//	**
//	** For an ORDER BY aggregate, the actual accumulator memory cell update
//	** is deferred until after all input rows have been received, so that they
//	** can be run in the requested order.  In that case, instead of invoking
//	** OP_AggStep to update the accumulator, just add the arguments that would
//	** have been passed into OP_AggStep into the sorting ephemeral table
//	** (along with the appropriate sort key).
//	*/
func _updateAccumulator(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, regAcc int32, pAggInfo uintptr, eDistinctType int32) {
	var addrHitTest, addrNext, i, j, jj, kk, nArg, regAgg, regAggSz, regBase, regDistinct, regHit, v2 int32
	var pC, pColl, pF, pFilter, pItem, pList, pOBList, v, v3 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addrHitTest, addrNext, i, j, jj, kk, nArg, pC, pColl, pF, pFilter, pItem, pList, pOBList, regAgg, regAggSz, regBase, regDistinct, regHit, v, v2, v3
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	regHit = 0
	addrHitTest = 0
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
		return
	}
	(*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FdirectMode = uint8(1)
	i = 0
	pF = (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaFunc
	for {
		if !(i < (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnFunc) {
			break
		}
		addrNext = 0
		regAggSz = 0
		regDistinct = 0
		pList = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFExpr + 32))
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_WinFunc)) != uint32(0) {
			pFilter = (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFExpr + 64)))).FpFilter
			if (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnAccumulator != 0 && (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFunc)).FfuncFlags&uint32(SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) != 0 && regAcc != 0 {
				/* If regAcc==0, there there exists some min() or max() function
				 ** without a FILTER clause that will ensure the magnet registers
				 ** are populated. */
				if regHit == 0 {
					v3 = pParse + 60
					*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
					v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
					regHit = v2
				}
				/* If this is the first row of the group (regAcc contains 0), clear the
				 ** "magnet" register regHit so that the accumulator registers
				 ** are populated if the FILTER clause jumps over the the
				 ** invocation of min() or max() altogether. Or, if this is not
				 ** the first row (regAcc contains 1), set the magnet register so that
				 ** the accumulators are not populated unless the min()/max() is invoked
				 ** and indicates that they should be.  */
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Copy), regAcc, regHit)
			}
			addrNext = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
			_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, pFilter, addrNext, int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL))
		}
		if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab >= 0 { /* The ORDER BY clause */
			nArg = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr
			pOBList = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFExpr)).FpLeft + 32))
			regAggSz = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBList)).FnExpr
			if !((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBUnique != 0) {
				regAggSz = regAggSz + 1 /* One register for OP_Sequence */
			}
			if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBPayload != 0 {
				regAggSz = regAggSz + nArg
			}
			if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbUseSubtype != 0 {
				regAggSz = regAggSz + nArg
			}
			regAggSz = regAggSz + 1 /* One extra register to hold result of MakeRecord */
			regAgg = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, regAggSz)
			regDistinct = regAgg
			_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(tls, pParse, pOBList, regAgg, 0, uint8(SQLITE_ECEL_DUP))
			jj = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBList)).FnExpr
			if !((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBUnique != 0) {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Sequence), (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab, regAgg+jj)
				jj = jj + 1
			}
			if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBPayload != 0 {
				regDistinct = regAgg + jj
				_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(tls, pParse, pList, regDistinct, 0, uint8(SQLITE_ECEL_DUP))
				jj = jj + nArg
			}
			if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbUseSubtype != 0 {
				if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FbOBPayload != 0 {
					v2 = regDistinct
				} else {
					v2 = regAgg
				}
				regBase = v2
				kk = 0
				for {
					if !(kk < nArg) {
						break
					}
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_GetSubtype), regBase+kk, regAgg+jj)
					goto _5
				_5:
					;
					kk = kk + 1
					jj = jj + 1
				}
			}
		} else {
			if pList != 0 {
				nArg = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr
				regAgg = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, nArg)
				regDistinct = regAgg
				_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(tls, pParse, pList, regAgg, 0, uint8(SQLITE_ECEL_DUP))
			} else {
				nArg = 0
				regAgg = 0
			}
		}
		if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiDistinct >= 0 && pList != 0 {
			if addrNext == 0 {
				addrNext = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
			}
			(*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiDistinct = _codeDistinct(tls, pParse, eDistinctType, (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiDistinct, addrNext, pList, regDistinct)
		}
		if (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab >= 0 {
			/* Insert a new record into the ORDER BY table */
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_MakeRecord), regAgg, regAggSz-int32(1), regAgg+regAggSz-int32(1))
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, int32(OP_IdxInsert), (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FiOBTab, regAgg+regAggSz-int32(1), regAgg, regAggSz-int32(1))
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regAgg, regAggSz)
		} else {
			/* Invoke the AggStep function */
			if (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer((*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFunc)).FfuncFlags&uint32(SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) != 0 {
				pColl = uintptr(0)
				/* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
				j = 0
				pItem = pList + 8
				for {
					if !(!(pColl != 0) && j < nArg) {
						break
					}
					pColl = _sqlite3ExprCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpExpr)
					goto _6
				_6:
					;
					j = j + 1
					pItem += 32
				}
				if !(pColl != 0) {
					pColl = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FpDfltColl
				}
				if regHit == 0 && (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnAccumulator != 0 {
					v3 = pParse + 60
					*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) + 1
					v2 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))
					regHit = v2
				}
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_CollSeq), regHit, 0, 0, pColl, -int32(2))
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_AggStep), 0, regAgg, (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FiFirstReg+(*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnColumn+i)
			_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, (*TAggInfo_func)(unsafe.Pointer(pF)).FpFunc, -int32(8))
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, libc.Uint16FromInt32(nArg))
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regAgg, nArg)
		}
		if addrNext != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, addrNext)
		}
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
			return
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pF += 32
	}
	if regHit == 0 && (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnAccumulator != 0 {
		regHit = regAcc
	}
	if regHit != 0 {
		addrHitTest = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_If), regHit)
	}
	i = 0
	pC = (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FaCol
	for {
		if !(i < (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FnAccumulator) {
			break
		}
		_sqlite3ExprCode(tls, pParse, (*TAggInfo_col)(unsafe.Pointer(pC)).FpCExpr, (*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FiFirstReg+i)
		if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
			return
		}
		goto _9
	_9:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pC += 32
	}
	(*TAggInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pAggInfo)).FdirectMode = uint8(0)
	if addrHitTest != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(tls, v, addrHitTest)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Assuming both the pLimit and pOrderBy parameters are NULL, this function
//	** generates VM code to run the query:
//	**
//	**   SELECT <other-columns>, pChanges FROM pTabList WHERE pWhere
//	**
//	** and write the results to the ephemeral table already opened as cursor
//	** iEph. None of pChanges, pTabList or pWhere are modified or consumed by
//	** this function, they must be deleted by the caller.
//	**
//	** Or, if pLimit and pOrderBy are not NULL, and pTab is not a view:
//	**
//	**   SELECT <other-columns>, pChanges FROM pTabList
//	**   WHERE pWhere
//	**   GROUP BY <other-columns>
//	**   ORDER BY pOrderBy LIMIT pLimit
//	**
//	** If pTab is a view, the GROUP BY clause is omitted.
//	**
//	** Exactly how results are written to table iEph, and exactly what
//	** the <other-columns> in the query above are is determined by the type
//	** of table pTabList->a[0].pTab.
//	**
//	** If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then argument pPk must be its
//	** PRIMARY KEY. In this case <other-columns> are the primary key columns
//	** of the table, in order. The results of the query are written to ephemeral
//	** table iEph as index keys, using OP_IdxInsert.
//	**
//	** If the table is actually a view, then <other-columns> are all columns of
//	** the view. The results are written to the ephemeral table iEph as records
//	** with automatically assigned integer keys.
//	**
//	** If the table is a virtual or ordinary intkey table, then <other-columns>
//	** is its rowid. For a virtual table, the results are written to iEph as
//	** records with automatically assigned integer keys For intkey tables, the
//	** rowid value in <other-columns> is used as the integer key, and the
//	** remaining fields make up the table record.
//	*/
func _updateFromSelect(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iEph int32, pPk uintptr, pChanges uintptr, pTabList uintptr, pWhere uintptr, pOrderBy uintptr, pLimit uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var db, pGrp, pLimit2, pList, pNew, pOrderBy2, pSelect, pSrc, pTab, pWhere2 uintptr
	var eDest, i, v2 int32
	var _ /* dest at bp+0 */ TSelectDest
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, eDest, i, pGrp, pLimit2, pList, pNew, pOrderBy2, pSelect, pSrc, pTab, pWhere2, v2
	pSelect = uintptr(0)
	pList = uintptr(0)
	pGrp = uintptr(0)
	pLimit2 = uintptr(0)
	pOrderBy2 = uintptr(0)
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	pTab = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pTabList + 8))).FpSTab
	_ = pOrderBy
	_ = pLimit
	pSrc = _sqlite3SrcListDup(tls, db, pTabList, 0)
	pWhere2 = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pWhere, 0)
	if pSrc != 0 {
		(*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8))).FiCursor = -int32(1)
		(*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8))).FpSTab)).FnTabRef = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8))).FpSTab)).FnTabRef - 1
		(*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8))).FpSTab = uintptr(0)
	}
	if pPk != 0 {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FnKeyCol)) {
				break
			}
			pNew = _exprRowColumn(tls, pParse, int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))))
			pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pList, pNew)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
			v2 = int32(SRT_Table)
		} else {
			v2 = int32(SRT_Upfrom)
		}
		eDest = v2
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VIEW) {
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)) {
					break
				}
				pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pList, _exprRowColumn(tls, pParse, i))
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			eDest = int32(SRT_Table)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
				v2 = int32(SRT_Table)
			} else {
				v2 = int32(SRT_Upfrom)
			}
			eDest = v2
			pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), _sqlite3PExpr(tls, pParse, int32(TK_ROW), uintptr(0), uintptr(0)))
		}
	}
	if pChanges != 0 {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pChanges)).FnExpr) {
				break
			}
			pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pList, _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pChanges + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, 0))
			goto _5
		_5:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	pSelect = _sqlite3SelectNew(tls, pParse, pList, pSrc, pWhere2, pGrp, uintptr(0), pOrderBy2, libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_UFSrcCheck)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_IncludeHidden)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_UpdateFrom)), pLimit2)
	if pSelect != 0 {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSelect + 4)) |= uint32(SF_OrderByReqd)
	}
	_sqlite3SelectDestInit(tls, bp, eDest, iEph)
	if pPk != 0 {
		v2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FnKeyCol)
	} else {
		v2 = -int32(1)
	}
	(**(**TSelectDest)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiSDParm2 = v2
	_sqlite3Select(tls, pParse, pSelect, bp)
	_sqlite3SelectDelete(tls, db, pSelect)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
//	**
//	** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special
//	** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table
//	** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row.
//	**
//	** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains
//	** for each row to be changed:
//	**
//	**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
//	**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row.
//	**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
//	**
//	** Then loop through the contents of this ephemeral table executing a
//	** VUpdate for each row. When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
//	**
//	** The "onepass" strategy does not use an ephemeral table. Instead, it
//	** stores the same values (A, B and C above) in a register array and
//	** makes a single invocation of VUpdate.
//	*/
func _updateVirtualTable(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pSrc uintptr, pTab uintptr, pChanges uintptr, pRowid uintptr, aXRef uintptr, pWhere uintptr, onError int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var addr, eOnePass, ephemTab, i, iCsr, nArg, regArg, regRec, regRowid, v1 int32
	var db, pList, pPk, pPk1, pRow, pRowExpr, pVTab, pWInfo, v, v2 uintptr
	var iPk, iPk1 Ti16
	var _ /* aDummy at bp+0 */ [2]int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addr, db, eOnePass, ephemTab, i, iCsr, iPk, iPk1, nArg, pList, pPk, pPk1, pRow, pRowExpr, pVTab, pWInfo, regArg, regRec, regRowid, v, v1, v2
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe /* Loop counter */
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb   /* Database connection */
	pVTab = _sqlite3GetVTable(tls, db, pTab)
	pWInfo = uintptr(0)
	nArg = int32(2) + int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol) /* Register for ephemeral table rowid */
	iCsr = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 8))).FiCursor       /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */
	/* Allocate nArg registers in which to gather the arguments for VUpdate. Then
	 ** create and open the ephemeral table in which the records created from
	 ** these arguments will be temporarily stored. */
	v2 = pParse + 56
	v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
	ephemTab = v1
	addr = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_OpenEphemeral), ephemTab, nArg)
	regArg = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnMem + int32(1)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pParse + 60)) += nArg
	if (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc > int32(1) {
		pPk = uintptr(0)
		if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_WithoutRowid) == uint32(0) {
			if pRowid != 0 {
				pRow = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pRowid, 0)
			} else {
				pRow = _sqlite3PExpr(tls, pParse, int32(TK_ROW), uintptr(0), uintptr(0))
			}
		} else { /* PRIMARY KEY column */
			pPk = _sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(tls, pTab)
			iPk = **(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).FaiColumn))
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aXRef + uintptr(iPk)*4)) >= 0 {
				pRow = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pChanges + 8 + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aXRef + uintptr(iPk)*4)))*32))).FpExpr, 0)
			} else {
				pRow = _exprRowColumn(tls, pParse, int32(iPk))
			}
		}
		pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), pRow)
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)) {
				break
			}
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aXRef + uintptr(i)*4)) >= 0 {
				pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pList, _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pChanges + 8 + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aXRef + uintptr(i)*4)))*32))).FpExpr, 0))
			} else {
				pRowExpr = _exprRowColumn(tls, pParse, i)
				if pRowExpr != 0 {
					(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRowExpr)).Fop2 = uint8(OPFLAG_NOCHNG)
				}
				pList = _sqlite3ExprListAppend(tls, pParse, pList, pRowExpr)
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		_updateFromSelect(tls, pParse, ephemTab, pPk, pList, pSrc, pWhere, uintptr(0), uintptr(0))
		_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, pList)
		eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF
	} else {
		v2 = pParse + 60
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
		v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
		regRec = v1
		v2 = pParse + 60
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
		v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
		regRowid = v1
		/* Start scanning the virtual table */
		pWInfo = _sqlite3WhereBegin(tls, pParse, pSrc, pWhere, uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uint16(WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED), 0)
		if pWInfo == uintptr(0) {
			return
		}
		/* Populate the argument registers. */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol)) {
				break
			}
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aXRef + uintptr(i)*4)) >= 0 {
				_sqlite3ExprCode(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pChanges + 8 + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aXRef + uintptr(i)*4)))*32))).FpExpr, regArg+int32(2)+i)
			} else {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_VColumn), iCsr, i, regArg+int32(2)+i)
				_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(OPFLAG_NOCHNG)) /* For sqlite3_vtab_nochange() */
			}
			goto _8
		_8:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_WithoutRowid) == uint32(0) {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), iCsr, regArg)
			if pRowid != 0 {
				_sqlite3ExprCode(tls, pParse, pRowid, regArg+int32(1))
			} else {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), iCsr, regArg+int32(1))
			}
		} else { /* PRIMARY KEY column */
			pPk1 = _sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(tls, pTab)
			iPk1 = **(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk1)).FaiColumn))
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_VColumn), iCsr, int32(iPk1), regArg)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_SCopy), regArg+int32(2)+int32(iPk1), regArg+int32(1))
		}
		eOnePass = _sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(tls, pWInfo, bp)
		/* There is no ONEPASS_MULTI on virtual tables */
		if eOnePass != 0 {
			/* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded
			 ** above. */
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(tls, v, addr)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Close), iCsr)
		} else {
			/* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into
			 ** the ephemeral table. */
			_sqlite3MultiWrite(tls, pParse)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_MakeRecord), regArg, nArg, regRec)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_NewRowid), ephemTab, regRowid)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Insert), ephemTab, regRec, regRowid)
		}
	}
	if eOnePass == ONEPASS_OFF {
		/* End the virtual table scan */
		if (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnSrc == int32(1) {
			_sqlite3WhereEnd(tls, pWInfo)
		}
		/* Begin scanning through the ephemeral table. */
		addr = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Rewind), ephemTab)
		/* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and
		 ** invoke the VUpdate method.  */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nArg) {
				break
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), ephemTab, i, regArg+i)
			goto _9
		_9:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	_sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(tls, pParse, pTab)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_VUpdate), 0, nArg, regArg, pVTab, -int32(12))
	if onError == int32(OE_Default) {
		v1 = int32(OE_Abort)
	} else {
		v1 = onError
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, libc.Uint16FromInt32(v1))
	_sqlite3MayAbort(tls, pParse)
	/* End of the ephemeral table scan. Or, if using the onepass strategy,
	 ** jump to here if the scan visited zero rows. */
	if eOnePass == ONEPASS_OFF {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Next), ephemTab, addr+int32(1))
		_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addr)
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Close), ephemTab, 0)
	} else {
		_sqlite3WhereEnd(tls, pWInfo)
	}
}

/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file upsert.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2018-04-12
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code to implement various aspects of UPSERT
** processing and handling of the Upsert object.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If
//	** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated
//	** by calling sqlite3ValueNew().
//	**
//	** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is
//	** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not
//	** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that
//	** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to
//	** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array.
//	*/
func _valueNew(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var i, nCol int32
	var nByte Ti64
	var pIdx, pRec uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, nByte, nCol, pIdx, pRec
	if p != 0 {
		pRec = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TValueNewStat4Ctx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FppRec))
		if pRec == uintptr(0) {
			pIdx = (*TValueNewStat4Ctx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIdx                  /* Counter variable */
			nCol = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn) /* Number of index columns including rowid */
			nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(56)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCol) + (libc.Uint64FromInt64(40)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
			pRec = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, db, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nByte))
			if pRec != 0 {
				(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FpKeyInfo = _sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(tls, (*TValueNewStat4Ctx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpParse, pIdx)
				if (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FpKeyInfo != 0 {
					(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FaMem = pRec + uintptr((libc.Uint64FromInt64(40)+libc.Uint64FromInt32(7))&libc.Uint64FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
					i = 0
					for {
						if !(i < nCol) {
							break
						}
						(**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FaMem + uintptr(i)*56))).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Null)
						(**(**TMem)(__ccgo_up((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FaMem + uintptr(i)*56))).Fdb = db
						goto _1
					_1:
						;
						i = i + 1
					}
				} else {
					_sqlite3DbFreeNN(tls, db, pRec)
					pRec = uintptr(0)
				}
			}
			if pRec == uintptr(0) {
				return uintptr(0)
			}
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TValueNewStat4Ctx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FppRec)) = pRec
		}
		(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FnField = libc.Uint16FromInt32((*TValueNewStat4Ctx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiVal + int32(1))
		_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(tls, (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FaMem+uintptr((*TValueNewStat4Ctx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiVal)*56)
		return (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FaMem + uintptr((*TValueNewStat4Ctx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiVal)*56
	}
	return _sqlite3ValueNew(tls, db)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The pVal argument is known to be a value other than NULL.
//	** Convert it into a string with encoding enc and return a pointer
//	** to a zero-terminated version of that string.
//	*/
func _valueToText(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr, enc Tu8) (r uintptr) {
	var v1 int32
	var v2 uintptr
	_, _ = v1, v2
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
			v1 = _sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(tls, pVal)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		if v1 != 0 {
			return uintptr(0)
		}
		v2 = pVal + 20
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str))
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fenc) != libc.Int32FromUint8(enc) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) {
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(tls, pVal, libc.Int32FromUint8(enc) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED))
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(enc)&int32(SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) != 0 && int32(1) == int32(1)&int32(int64((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fz)) {
			if _sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(tls, pVal) != SQLITE_OK {
				return uintptr(0)
			}
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(tls, pVal) /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
	} else {
		_sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(tls, pVal, enc, uint8(0))
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fenc) == libc.Int32FromUint8(enc) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) {
		return (*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fz
	} else {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
//	** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
//	** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
//	** few minor changes to the program.
//	**
//	** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
//	** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
//	** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
//	** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
//	**
//	** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
//	** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
//	** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
//	**
//	** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
//	*/
func _vdbeChangeP4Full(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pOp uintptr, zP4 uintptr, n int32) {
	if (*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4type != 0 {
		(*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4type = 0
		*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp + 16)) = uintptr(0)
	}
	if n < 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(tls, p, int32((int64(pOp)-int64((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp))/24), zP4, n)
	} else {
		if n == 0 {
			n = _sqlite3Strlen30(tls, zP4)
		}
		*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp + 16)) = _sqlite3DbStrNDup(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, zP4, libc.Uint64FromInt32(n))
		(*TOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp4type = int8(-libc.Int32FromInt32(7))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read keys from pIncr->pMerger and populate pIncr->aFile[1]. The format
//	** of the data stored in aFile[1] is the same as that used by regular PMAs,
//	** except that the number-of-bytes varint is omitted from the start.
//	*/
func _vdbeIncrPopulate(tls *libc.TLS, pIncr uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(64)
	defer tls.Free(64)
	var iEof, iStart Ti64
	var nKey, rc, rc2 int32
	var pMerger, pOut, pReader, pTask uintptr
	var _ /* dummy at bp+56 */ int32
	var _ /* writer at bp+0 */ TPmaWriter
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iEof, iStart, nKey, pMerger, pOut, pReader, pTask, rc, rc2
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	iStart = (*TIncrMerger)(unsafe.Pointer(pIncr)).FiStartOff
	pOut = pIncr + 40 + 1*16
	pTask = (*TIncrMerger)(unsafe.Pointer(pIncr)).FpTask
	pMerger = (*TIncrMerger)(unsafe.Pointer(pIncr)).FpMerger
	_vdbePmaWriterInit(tls, (*TSorterFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pOut)).FpFd, bp, (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpSorter)).Fpgsz, iStart)
	for rc == SQLITE_OK {
		pReader = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaTree + 1*4)))*80
		nKey = (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReader)).FnKey
		iEof = (**(**TPmaWriter)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiWriteOff + int64((**(**TPmaWriter)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiBufEnd)
		/* Check if the output file is full or if the input has been exhausted.
		 ** In either case exit the loop. */
		if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReader)).FpFd == uintptr(0) {
			break
		}
		if iEof+int64(nKey)+int64(_sqlite3VarintLen(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nKey))) > iStart+int64((*TIncrMerger)(unsafe.Pointer(pIncr)).FmxSz) {
			break
		}
		/* Write the next key to the output. */
		_vdbePmaWriteVarint(tls, bp, libc.Uint64FromInt32(nKey))
		_vdbePmaWriteBlob(tls, bp, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReader)).FaKey, nKey)
		rc = _vdbeMergeEngineStep(tls, (*TIncrMerger)(unsafe.Pointer(pIncr)).FpMerger, bp+56)
	}
	rc2 = _vdbePmaWriterFinish(tls, bp, pOut+8, pTask+96)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		rc = rc2
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the memory cell contains a value that must be freed by
//	** invoking the external callback in Mem.xDel, then this routine
//	** will free that value.  It also sets Mem.flags to MEM_Null.
//	**
//	** This is a helper routine for sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() and
//	** for sqlite3VdbeMemRelease().  Use those other routines as the
//	** entry point for releasing Mem resources.
//	*/
func _vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Agg) != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(tls, p, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)))
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Dyn) != 0 {
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FxDel})))(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fz)
	}
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Null)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this
//	** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the
//	** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion.
//	**
//	** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge
//	** objects attached to the PmaReader objects that the merger reads from have
//	** already been populated, but that they have not yet populated aFile[0] and
//	** set the PmaReader objects up to read from it. In this case all that is
//	** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at
//	** its first key.
//	**
//	** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use
//	** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data
//	** to pMerger.
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
//	*/
func _vdbeMergeEngineInit(tls *libc.TLS, pTask uintptr, pMerger uintptr, eMode int32) (r int32) {
	var i, nTree, rc int32
	_, _, _ = i, nTree, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK /* Number of subtrees to merge */
	/* Failure to allocate the merge would have been detected prior to
	 ** invoking this routine */
	/* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */
	/* Verify that the MergeEngine is assigned to a single thread */
	(*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FpTask = pTask
	nTree = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FnTree
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < nTree) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Bool(int32(SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS) > 0) && eMode == int32(INCRINIT_ROOT) {
			/* PmaReaders should be normally initialized in order, as if they are
			 ** reading from the same temp file this makes for more linear file IO.
			 ** However, in the INCRINIT_ROOT case, if PmaReader aReadr[nTask-1] is
			 ** in use it will block the vdbePmaReaderNext() call while it uses
			 ** the main thread to fill its buffer. So calling PmaReaderNext()
			 ** on this PmaReader before any of the multi-threaded PmaReaders takes
			 ** better advantage of multi-processor hardware. */
			rc = _vdbePmaReaderNext(tls, (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr+uintptr(nTree-i-int32(1))*80)
		} else {
			rc = _vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(tls, (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr+uintptr(i)*80, INCRINIT_NORMAL)
		}
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			return rc
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	i = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FnTree - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i > 0) {
			break
		}
		_vdbeMergeEngineCompare(tls, pMerger, i)
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpUnpacked)).FerrCode)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a new MergeEngine object capable of handling up to
//	** nReader PmaReader inputs.
//	**
//	** nReader is automatically rounded up to the next power of two.
//	** nReader may not exceed SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT even after rounding up.
//	*/
func _vdbeMergeEngineNew(tls *libc.TLS, nReader int32) (r uintptr) {
	var N int32
	var nByte Ti64
	var pNew, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = N, nByte, pNew, v1
	N = int32(2) /* Pointer to allocated object to return */
	for N < nReader {
		N = N + N
	}
	nByte = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(32) + libc.Uint64FromInt32(N)*(libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(80)))
	if _sqlite3FaultSim(tls, int32(100)) != 0 {
		v1 = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		v1 = _sqlite3MallocZero(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nByte))
	}
	pNew = v1
	if pNew != 0 {
		(*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnTree = N
		(*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpTask = uintptr(0)
		(*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaReadr = pNew + 1*32
		(*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaTree = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaReadr + uintptr(N)*80
	}
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Advance the MergeEngine to its next entry.
//	** Set *pbEof to true there is no next entry because
//	** the MergeEngine has reached the end of all its inputs.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an error code if an error occurs.
//	*/
func _vdbeMergeEngineStep(tls *libc.TLS, pMerger uintptr, pbEof uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i, iPrev, iRes, rc, v2 int32
	var pReadr1, pReadr2, pTask uintptr
	var _ /* bCached at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iPrev, iRes, pReadr1, pReadr2, pTask, rc, v2
	iPrev = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaTree + 1*4)) /* Index of PmaReader to advance */
	pTask = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FpTask
	/* Advance the current PmaReader */
	rc = _vdbePmaReaderNext(tls, (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr+uintptr(iPrev)*80)
	/* Update contents of aTree[] */
	if rc == SQLITE_OK { /* Second PmaReader to compare */
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
		/* Find the first two PmaReaders to compare. The one that was just
		 ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array.  */
		pReadr1 = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr + uintptr(iPrev&libc.Int32FromInt32(0xFFFE))*80
		pReadr2 = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr + uintptr(iPrev|libc.Int32FromInt32(0x0001))*80
		i = ((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FnTree + iPrev) / int32(2)
		for {
			if !(i > 0) {
				break
			}
			if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr1)).FpFd == uintptr(0) {
				iRes = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
			} else {
				if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr2)).FpFd == uintptr(0) {
					iRes = -int32(1)
				} else {
					iRes = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, int32) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FxCompare})))(tls, pTask, bp, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr1)).FaKey, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr1)).FnKey, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr2)).FaKey, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr2)).FnKey)
				}
			}
			/* If pReadr1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index.
			 ** Then set pReadr2 to the next PmaReader to compare to pReadr1. In this
			 ** case there is no cache of pReadr2 in pTask->pUnpacked, so set
			 ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pReadr2.
			 **
			 ** Alternatively, if pReadr2 contains the smaller of the two values,
			 ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pReadr1. If vdbeSorterCompare()
			 ** was actually called above, then pTask->pUnpacked now contains
			 ** a value equivalent to pReadr2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent
			 ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pReadr2 again.
			 **
			 ** If the two values were equal, then the value from the oldest
			 ** PMA should be considered smaller. The VdbeSorter.aReadr[] array
			 ** is sorted from oldest to newest, so pReadr1 contains older values
			 ** than pReadr2 iff (pReadr1<pReadr2).  */
			if iRes < 0 || iRes == 0 && pReadr1 < pReadr2 {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaTree + uintptr(i)*4)) = int32((int64(pReadr1) - int64((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr)) / 80)
				pReadr2 = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaTree + uintptr(i^int32(0x0001))*4)))*80
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
			} else {
				if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr1)).FpFd != 0 {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
				}
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaTree + uintptr(i)*4)) = int32((int64(pReadr2) - int64((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr)) / 80)
				pReadr1 = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaTree + uintptr(i^int32(0x0001))*4)))*80
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i / int32(2)
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbEof)) = libc.BoolInt32((**(**TPmaReader)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaReadr + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMerger)).FaTree + 1*4)))*80))).FpFd == uintptr(0))
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		v2 = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpUnpacked)).FerrCode)
	} else {
		v2 = rc
	}
	return v2
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Advance PmaReader pReadr to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if
//	** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does.
//	*/
func _vdbePmaReaderNext(tls *libc.TLS, pReadr uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var bEof, rc int32
	var pIncr uintptr
	var _ /* nRec at bp+0 */ Tu64
	_, _, _ = bEof, pIncr, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK                        /* Return Code */
	**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint64(0) /* Size of record in bytes */
	if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiReadOff >= (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiEof {
		pIncr = (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FpIncr
		bEof = int32(1)
		if pIncr != 0 {
			rc = _vdbeIncrSwap(tls, pIncr)
			if rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TIncrMerger)(unsafe.Pointer(pIncr)).FbEof == 0 {
				rc = _vdbePmaReaderSeek(tls, (*TIncrMerger)(unsafe.Pointer(pIncr)).FpTask, pReadr, pIncr+40, (*TIncrMerger)(unsafe.Pointer(pIncr)).FiStartOff)
				bEof = 0
			}
		}
		if bEof != 0 {
			/* This is an EOF condition */
			_vdbePmaReaderClear(tls, pReadr)
			return rc
		}
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		rc = _vdbePmaReadVarint(tls, pReadr, bp)
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		(*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FnKey = libc.Int32FromUint64(**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		rc = _vdbePmaReadBlob(tls, pReadr, libc.Int32FromUint64(**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))), pReadr+40)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
//	** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file.  Return SQLITE_OK
//	** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
//	*/
func _vdbePmaReaderSeek(tls *libc.TLS, pTask uintptr, pReadr uintptr, pFile uintptr, iOff Ti64) (r int32) {
	var iBuf, nRead, pgsz, rc int32
	_, _, _, _ = iBuf, nRead, pgsz, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if _sqlite3FaultSim(tls, int32(201)) != 0 {
		return libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_IOERR) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
	}
	if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FaMap != 0 {
		_sqlite3OsUnfetch(tls, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FpFd, 0, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FaMap)
		(*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FaMap = uintptr(0)
	}
	(*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiReadOff = iOff
	(*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiEof = (*TSorterFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FiEof
	(*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FpFd = (*TSorterFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FpFd
	rc = _vdbeSorterMapFile(tls, pTask, pFile, pReadr+64)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FaMap == uintptr(0) {
		pgsz = (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpSorter)).Fpgsz
		iBuf = int32((*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiReadOff % int64(pgsz))
		if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FaBuffer == uintptr(0) {
			(*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FaBuffer = _sqlite3Malloc(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(pgsz))
			if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FaBuffer == uintptr(0) {
				rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
			}
			(*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FnBuffer = pgsz
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && iBuf != 0 {
			nRead = pgsz - iBuf
			if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiReadOff+int64(nRead) > (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiEof {
				nRead = int32((*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiEof - (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiReadOff)
			}
			rc = _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FpFd, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FaBuffer+uintptr(iBuf), nRead, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiReadOff)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
//	** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the
//	** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
//	** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
//	**
//	** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used
//	** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less.
//	*/
func _vdbeRecordCompareInt(tls *libc.TLS, nKey1 int32, pKey1 uintptr, pPKey2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var aKey uintptr
	var lhs, v Ti64
	var res, serial_type int32
	var _ /* x at bp+8 */ Tu64
	var _ /* y at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _ = aKey, lhs, res, serial_type, v
	aKey = pKey1 + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pKey1)))&int32(0x3F))
	serial_type = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pKey1 + 1)))
	switch serial_type {
	case int32(1): /* 1-byte signed integer */
		lhs = int64(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey))))
	case int32(2): /* 2-byte signed integer */
		lhs = int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(256)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1))))
	case int32(3): /* 3-byte signed integer */
		lhs = int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(65536)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 2))))
	case int32(4): /* 4-byte signed integer */
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) | uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 3)))
		lhs = int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	case int32(5): /* 6-byte signed integer */
		lhs = libc.Int64FromUint32(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24)|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8))|uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 3)))) + libc.Int64FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)*int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(256)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey))))|libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1))))
	case int32(6): /* 8-byte signed integer */
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uint64(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) | uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 3))))
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32) | uint64(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24)|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8))|uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 3))))
		lhs = **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
	case int32(8):
		lhs = 0
	case int32(9):
		lhs = int64(1)
		break
		/* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
		 ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch
		 ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
		 ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
		 ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other
		 ** compilers might be similar.  */
		fallthrough
	case 0:
		fallthrough
	case int32(7):
		return _sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(tls, nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)
	default:
		return _sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(tls, nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)
	}
	v = *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2 + 16))
	if v > lhs {
		res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fr1)
	} else {
		if v < lhs {
			res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fr2)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FnField) > int32(1) {
				/* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing
				 ** fields.  */
				res = _sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(tls, nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, int32(1))
			} else {
				/* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
				 ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
				res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fdefault_rc)
				(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FeqSeen = uint8(1)
			}
		}
	}
	return res
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
//	** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
//	** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint
//	** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
//	*/
func _vdbeRecordCompareString(tls *libc.TLS, nKey1 int32, pKey1 uintptr, pPKey2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var aKey1 uintptr
	var nCmp, nStr, res, szHdr, v1 int32
	var _ /* serial_type at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = aKey1, nCmp, nStr, res, szHdr, v1
	aKey1 = pKey1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1 + 1))))
	goto vrcs_restart
vrcs_restart:
	;
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < int32(12) {
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < 0 {
			_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, aKey1+1, bp)
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= int32(12) {
				goto vrcs_restart
			}
		}
		res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fr1) /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
	} else {
		if !(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x01) != 0) {
			res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fr2) /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
		} else {
			szHdr = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey1)))
			nStr = (**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) - int32(12)) / int32(2)
			if szHdr+nStr > nKey1 {
				(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FerrCode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(_sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(92972)))
				return 0 /* Corruption */
			}
			if (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fn < nStr {
				v1 = (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fn
			} else {
				v1 = nStr
			}
			nCmp = v1
			res = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, aKey1+uintptr(szHdr), *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2 + 16)), libc.Uint64FromInt32(nCmp))
			if res > 0 {
				res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fr2)
			} else {
				if res < 0 {
					res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fr1)
				} else {
					res = nStr - (*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fn
					if res == 0 {
						if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FnField) > int32(1) {
							res = _sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(tls, nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, int32(1))
						} else {
							res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fdefault_rc)
							(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).FeqSeen = uint8(1)
						}
					} else {
						if res > 0 {
							res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fr2)
						} else {
							res = int32((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pPKey2)).Fr1)
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	return res
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that
//	** the first field of each key is a TEXT value and that the collation
//	** sequence to compare them with is BINARY.
//	*/
func _vdbeSorterCompareText(tls *libc.TLS, pTask uintptr, pbKey2Cached uintptr, pKey1 uintptr, nKey1 int32, pKey2 uintptr, nKey2 int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var p1, p2, v1, v2 uintptr
	var res, v11 int32
	var _ /* n1 at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* n2 at bp+4 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = p1, p2, res, v1, v2, v11
	p1 = pKey1
	p2 = pKey2
	v1 = p1 + uintptr(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p1))) /* Pointer to value 1 */
	v2 = p2 + uintptr(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p2)))
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = libc.Int32FromUint32(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p1 + 1))))
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= int32(0x80) {
		_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, p1+1, bp)
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = libc.Int32FromUint32(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p2 + 1))))
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) >= int32(0x80) {
		_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, p2+1, bp+4)
	}
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) {
		v11 = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	} else {
		v11 = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
	}
	res = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, v1, v2, libc.Uint64FromInt32((v11-int32(13))/int32(2)))
	if res == 0 {
		res = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) - **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4))
	}
	if res == 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpSorter)).FpKeyInfo)).FnKeyField) > int32(1) {
			res = _vdbeSorterCompareTail(tls, pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2)
		}
	} else {
		if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpSorter)).FpKeyInfo)).FaSortFlags)) != 0 {
			res = res * -int32(1)
		}
	}
	return res
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Flush the current contents of VdbeSorter.list to a new PMA, possibly
//	** using a background thread.
//	*/
func _vdbeSorterFlushPMA(tls *libc.TLS, pSorter uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aMem, pCtx, pTask uintptr
	var i, iTest, nWorker, rc int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aMem, i, iTest, nWorker, pCtx, pTask, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pTask = uintptr(0) /* Thread context used to create new PMA */
	nWorker = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask) - int32(1)
	/* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written.
	 ** Or will be, anyhow.  */
	(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FbUsePMA = uint8(1)
	/* Select a sub-task to sort and flush the current list of in-memory
	 ** records to disk. If the sorter is running in multi-threaded mode,
	 ** round-robin between the first (pSorter->nTask-1) tasks. Except, if
	 ** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running,
	 ** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy,
	 ** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1)
	 ** sub-tasks are preferred as they use background threads - the final
	 ** sub-task uses the main thread. */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < nWorker) {
			break
		}
		iTest = (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FiPrev) + i + int32(1)) % nWorker
		pTask = pSorter + 96 + uintptr(iTest)*104
		if (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FbDone != 0 {
			rc = _vdbeSorterJoinThread(tls, pTask)
		}
		if rc != SQLITE_OK || (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpThread == uintptr(0) {
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		if i == nWorker {
			/* Use the foreground thread for this operation */
			rc = _vdbeSorterListToPMA(tls, pSorter+96+uintptr(nWorker)*104, pSorter+56)
		} else {
			aMem = (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).Flist.FaMemory
			pCtx = pTask
			(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FiPrev = libc.Uint8FromInt64((int64(pTask) - t__predefined_ptrdiff_t(pSorter+96)) / 104)
			(*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).Flist = (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist
			(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FpList = uintptr(0)
			(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FszPMA = 0
			if aMem != 0 {
				(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FaMemory = aMem
				(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnMemory = _sqlite3MallocSize(tls, aMem)
			} else {
				if (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FaMemory != 0 {
					(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FaMemory = _sqlite3Malloc(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnMemory))
					if !((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).Flist.FaMemory != 0) {
						return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
					}
				}
			}
			rc = _vdbeSorterCreateThread(tls, pTask, __ccgo_fp(_vdbeSorterFlushThread), pCtx)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create
//	** level-0 PMAs.
//	*/
func _vdbeSorterJoinAll(tls *libc.TLS, pSorter uintptr, rcin int32) (r int32) {
	var i, rc, rc2 int32
	var pTask uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, pTask, rc, rc2
	rc = rcin
	/* This function is always called by the main user thread.
	 **
	 ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called,
	 ** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread
	 ** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race
	 ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join
	 ** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */
	i = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask) - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i >= 0) {
			break
		}
		pTask = pSorter + 96 + uintptr(i)*104
		rc2 = _vdbeSorterJoinThread(tls, pTask)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = rc2
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter
//	** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp
//	** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that
//	** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk.
//	**
//	** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the
//	** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an
//	** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value
//	** of *ppOut is undefined.
//	*/
func _vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(tls *libc.TLS, pSorter uintptr, ppOut uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var i, iSeq, iTask, nDepth, nReader, rc, v3 int32
	var pMain, pTask uintptr
	var _ /* iReadOff at bp+8 */ Ti64
	var _ /* pMerger at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* pRoot at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iSeq, iTask, nDepth, nReader, pMain, pTask, rc, v3
	pMain = uintptr(0)
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	/* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level
	 ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly
	 ** one PmaReader per sub-task.  */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask) > int32(1) {
		pMain = _vdbeMergeEngineNew(tls, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask))
		if pMain == uintptr(0) {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
	}
	iTask = 0
	for {
		if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && iTask < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask)) {
			break
		}
		pTask = pSorter + 96 + uintptr(iTask)*104
		if libc.Bool(false) || (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FnPMA != 0 {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0) /* Root node of tree for this task */
			nDepth = _vdbeSorterTreeDepth(tls, (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FnPMA)
			**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = 0
			if (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FnPMA <= int32(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT) {
				rc = _vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(tls, pTask, (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FnPMA, bp+8, bp)
			} else {
				iSeq = 0
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = _vdbeMergeEngineNew(tls, int32(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT))
				if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == uintptr(0) {
					rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				}
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FnPMA && rc == SQLITE_OK) {
						break
					}
					**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = uintptr(0) /* Number of level-0 PMAs to merge */
					if (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FnPMA-i < int32(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT) {
						v3 = (*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FnPMA - i
					} else {
						v3 = int32(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT)
					}
					nReader = v3
					rc = _vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(tls, pTask, nReader, bp+8, bp+16)
					if rc == SQLITE_OK {
						v3 = iSeq
						iSeq = iSeq + 1
						rc = _vdbeSorterAddToTree(tls, pTask, nDepth, v3, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))
					}
					goto _2
				_2:
					;
					i = i + int32(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT)
				}
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				if pMain != uintptr(0) {
					rc = _vdbeIncrMergerNew(tls, pTask, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(pMain)).FaReadr+uintptr(iTask)*80+72)
				} else {
					pMain = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
				}
			} else {
				_vdbeMergeEngineFree(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iTask = iTask + 1
	}
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		_vdbeMergeEngineFree(tls, pMain)
		pMain = uintptr(0)
	}
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppOut)) = pMain
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called as part of an sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() operation
//	** on a sorter that has written two or more PMAs to temporary files. It sets
//	** up either VdbeSorter.pMerger (for single threaded sorters) or pReader
//	** (for multi-threaded sorters) so that it can be used to iterate through
//	** all records stored in the sorter.
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
//	*/
func _vdbeSorterSetupMerge(tls *libc.TLS, pSorter uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, p, pIncr, pLast, pReadr, pTask0, v3 uintptr
	var i, iTask, rc int32
	var xCompare TSorterCompare
	var _ /* pMain at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, i, iTask, p, pIncr, pLast, pReadr, pTask0, rc, xCompare, v3 /* Return code */
	pTask0 = pSorter + 96
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	db = (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask0)).FpSorter)).Fdb
	xCompare = _vdbeSorterGetCompare(tls, pSorter)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask)) {
			break
		}
		(*(*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter + 96 + uintptr(i)*104))).FxCompare = xCompare
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	rc = _vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(tls, pSorter, bp)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		if (*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FbUseThreads != 0 {
			pReadr = uintptr(0)
			pLast = pSorter + 96 + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask)-int32(1))*104
			rc = _vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(tls, pLast)
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				pReadr = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, db, uint64(80))
				(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpReader = pReadr
				if pReadr == uintptr(0) {
					rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				}
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				rc = _vdbeIncrMergerNew(tls, pLast, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), pReadr+72)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					_vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(tls, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FpIncr)
					iTask = 0
					for {
						if !(iTask < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask)-int32(1)) {
							break
						}
						v3 = (**(**TPmaReader)(__ccgo_up((*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaReadr + uintptr(iTask)*80))).FpIncr
						pIncr = v3
						if v3 != 0 {
							_vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(tls, pIncr)
						}
						goto _2
					_2:
						;
						iTask = iTask + 1
					}
					iTask = 0
					for {
						if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && iTask < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FnTask)) {
							break
						}
						/* Check that:
						 **
						 **   a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the
						 **      right task, and
						 **   b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run
						 **      in single-threaded mode. This is important, as the
						 **      root merge (INCRINIT_ROOT) will be using the same task
						 **      object.
						 */
						p = (*TMergeEngine)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaReadr + uintptr(iTask)*80
						rc = _vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(tls, p, int32(INCRINIT_TASK))
						goto _4
					_4:
						;
						iTask = iTask + 1
					}
				}
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				rc = _vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(tls, pReadr, int32(INCRINIT_ROOT))
			}
		} else {
			rc = _vdbeMergeEngineInit(tls, pTask0, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), INCRINIT_NORMAL)
			(*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(pSorter)).FpMerger = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
		}
	}
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		_vdbeMergeEngineFree(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
//	** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
//	**
//	** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
//	** by active readers.  This routine will never overwrite a database page
//	** that a concurrent reader might be using.
//	**
//	** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
//	** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL.  That means that if
//	** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background
//	** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
//	**
//	** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
//	** into the database.  This ensures that if the new content is persistent
//	** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
//	**
//	** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
//	** WAL content is copied into the database file.  This second fsync makes
//	** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
//	** database file.
//	**
//	** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
//	** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.
//	** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
//	** its value.)
//	**
//	** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
//	** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
//	** time.
//	*/
func _walCheckpoint(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, db uintptr, eMode int32, __ccgo_fp_xBusy uintptr, pBusyArg uintptr, sync_flags int32, zBuf uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(48)
	defer tls.Free(48)
	var bChg, i, rc, szPage, v3 int32
	var iMark, mxPage, mxSafeFrame, nBackfill, y Tu32
	var iOffset, szDb Ti64
	var pInfo, pLive uintptr
	var v2 uint32
	var v4 bool
	var _ /* iDbpage at bp+8 */ Tu32
	var _ /* iFrame at bp+12 */ Tu32
	var _ /* nReq at bp+16 */ Ti64
	var _ /* nSize at bp+24 */ Ti64
	var _ /* pIter at bp+0 */ uintptr
	var _ /* salt1 at bp+32 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bChg, i, iMark, iOffset, mxPage, mxSafeFrame, nBackfill, pInfo, pLive, rc, szDb, szPage, y, v2, v3, v4
	rc = SQLITE_OK                             /* Database page-size */
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)  /* Wal iterator context */
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uint32(0)  /* Next database page to write */
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = uint32(0) /* The checkpoint status information */
	szPage = _walPagesize(tls, pWal)
	pInfo = _walCkptInfo(tls, pWal)
	if (*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfill < (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FmxFrame {
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked
		 ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */
		/* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
		 ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
		 ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
		 ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
		 */
		mxSafeFrame = (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FmxFrame
		mxPage = (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FnPage
		i = int32(1)
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)-libc.Int32FromInt32(3)) {
				break
			}
			y = libc.AtomicLoadNUint32(pInfo+4+uintptr(i)*4, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))
			if mxSafeFrame > y {
				rc = _walBusyLock(tls, pWal, __ccgo_fp_xBusy, pBusyArg, int32(3)+i, int32(1))
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					if i == int32(1) {
						v2 = mxSafeFrame
					} else {
						v2 = uint32(READMARK_NOT_USED)
					}
					iMark = v2
					libc.AtomicStoreNUint32(pInfo+4+uintptr(i)*4, iMark, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))
					_walUnlockExclusive(tls, pWal, int32(3)+i, int32(1))
				} else {
					if rc == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
						mxSafeFrame = y
						__ccgo_fp_xBusy = uintptr(0)
					} else {
						goto walcheckpoint_out
					}
				}
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		/* Allocate the iterator */
		if (*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfill < mxSafeFrame {
			rc = _walIteratorInit(tls, pWal, (*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfill, bp)
		}
		if v4 = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0; v4 {
			v3 = _walBusyLock(tls, pWal, __ccgo_fp_xBusy, pBusyArg, libc.Int32FromInt32(3)+libc.Int32FromInt32(0), int32(1))
			rc = v3
		}
		if v4 && v3 == SQLITE_OK {
			nBackfill = (*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfill
			pLive = _walIndexHdr(tls, pWal)
			/* Now that read-lock slot 0 is locked, check that the wal has not been
			 ** wrapped since the header was read for this checkpoint. If it was, then
			 ** there was no work to do anyway.  In this case the
			 ** (pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame) test above only passed because
			 ** pInfo->nBackfill had already been set to 0 by the writer that wrapped
			 ** the wal file. It would also be dangerous to proceed, as there may be
			 ** fewer than pWal->hdr.mxFrame valid frames in the wal file.  */
			bChg = libc.Xmemcmp(tls, pLive+32, pWal+72+32, uint64(8))
			if 0 == bChg {
				(*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfillAttempted = mxSafeFrame
				/* Sync the WAL to disk */
				rc = _sqlite3OsSync(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd, sync_flags>>int32(2)&int32(0x03))
				/* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
				 ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
				 */
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = libc.Int64FromUint32(mxPage) * int64(szPage) /* Current size of database file */
					_sqlite3OsFileControl(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, int32(SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START), uintptr(0))
					rc = _sqlite3OsFileSize(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, bp+24)
					if rc == SQLITE_OK && **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24)) < **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) {
						if **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 24))+int64(65536)+libc.Int64FromUint32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FmxFrame)*int64(szPage) < **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) {
							/* If the size of the final database is larger than the current
							 ** database plus the amount of data in the wal file, plus the
							 ** maximum size of the pending-byte page (65536 bytes), then
							 ** must be corruption somewhere.  */
							rc = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(69812))
						} else {
							_sqlite3OsFileControlHint(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, int32(SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT), bp+16)
						}
					}
				}
				/* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the
				 ** db file */
				for rc == SQLITE_OK && 0 == _walIteratorNext(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), bp+8, bp+12) {
					if libc.AtomicLoadNInt32(db+432, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED)) != 0 {
						if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed != 0 {
							v3 = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
						} else {
							v3 = int32(SQLITE_INTERRUPT)
						}
						rc = v3
						break
					}
					if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) <= nBackfill || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) > mxSafeFrame || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) > mxPage {
						continue
					}
					iOffset = int64(WAL_HDRSIZE) + libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12))-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))*int64(szPage+libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)) + int64(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)
					/* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
					rc = _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset)
					if rc != SQLITE_OK {
						break
					}
					iOffset = libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)) * int64(szPage)
					rc = _sqlite3OsWrite(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset)
					if rc != SQLITE_OK {
						break
					}
				}
				_sqlite3OsFileControl(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, int32(SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE), uintptr(0))
				/* If work was actually accomplished... */
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					if mxSafeFrame == (*TWalIndexHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(_walIndexHdr(tls, pWal))).FmxFrame {
						szDb = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FnPage) * int64(szPage)
						rc = _sqlite3OsTruncate(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, szDb)
						if rc == SQLITE_OK {
							rc = _sqlite3OsSync(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, sync_flags>>int32(2)&int32(0x03))
						}
					}
					if rc == SQLITE_OK {
						libc.AtomicStoreNUint32(pInfo, mxSafeFrame, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))
					}
				}
			}
			/* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
			_walUnlockExclusive(tls, pWal, libc.Int32FromInt32(3)+libc.Int32FromInt32(0), int32(1))
		}
		if rc == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
			/* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
			 ** just because there are active readers.  */
			rc = SQLITE_OK
		}
	}
	/* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the
	 ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block
	 ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that
	 ** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
	 */
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && eMode != SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE {
		if (*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfill < (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FmxFrame {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
		} else {
			if eMode >= int32(SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART) {
				Xsqlite3_randomness(tls, int32(4), bp+32)
				rc = _walBusyLock(tls, pWal, __ccgo_fp_xBusy, pBusyArg, libc.Int32FromInt32(3)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1), libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)-libc.Int32FromInt32(3)-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					if eMode == int32(SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE) {
						/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-44699-57140 This mode works the same way as
						 ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the addition that it also
						 ** truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior to a
						 ** successful return.
						 **
						 ** In theory, it might be safe to do this without updating the
						 ** wal-index header in shared memory, as all subsequent reader or
						 ** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been
						 ** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though,
						 ** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of
						 ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the
						 ** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to
						 ** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames.  */
						_walRestartHdr(tls, pWal, **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 32)))
						rc = _sqlite3OsTruncate(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd, 0)
					}
					_walUnlockExclusive(tls, pWal, libc.Int32FromInt32(3)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1), libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)-libc.Int32FromInt32(3)-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
				}
			}
		}
	}
	goto walcheckpoint_out
walcheckpoint_out:
	;
	_walIteratorFree(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that
//	** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead
//	** to zero.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an
//	** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined.
//	*/
func _walFindFrame(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, pgno TPgno, piRead uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var iFrame, iH, iLast, iRead, v2 Tu32
	var iHash, iKey, iMinHash, nCollide, rc, v3 int32
	var _ /* sLoc at bp+0 */ TWalHashLoc
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iFrame, iH, iHash, iKey, iLast, iMinHash, iRead, nCollide, rc, v2, v3
	iRead = uint32(0) /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
	iLast = (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FmxFrame
	/* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
	/* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
	 ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
	 ** in this case as an optimization.  Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0,
	 ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the
	 ** WAL were empty.
	 */
	if iLast == uint32(0) || int32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FreadLock) == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbShmUnreliable) == 0 {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(piRead)) = uint32(0)
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	/* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
	 ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
	 ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
	 **
	 ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
	 ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash
	 ** table). This means the value just read from the hash
	 ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the
	 ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
	 ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
	 ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
	 ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
	 ** opened remain unmodified.
	 **
	 ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
	 ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required
	 ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
	 **
	 **   (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno):
	 **     This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
	 **
	 **   (iFrame<=iLast):
	 **     This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
	 **     table after the current read-transaction had started.
	 */
	iMinHash = _walFramePage(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FminFrame)
	iHash = _walFramePage(tls, iLast)
	for {
		if !(iHash >= iMinHash) {
			break
		}
		rc = _walHashGet(tls, pWal, iHash, bp)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			return rc
		}
		nCollide = libc.Int32FromInt32(HASHTABLE_NPAGE) * libc.Int32FromInt32(2)
		iKey = _walHash(tls, pgno)
		for {
			v2 = uint32(libc.AtomicLoadNUint16((**(**TWalHashLoc)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FaHash+uintptr(iKey)*2, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED)))
			iH = v2
			if !(v2 != uint32(0)) {
				break
			}
			iFrame = iH + (**(**TWalHashLoc)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiZero
			if iFrame <= iLast && iFrame >= (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FminFrame && **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up((**(**TWalHashLoc)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FaPgno + uintptr((iH-uint32(1))&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(HASHTABLE_NPAGE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))*4)) == pgno {
				iRead = iFrame
			}
			v3 = nCollide
			nCollide = nCollide - 1
			if v3 == 0 {
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(piRead)) = uint32(0)
				return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(71119))
			}
			iKey = _walNextHash(tls, iKey)
		}
		if iRead != 0 {
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iHash = iHash - 1
	}
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(piRead)) = iRead
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
//	** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
//	** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages
//	** are numbered starting from 0.
//	*/
func _walFramePage(tls *libc.TLS, iFrame Tu32) (r int32) {
	var iHash int32
	_ = iHash
	iHash = libc.Int32FromUint64((uint64(iFrame+uint32(HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) - (libc.Uint64FromInt32(HASHTABLE_NPAGE) - (libc.Uint64FromInt64(48)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(2)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(40))/libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)) - uint64(1)) / uint64(HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
	return iHash
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
//	** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
//	** numbered starting from 0.
//	**
//	** Set output variable pLoc->aHash to point to the start of the hash table
//	** in the wal-index file. Set pLoc->iZero to one less than the frame
//	** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
//	** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number
//	** (pLoc->iZero+N) in the log.
//	**
//	** Finally, set pLoc->aPgno so that pLoc->aPgno[0] is the page number of the
//	** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (pLoc->iZero).
//	*/
func _walHashGet(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, iHash int32, pLoc uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc /* Return code */
	rc = _walIndexPage(tls, pWal, iHash, pLoc+8)
	if (*TWalHashLoc)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoc)).FaPgno != 0 {
		(*TWalHashLoc)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoc)).FaHash = (*TWalHashLoc)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoc)).FaPgno + 4096*4
		if iHash == 0 {
			(*TWalHashLoc)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoc)).FaPgno = (*TWalHashLoc)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoc)).FaPgno + uintptr((libc.Uint64FromInt64(48)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(2)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(40))/libc.Uint64FromInt64(4))*4
			(*TWalHashLoc)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoc)).FiZero = uint32(0)
		} else {
			(*TWalHashLoc)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoc)).FiZero = uint32(libc.Uint64FromInt32(HASHTABLE_NPAGE) - (libc.Uint64FromInt64(48)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(2)+libc.Uint64FromInt64(40))/libc.Uint64FromInt64(4) + libc.Uint64FromInt32((iHash-int32(1))*int32(HASHTABLE_NPAGE)))
		}
	} else {
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close an open wal-index.
//	*/
func _walIndexClose(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, isDelete int32) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode) == int32(WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE) || (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbShmUnreliable != 0 {
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FnWiData) {
				break
			}
			Xsqlite3_free(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FapWiData + uintptr(i)*8)))
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FapWiData + uintptr(i)*8)) = uintptr(0)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode) != int32(WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE) {
		_sqlite3OsShmUnmap(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, isDelete)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
//	** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
//	** same WalIterator object.   Write into *piFrame the frame index where
//	** that page was last written into the WAL.  Write into *piPage the page
//	** number.
//	**
//	** Return 0 on success.  If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
//	** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
//	*/
func _walIteratorNext(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, piPage uintptr, piFrame uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var iMin, iPg, iRet, v2 Tu32
	var pSegment uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iMin, iPg, iRet, pSegment, v2 /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
	iRet = uint32(0xFFFFFFFF)                           /* For looping through segments */
	iMin = (*TWalIterator)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiPrior
	i = (*TWalIterator)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnSegment - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i >= 0) {
			break
		}
		pSegment = p + 8 + uintptr(i)*32
		for (*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FiNext < (*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FnEntry {
			iPg = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up((*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FaPgno + uintptr(**(**Tht_slot)(__ccgo_up((*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FaIndex + uintptr((*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FiNext)*2)))*4))
			if iPg > iMin {
				if iPg < iRet {
					iRet = iPg
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(piFrame)) = libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FiZero + libc.Int32FromUint16(**(**Tht_slot)(__ccgo_up((*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FaIndex + uintptr((*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FiNext)*2))))
				}
				break
			}
			(*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FiNext = (*TWalSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSegment)).FiNext + 1
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	v2 = iRet
	(*TWalIterator)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiPrior = v2
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(piPage)) = v2
	return libc.BoolInt32(iRet == uint32(0xFFFFFFFF))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called as part of committing a transaction within which
//	** one or more frames have been overwritten. It updates the checksums for
//	** all frames written to the wal file by the current transaction starting
//	** with the earliest to have been overwritten.
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
//	*/
func _walRewriteChecksums(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, iLast Tu32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var aBuf uintptr
	var iCksumOff, iOff Ti64
	var iPgno, iRead, nDbSize Tu32
	var rc, szPage int32
	var _ /* aFrame at bp+0 */ [24]Tu8
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aBuf, iCksumOff, iOff, iPgno, iRead, nDbSize, rc, szPage
	szPage = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FszPage) /* Database page size */
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	aBuf = Xsqlite3_malloc(tls, szPage+int32(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE))
	if aBuf == uintptr(0) {
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	/* Find the checksum values to use as input for the recalculating the
	 ** first checksum. If the first frame is frame 1 (implying that the current
	 ** transaction restarted the wal file), these values must be read from the
	 ** wal-file header. Otherwise, read them from the frame header of the
	 ** previous frame.  */
	if (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FiReCksum == uint32(1) {
		iCksumOff = int64(24)
	} else {
		iCksumOff = int64(WAL_HDRSIZE) + libc.Int64FromUint32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FiReCksum-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))*int64(szPage+libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)) + int64(16)
	}
	rc = _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd, aBuf, libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(4)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(2)), iCksumOff)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pWal + 72 + 24)) = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, aBuf)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pWal + 72 + 24 + 1*4)) = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, aBuf+uintptr(4))
	iRead = (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FiReCksum
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FiReCksum = uint32(0)
	for {
		if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && iRead <= iLast) {
			break
		}
		iOff = libc.Int64FromInt32(WAL_HDRSIZE) + libc.Int64FromUint32(iRead-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))*int64(szPage+libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE))
		rc = _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd, aBuf, szPage+int32(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE), iOff)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			iPgno = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, aBuf)
			nDbSize = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, aBuf+4)
			_walEncodeFrame(tls, pWal, iPgno, nDbSize, aBuf+24, bp)
			rc = _sqlite3OsWrite(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd, bp, int32(24), iOff)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iRead = iRead + 1
	}
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, aBuf)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function does the work of sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover().
//	*/
func _walSnapshotRecover(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, pBuf1 uintptr, pBuf2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var i, pgno Tu32
	var iDbOff, iWalOff Ti64
	var pInfo uintptr
	var rc, szPage int32
	var _ /* sLoc at bp+8 */ TWalHashLoc
	var _ /* szDb at bp+0 */ Ti64
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iDbOff, iWalOff, pInfo, pgno, rc, szPage
	szPage = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FszPage) /* Size of db file in bytes */
	rc = _sqlite3OsFileSize(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, bp)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		pInfo = _walCkptInfo(tls, pWal)
		i = (*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfillAttempted
		i = (*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfillAttempted
		for {
			if !(i > libc.AtomicLoadNUint32(pInfo, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))) {
				break
			} /* Offset of wal file entry */
			rc = _walHashGet(tls, pWal, _walFramePage(tls, i), bp+8)
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				break
			}
			pgno = **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up((**(**TWalHashLoc)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).FaPgno + uintptr(i-(**(**TWalHashLoc)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))).FiZero-uint32(1))*4))
			iDbOff = libc.Int64FromUint32(pgno-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)) * int64(szPage)
			if iDbOff+int64(szPage) <= **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) {
				iWalOff = int64(WAL_HDRSIZE) + libc.Int64FromUint32(i-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))*int64(szPage+libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)) + int64(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)
				rc = _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd, pBuf1, szPage, iWalOff)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					rc = _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, pBuf2, szPage, iDbOff)
				}
				if rc != SQLITE_OK || 0 == libc.Xmemcmp(tls, pBuf1, pBuf2, libc.Uint64FromInt32(szPage)) {
					break
				}
			}
			(*TWalCkptInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnBackfillAttempted = i - uint32(1)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i - 1
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Attempt to start a read transaction.  This might fail due to a race or
//	** other transient condition.  When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
//	** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
//	**
//	** On success return SQLITE_OK.  On a permanent failure (such an
//	** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
//	** recovery) return a positive error code.
//	**
//	** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
//	** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
//	** checkpointed.  If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr()
//	** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr.  If the
//	** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication
//	** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be
//	** flushed.)  When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
//	** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
//	**
//	** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
//	** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
//	** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
//	** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
//	** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL.  The
//	** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
//	** and is not honoring the locking protocol.  There is a vanishingly small
//	** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
//	** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
//	** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
//	**
//	** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on
//	** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock).  The pWal->readLock integer is
//	** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER.  If pWal->readLock==(-1)
//	** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock.  The reader must not
//	** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
//	** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock].  The reader will
//	** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
//	** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
//	** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
//	** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
//	** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
//	** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
//	** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
//	**
//	** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
//	** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
//	** checkpoint process do as much work as possible.  This routine might
//	** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
//	** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
//	** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
//	*/
func _walTryBeginRead(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, pChanged uintptr, useWal int32, pCnt uintptr) (r int32) {
	var cnt, i, mxI, nDelay, rc, v1 int32
	var mxFrame, mxReadMark, thisMark Tu32
	var pInfo uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = cnt, i, mxFrame, mxI, mxReadMark, nDelay, pInfo, rc, thisMark, v1 /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
	rc = SQLITE_OK                                                                                   /* Return code  */
	/* Not currently locked */
	/* useWal may only be set for read/write connections */
	/* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
	 **
	 ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
	 ** instances of time.  No I/O or other system calls are done while the
	 ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But
	 ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
	 ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve,
	 ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock.  In that case,
	 ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
	 **
	 ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep().  The first few
	 ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond.  Really this
	 ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay.  But on the 10th
	 ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer,
	 ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds.
	 ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds.
	 */
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pCnt)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pCnt)) + 1
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pCnt)) > int32(5) {
		nDelay = int32(1) /* Pause time in microseconds */
		cnt = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pCnt)) & ^libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_RETRY_BLOCKED_MASK)
		if cnt > int32(WAL_RETRY_PROTOCOL_LIMIT) {
			return int32(SQLITE_PROTOCOL)
		}
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pCnt)) >= int32(10) {
			nDelay = (cnt - int32(9)) * (cnt - int32(9)) * int32(39)
		}
		_sqlite3OsSleep(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpVfs, nDelay)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pCnt)) &= ^libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_RETRY_BLOCKED_MASK)
	}
	if !(useWal != 0) {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbShmUnreliable) == 0 {
			rc = _walIndexReadHdr(tls, pWal, pChanged)
		}
		if rc == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
			/* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
			 ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY.  If recovery is known to
			 ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY.  There is a race here
			 ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
			 ** would be technically correct.  But the race is benign since with
			 ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
			 ** right on the second iteration.
			 */
			if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FapWiData)) == uintptr(0) {
				/* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
				 ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
				 ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS
				 ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the
				 ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region
				 ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
				 */
				rc = -int32(1)
			} else {
				v1 = _walLockShared(tls, pWal, int32(WAL_RECOVER_LOCK))
				rc = v1
				if SQLITE_OK == v1 {
					_walUnlockShared(tls, pWal, int32(WAL_RECOVER_LOCK))
					rc = -int32(1)
				} else {
					if rc == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
						rc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_BUSY) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
					}
				}
			}
		}
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			return rc
		} else {
			if (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbShmUnreliable != 0 {
				return _walBeginShmUnreliable(tls, pWal, pChanged)
			}
		}
	}
	pInfo = _walCkptInfo(tls, pWal)
	/* Wal frame to lock to */
	if !(useWal != 0) && libc.AtomicLoadNUint32(pInfo, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED)) == (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FmxFrame && ((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbGetSnapshot == 0 && (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpSnapshot == uintptr(0) || (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FmxFrame == uint32(0)) {
		/* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
		 ** and can be safely ignored.
		 */
		rc = _walLockShared(tls, pWal, libc.Int32FromInt32(3)+libc.Int32FromInt32(0))
		_walShmBarrier(tls, pWal)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			if libc.Xmemcmp(tls, _walIndexHdr(tls, pWal), pWal+72, uint64(48)) != 0 {
				/* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
				 ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
				 ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
				 ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
				 ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
				 ** happening, this is usually correct.
				 **
				 ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log
				 ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
				 ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
				 ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
				 ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
				 */
				_walUnlockShared(tls, pWal, libc.Int32FromInt32(3)+libc.Int32FromInt32(0))
				return -int32(1)
			}
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FreadLock = 0
			return SQLITE_OK
		} else {
			if rc != int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
				return rc
			}
		}
	}
	/* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
	 ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits.  The job now is
	 ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
	 ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
	 */
	mxReadMark = uint32(0)
	mxI = 0
	mxFrame = (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FmxFrame
	if (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpSnapshot != 0 && (*TWalIndexHdr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpSnapshot)).FmxFrame < mxFrame {
		mxFrame = (*TWalIndexHdr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpSnapshot)).FmxFrame
	}
	i = int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)-libc.Int32FromInt32(3)) {
			break
		}
		thisMark = libc.AtomicLoadNUint32(pInfo+4+uintptr(i)*4, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))
		if mxReadMark <= thisMark && thisMark <= mxFrame {
			mxReadMark = thisMark
			mxI = i
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FreadOnly)&int32(WAL_SHM_RDONLY) == 0 && (mxReadMark < mxFrame || mxI == 0) {
		i = int32(1)
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)-libc.Int32FromInt32(3)) {
				break
			}
			rc = _walLockExclusive(tls, pWal, int32(3)+i, int32(1))
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				libc.AtomicStoreNUint32(pInfo+4+uintptr(i)*4, mxFrame, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))
				mxReadMark = mxFrame
				mxI = i
				_walUnlockExclusive(tls, pWal, int32(3)+i, int32(1))
				break
			} else {
				if rc != int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
					return rc
				}
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	if mxI == 0 {
		if rc == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
			v1 = -int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_READONLY) | libc.Int32FromInt32(5)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
		}
		return v1
	}
	rc = _walLockShared(tls, pWal, int32(3)+mxI)
	if rc != 0 {
		if rc&int32(0xFF) == int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
			v1 = -int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = rc
		}
		return v1
	}
	/* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
	 ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
	 ** header have changed.
	 **
	 ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
	 ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
	 ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
	 ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
	 ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
	 ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
	 ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
	 ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
	 ** instead.
	 **
	 ** Before checking that the live wal-index header has not changed
	 ** since it was read, set Wal.minFrame to the first frame in the wal
	 ** file that has not yet been checkpointed. This client will not need
	 ** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they
	 ** can be safely read directly from the database file.
	 **
	 ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of
	 ** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still
	 ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the
	 ** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index
	 ** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could
	 ** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint
	 ** a version of page X that lies before pWal->minFrame (call that version
	 ** A) on the basis that there is a newer version (version B) of the same
	 ** page later in the wal file. But if version B happens to like past
	 ** frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame - then the client would incorrectly assume
	 ** that it can read version A from the database file. However, since
	 ** we can guarantee that the checkpointer that set nBackfill could not
	 ** see any pages past pWal->hdr.mxFrame, this problem does not come up.
	 */
	(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FminFrame = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint32(libc.AtomicLoadNUint32(pInfo, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED))) + int32(1))
	_walShmBarrier(tls, pWal)
	if libc.AtomicLoadNUint32(pInfo+4+uintptr(mxI)*4, libc.Int32FromInt32(__ATOMIC_RELAXED)) != mxReadMark || libc.Xmemcmp(tls, _walIndexHdr(tls, pWal), pWal+72, uint64(48)) != 0 {
		_walUnlockShared(tls, pWal, int32(3)+mxI)
		return -int32(1)
	} else {
		(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FreadLock = int16(mxI)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Write out a single frame of the WAL
//	*/
func _walWriteOneFrame(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pPage uintptr, nTruncate int32, iOffset Tsqlite3_int64) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var pData uintptr
	var rc int32
	var _ /* aFrame at bp+0 */ [24]Tu8
	_, _ = pData, rc /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
	pData = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpData
	_walEncodeFrame(tls, (*TWalWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWal, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTruncate), pData, bp)
	rc = _walWriteToLog(tls, p, bp, int32(24), iOffset)
	if rc != 0 {
		return rc
	}
	/* Write the page data */
	rc = _walWriteToLog(tls, p, pData, (*TWalWriter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszPage, libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(iOffset)+uint64(24)))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add either a LIMIT (if eMatchOp==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIMIT) or
//	** OFFSET (if eMatchOp==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_OFFSET) term to the
//	** where-clause passed as the first argument. The value for the term
//	** is found in register iReg.
//	**
//	** In the common case where the value is a simple integer
//	** (example: "LIMIT 5 OFFSET 10") then the expression codes as a
//	** TK_INTEGER so that it will be available to sqlite3_vtab_rhs_value().
//	** If not, then it codes as a TK_REGISTER expression.
//	*/
func _whereAddLimitExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pWC uintptr, iReg int32, pExpr uintptr, iCsr int32, eMatchOp int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, pNew, pParse, pTerm, pVal, pVal1 uintptr
	var idx int32
	var _ /* iVal at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, idx, pNew, pParse, pTerm, pVal, pVal1
	pParse = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FpWInfo)).FpParse
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	if _sqlite3ExprIsInteger(tls, pExpr, bp, pParse) != 0 && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= 0 {
		pVal = _sqlite3ExprInt32(tls, db, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		if pVal == uintptr(0) {
			return
		}
		pNew = _sqlite3PExpr(tls, pParse, int32(TK_MATCH), uintptr(0), pVal)
	} else {
		pVal1 = _sqlite3ExprAlloc(tls, db, int32(TK_REGISTER), uintptr(0), 0)
		if pVal1 == uintptr(0) {
			return
		}
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal1)).FiTable = iReg
		pNew = _sqlite3PExpr(tls, pParse, int32(TK_MATCH), uintptr(0), pVal1)
	}
	if pNew != 0 {
		idx = _whereClauseInsert(tls, pWC, pNew, libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_DYNAMIC)|libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_VIRTUAL)))
		pTerm = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa + uintptr(idx)*56
		(*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FleftCursor = iCsr
		(*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator = uint16(WO_AUX)
		(*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeMatchOp = libc.Uint8FromInt32(eMatchOp)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The pTruth expression is always true because it is the WHERE clause
//	** a partial index that is driving a query loop.  Look through all of the
//	** WHERE clause terms on the query, and if any of those terms must be
//	** true because pTruth is true, then mark those WHERE clause terms as
//	** coded.
//	*/
func _whereApplyPartialIndexConstraints(tls *libc.TLS, pTruth uintptr, iTabCur int32, pWC uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var pExpr, pTerm, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, pExpr, pTerm, v2
	for libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pTruth)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) {
		_whereApplyPartialIndexConstraints(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pTruth)).FpLeft, iTabCur, pWC)
		pTruth = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pTruth)).FpRight
	}
	i = 0
	pTerm = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa
	for {
		if !(i < (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnTerm) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_CODED) != 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		pExpr = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr
		if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, uintptr(0), pExpr, pTruth, iTabCur) == 0 {
			v2 = pTerm + 18
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_CODED))
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pTerm += 56
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if there are any SEARCH loops that might benefit from
//	** using a Bloom filter.  Consider a Bloom filter if:
//	**
//	**   (1)  The SEARCH happens more than N times where N is the number
//	**        of rows in the table that is being considered for the Bloom
//	**        filter.
//	**   (2)  Some searches are expected to find zero rows.  (This is determined
//	**        by the WHERE_SELFCULL flag on the term.)
//	**   (3)  Bloom-filter processing is not disabled.  (Checked by the
//	**        caller.)
//	**   (4)  The size of the table being searched is known by ANALYZE.
//	**
//	** This block of code merely checks to see if a Bloom filter would be
//	** appropriate, and if so sets the WHERE_BLOOMFILTER flag on the
//	** WhereLoop.  The implementation of the Bloom filter comes further
//	** down where the code for each WhereLoop is generated.
//	*/
func _whereCheckIfBloomFilterIsUseful(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var nSearch TLogEst
	var pItem, pLoop, pTab uintptr
	var reqFlags uint32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, nSearch, pItem, pLoop, pTab, reqFlags
	nSearch = 0
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnLevel)) {
			break
		}
		pLoop = (*(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo + 856 + uintptr(i)*112))).FpWLoop
		reqFlags = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_SELFCULL) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))
		pItem = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList + 8 + uintptr((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FiTab)*80
		pTab = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab
		if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_HasStat1) == uint32(0) {
			break
		}
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pTab + 48)) |= uint32(TF_MaybeReanalyze)
		if i >= int32(1) && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&reqFlags == reqFlags && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_IPK)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_INDEXED)) != uint32(0) {
			if int32(nSearch) > int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnRowLogEst) {
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_BLOOMFILTER)
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) &= libc.Uint32FromInt32(^libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_IDX_ONLY))
			}
		}
		nSearch = int16(int32(nSearch) + int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnOut))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
//	** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
//	** is a list of values.  Example:
//	**
//	**        WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
//	**
//	** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
//	** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
//	** non-zero.
//	**
//	** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
//	** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
//	** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
//	** in the pParse structure.
//	*/
func _whereInScanEst(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pBuilder uintptr, pList uintptr, pnRow uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i, nRecValid, rc int32
	var nRow0 Ti64
	var nRowEst TtRowcnt
	var p uintptr
	var _ /* nEst at bp+0 */ TtRowcnt
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = i, nRecValid, nRow0, nRowEst, p, rc
	p = (*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpNew + 24))).FpIndex
	nRow0 = libc.Int64FromUint64(_sqlite3LogEstToInt(tls, **(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaiRowLogEst))))
	nRecValid = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FnRecValid
	rc = SQLITE_OK      /* Number of rows for a single term */
	nRowEst = uint64(0) /* Loop counter */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && i < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = libc.Uint64FromInt64(nRow0)
		rc = _whereEqualScanEst(tls, pParse, pBuilder, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pList + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, bp)
		nRowEst = nRowEst + **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		(*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FnRecValid = nRecValid
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		if nRowEst > libc.Uint64FromInt64(nRow0) {
			nRowEst = libc.Uint64FromInt64(nRow0)
		}
		**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(pnRow)) = nRowEst
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine implements a heuristic designed to improve query planning.
//	** This routine is called in between the first and second call to
//	** wherePathSolver().  Hence the name "Interstage" "Heuristic".
//	**
//	** The first call to wherePathSolver() (hereafter just "solver()") computes
//	** the best path without regard to the order of the outputs.  The second call
//	** to the solver() builds upon the first call to try to find an alternative
//	** path that satisfies the ORDER BY clause.
//	**
//	** This routine looks at the results of the first solver() run, and for
//	** every FROM clause term in the resulting query plan that uses an equality
//	** constraint against an index, disable other WhereLoops for that same
//	** FROM clause term that would try to do a full-table scan.  This prevents
//	** an index search from being converted into a full-table scan in order to
//	** satisfy an ORDER BY clause, since even though we might get slightly better
//	** performance using the full-scan without sorting if the output size
//	** estimates are very precise, we might also get severe performance
//	** degradation using the full-scan if the output size estimate is too large.
//	** It is better to err on the side of caution.
//	**
//	** Except, if the first solver() call generated a full-table scan in an outer
//	** loop then stop this analysis at the first full-scan, since the second
//	** solver() run might try to swap that full-scan for another in order to
//	** get the output into the correct order.  In other words, we allow a
//	** rewrite like this:
//	**
//	**     First Solver()                      Second Solver()
//	**       |-- SCAN t1                         |-- SCAN t2
//	**       |-- SEARCH t2                       `-- SEARCH t1
//	**       `-- SORT USING B-TREE
//	**
//	** The purpose of this routine is to disallow rewrites such as:
//	**
//	**     First Solver()                      Second Solver()
//	**       |-- SEARCH t1                       |-- SCAN t2     <--- bad!
//	**       |-- SEARCH t2                       `-- SEARCH t1
//	**       `-- SORT USING B-TREE
//	**
//	** See test cases in test/whereN.test for the real-world query that
//	** originally provoked this heuristic.
//	*/
func _whereInterstageHeuristic(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var iTab Tu8
	var p, pLoop uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, iTab, p, pLoop
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnLevel)) {
			break
		}
		p = (*(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo + 856 + uintptr(i)*112))).FpWLoop
		if p == uintptr(0) {
			break
		}
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE) != uint32(0) {
			/* Treat a vtab scan as similar to a full-table scan */
			break
		}
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_IN)) != uint32(0) {
			iTab = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTab
			pLoop = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpLoops
			for {
				if !(pLoop != 0) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FiTab) != libc.Int32FromUint8(iTab) {
					goto _2
				}
				if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_CONSTRAINT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)) != uint32(0) {
					/* Auto-index and index-constrained loops allowed to remain */
					goto _2
				}
				(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).Fprereq = libc.Uint64FromInt32(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) /* Prevent 2nd solver() from using this one */
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				pLoop = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FpNextLoop
			}
		} else {
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Information passed in is pWalk->u.pCovIdxCk.  Call it pCk.
//	**
//	** If the Expr node references the table with cursor pCk->iTabCur, then
//	** make sure that column is covered by the index pCk->pIdx.  We know that
//	** all columns less than 63 (really BMS-1) are covered, so we don't need
//	** to check them.  But we do need to check any column at 63 or greater.
//	**
//	** If the index does not cover the column, then set pWalk->eCode to
//	** non-zero and return WRC_Abort to stop the search.
//	**
//	** If this node does not disprove that the index can be a covering index,
//	** then just return WRC_Continue, to continue the search.
//	**
//	** If pCk->pIdx contains indexed expressions and one of those expressions
//	** matches pExpr, then prune the search.
//	*/
func _whereIsCoveringIndexWalkCallback(tls *libc.TLS, pWalk uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aiColumn, pCk, pIdx uintptr
	var i int32
	var nColumn Tu16
	_, _, _, _, _ = aiColumn, i, nColumn, pCk, pIdx /* Info about this search */
	pCk = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalk + 40))
	pIdx = (*TCoveringIndexCheck)(unsafe.Pointer(pCk)).FpIdx
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) {
		/* if( pExpr->iColumn<(BMS-1) && pIdx->bHasExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;*/
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiTable != (*TCoveringIndexCheck)(unsafe.Pointer(pCk)).FiTabCur {
			return WRC_Continue
		}
		pIdx = (*TCoveringIndexCheck)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalk + 40)))).FpIdx
		aiColumn = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn
		nColumn = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16(nColumn)) {
				break
			}
			if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up(aiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) == int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) {
				return WRC_Continue
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		(*TCoveringIndexCheck)(unsafe.Pointer(pCk)).FbUnidx = uint8(1)
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	} else {
		if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x800>>11)) != 0 && _exprIsCoveredByIndex(tls, pExpr, pIdx, (*TCoveringIndexCheck)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalk + 40)))).FiTabCur) != 0 {
			(*TCoveringIndexCheck)(unsafe.Pointer(pCk)).FbExpr = uint8(1)
			return int32(WRC_Prune)
		}
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an
//	** index.  Store the results in aStat as follows:
//	**
//	**    aStat[0]      Est. number of rows less than pRec
//	**    aStat[1]      Est. number of rows equal to pRec
//	**
//	** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that
//	** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index
//	** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples
//	** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record
//	** pRec.
//	*/
func _whereKeyStats(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pIdx uintptr, pRec uintptr, roundUp int32, aStat uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aSample uintptr
	var i, iCol, iMin, iSamp, iSample, iTest, n, nField, res, v1 int32
	var iGap, iLower, iUpper TtRowcnt
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aSample, i, iCol, iGap, iLower, iMin, iSamp, iSample, iTest, iUpper, n, nField, res, v1
	aSample = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaSample /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */
	iMin = 0                                           /* Number of fields in pRec */
	iLower = uint64(0)                                 /* anLt[] + anEq[] of largest sample pRec is > */
	_ = pParse
	/* Do a binary search to find the first sample greater than or equal
	 ** to pRec. If pRec contains a single field, the set of samples to search
	 ** is simply the aSample[] array. If the samples in aSample[] contain more
	 ** than one fields, all fields following the first are ignored.
	 **
	 ** If pRec contains N fields, where N is more than one, then as well as the
	 ** samples in aSample[] (truncated to N fields), the search also has to
	 ** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples
	 ** in aSample is:
	 **
	 **     aSample[0] = (a, 5)
	 **     aSample[1] = (a, 10)
	 **     aSample[2] = (b, 5)
	 **     aSample[3] = (c, 100)
	 **     aSample[4] = (c, 105)
	 **
	 ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the
	 ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize,
	 ** the code actually searches this set:
	 **
	 **     0: (a)
	 **     1: (a, 5)
	 **     2: (a, 10)
	 **     3: (a, 10)
	 **     4: (b)
	 **     5: (b, 5)
	 **     6: (c)
	 **     7: (c, 100)
	 **     8: (c, 105)
	 **     9: (c, 105)
	 **
	 ** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the
	 ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on
	 ** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc.
	 **
	 ** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields.
	 ** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or
	 ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above,
	 ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it
	 ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it
	 ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result,
	 ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not
	 ** cause any problems.
	 */
	if !((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpTable)).FtabFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(TF_WithoutRowid) == libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) && int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x3>>0)) == int32(SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) {
		nField = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)
	} else {
		nField = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FnField) < nField {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FnField)
	} else {
		v1 = nField
	}
	nField = v1
	iCol = 0
	iSample = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnSample * nField
	for cond := true; cond; cond = res != 0 && iMin < iSample { /* Number of fields in test sample */
		iTest = (iMin + iSample) / int32(2)
		iSamp = iTest / nField
		if iSamp > 0 {
			/* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp].
			 ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField)
			 ** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample.  */
			n = iTest%nField + int32(1)
			for {
				if !(n < nField) {
					break
				}
				if **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(iSamp-int32(1))*40))).FanLt + uintptr(n-int32(1))*8)) != **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(iSamp)*40))).FanLt + uintptr(n-int32(1))*8)) {
					break
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				n = n + 1
			}
		} else {
			n = iTest + int32(1)
		}
		(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FnField = libc.Uint16FromInt32(n)
		res = _sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(tls, (**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(iSamp)*40))).Fn, (**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(iSamp)*40))).Fp, pRec)
		if res < 0 {
			iLower = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(iSamp)*40))).FanLt + uintptr(n-int32(1))*8)) + **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(iSamp)*40))).FanEq + uintptr(n-int32(1))*8))
			iMin = iTest + int32(1)
		} else {
			if res == 0 && n < nField {
				iLower = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(iSamp)*40))).FanLt + uintptr(n-int32(1))*8))
				iMin = iTest + int32(1)
				res = -int32(1)
			} else {
				iSample = iTest
				iCol = n - int32(1)
			}
		}
	}
	i = iSample / nField
	if res == 0 {
		/* Record pRec is equal to sample i */
		**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(aStat)) = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(i)*40))).FanLt + uintptr(iCol)*8))
		**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(aStat + 1*8)) = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(i)*40))).FanEq + uintptr(iCol)*8))
	} else {
		if i >= (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnSample {
			iUpper = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnRowEst0
		} else {
			iUpper = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((**(**TIndexSample)(__ccgo_up(aSample + uintptr(i)*40))).FanLt + uintptr(iCol)*8))
		}
		if iLower >= iUpper {
			iGap = uint64(0)
		} else {
			iGap = iUpper - iLower
		}
		if roundUp != 0 {
			iGap = iGap * uint64(2) / uint64(3)
		} else {
			iGap = iGap / uint64(3)
		}
		**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(aStat)) = iLower + iGap
		**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(aStat + 1*8)) = **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaAvgEq + uintptr(nField-int32(1))*8))
	}
	/* Restore the pRec->nField value before returning.  */
	(*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pRec)).FnField = libc.Uint16FromInt32(nField)
	return i
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the
//	** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
//	**
//	** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the
//	** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq
//	** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this
//	** function returns.
//	**
//	** If pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK, that means pIndex is
//	** a fake index used for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
//	*/
func _whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pBuilder uintptr, pSrc uintptr, pProbe uintptr, nInMul TLogEst) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(128)
	defer tls.Free(128)
	var M, logK, nIter, nOutUnadjusted, rCostIdx, rLogSize, rSize, saved_nOut, x TLogEst
	var bRedundant, i, iCol, nEq, nIn, nRecValid, nVecLen, opMask, rc, v21 int32
	var db, pBtm, pExpr, pExpr1, pNew, pParse, pTerm, pTop, pWInfo, v2 uintptr
	var eOp, saved_nBtm, saved_nEq, saved_nLTerm, saved_nSkip, saved_nTop, v4 Tu16
	var saved_prereq TBitmask
	var saved_wsFlags Tu32
	var v22 bool
	var _ /* nOut at bp+112 */ TtRowcnt
	var _ /* scan at bp+0 */ TWhereScan
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = M, bRedundant, db, eOp, i, iCol, logK, nEq, nIn, nIter, nOutUnadjusted, nRecValid, nVecLen, opMask, pBtm, pExpr, pExpr1, pNew, pParse, pTerm, pTop, pWInfo, rCostIdx, rLogSize, rSize, rc, saved_nBtm, saved_nEq, saved_nLTerm, saved_nOut, saved_nSkip, saved_nTop, saved_prereq, saved_wsFlags, x, v2, v21, v22, v4
	pWInfo = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpWInfo /* WHERE analyze context */
	pParse = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpParse          /* Parsing context */
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb                      /* Original value of pNew->nOut */
	rc = SQLITE_OK                                                  /* Logarithm of table size */
	pTop = uintptr(0)
	pBtm = uintptr(0) /* Top and bottom range constraints */
	pNew = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpNew
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
		return (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Frc
	}
	if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT) != 0 {
		opMask = libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))
	} else {
		opMask = libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_ISNULL) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)
	}
	if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe + 100))&0x4>>2)) != 0 {
		opMask = opMask & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)))
	}
	saved_nEq = (*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq
	saved_nBtm = (*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnBtm
	saved_nTop = (*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnTop
	saved_nSkip = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSkip
	saved_nLTerm = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm
	saved_wsFlags = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags
	saved_prereq = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fprereq
	saved_nOut = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut
	pTerm = _whereScanInit(tls, bp, (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpWC, (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FiCursor, libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq), libc.Uint32FromInt32(opMask), pProbe)
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FrSetup = 0
	rSize = **(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiRowLogEst))
	rLogSize = _estLog(tls, rSize)
	for {
		if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && pTerm != uintptr(0)) {
			break
		}
		eOp = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
		nIn = 0
		nRecValid = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FnRecValid
		if (libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp) == int32(WO_ISNULL) || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_VNULL) != 0) && _indexColumnNotNull(tls, pProbe, libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq)) != 0 {
			goto _1 /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */
		}
		if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FprereqRight&(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FmaskSelf != 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		/* Do not allow the upper bound of a LIKE optimization range constraint
		 ** to mix with a lower range bound from some other source */
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_LIKEOPT) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator) == libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)) {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).Ffg.Fjointype)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LEFT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LTORJ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_RIGHT)) != 0 && !(_constraintCompatibleWithOuterJoin(tls, pTerm, pSrc) != 0) {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FonError) != OE_None && libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq) == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FnKeyCol)-int32(1) {
			v2 = pBuilder + 44
			*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = uint8(int32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_BLDF1_UNIQUE))
		} else {
			v2 = pBuilder + 44
			*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = uint8(int32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_BLDF1_INDEXED))
		}
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags = saved_wsFlags
		(*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq = saved_nEq
		(*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnBtm = saved_nBtm
		(*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnTop = saved_nTop
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm = saved_nLTerm
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm) >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLSlot) && _whereLoopResize(tls, db, pNew, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm)+int32(1)) != 0 {
			break /* OOM while trying to enlarge the pNew->aLTerm array */
		}
		v2 = pNew + 52
		v4 = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaLTerm + uintptr(v4)*8)) = pTerm
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fprereq = (saved_prereq | (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FprereqRight) & ^(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FmaskSelf
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&int32(WO_IN) != 0 {
			pExpr = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) != uint32(0) {
				bRedundant = 0
				nIn = int32(46)
				/* The expression may actually be of the form (x, y) IN (SELECT...).
				 ** In this case there is a separate term for each of (x) and (y).
				 ** However, the nIn multiplier should only be applied once, not once
				 ** for each such term. The following loop checks that pTerm is the
				 ** first such term in use, and sets nIn back to 0 if it is not. */
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm)-int32(1)) {
						break
					}
					if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)) != 0 && (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)))).FpExpr == pExpr {
						nIn = 0
						if (*(*struct {
							FleftColumn int32
							FiField     int32
						})(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)) + 32))).FiField == (*(*struct {
							FleftColumn int32
							FiField     int32
						})(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm + 32))).FiField {
							/* Detect when two or more columns of an index match the same
							 ** column of a vector IN operater, and avoid adding the column
							 ** to the WhereLoop more than once.  See tag-20250707-01
							 ** in test/rowvalue.test */
							bRedundant = int32(1)
						}
					}
					goto _6
				_6:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
				if bRedundant != 0 {
					(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm - 1
					goto _1
				}
			} else {
				if *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)) != 0 && (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))).FnExpr != 0 {
					/* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
					nIn = int32(_sqlite3LogEst(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 32)))).FnExpr)))
				}
			}
			if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe + 100))&0x80>>7)) != 0 && int32(rLogSize) >= int32(10) {
				/* Let:
				 **   N = the total number of rows in the table
				 **   K = the number of entries on the RHS of the IN operator
				 **   M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the
				 **       to the left in the same index.  If the IN operator is on
				 **       the left-most index column, M==N.
				 **
				 ** Given the definitions above, it is better to omit the IN operator
				 ** from the index lookup and instead do a scan of the M elements,
				 ** testing each scanned row against the IN operator separately, if:
				 **
				 **        M*log(K) < K*log(N)
				 **
				 ** Our estimates for M, K, and N might be inaccurate, so we build in
				 ** a safety margin of 2 (LogEst: 10) that favors using the IN operator
				 ** with the index, as using an index has better worst-case behavior.
				 ** If we do not have real sqlite_stat1 data, always prefer to use
				 ** the index.  Do not bother with this optimization on very small
				 ** tables (less than 2 rows) as it is pointless in that case.
				 */
				M = **(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiRowLogEst + uintptr(saved_nEq)*2))
				logK = _estLog(tls, int16(nIn))
				/* TUNING      v-----  10 to bias toward indexed IN */
				x = int16(int32(M) + int32(logK) + int32(10) - (nIn + int32(rLogSize)))
				if int32(x) >= 0 {
				} else {
					if int32(nInMul) < int32(2) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SeekScan)) == uint32(0) {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN)
					} else {
						goto _1
					}
				}
			}
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_COLUMN_IN)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)) != 0 {
				iCol = int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiColumn + uintptr(saved_nEq)*2)))
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)
				if iCol == -int32(1) || iCol >= 0 && int32(nInMul) == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq) == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FnKeyCol)-int32(1) {
					if iCol == -int32(1) || int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe + 100))&0x8>>3)) != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FnKeyCol) == int32(1) && (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FonError != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&int32(WO_EQ) != 0 {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_ONEROW)
					} else {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)
					}
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TWhereScan)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiEquiv) > int32(1) {
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_TRANSCONS)
				}
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&int32(WO_ISNULL) != 0 {
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)
				} else {
					nVecLen = _whereRangeVectorLen(tls, pParse, (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FiCursor, pProbe, libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq), pTerm)
					if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))) != 0 {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT))
						(*(*struct {
							FnEq          Tu16
							FnBtm         Tu16
							FnTop         Tu16
							FnDistinctCol Tu16
							FpIndex       uintptr
							FpOrderBy     uintptr
						})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnBtm = libc.Uint16FromInt32(nVecLen)
						pBtm = pTerm
						pTop = uintptr(0)
						if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_LIKEOPT) != 0 {
							/* Range constraints that come from the LIKE optimization are
							 ** always used in pairs. */
							pTop = pTerm + 1*56
							if _whereLoopResize(tls, db, pNew, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm)+int32(1)) != 0 {
								break
							} /* OOM */
							v2 = pNew + 52
							v4 = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
							*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
							**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaLTerm + uintptr(v4)*8)) = pTop
							**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)
							(*(*struct {
								FnEq          Tu16
								FnBtm         Tu16
								FnTop         Tu16
								FnDistinctCol Tu16
								FpIndex       uintptr
								FpOrderBy     uintptr
							})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnTop = uint16(1)
						}
					} else {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))
						(*(*struct {
							FnEq          Tu16
							FnBtm         Tu16
							FnTop         Tu16
							FnDistinctCol Tu16
							FpIndex       uintptr
							FpOrderBy     uintptr
						})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnTop = libc.Uint16FromInt32(nVecLen)
						pTop = pTerm
						if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT) != uint32(0) {
							v2 = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaLTerm + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm)-int32(2))*8))
						} else {
							v2 = uintptr(0)
						}
						pBtm = v2
					}
				}
			}
		}
		/* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to
		 ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the
		 ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all
		 ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates
		 ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul).  */
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE) != 0 {
			/* Adjust nOut using stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat4
			 ** data, using some other estimate.  */
			_whereRangeScanEst(tls, pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew)
		} else {
			v2 = pNew + 24
			*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
			v4 = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
			nEq = libc.Int32FromUint16(v4)
			if int32((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FtruthProb) <= 0 && int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiColumn + uintptr(saved_nEq)*2))) >= 0 {
				v2 = pNew + 22
				*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) + int32((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FtruthProb))
				v2 = pNew + 22
				*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) - nIn)
			} else {
				**(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(bp + 112)) = uint64(0)
				if int32(nInMul) == 0 && (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FnSample != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
					FnEq          Tu16
					FnBtm         Tu16
					FnTop         Tu16
					FnDistinctCol Tu16
					FpIndex       uintptr
					FpOrderBy     uintptr
				})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq) <= (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FnSampleCol && (libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&int32(WO_IN) == 0 || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr)).Fflags&uint32(EP_xIsSelect) == uint32(0)) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_Stat4)) == uint32(0) {
					pExpr1 = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr
					if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_ISNULL)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)) != 0 {
						rc = _whereEqualScanEst(tls, pParse, pBuilder, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr1)).FpRight, bp+112)
					} else {
						rc = _whereInScanEst(tls, pParse, pBuilder, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr1 + 32)), bp+112)
					}
					if rc == int32(SQLITE_NOTFOUND) {
						rc = SQLITE_OK
					}
					if rc != SQLITE_OK {
						break
					} /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
					if **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(bp + 112)) != 0 {
						(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut = _sqlite3LogEst(tls, **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(bp + 112)))
						if nEq == int32(1) && int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut)+int32(10) > int32(**(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiRowLogEst))) {
							v2 = pTerm + 18
							*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_HIGHTRUTH))
							if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_HEURTRUTH) != 0 {
								/* If the term has previously been used with an assumption of
								 ** higher selectivity, then set the flag to rerun the
								 ** loop computations. */
								v2 = pBuilder + 45
								*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = uint8(int32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_BLDF2_2NDPASS))
							}
						}
						if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut) > int32(saved_nOut) {
							(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut = saved_nOut
						}
						v2 = pNew + 22
						*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) - nIn)
					}
				}
				if **(**TtRowcnt)(__ccgo_up(bp + 112)) == uint64(0) {
					v2 = pNew + 22
					*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) + (int32(**(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiRowLogEst + uintptr(nEq)*2))) - int32(**(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiRowLogEst + uintptr(nEq-int32(1))*2)))))
					if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&int32(WO_ISNULL) != 0 {
						/* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a
						 ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows
						 ** as (col=?). */
						v2 = pNew + 22
						*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) + libc.Int32FromInt32(10))
					}
				}
			}
		}
		/* Set rCostIdx to the estimated cost of visiting selected rows in the
		 ** index.  The estimate is the sum of two values:
		 **   1.  The cost of doing one search-by-key to find the first matching
		 **       entry
		 **   2.  Stepping forward in the index pNew->nOut times to find all
		 **       additional matching entries.
		 */
		if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe + 100))&0x3>>0)) == int32(SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK) {
			/* The pProbe->szIdxRow is low for an IPK table since the interior
			 ** pages are small.  Thus szIdxRow gives a good estimate of seek cost.
			 ** But the leaf pages are full-size, so pProbe->szIdxRow would badly
			 ** under-estimate the scanning cost. */
			rCostIdx = int16(int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut) + int32(16))
		} else {
			rCostIdx = int16(int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut) + int32(1) + int32(15)*int32((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FszIdxRow)/int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FpSTab)).FszTabRow))
		}
		rCostIdx = _sqlite3LogEstAdd(tls, rLogSize, rCostIdx)
		/* Estimate the cost of running the loop.  If all data is coming
		 ** from the index, then this is just the cost of doing the index
		 ** lookup and scan.  But if some data is coming out of the main table,
		 ** we also have to add in the cost of doing pNew->nOut searches to
		 ** locate the row in the main table that corresponds to the index entry.
		 */
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FrRun = rCostIdx
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_IDX_ONLY)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_IPK)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_EXPRIDX)) == uint32(0) {
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FrRun = _sqlite3LogEstAdd(tls, (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FrRun, int16(int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut)+int32(16)))
		}
		nOutUnadjusted = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut
		v2 = pNew + 20
		*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) + (int32(nInMul) + nIn))
		v2 = pNew + 22
		*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) + (int32(nInMul) + nIn))
		_whereLoopOutputAdjust(tls, (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpWC, pNew, rSize)
		if int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 24 + 4))&0x40000>>18) != 0 {
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut = 0
		}
		rc = _whereLoopInsert(tls, pBuilder, pNew)
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE) != 0 {
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut = saved_nOut
		} else {
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut = nOutUnadjusted
		}
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) == uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq) < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FnColumn) && (libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq) < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FnKeyCol) || int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe + 100))&0x3>>0)) != int32(SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)) {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
				FnEq          Tu16
				FnBtm         Tu16
				FnTop         Tu16
				FnDistinctCol Tu16
				FpIndex       uintptr
				FpOrderBy     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq) > int32(3) {
				_sqlite3ProgressCheck(tls, pParse)
			}
			_whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(tls, pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, int16(int32(nInMul)+nIn))
		}
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut = saved_nOut
		(*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FnRecValid = nRecValid
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pTerm = _whereScanNext(tls, bp)
	}
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fprereq = saved_prereq
	(*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq = saved_nEq
	(*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnBtm = saved_nBtm
	(*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnTop = saved_nTop
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSkip = saved_nSkip
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags = saved_wsFlags
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut = saved_nOut
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm = saved_nLTerm
	/* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
	 ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
	 ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18.
	 **
	 ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
	 ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
	 ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
	 ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower.
	 ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
	 ** more expensive.  */
	if v22 = libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq) == libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nSkip) && libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq)+int32(1) < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FnKeyCol) && libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq) == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm) && int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe + 100))&0x40>>6)) == 0 && int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe + 100))&0x80>>7)) != 0 && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SkipScan)) == uint32(0) && int32(**(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiRowLogEst + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq)+int32(1))*2))) >= int32(42) && int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc + 24 + 4))&0x40000>>18) == 0; v22 {
		v21 = _whereLoopResize(tls, db, pNew, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm)+int32(1))
		rc = v21
	}
	if v22 && v21 == SQLITE_OK {
		(*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq = (*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq + 1
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSkip = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSkip + 1
		v2 = pNew + 52
		v4 = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FaLTerm + uintptr(v4)*8)) = uintptr(0)
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_SKIPSCAN)
		nIter = int16(int32(**(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiRowLogEst + uintptr(saved_nEq)*2))) - int32(**(**TLogEst)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pProbe)).FaiRowLogEst + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16(saved_nEq)+int32(1))*2))))
		v2 = pNew + 22
		*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))) - int32(nIter))
		/* TUNING:  Because uncertainties in the estimates for skip-scan queries,
		 ** add a 1.375 fudge factor to make skip-scan slightly less likely. */
		nIter = int16(int32(nIter) + libc.Int32FromInt32(5))
		_whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(tls, pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, int16(int32(nIter)+int32(nInMul)))
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnOut = saved_nOut
		(*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pNew + 24))).FnEq = saved_nEq
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnSkip = saved_nSkip
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags = saved_wsFlags
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by
//	** pBuilder->pNew->iTab.  That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table.
//	**
//	** If there are no LEFT or CROSS JOIN joins in the query, both mPrereq and
//	** mUnusable are set to 0. Otherwise, mPrereq is a mask of all FROM clause
//	** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are
//	** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the
//	** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the
//	** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or
//	** CROSS JOIN.
//	**
//	** For example, if the query were:
//	**
//	**   ... FROM t1, t2 LEFT JOIN t3, t4, vt CROSS JOIN t5, t6;
//	**
//	** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6).
//	**
//	** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual
//	** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by
//	** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex.
//	** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current
//	** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with
//	** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex.
//	*/
func _whereLoopAddVirtual(tls *libc.TLS, pBuilder uintptr, mPrereq TBitmask, mUnusable TBitmask) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i, iTerm, nConstraint, rc, seenZero, seenZeroNoIN int32
	var mBest, mBestNoIn, mNext, mPrev, mThis, v1 TBitmask
	var p, pNew, pParse, pSrc, pWC, pWInfo uintptr
	var v2 bool
	var _ /* bIn at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* bRetry at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* mNoOmit at bp+4 */ Tu16
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iTerm, mBest, mBestNoIn, mNext, mPrev, mThis, nConstraint, p, pNew, pParse, pSrc, pWC, pWInfo, rc, seenZero, seenZeroNoIN, v1, v2
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = 0 /* True to retry with LIMIT/OFFSET disabled */
	pWInfo = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpWInfo
	pParse = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpParse
	pWC = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpWC
	pNew = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpNew
	pSrc = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList + 8 + uintptr((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FiTab)*80
	p = _allocateIndexInfo(tls, pWInfo, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, bp+4)
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FrSetup = 0
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FwsFlags = uint32(WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FnLTerm = uint16(0)
	libc.SetBitFieldPtr8Uint32(pNew+24+4, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 0, 0x1)
	nConstraint = (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnConstraint
	if _whereLoopResize(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pNew, nConstraint) != 0 {
		_freeIndexInfo(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, p)
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	/* First call xBestIndex() with all constraints usable. */
	rc = _whereLoopAddVirtualOne(tls, pBuilder, mPrereq, libc.Uint64FromInt32(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)), uint16(0), p, **(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), bp, bp+8)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) != 0 {
		rc = _whereLoopAddVirtualOne(tls, pBuilder, mPrereq, libc.Uint64FromInt32(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)), uint16(0), p, **(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), bp, uintptr(0))
	}
	/* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan
	 ** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0)
	 ** and does not use an IN(...) operator, then there is no point in making
	 ** any further calls to xBestIndex() since they will all return the same
	 ** result (if the xBestIndex() implementation is sane). */
	if v2 = rc == SQLITE_OK; v2 {
		v1 = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fprereq & ^mPrereq
		mBest = v1
	}
	if v2 && (v1 != uint64(0) || **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0) {
		seenZero = 0     /* True if a plan with no prereqs seen */
		seenZeroNoIN = 0 /* Plan with no prereqs and no IN(...) seen */
		mPrev = uint64(0)
		mBestNoIn = uint64(0)
		/* If the plan produced by the earlier call uses an IN(...) term, call
		 ** xBestIndex again, this time with IN(...) terms disabled. */
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
			rc = _whereLoopAddVirtualOne(tls, pBuilder, mPrereq, libc.Uint64FromInt32(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)), uint16(WO_IN), p, **(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), bp, uintptr(0))
			mBestNoIn = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fprereq & ^mPrereq
			if mBestNoIn == uint64(0) {
				seenZero = int32(1)
				seenZeroNoIN = int32(1)
			}
		}
		/* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq)
		 ** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table.  */
		for rc == SQLITE_OK {
			mNext = libc.Uint64FromInt32(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < nConstraint) {
					break
				}
				iTerm = (**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaConstraint + uintptr(i)*12))).FiTermOffset
				mThis = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(_termFromWhereClause(tls, pWC, iTerm))).FprereqRight & ^mPrereq
				if mThis > mPrev && mThis < mNext {
					mNext = mThis
				}
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			mPrev = mNext
			if mNext == libc.Uint64FromInt32(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) {
				break
			}
			if mNext == mBest || mNext == mBestNoIn {
				continue
			}
			rc = _whereLoopAddVirtualOne(tls, pBuilder, mPrereq, mNext|mPrereq, uint16(0), p, **(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), bp, uintptr(0))
			if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fprereq == mPrereq {
				seenZero = int32(1)
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 {
					seenZeroNoIN = int32(1)
				}
			}
		}
		/* If the calls to xBestIndex() in the above loop did not find a plan
		 ** that requires no source tables at all (i.e. one guaranteed to be
		 ** usable), make a call here with all source tables disabled */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && seenZero == 0 {
			rc = _whereLoopAddVirtualOne(tls, pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, uint16(0), p, **(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), bp, uintptr(0))
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 {
				seenZeroNoIN = int32(1)
			}
		}
		/* If the calls to xBestIndex() have so far failed to find a plan
		 ** that requires no source tables at all and does not use an IN(...)
		 ** operator, make a final call to obtain one here.  */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && seenZeroNoIN == 0 {
			rc = _whereLoopAddVirtualOne(tls, pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, uint16(WO_IN), p, **(**Tu16)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)), bp, uintptr(0))
		}
	}
	_freeIndexInfo(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, p)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return TRUE if X is a proper subset of Y but is of equal or less cost.
//	** In other words, return true if all constraints of X are also part of Y
//	** and Y has additional constraints that might speed the search that X lacks
//	** but the cost of running X is not more than the cost of running Y.
//	**
//	** In other words, return true if the cost relationship between X and Y
//	** is inverted and needs to be adjusted.
//	**
//	** Case 1:
//	**
//	**   (1a)  X and Y use the same index.
//	**   (1b)  X has fewer == terms than Y
//	**   (1c)  Neither X nor Y use skip-scan
//	**   (1d)  X does not have a a greater cost than Y
//	**
//	** Case 2:
//	**
//	**   (2a)  X has the same or lower cost, or returns the same or fewer rows,
//	**         than Y.
//	**   (2b)  X uses fewer WHERE clause terms than Y
//	**   (2c)  Every WHERE clause term used by X is also used by Y
//	**   (2d)  X skips at least as many columns as Y
//	**   (2e)  If X is a covering index, than Y is too
//	*/
func _whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(tls *libc.TLS, pX uintptr, pY uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, j int32
	_, _ = i, j
	if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FrRun) > int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FrRun) && int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnOut) > int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FnOut) {
		return 0
	} /* (1d) and (2a) */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pX + 24))).FnEq) < libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pY + 24))).FnEq) && (*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pX + 24))).FpIndex == (*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pY + 24))).FpIndex && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnSkip) == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FnSkip) == 0 {
		return int32(1) /* Case 1 is true */
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnLTerm)-libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnSkip) >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FnLTerm)-libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FnSkip) {
		return 0 /* (2b) */
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FnSkip) > libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnSkip) {
		return 0
	} /* (2d) */
	i = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnLTerm) - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i >= 0) {
			break
		}
		if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)) == uintptr(0) {
			goto _1
		}
		j = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FnLTerm) - int32(1)
		for {
			if !(j >= 0) {
				break
			}
			if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FaLTerm + uintptr(j)*8)) == **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)) {
				break
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			j = j - 1
		}
		if j < 0 {
			return 0
		} /* (2c) */
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_IDX_ONLY) != uint32(0) && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pY)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_IDX_ONLY) == uint32(0) {
		return 0 /* (2e) */
	}
	return int32(1) /* Case 2 is true */
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object.  Leave the
//	** object in an initialized state, as if it had been newly allocated.
//	*/
func _whereLoopClear(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) {
	if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaLTerm != p+80 {
		_sqlite3DbFreeNN(tls, db, (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaLTerm)
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaLTerm = p + 80
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLSlot = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(24) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)))
	}
	_whereLoopClearUnion(tls, db, p)
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLTerm = uint16(0)
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags = uint32(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be
//	** replaced by pTemplate.
//	**
//	** Return NULL if pTemplate does not belong on the WhereLoop list.
//	** In other words if pTemplate ought to be dropped from further consideration.
//	**
//	** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can replace, then return the
//	** link that points to pX.
//	**
//	** If pTemplate cannot replace any existing element of the list but needs
//	** to be added to the list as a new entry, then return a pointer to the
//	** tail of the list.
//	*/
func _whereLoopFindLesser(tls *libc.TLS, ppPrev uintptr, pTemplate uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPrev))
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTab) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FiTab) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiSortIdx) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FiSortIdx) {
			/* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different
			 ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately.  Neither is
			 ** a candidate to replace the other. */
			goto _1
		}
		/* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero
		 ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN
		 ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */
		/* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index
		 ** case first.  Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger
		 ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */
		/* Any loop using an application-defined index (or PRIMARY KEY or
		 ** UNIQUE constraint) with one or more == constraints is better
		 ** than an automatic index. Unless it is a skip-scan. */
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) != uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnSkip) == 0 && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_INDEXED) != uint32(0) && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) != uint32(0) && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fprereq&(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).Fprereq == (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).Fprereq {
			break
		}
		/* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be
		 ** discarded.  WhereLoop p is better if:
		 **   (1)  p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and
		 **   (2)  p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate
		 */
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fprereq&(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).Fprereq == (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fprereq && int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrSetup) <= int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrSetup) && int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrRun) <= int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrRun) && int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOut) <= int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnOut) {
			return uintptr(0) /* Discard pTemplate */
		}
		/* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten
		 ** with pTemplate.  pTemplate is better than p if:
		 **   (1)  pTemplate has no more dependencies than p, and
		 **   (2)  pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p.
		 */
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fprereq&(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).Fprereq == (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).Fprereq && int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrRun) >= int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrRun) && int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOut) >= int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnOut) {
			/* SETUP-INVARIANT above */
			break /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		ppPrev = p + 72
		p = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPrev))
	}
	return ppPrev
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed
//	** to whereLoopClear harmlessly.
//	*/
func _whereLoopInit(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaLTerm = p + 80
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLTerm = uint16(0)
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnLSlot = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(24) / libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)))
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags = uint32(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Loop pLoop is a WHERE_INDEXED level that uses at least one IN(...)
//	** operator. Return true if level pLoop is guaranteed to visit only one
//	** row for each key generated for the index.
//	*/
func _whereLoopIsOneRow(tls *libc.TLS, pLoop uintptr) (r int32) {
	var ii int32
	_ = ii
	if (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpIndex)).FonError != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnSkip) == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq) == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpIndex)).FnKeyCol) {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
				FnEq          Tu16
				FnBtm         Tu16
				FnTop         Tu16
				FnDistinctCol Tu16
				FpIndex       uintptr
				FpOrderBy     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq)) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(ii)*8)))).FeOperator)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_ISNULL)) != 0 {
				return 0
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + 1
		}
		return int32(1)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the
//	** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an
//	** index.
//	*
//	** For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index
//	** and which has a truth probability assigned by one of the likelihood(),
//	** likely(), or unlikely() SQL functions, reduce the estimated number
//	** of output rows by the probability specified.
//	**
//	** TUNING:  For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index
//	** and which does not have an assigned truth probability, heuristics
//	** described below are used to try to estimate the truth probability.
//	** TODO --> Perhaps this is something that could be improved by better
//	** table statistics.
//	**
//	** Heuristic 1:  Estimate the truth probability as 93.75%.  The 93.75%
//	** value corresponds to -1 in LogEst notation, so this means decrement
//	** the WhereLoop.nOut field for every such WHERE clause term.
//	**
//	** Heuristic 2:  If there exists one or more WHERE clause terms of the
//	** form "x==EXPR" and EXPR is not a constant 0 or 1, then make sure the
//	** final output row estimate is no greater than 1/4 of the total number
//	** of rows in the table.  In other words, assume that x==EXPR will filter
//	** out at least 3 out of 4 rows.  If EXPR is -1 or 0 or 1, then maybe the
//	** "x" column is boolean or else -1 or 0 or 1 is a common default value
//	** on the "x" column and so in that case only cap the output row estimate
//	** at 1/2 instead of 1/4.
//	**
//	** Heuristic 3:  If there is a LIKE or GLOB (or REGEXP or MATCH) operator
//	** with a large constant pattern, then reduce the size of the search
//	** space according to the length of the pattern, under the theory that
//	** longer patterns are less likely to match.  This heuristic was added
//	** to give better output-row count estimates when preparing queries for
//	** the Join-Order Benchmarks.  See forum thread 2026-01-30T09:57:54z
//	*/
func _whereLoopOutputAdjust(tls *libc.TLS, pWC uintptr, pLoop uintptr, nRow TLogEst) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var eOp, i, j, szPattern int32
	var iReduce TLogEst
	var notAllowed TBitmask
	var pOpExpr, pRHS, pRight, pTerm, pX, v3 uintptr
	var _ /* k at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = eOp, i, iReduce, j, notAllowed, pOpExpr, pRHS, pRight, pTerm, pX, szPattern, v3
	notAllowed = ^((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).Fprereq | (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FmaskSelf)
	iReduce = 0 /* pLoop->nOut should not exceed nRow-iReduce */
	i = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnBase
	pTerm = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa
	for {
		if !(i > 0) {
			break
		}
		if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FprereqAll&notAllowed != uint64(0) {
			goto _1
		}
		if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FprereqAll&(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FmaskSelf == uint64(0) {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_VIRTUAL) != 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		j = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnLTerm) - int32(1)
		for {
			if !(j >= 0) {
				break
			}
			pX = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(j)*8))
			if pX == uintptr(0) {
				goto _2
			}
			if pX == pTerm {
				break
			}
			if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FiParent >= 0 && (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa+uintptr((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FiParent)*56 == pTerm {
				break
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			j = j - 1
		}
		if j < 0 {
			_sqlite3ProgressCheck(tls, (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FpWInfo)).FpParse)
			if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FmaskSelf == (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FprereqAll {
				/* If there are extra terms in the WHERE clause not used by an index
				 ** that depend only on the table being scanned, and that will tend to
				 ** cause many rows to be omitted, then mark that table as
				 ** "self-culling".
				 **
				 ** 2022-03-24:  Self-culling only applies if either the extra terms
				 ** are straight comparison operators that are non-true with NULL
				 ** operand, or if the loop is not an OUTER JOIN.
				 */
				if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator)&int32(0x3f) != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FpWInfo)).FpTabList + 8 + uintptr((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FiTab)*80))).Ffg.Fjointype)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LEFT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LTORJ)) == 0 {
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_SELFCULL)
				}
			}
			if int32((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FtruthProb) <= 0 {
				/* If a truth probability is specified using the likelihood() hints,
				 ** then use the probability provided by the application. */
				v3 = pLoop + 22
				*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) + int32((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FtruthProb))
			} else {
				/* In the absence of explicit truth probabilities, use heuristics to
				 ** guess a reasonable truth probability. */
				pOpExpr = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr
				(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnOut = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnOut - 1
				if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_HIGHTRUTH) == 0 {
					pRight = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOpExpr)).FpRight
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
					if _sqlite3ExprIsInteger(tls, pRight, bp, uintptr(0)) != 0 && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >= -int32(1) && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) <= int32(1) {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(10)
					} else {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(20)
					}
					if int32(iReduce) < **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) {
						v3 = pTerm + 18
						*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_HEURTRUTH))
						iReduce = int16(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
					}
				} else {
					if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOpExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InfixFunc)) != uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOpExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_FUNCTION) {
						eOp = _sqlite3ExprIsLikeOperator(tls, pOpExpr)
						if eOp > 0 {
							pRHS = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOpExpr + 32)) + 8))).FpExpr
							eOp = libc.BoolInt32(eOp == int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE))
							szPattern = _estLikePatternLength(tls, pRHS, libc.Uint16FromInt32(eOp))
							if szPattern > 0 {
								v3 = pLoop + 22
								*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v3)) = TLogEst(int32(*(*TLogEst)(unsafe.Pointer(v3))) - szPattern*libc.Int32FromInt32(2))
							}
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
		pTerm += 56
	}
	if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnOut) > int32(nRow)-int32(iReduce) {
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnOut = int16(int32(nRow) - int32(iReduce))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the N-th AND-connected subterm of pTerm.  Or if pTerm is not
//	** a conjunction, then return just pTerm when N==0.  If N is exceeds
//	** the number of available subterms, return NULL.
//	*/
func _whereNthSubterm(tls *libc.TLS, pTerm uintptr, N int32) (r uintptr) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator) != int32(WO_AND) {
		if N == 0 {
			v1 = pTerm
		} else {
			v1 = uintptr(0)
		}
		return v1
	}
	if N < (*TWhereAndInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm + 32)))).Fwc.FnTerm {
		return (*TWhereAndInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm + 32)))).Fwc.Fa + uintptr(N)*56
	}
	return uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Implementation of the order-by-subquery optimization:
//	**
//	** WhereLoop pLoop, which the iLoop-th term of the nested loop, is really
//	** a subquery or CTE that has an ORDER BY clause.  See if any of the terms
//	** in the subquery ORDER BY clause will satisfy pOrderBy from the outer
//	** query.  Mark off all satisfied terms (by setting bits in *pOBSat) and
//	** return TRUE if they do.  If not, return false.
//	**
//	** Example:
//	**
//	**    CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c, PRIMARY KEY(a,b));
//	**    CREATE TABLE t2(x,y);
//	**    WITH t3(p,q) AS MATERIALIZED (SELECT x+y, x-y FROM t2 ORDER BY x+y)
//	**       SELECT * FROM t3 JOIN t1 ON a=q ORDER BY p, b;
//	**
//	** The CTE named "t3" comes out in the natural order of "p", so the first
//	** first them of "ORDER BY p,b" is satisfied by a sequential scan of "t3"
//	** and sorting only needs to occur on the second term "b".
//	**
//	** Limitations:
//	**
//	** (1)  The optimization is not applied if the outer ORDER BY contains
//	**      a COLLATE clause.  The optimization might be applied if the
//	**      outer ORDER BY uses NULLS FIRST, NULLS LAST, ASC, and/or DESC as
//	**      long as the subquery ORDER BY does the same.  But if the
//	**      outer ORDER BY uses COLLATE, even a redundant COLLATE, the
//	**      optimization is bypassed.
//	**
//	** (2)  The subquery ORDER BY terms must exactly match subquery result
//	**      columns, including any COLLATE annotations.  This routine relies
//	**      on iOrderByCol to do matching between order by terms and result
//	**      columns, and iOrderByCol will not be set if the result column
//	**      and ORDER BY collations differ.
//	**
//	** (3)  The subquery and outer ORDER BY can be in opposite directions as
//	**      long as  the subquery is materialized.  If the subquery is
//	**      implemented as a co-routine, the sort orders must be in the same
//	**      direction because there is no way to run a co-routine backwards.
//	*/
func _wherePathMatchSubqueryOB(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr, pLoop uintptr, iLoop int32, iCur int32, pOrderBy uintptr, pRevMask uintptr, pOBSat uintptr) (r int32) {
	var iOB, jSub int32
	var pOBExpr, pSubOB uintptr
	var rev, revIdx, sfOB, sfSub Tu8
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iOB, jSub, pOBExpr, pSubOB, rev, revIdx, sfOB, sfSub /* Index into pSubOB->a[] */
	rev = uint8(0)                                                                /* True if iOB and jSub sort in opposite directions */
	revIdx = uint8(0)                                                             /* Complete ORDER BY on the subquery */
	pSubOB = (*(*struct {
		FnEq          Tu16
		FnBtm         Tu16
		FnTop         Tu16
		FnDistinctCol Tu16
		FpIndex       uintptr
		FpOrderBy     uintptr
	})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpOrderBy
	iOB = 0
	for {
		if !(libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<iOB&**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(pOBSat)) != uint64(0)) {
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iOB = iOB + 1
	}
	jSub = 0
	for {
		if !(jSub < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubOB)).FnExpr && iOB < (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy)).FnExpr) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubOB + 8 + uintptr(jSub)*32 + 24))) == 0 {
			break
		}
		pOBExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(iOB)*32))).FpExpr
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) {
			break
		}
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).FiTable != iCur {
			break
		}
		if int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).FiColumn) != libc.Int32FromUint16(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubOB + 8 + uintptr(jSub)*32 + 24)))-int32(1) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FwctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_GROUPBY) == 0 {
			sfOB = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(iOB)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags /* sortFlags for iOB */
			sfSub = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pSubOB + 8 + uintptr(jSub)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags /* sortFlags for jSub */
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(sfSub)&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) != libc.Int32FromUint8(sfOB)&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) {
				break
			}
			revIdx = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(sfSub) & int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC))
			if jSub > 0 {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(rev)^libc.Int32FromUint8(revIdx) != libc.Int32FromUint8(sfOB)&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) {
					break
				}
			} else {
				rev = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(revIdx) ^ libc.Int32FromUint8(sfOB)&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC))
				if rev != 0 {
					if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_COROUTINE) != uint32(0) {
						/* Cannot run a co-routine in reverse order */
						break
					}
					**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(pRevMask)) |= libc.Uint64FromInt32(1) << iLoop
				}
			}
		}
		**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(pOBSat)) |= libc.Uint64FromInt32(1) << iOB
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		jSub = jSub + 1
		iOB = iOB + 1
	}
	return libc.BoolInt32(jSub > 0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 6th
//	** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY
//	** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation.  Return N:
//	**
//	**   N>0:   N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
//	**   N==0:  No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
//	**   N<0:   Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.
//	**
//	** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
//	** strict.  With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
//	** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another.  GROUP BY
//	** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
//	** as equivalent rows are grouped together.  Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
//	** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order.  With ORDER BY, the
//	** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
//	*/
func _wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr, pOrderBy uintptr, pPath uintptr, wctrlFlags Tu16, nLoop Tu16, pLast uintptr, pRevMask uintptr) (r Ti8) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var bOnce, distinctColumns, isMatch, isOrderDistinct, rev, revIdx, revSet, v5 Tu8
	var db, p, pColl, pColl1, pColl2, pIndex, pIxExpr, pLoop, pOBExpr, pParse, pTerm, pX, v4 uintptr
	var eOp, eqOpMask, nColumn, nKeyCol, nOrderBy Tu16
	var i, iColumn, iCur, iLoop, j int32
	var m, mTerm, obDone, orderDistinctMask, ready TBitmask
	var v11 uint64
	var _ /* obSat at bp+0 */ TBitmask
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = bOnce, db, distinctColumns, eOp, eqOpMask, i, iColumn, iCur, iLoop, isMatch, isOrderDistinct, j, m, mTerm, nColumn, nKeyCol, nOrderBy, obDone, orderDistinctMask, p, pColl, pColl1, pColl2, pIndex, pIxExpr, pLoop, pOBExpr, pParse, pTerm, pX, ready, rev, revIdx, revSet, v11, v4, v5 /* A column number within table iCur */
	pLoop = uintptr(0)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      /* The index associated with pLoop */
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpParse)).Fdb                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       /* Database connection */
	**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint64(0)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               /* Mask of inner loops */
	/*
	 ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one
	 ** row of output.  A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true:
	 **  (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ.
	 **  (b) The index is unique
	 ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row.
	 ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags.
	 **
	 ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from
	 ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every
	 ** row of the WhereLoop.  Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically
	 ** order-distinct.   A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause
	 ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being
	 ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that
	 ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct.
	 ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL.
	 **
	 ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the
	 ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is
	 ** automatically order-distinct.
	 */
	if nLoop != 0 && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin)) != uint32(0) {
		return 0
	}
	nOrderBy = libc.Uint16FromInt32((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy)).FnExpr)
	if libc.Int32FromUint16(nOrderBy) > libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8))-libc.Int32FromInt32(1) {
		return 0
	} /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */
	isOrderDistinct = uint8(1)
	obDone = libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<nOrderBy - uint64(1)
	orderDistinctMask = uint64(0)
	ready = uint64(0)
	eqOpMask = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_ISNULL))
	if libc.Int32FromUint16(wctrlFlags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)) != 0 {
		eqOpMask = libc.Uint16FromInt32(int32(eqOpMask) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IN))
	}
	iLoop = 0
	for {
		if !(isOrderDistinct != 0 && **(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < obDone && iLoop <= libc.Int32FromUint16(nLoop)) {
			break
		}
		if iLoop > 0 {
			ready = ready | (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FmaskSelf
		}
		if iLoop < libc.Int32FromUint16(nLoop) {
			pLoop = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWherePath)(unsafe.Pointer(pPath)).FaLoop + uintptr(iLoop)*8))
			if libc.Int32FromUint16(wctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT) != 0 {
				goto _1
			}
		} else {
			pLoop = pLast
		}
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE) != 0 {
			if (*(*struct {
				FidxNum    int32
				F__ccgo4   uint8
				FisOrdered Ti8
				FomitMask  Tu16
				FidxStr    uintptr
				FmHandleIn Tu32
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FisOrdered != 0 && (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpOrderBy == pOrderBy {
				**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = obDone
			} else {
				/* No further ORDER BY terms may be matched. So this call should
				 ** return >=0, not -1. Clear isOrderDistinct to ensure it does so. */
				isOrderDistinct = uint8(0)
			}
			break
		}
		iCur = (*(*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList + 8 + uintptr((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FiTab)*80))).FiCursor
		/* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of
		 ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE
		 ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer
		 ** loops.
		 */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16(nOrderBy)) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<i&**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
				goto _2
			}
			pOBExpr = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr)
			if pOBExpr == uintptr(0) {
				goto _2
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) {
				goto _2
			}
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).FiTable != iCur {
				goto _2
			}
			pTerm = _sqlite3WhereFindTerm(tls, pWInfo+104, iCur, int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).FiColumn), ^ready, uint32(eqOpMask), uintptr(0))
			if pTerm == uintptr(0) {
				goto _2
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator) == int32(WO_IN) {
				/* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT
				 ** optimization, and then only if they are actually used
				 ** by the query plan */
				j = 0
				for {
					if !(j < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnLTerm) && pTerm != **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(j)*8))) {
						break
					}
					goto _3
				_3:
					;
					j = j + 1
				}
				if j >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnLTerm) {
					goto _2
				}
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)) != 0 && int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).FiColumn) >= 0 {
				pParse = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpParse
				pColl1 = _sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr)
				pColl2 = _sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr)
				if pColl2 == uintptr(0) || _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, (*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl1)).FzName, (*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl2)).FzName) != 0 {
					goto _2
				}
			}
			**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) | libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<i
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_ONEROW) == uint32(0) {
			if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_IPK) != 0 {
				if (*(*struct {
					FnEq          Tu16
					FnBtm         Tu16
					FnTop         Tu16
					FnDistinctCol Tu16
					FpIndex       uintptr
					FpOrderBy     uintptr
				})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpOrderBy != 0 && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FdbOptFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OrderBySubq)) == uint32(0) && _wherePathMatchSubqueryOB(tls, pWInfo, pLoop, iLoop, iCur, pOrderBy, pRevMask, bp) != 0 {
					nColumn = uint16(0)
					isOrderDistinct = uint8(0)
				} else {
					nColumn = uint16(1)
				}
				pIndex = uintptr(0)
				nKeyCol = uint16(0)
			} else {
				v4 = (*(*struct {
					FnEq          Tu16
					FnBtm         Tu16
					FnTop         Tu16
					FnDistinctCol Tu16
					FpIndex       uintptr
					FpOrderBy     uintptr
				})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpIndex
				pIndex = v4
				if v4 == uintptr(0) || int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex + 100))&0x4>>2)) != 0 {
					return 0
				} else {
					nKeyCol = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FnKeyCol
					nColumn = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FnColumn
					/* All relevant terms of the index must also be non-NULL in order
					 ** for isOrderDistinct to be true.  So the isOrderDistinct value
					 ** computed here might be a false positive.  Corrections will be
					 ** made at tag-20210426-1 below */
					isOrderDistinct = libc.BoolUint8(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FonError) != OE_None && (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_SKIPSCAN) == uint32(0))
				}
			}
			/* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones
			 ** that are not constrained by == or IN.
			 */
			v5 = libc.Uint8FromInt32(0)
			revSet = v5
			rev = v5
			distinctColumns = uint8(0)
			j = 0
			for {
				if !(j < libc.Int32FromUint16(nColumn)) {
					break
				}
				bOnce = uint8(1) /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */
				if j < libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
					FnEq          Tu16
					FnBtm         Tu16
					FnTop         Tu16
					FnDistinctCol Tu16
					FpIndex       uintptr
					FpOrderBy     uintptr
				})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq) && j >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnSkip) {
					eOp = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(j)*8)))).FeOperator
					/* Skip over == and IS and ISNULL terms.  (Also skip IN terms when
					 ** doing WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT processing).  Except, IS and ISNULL
					 ** terms imply that the index is not UNIQUE NOT NULL in which case
					 ** the loop need to be marked as not order-distinct because it can
					 ** have repeated NULL rows.
					 **
					 ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...))
					 ** expression for which the SELECT returns more than one column,
					 ** check that it is the only column used by this loop. Otherwise,
					 ** if it is one of two or more, none of the columns can be
					 ** considered to match an ORDER BY term.
					 */
					if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&libc.Int32FromUint16(eqOpMask) != 0 {
						if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_ISNULL)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)) != 0 {
							isOrderDistinct = uint8(0)
						}
						goto _6
					} else {
						if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&int32(WO_IN) != 0 {
							/* ALWAYS() justification: eOp is an equality operator due to the
							 ** j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq constraint above.  Any equality other
							 ** than WO_IN is captured by the previous "if".  So this one
							 ** always has to be WO_IN. */
							pX = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(j)*8)))).FpExpr
							i = j + int32(1)
							for {
								if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
									FnEq          Tu16
									FnBtm         Tu16
									FnTop         Tu16
									FnDistinctCol Tu16
									FpIndex       uintptr
									FpOrderBy     uintptr
								})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq)) {
									break
								}
								if (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(i)*8)))).FpExpr == pX {
									bOnce = uint8(0)
									break
								}
								goto _7
							_7:
								;
								i = i + 1
							}
						}
					}
				}
				/* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order
				 ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index.
				 */
				if pIndex != 0 {
					iColumn = int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaiColumn + uintptr(j)*2)))
					revIdx = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaSortOrder + uintptr(j)))) & int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC))
					if iColumn == int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FpTable)).FiPKey) {
						iColumn = -int32(1)
					}
				} else {
					iColumn = -int32(1)
					revIdx = uint8(0)
				}
				/* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this
				 ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered.  tag-20210426-1
				 */
				if isOrderDistinct != 0 {
					if iColumn >= 0 && j >= libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
						FnEq          Tu16
						FnBtm         Tu16
						FnTop         Tu16
						FnDistinctCol Tu16
						FpIndex       uintptr
						FpOrderBy     uintptr
					})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq) && int32(uint32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FpTable)).FaCol + uintptr(iColumn)*16 + 8))&0xf>>0)) == 0 {
						isOrderDistinct = uint8(0)
					}
					if iColumn == -int32(2) {
						isOrderDistinct = uint8(0)
					}
				}
				/* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column
				 ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term having been satisfied.
				 */
				isMatch = uint8(0)
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(bOnce != 0 && i < libc.Int32FromUint16(nOrderBy)) {
						break
					}
					if libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<i&**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
						goto _8
					}
					pOBExpr = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr)
					if pOBExpr == uintptr(0) {
						goto _8
					}
					if libc.Int32FromUint16(wctrlFlags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_GROUPBY)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_DISTINCTBY)) == 0 {
						bOnce = uint8(0)
					}
					if iColumn >= -int32(1) {
						if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_COLUMN) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_AGG_COLUMN) {
							goto _8
						}
						if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).FiTable != iCur {
							goto _8
						}
						if int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOBExpr)).FiColumn) != iColumn {
							goto _8
						}
					} else {
						pIxExpr = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FaColExpr + 8 + uintptr(j)*32))).FpExpr
						if _sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(tls, pOBExpr, pIxExpr, iCur) != 0 {
							goto _8
						}
					}
					if iColumn != -int32(1) {
						pColl = _sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(tls, (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr)
						if _sqlite3StrICmp(tls, (*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl)).FzName, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FazColl + uintptr(j)*8))) != 0 {
							goto _8
						}
					}
					if libc.Int32FromUint16(wctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_DISTINCTBY) != 0 {
						(*(*struct {
							FnEq          Tu16
							FnBtm         Tu16
							FnTop         Tu16
							FnDistinctCol Tu16
							FpIndex       uintptr
							FpOrderBy     uintptr
						})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnDistinctCol = libc.Uint16FromInt32(j + int32(1))
					}
					isMatch = uint8(1)
					break
					goto _8
				_8:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
				if isMatch != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16(wctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_GROUPBY) == 0 {
					/* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause.
					 ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */
					if revSet != 0 {
						if libc.Int32FromUint8(rev)^libc.Int32FromUint8(revIdx) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags)&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) {
							isMatch = uint8(0)
						}
					} else {
						rev = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(revIdx) ^ libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags)&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC))
						if rev != 0 {
							**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(pRevMask)) |= libc.Uint64FromInt32(1) << iLoop
						}
						revSet = uint8(1)
					}
				}
				if isMatch != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).Ffg.FsortFlags)&int32(KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) != 0 {
					if j == libc.Int32FromUint16((*(*struct {
						FnEq          Tu16
						FnBtm         Tu16
						FnTop         Tu16
						FnDistinctCol Tu16
						FpIndex       uintptr
						FpOrderBy     uintptr
					})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq) {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT)
					} else {
						isMatch = uint8(0)
					}
				}
				if isMatch != 0 {
					if iColumn == -int32(1) {
						distinctColumns = uint8(1)
					}
					**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) | libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<i
				} else {
					/* No match found */
					if j == 0 || j < libc.Int32FromUint16(nKeyCol) {
						isOrderDistinct = uint8(0)
					}
					break
				}
				goto _6
			_6:
				;
				j = j + 1
			} /* end Loop over all index columns */
			if distinctColumns != 0 {
				isOrderDistinct = uint8(1)
			}
		} /* end-if not one-row */
		/* Mark off any other ORDER BY terms that reference pLoop */
		if isOrderDistinct != 0 {
			orderDistinctMask = orderDistinctMask | (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FmaskSelf
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16(nOrderBy)) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<i&**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
					goto _9
				}
				p = (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(pOrderBy + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr
				mTerm = _sqlite3WhereExprUsage(tls, pWInfo+592, p)
				if mTerm == uint64(0) && !(_sqlite3ExprIsConstant(tls, uintptr(0), p) != 0) {
					goto _9
				}
				if mTerm & ^orderDistinctMask == uint64(0) {
					**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) | libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<i
				}
				goto _9
			_9:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		iLoop = iLoop + 1
	} /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */
	if **(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == obDone {
		return libc.Int8FromUint16(nOrderBy)
	}
	if !(isOrderDistinct != 0) {
		i = libc.Int32FromUint16(nOrderBy) - int32(1)
		for {
			if !(i > 0) {
				break
			}
			if i < libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)*libc.Uint64FromInt32(8)) {
				v11 = libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<i - uint64(1)
			} else {
				v11 = uint64(0)
			}
			m = v11
			if **(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(bp))&m == m {
				return int8(i)
			}
			goto _10
		_10:
			;
			i = i - 1
		}
		return 0
	}
	return int8(-int32(1))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the reverse-scan order mask to one for all tables in the query
//	** with the exception of MATERIALIZED common table expressions that have
//	** their own internal ORDER BY clauses.
//	**
//	** This implements the PRAGMA reverse_unordered_selects=ON setting.
//	** (Also SQLITE_DBCONFIG_REVERSE_SCANORDER).
//	*/
func _whereReverseScanOrder(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr) {
	var ii int32
	var pItem uintptr
	_, _ = ii, pItem
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(ii < (*TSrcList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList)).FnSrc) {
			break
		}
		pItem = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList + 8 + uintptr(ii)*80
		if !(int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24 + 4))&0x200>>9) != 0) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TCteUse)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 56)))).FeM10d) != M10d_Yes || int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24 + 4))&0x4>>2) == 0 || (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSubquery)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 72)))).FpSelect)).FpOrderBy == uintptr(0) {
			**(**TBitmask)(__ccgo_up(pWInfo + 96)) |= libc.Uint64FromInt32(1) << ii
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have
//	** simple == constraints against indexed fields.  This routine attempts
//	** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the
//	** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare()
//	** times for the common case.
//	**
//	** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this
//	** no-frills query planner.  Return zero if this query needs the
//	** general-purpose query planner.
//	*/
func _whereShortCut(tls *libc.TLS, pBuilder uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(112)
	defer tls.Free(112)
	var iCur, j, opMask, v2 int32
	var pIdx, pItem, pLoop, pTab, pTerm, pWC, pWInfo uintptr
	var _ /* scan at bp+0 */ TWhereScan
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iCur, j, opMask, pIdx, pItem, pLoop, pTab, pTerm, pWC, pWInfo, v2
	pWInfo = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpWInfo
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FwctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) != 0 {
		return 0
	}
	pItem = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpTabList + 8
	pTab = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FpSTab
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
		return 0
	}
	if int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24 + 4))&0x2>>1) != 0 || int32(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem + 24 + 4))&0x1>>0) != 0 {
		return 0
	}
	iCur = (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FiCursor
	pWC = pWInfo + 104
	pLoop = (*TWhereLoopBuilder)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuilder)).FpNew
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags = uint32(0)
	(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnSkip = uint16(0)
	pTerm = _whereScanInit(tls, bp, pWC, iCur, -int32(1), libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)), uintptr(0))
	for pTerm != 0 && (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FprereqRight != 0 {
		pTerm = _whereScanNext(tls, bp)
	}
	if pTerm != 0 {
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_IPK) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_ONEROW))
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm)) = pTerm
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnLTerm = uint16(1)
		(*(*struct {
			FnEq          Tu16
			FnBtm         Tu16
			FnTop         Tu16
			FnDistinctCol Tu16
			FpIndex       uintptr
			FpOrderBy     uintptr
		})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq = uint16(1)
		/* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FrRun = int16(33) /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */
	} else {
		pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
		for {
			if !(pIdx != 0) {
				break
			}
			if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FonError) != libc.Int32FromInt32(OE_None)) || (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpPartIdxWhere != uintptr(0) || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol) > libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64(24)/libc.Uint64FromInt64(8)) {
				goto _1
			}
			if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x8>>3)) != 0 {
				v2 = libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_IS)
			} else {
				v2 = int32(WO_EQ)
			}
			opMask = v2
			j = 0
			for {
				if !(j < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol)) {
					break
				}
				pTerm = _whereScanInit(tls, bp, pWC, iCur, j, libc.Uint32FromInt32(opMask), pIdx)
				for pTerm != 0 && (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FprereqRight != 0 {
					pTerm = _whereScanNext(tls, bp)
				}
				if pTerm == uintptr(0) {
					break
				}
				**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FaLTerm + uintptr(j)*8)) = pTerm
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				j = j + 1
			}
			if j != libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnKeyCol) {
				goto _1
			}
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_ONEROW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_INDEXED))
			if int32(uint32(*(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx + 100))&0x20>>5)) != 0 || (*TSrcItem)(unsafe.Pointer(pItem)).FcolUsed&(*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FcolNotIdxed == uint64(0) {
				**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_IDX_ONLY)
			}
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnLTerm = libc.Uint16FromInt32(j)
			(*(*struct {
				FnEq          Tu16
				FnBtm         Tu16
				FnTop         Tu16
				FnDistinctCol Tu16
				FpIndex       uintptr
				FpOrderBy     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FnEq = libc.Uint16FromInt32(j)
			(*(*struct {
				FnEq          Tu16
				FnBtm         Tu16
				FnTop         Tu16
				FnDistinctCol Tu16
				FpIndex       uintptr
				FpOrderBy     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop + 24))).FpIndex = pIdx
			/* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FrRun = int16(39) /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */
			break
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
		}
	}
	if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FwsFlags != 0 {
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FnOut = libc.Int16FromInt32(1)
		(*(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo + 856))).FpWLoop = pLoop
		(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pLoop)).FmaskSelf = uint64(1) /* sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); */
		(*(*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo + 856))).FiTabCur = iCur
		(*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnRowOut = int16(1)
		if (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpOrderBy != 0 {
			(*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FnOBSat = int8((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpOrderBy)).FnExpr)
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FwctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT) != 0 {
			(*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FeDistinct = uint8(WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE)
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**TWhereScan)(__ccgo_up(bp))).FiEquiv) > int32(1) {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pLoop + 48)) |= uint32(WHERE_TRANSCONS)
		}
		return int32(1)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used
//	** in the current query.  Return true if it can be and false if not.
//	*/
func _whereUsablePartialIndex(tls *libc.TLS, iTab int32, jointype Tu8, pWC uintptr, pWhere uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var pExpr, pParse, pTerm uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = i, pExpr, pParse, pTerm
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(jointype)&int32(JT_LTORJ) != 0 {
		return 0
	}
	pParse = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FpWInfo)).FpParse
	for libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWhere)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) {
		if !(_whereUsablePartialIndex(tls, iTab, jointype, pWC, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWhere)).FpLeft) != 0) {
			return 0
		}
		pWhere = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pWhere)).FpRight
	}
	i = 0
	pTerm = (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fa
	for {
		if !(i < (*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FnTerm) {
			break
		}
		pExpr = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr
		if (!((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) || *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 52)) == iTab) && (libc.Int32FromUint8(jointype)&int32(JT_OUTER) == 0 || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)) != uint32(0)) && _sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(tls, pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab) != 0 && !(_sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(tls, pParse, pExpr, pWhere, -int32(1)) != 0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_VNULL) == 0 {
			return int32(1)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pTerm += 56
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or
//	** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the
//	** linked list starting at pMWin. Or, for built-in window functions
//	** that do not use the standard function API, generate the required
//	** inline VM code.
//	**
//	** If argument csr is greater than or equal to 0, then argument reg is
//	** the first register in an array of registers guaranteed to be large
//	** enough to hold the array of arguments for each function. In this case
//	** the arguments are extracted from the current row of csr into the
//	** array of registers before invoking OP_AggStep or OP_AggInverse
//	**
//	** Or, if csr is less than zero, then the array of registers at reg is
//	** already populated with all columns from the current row of the sub-query.
//	**
//	** If argument regPartSize is non-zero, then it is a register containing the
//	** number of rows in the current partition.
//	*/
func _windowAggStep(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pMWin uintptr, csr int32, bInverse int32, reg int32) {
	var addrIf, addrIsNull, i, iEnd, iOp, nArg, regArg, regTmp, v2 int32
	var pColl, pFunc, pOp, pParse, pWin, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addrIf, addrIsNull, i, iEnd, iOp, nArg, pColl, pFunc, pOp, pParse, pWin, regArg, regTmp, v, v2
	pParse = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpParse
	v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
	pWin = pMWin
	for {
		if !(pWin != 0) {
			break
		}
		pFunc = (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpWFunc
		if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FbExprArgs != 0 {
			v2 = 0
		} else {
			v2 = _windowArgCount(tls, pWin)
		}
		nArg = v2
		addrIf = 0
		/* All OVER clauses in the same window function aggregate step must
		 ** be the same. */
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < nArg) {
				break
			}
			if i != int32(1) || (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer(pFunc)).FzName != uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_nth_valueName)) {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), csr, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FiArgCol+i, reg+i)
			} else {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FiEphCsr, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FiArgCol+i, reg+i)
			}
			goto _3
		_3:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		regArg = reg
		if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpFilter != 0 {
			regTmp = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), csr, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FiArgCol+nArg, regTmp)
			addrIf = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_IfNot), regTmp, 0, int32(1))
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, regTmp)
		}
		if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregStartRowid == 0 && (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer(pFunc)).FfuncFlags&uint32(SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FeStart) != int32(TK_UNBOUNDED) {
			addrIsNull = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_IsNull), regArg)
			if bInverse == 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_AddImm), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregApp+int32(1), int32(1))
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_SCopy), regArg, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregApp)
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_MakeRecord), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregApp, int32(2), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregApp+int32(2))
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_IdxInsert), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FcsrApp, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregApp+int32(2))
			} else {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, int32(OP_SeekGE), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FcsrApp, 0, regArg, int32(1))
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Delete), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FcsrApp)
				_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)-int32(2))
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrIsNull)
		} else {
			if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregApp != 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_AddImm), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregApp+int32(1)-bInverse, int32(1))
			} else {
				if (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer(pFunc)).FxSFunc != __ccgo_fp(_noopStepFunc) {
					if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FbExprArgs != 0 {
						iOp = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
						nArg = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpOwner + 32)))).FnExpr
						regArg = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, nArg)
						_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(tls, pParse, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpOwner + 32)), regArg, 0, uint8(0))
						iEnd = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
						for {
							if !(iOp < iEnd) {
								break
							}
							pOp = _sqlite3VdbeGetOp(tls, v, iOp)
							if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Column) && (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1 == (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FiEphCsr {
								(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1 = csr
							}
							goto _4
						_4:
							;
							iOp = iOp + 1
						}
					}
					if (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer(pFunc)).FfuncFlags&uint32(SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) != 0 {
						pColl = _sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer(*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpOwner + 32)) + 8))).FpExpr)
						_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_CollSeq), 0, 0, 0, pColl, -int32(2))
					}
					if bInverse != 0 {
						v2 = int32(OP_AggInverse)
					} else {
						v2 = int32(OP_AggStep)
					}
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, v2, bInverse, regArg, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregAccum)
					_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, pFunc, -int32(8))
					_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, libc.Uint16FromInt32(nArg))
					if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FbExprArgs != 0 {
						_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regArg, nArg)
					}
				}
			}
		}
		if addrIf != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrIf)
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pWin = (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpNextWin
	}
}

/*
** Values that may be passed as the second argument to windowCodeOp().
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
//	** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
//	** for a compatible index:
//	**
//	**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
//	**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
//	**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
//	**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
//	**    *   The index has the exact same WHERE clause
//	*/
func _xferCompatibleIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pDest uintptr, pSrc uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FnKeyCol) != libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnKeyCol) || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FnColumn) != libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnColumn) {
		return 0 /* Different number of columns */
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FonError) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FonError) {
		return 0 /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FnKeyCol)) {
			break
		}
		if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) != int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) {
			return 0 /* Different columns indexed */
		}
		if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) == -int32(2) {
			if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, uintptr(0), (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FaColExpr + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, (*(*TExprList_item)(unsafe.Pointer((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FaColExpr + 8 + uintptr(i)*32))).FpExpr, -int32(1)) != 0 {
				return 0 /* Different expressions in the index */
			}
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FaSortOrder + uintptr(i)))) != libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FaSortOrder + uintptr(i)))) {
			return 0 /* Different sort orders */
		}
		if Xsqlite3_stricmp(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FazColl + uintptr(i)*8)), **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FazColl + uintptr(i)*8))) != 0 {
			return 0 /* Different collating sequences */
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, uintptr(0), (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pSrc)).FpPartIdxWhere, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FpPartIdxWhere, -int32(1)) != 0 {
		return 0 /* Different WHERE clauses */
	}
	/* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Perform a shift action.
//	*/
func _yy_shift(tls *libc.TLS, yypParser uintptr, yyNewState uint16, yyMajor uint16, yyMinor TToken) {
	var yytos uintptr
	_ = yytos
	(*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).Fyytos += 24
	yytos = (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).Fyytos
	if yytos > (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).FyystackEnd {
		if _yyGrowStack(tls, yypParser) != 0 {
			(*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).Fyytos -= 24
			_yyStackOverflow(tls, yypParser)
			return
		}
		yytos = (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).Fyytos
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16(yyNewState) > int32(YY_MAX_SHIFT) {
		yyNewState = libc.Uint16FromInt32(int32(yyNewState) + (libc.Int32FromInt32(YY_MIN_REDUCE) - libc.Int32FromInt32(YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE)))
	}
	(*TyyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(yytos)).Fstateno = yyNewState
	(*TyyStackEntry)(unsafe.Pointer(yytos)).Fmajor = yyMajor
	*(*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(yytos + 8)) = yyMinor
}

func init() {
	p := unsafe.Pointer(&_dotlockIoMethods)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 8)) = __ccgo_fp(_dotlockClose)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 16)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixRead)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 24)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixWrite)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 32)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixTruncate)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 40)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixSync)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 48)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFileSize)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 56)) = __ccgo_fp(_dotlockLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 64)) = __ccgo_fp(_dotlockUnlock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 72)) = __ccgo_fp(_dotlockCheckReservedLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 80)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFileControl)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 88)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixSectorSize)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 96)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixDeviceCharacteristics)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 112)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 120)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmBarrier)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 128)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmUnmap)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 136)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFetch)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 144)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixUnfetch)
}

func init() {
	p := unsafe.Pointer(&_posixIoMethods)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 8)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixClose)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 16)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixRead)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 24)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixWrite)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 32)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixTruncate)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 40)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixSync)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 48)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFileSize)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 56)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 64)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixUnlock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 72)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixCheckReservedLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 80)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFileControl)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 88)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixSectorSize)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 96)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixDeviceCharacteristics)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 104)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmMap)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 112)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 120)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmBarrier)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 128)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmUnmap)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 136)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFetch)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 144)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixUnfetch)
}

func init() {
	p := unsafe.Pointer(&_nolockIoMethods)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 8)) = __ccgo_fp(_nolockClose)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 16)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixRead)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 24)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixWrite)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 32)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixTruncate)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 40)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixSync)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 48)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFileSize)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 56)) = __ccgo_fp(_nolockLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 64)) = __ccgo_fp(_nolockUnlock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 72)) = __ccgo_fp(_nolockCheckReservedLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 80)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFileControl)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 88)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixSectorSize)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 96)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixDeviceCharacteristics)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 112)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmLock)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 120)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmBarrier)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 128)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixShmUnmap)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 136)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixFetch)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 144)) = __ccgo_fp(_unixUnfetch)
}